Carlstahl Equipment

DIRECT
International Edition
www.carlstahl.com
Welcome to Carl Stahl
Dear Customers and Friends of Carl Stahl,
We are proud to present to you the long anticipated English language edition of our
Carl Stahl Direct catalogue. It has been edited from the original German version to serve
our international customers in ever growing markets worldwide. It is our goal to make our
products and services more accessible to everyone looking for safe and reliable solutions
in all aspects of lifting, lashing, handling, and personal safety. We have worked hard to make
this catalogue as concise and comprehensive as possible without omitting any
information that could be important to you, our valued customers.
Continuous improvement of our products and services is not just an empty promise; it is
the basic principle of the whole Carl Stahl Group. Offering an additional benefit you will not
find anywhere else, we want to join a productive and trustworthy partnership with our cus-
tomers, find tailor-made solutions to your specific problems and offer an after-sales
service that will never leave you alone.
As safety and quality are becoming increasingly important issues, we have decided to in-
troduce a completely new line of premium products named “CONDOR”. These products
are nothing less than the highest available standard but they are value for money, too. This
product range will be permanently extended.
We hope you will find this catalogue a useful purchasing and reference tool and we will be
pleased to assist you with all your questions and queries.
Put us to the test. You will not be disappointed.
Warm regards from Suessen!
Wolfgang Schwenger
2 www.carlstahl.com
Your benefits at Carl Stahl
Delivery directly from stock Simple ordering
Many items listed in this catalogue are stocked in our Suessen Send us your order by phone, fax or e-mail.
warehouse and are available immediately.
Small orders? Welcome!
Quality assurance Our minimum order value is only 250 €. For smaller orders we will
We are certified according to DIN EN ISO 9001:2000. charge a processing fee of 25 €.
Special Requests Returns

We develop, design and produce to your requirements. Only special constructions are non-returnable. All other products
can be returned if freight is prepaid, if they are unused and in a
Expertise of the world market leader reasonable condition. We will only charge a small processing fee.
Benefit from over 129 years of experience
You can reach us by: How to use this

& Phone
+49 7162 4007 1000
catalogue:
Find your product
 Fax
+49 7162 4007 8820
– by using the index (page 8-11)
– by using the chapter overview (page 18-19)
– by using the header pages of the
@ E-Mail:
carlstahl@carlstahl.com
single product groups
n ac h
Material surcharge
TZ The currently very unstable price situation on the world steel markets might make it necessary to impose a material surcharge
on certain products. Anyway as world market leader we will try to keep prices stable during the validity period of our price lists.
g
Ta
ge
n
s n otieru
Impressum
© Copyright by Carl Stahl GmbH, 04/2009 · 73079 Suessen / Germany
No part of this catalogue may be reproduced in any form (print, photocopy, microfilm or other) or processed, duplicated or distributed by
use of data processing systems without written permission of Carl Stahl GmbH. All items are subject to technical change without notice,
errors and omissions excepted. Cover picture: Wolffkran Group.
www.carlstahl.com 3
The Company and the People
Carl Stahl was founded in 1880 and

since has grown to a world wide ent-
erprise with more than 1000 employ-
ees and 50 subsidiaries in Europe,
Asia and America.
The profound knowledge and moti-

vation of the employees have added
to this success: Customer satisfac-
tion at Carl Stahl is no empty promise but daily practise. “All our activi-
ties are aimed at providing customers with real benefits through the
goods and services we provide. The requirements of our customers are
our major concern.”
We are guided by the expectations of our customers, the applicable laws

and regulations and the reputation of the Carl Stahl Group. We also feel
responsible for the conservation of our environment, the safeguarding
of jobs and the well-being of our employees.
Our management system is based on DIN EN ISO 9001:2000 and DIN

EN ISO 14001:2004 standards and is recertified in regular intervals. Thus
our customers and partners are assured that all regulations for proce-
dures and processes are consistent and comply with international stan-
dards.
The continuous improvement of our quality and environmental manage-

ment system is our most important issue. Our business objectives (Basic
Business Principles) are the major guideline for all our activities.
They also define our relations to employees, customers, suppliers and
the environment. Our creativity and innovation rely on the permanent
dialogue with our customers and suppliers which lead to a steady impro-
vement of our quality and environmental performance.
Quality, innovation, flexibility and customer service: The right programme for a bright future
4 www.carlstahl.com
Certificates / Awards
“The principles of ergonomics, The benefit from our products, services and innovative strength
ecology, ISO 9001 and beauty in
shape and design are our guide- The benefit from our products, services and innovative strength
lines for product development, To offer high benefit for us means to continuously study the real require-
engineering, quality assurance ments of our target groups. With our tailor-made solutions we supply the
and application of our products. best tools to enable them to fulfil their tasks in a brilliant way.
The collective compliance with Technical advice, a complete range of highest quality state-of-the-art
all these principles means con- products, training of our customers’ employees in application, testing
crete success for our partners.” and maintenance after sales all belong to our service package. Thus we
make sure that customer’s benefit as a whole is guaranteed. Local pre-
From the Ethics Codex of the sence plays an important role in this context.
Carl Stahl Group The total value of our service package exceeds by far the price our
customers pay for it.
What we take pride in …
www.carlstahl.com 5
International Offices
Austria Finland Norway

Carl Stahl GmbH Carl Stahl Oy Carl Stahl AS
Anzengruberstraße 10 PL/Box 711 Postboks 56
A-4600 Wels Jonkankatu 2 N-3139 Skallestad
Phone: (0043) (72 42) 2 53 85 FIN-20361 Turku Phone: (0047) 33 30 47 15
Fax: (0043) (72 42) 2 53 71 Phone: (00 358) 2 275 00 60 Fax: (0047) 33 30 47 16
E-Mail: austria@carlstahl.com Fax: (00 358) 2 275 00 69 E-Mail: jan-erik.jansson@carlstahl.no
E-Mail: myynti@carlstahl.com
Carl Stahl GmbH Carl Stahl AS
Gewerbepark 660 France Postboks 43
A-6870 Bezau Carl Stahl N-4098 Tananger
Phone: (0043) (55 14) 3 01 05-0 43, rue des Tuileries Phone: (0047) 51 94 49 10
Fax: (0043) (55 14) 3 01 05-90 F-67460 Souffelweyersheim Fax: (0047) 51 94 49 11
E-Mail: bezau@carlstahl.com Phone: (0033) (3) 88 18 37 00 E-Mail: tananger@carlstahl.no
Fax: (0033) (3) 88 20 51 96
Brazil E-Mail: info@carlstahl.fr Carl Stahl AS
Carl Stahl Aços, Postboks 213
Cabos e Sistemas Ltda. Great Britain N-9750 Honningsvag
Rua Silva Bueno, 165 – Ipiranga Carl Stahl Evita Ltd. Phone: (0047) 78 47 69 00
04208-050 São Paulo - SP Carl Stahl House Fax: (0047) 78 47 69 10
Phone: 0055 (11) 6914-7100 Farfield Park, Manvers Estate E-Mail: honningsvag@carlstahl.no
Fax: 0055 (11) 6914-1129 S63 5DB Rotherham GB
E-Mail: vendas@carlstahl.com.br Phone: (0044) (1) 709-76 30 58 Poland
Fax: (0044) (1) 709-76 30 67 Carl Stahl Tech Service Sp. z.o.o.
Morsing Cabos de Aco Ltda. E-Mail: sales@carlstahlevita.co.uk ul. Spokojna 3
Travessa Morsing, 43 - Centro 74-404 Cychry
26123-020 Belford Roxo - RJ Hungary Phone: (0048) (0)95-728 88 85
Phone: 0055 (21) 3663-6666 Carl Stahl Hungaria Kft Fax: (0048) (0)95-728 88 86
Fax: 0055 (21) 2661-1200 Jedlik Anyos u. 26 E-Mail: biuro@carlstahl.pl
E-Mail: vendas@carlstahl.com.br H-2330 Dunaharaszti
Phone: (0036)-24 491 452 Sweden
China Fax: (0036)-24 460 123 Carl Stahl AB
Carl Stahl Ningbo Co., Ltd. °
E-Mail: janosgill@carlstahl.hu Frysvägen 3
Tongtu Rd., Fang Qian, Xiao Gang, S-556 52 Jönköping
Beilun, Ningbo, P.R. China, 315803 India Phone: (0046)-(036) 36 16 40
Phone: 0086 (574) 8622 8100 Carl Stahl Craftsman Enterprises Private Ltd. Fax: (0046)-(036) 10 09 24
Fax: 0086 (574) 8622 8108 No. 15 LML Colony E-Mail: info@carlstahl.se
E-Mail: jeffrey@carlstahl.cn Ammankulam Road
IND-Coimbatore - 641 037 Carl Stahl AB
Hangzhou Carl Stahl Phone: (0091) 422 661 5100 Universitetsllèn 32
Import & Export Co., Ltd. Fax: (0091) 422 221 1976 S-851 71 Sundsvall
5F-I, No. 173 Yugu Rd., Xihu District, E-Mail: ravishankar@craftsmanautomation.com Phone: (0046)-(060) 16 95 30
Hangzhou, P.R. China, 310007 Fax: (0046)-(060) 16 95 31
Phone: 0086 (571) 8993 6192 Carl Stahl Craftsman Enterprises Private Ltd. E-Mail: info@carlstahl.se
Fax: 0086 (571) 8993 6167
No. 90 Broadway,
E-Mail: jeffrey@carlstahl.cn Switzerland
Opposite to Canara Bank, George Town
Czech Republic IND-Chennai - 600 108 Carl Stahl AG
Phone: (0091) 044-421 599 96 Stachelhofstrasse 12
Carl Stahl & spol, s. r. o.
Fax: (0091) 044-421 599 96 CH-8854 Siebnen
Bozanovská 2098
E-Mail: ravishankar@craftsmanautomation.com Phone: (0041)-(055) 450 50 00
CZ-19300 Praha 9
Fax: (0041)-(055) 450 50 05
Phone: (00420) 281 925 977 Indonesia E-Mail: info@carlstahl.ch
Fax: (00420) 281 920 172
PT Rigspek Perkasa
E-Mail: info@carlstahl.cz U.S. + Canada
Komplek Kawasan Industri
Denmark Sekupang Kav No. 13, Tanjung Carl Stahl Sava Industries Inc.
Pinggir, Sekupang 4 North Corporate Drive
Carl Stahl A/S
RI-Kota Batam P. O. Box 30
Vognmagervej 21
Phone: (0062) (0) 778 324 747 Riverdale, NJ 07457, USA
DK-7000 Fredericia
Fax: (0062) (0) 778 321 388 Phone: (001) 973 835-0882
Phone: (0045) 762 402 34
E-Mail: sales@rigspekperkasa.com Fax: (001) 973 835-0877
Fax: (0045) 762 403 45
E-Mail: salg@carlstahl.dk E-Mail: sales@savacable.com
The Netherlands
Carl Stahl Benelux B.V. Carl Stahl DécorCable, LLC
Carl Stahl A/S
Kleine Tocht 5 660 West Randolph Street
Østerled 28
NL-1507 CB Zaandam Chicago, IL 60661, USA
DK-4300 Holbæk
Phone: (0031) 75-6318536 Phone: (001) 312 474 1100
Phone: (0045) 762 402 34
Fax: (0045) 594 422 93 Fax: (0031) 75-6310968 Fax: (001) 312 474 1789
E-Mail: benelux@carlstahl.com E-Mail: sales@decorcable.com
Dubai/U.A.E.
Norway Carl Stahl American Lifting, LLC
Carl Stahl Middle East LLC
Carl Stahl Lifting Equipment Carl Stahl AS 21825 Doral Road
Industries LLC Postboks 314 Nesttun Waukesha, WI 53186, USA
Carl Stahl Safety & Security Consultancy N-5853 Bergen Phone: (001) 262 786 2710
P. O. BOX 26607 Phone: (0047) 55 92 63 60 Fax: (001) 262 786 8510
Ras Al Khor (Industrial 2) Fax: (0047) 55 92 63 70 E-Mail: jim@amlift.com
Dubai - U. A. E. E-Mail: carlstahl@carlstahl.no
Phone: (00 971) 4-3333 494
Fax: (00 971) 4-3333 489
E-Mail: stahl@emirates.net.ae
6 www.carlstahl.com
German Offices
Süßen (Company headquarters)

Carl Stahl GmbH
Tobelstraße 2
73079 Süßen
Phone: (0 71 62) 40 07-3000
Fax: (0 71 62) 40 07-8810
E-Mail: carlstahl@carlstahl.com
Berlin Mannheim Schwerin

Carl Stahl GmbH Velten Carl Stahl GmbH & Co. KG Frankfurt Carl Stahl GmbH
Niederlassung Berlin Niederlassung Mannheim Niederlassung Schwerin
Kanalstraße 72-74 Max-Born-Str. 9 Handelsstraße 6a
12357 Berlin 68169 Mannheim 19061 Schwerin
Phone: (0 30) 53 89 88-0 Phone: (06 21) 17 82 78-6 Phone: (03 85) 64 48 40
Fax: (0 30) 53 89 88-88 Fax: (06 21) 17 82 78-70 Fax: (03 85) 61 20 52
Your contact: Norbert Wolf Your contact: Erich Vetter Your contact: Sabine Schmidt
E-Mail: berlin@carlstahl.com E-Mail: mannheim@carlstahl.com E-Mail: schwerin@carlstahl.com
Dresden Munich Singen

Carl Stahl GmbH Dresden Carl Stahl GmbH München Carl Stahl GmbH
Rothhäuserstraße 9 Daglfinger Straße 67–69 Laubwaldstraße 15
01219 Dresden 81929 München 78224 Singen/Hohentwiel
Phone: (03 51) 8 76 87-0 Phone: (0 89) 93 94 45-0 Phone: (0 77 31) 82 00-0
Fax: (03 51) 8 76 87-22 Fax: (0 89) 93 94 45-45 Fax: (0 77 31) 82 00-50
Your contact: Wolfgang Müller Your contact: Regina Schmidt Your contact: Martin Rösch
E-Mail: dresden@carlstahl.com E-Mail: muenchen@carlstahl.com E-Mail: singen@carlstahl.com
Düsseldorf Neckarsulm Stuttgart

Carl Stahl GmbH Carl Stahl GmbH & Co. KG Neckarsulm Carl Stahl GmbH
Jahnstraße 117 Im Klauenfuß 11 Dreifelderstraße 11
40215 Düsseldorf 74172 Neckarsulm 70599 Stuttgart
Phone: (02 11) 33 30 80 Phone: (0 71 32) 97 57-0 Phone: (07 11) 1 67 72-0
Fax: (02 11) 33 35 43 Fax: (0 71 32) 97 57-97 Fax: (07 11) 1 67 72-24
Your contact: Walter Eßlinger Your contact: Roland Schoch Your contact: Wolfram Ludmann
E-Mail: duesseldorf@carlstahl.com E-Mail: neckarsulm@carlstahl.com E-Mail: stuttgart@carlstahl.com
Frankfurt/Main Nuernberg Süßen
Carl Stahl GmbH & Co. KG Frankfurt Carl Stahl GmbH Nürnberg Carl Stahl GmbH
Borsigallee 14 Sieboldstraße 11 Tobelstraße 2
60388 Frankfurt/Main 90411 Nürnberg 73079 Süßen
Phone: (0 69) 42 09 95-0 Phone: (0911) 95 59 79 11 Phone: (0 71 62) 40 07-1000
Fax: (0 69) 42 09 95-40 Fax: (0911) 95 59 79 29 Fax: (0 71 62) 40 07-8810
Your contact: Volker Seifert Your contact: Lothar Braun Your contact: Bruno Masching
E-Mail: frankfurt@carlstahl.com E-Mail: nuernberg@carlstahl.com E-Mail: carlstahl@carlstahl.com
Hamburg Regensburg Velten
Carl Stahl GmbH Leonhard Seyboth GmbH Carl Stahl GmbH Velten
Niederlassung Hamburg Budapester Str. 2a Am Jägerberg 4
Borstelmannsweg 109-115 93055 Regensburg 16727 Velten
20537 Hamburg Phone: (0941) 79 31 04 Phone: (0 33 04) 39 65-0
Phone: (0 40) 298 12 64-70 Fax: (0941) 79 17 58 Fax: (0 33 04) 39 65 30
Fax: (0 40) 298 12 64-79 Your contact: Rainer Bräu Your contact: Thomas Weinreich
Your contact: Oliver Lühr E-Mail: info@seyboth-gmbh.de E-Mail: velten@carlstahl.com
E-Mail: hamburg@carlstahl.com
Reichenbach/Vogtland Würzburg
Carl Stahl Nordgreif GmbH Carl Stahl GmbH Carl Stahl GmbH & Co. KG
Achter de Weiden 12 Buchenstraße 4 Friedrich-Bergius-Ring 38
22869 Schenefeld/Hamburg 08468 Reichenbach/Vogtland 97076 Würzburg
Phone: +49 (0 )40-73 60 74-0 Phone: (0 37 65) 78 29-0 Phone: (09 31) 27 88-30
Fax: +49 (0 )40-73 60 74-22 Fax: (0 37 65) 78 29-20 Fax: (09 31) 27 88-320
Your contact: Christian Timm Your contact: Frank Kania Your contact: Jürgen Feser
E-Mail: nordgreif@carlstahl.com E-Mail: reichenbach@carlstahl.com E-Mail: wuerzburg@carlstahl.com
Web: www.carlstahl-nordgreif.com
Saarbrücken Wunstorf
Leipzig Carl Stahl GmbH Carl Stahl GmbH
Carl Stahl GmbH Dresden Küstriner Straße 8 e Niederlassung Wunstorf
Niederlassung Leipzig 66121 Saarbrücken Hagenburger Str. 8b
Rackwitzerstraße 20–22 Phone: (06 81) 8 30 47 66 31515 Wunstorf (Hannover)
04347 Leipzig Fax: (06 81) 8 30 49 90 Phone: (0 50 31) 96 09-0
Phone: (03 41) 23 40 94-0 Your contact: Helga Nadig Fax: (0 50 31) 96 09-22
Fax: (03 41) 23 40 94-22 E-Mail: saarbruecken@carlstahl.com Your contact: Thomas Weinreich
Your contact: Kerstin Wegh E-Mail: hannover@carlstahl.com
E-Mail: leipzig@carlstahl.com
www.carlstahl.com 7
Index
3-arm internal grab ..............................................................................141 Closed spelter socket ..........................................................................338

Closed swage socket ..........................................................................334
Abrasion protection sliP ......................................................................413 Coated steel wire ropes........................................................................314
ABS ratchet straps ..............................................................................408 Coated webbing slings ................................................................282-285
Access platforms ..........................................................................146-147 Coil hook with counterweight ..............................................................138
Accessories for electric wire rope winches ..........................................81 Combi-Star slings ................................................................................273
Accessories for rope pulling machines ........................................110-113 Compact lifting fork..............................................................................135
Adapter cranes..................................................................................44-45 Compact steel jacks ............................................................................387
Air hoists ..........................................................................................74-76 Compact tensioner (VIP) ..............................................................251, 428
Air permeable container tarpaulin ........................................................431 Conatiner tilt devices ....................................................................149-159
Air-driven hydraulic pumps ..................................................................385 CondorGrip, CondorLift, CondorMove ..................................................12
Airflex inflatable stowage cushions ......................................................418 Console-mounted winches ..........................................................101-103
All-purpose grab ..................................................................................163 Construction hoist rope........................................................................279
Alu-Multilift lifting device ........................................................................56 Construction pulley ..............................................................................279
Aluminium crane systems ................................................................51-61 Container hook ....................................................................................340
Aluminium forklift lifting beam ..............................................................133 Container lift devices ....................................................................152-159
Aluminium gantry cranes ..................................................................58-61 Container nets ......................................................................................431
Aluminium gantry cranes (accessories)..................................................60 Container tarpaulin (air permeable) ......................................................431
Aluminium lifting device ........................................................................56 Counterweight workshop crane ............................................................63
Aluminium multi purpose jacks ............................................................387 Crane accessories ............................................................................34-35
Aluminium rope deflection rollers ........................................................116 Crane ropes ..........................................................................306-310, 314
Aluminium rope pulleys ................................................................114-115 Crane scales, digital ....................................................................190-192
Aluminium sleeves................................................................................322 Crane scales, electronic ......................................................................192
Aluminium tripod ....................................................................................57 Crane scales, hydraulic ......................................................................193
Analogue crane scales ........................................................................193 Crane scales, mechanic ......................................................................193
Anchor swivel (stainless steel)..............................................................233 Crane systems ................................................................................39-43
Anchoring systems for rope pulling machines ....................................113 Crane technology ............................................................................20-79
Anti-slip mats ................................................................................414-416 Cranes ..............................................................................................20-65
ASG disposable belt slings ..................................................................285 Cranes, collapsible ..........................................................................63-64
AURAS submersible pumps ........................................................302-304 Crank winches ..............................................................................100-103
Automatic safety hook ................................................................342, 347 Cross reel without rope ........................................................................111
CS crane systems ............................................................................40-43
Balancer for chain slings (VIP)..............................................................258
Balancers................................................................................................97 DELTA lifting forks ................................................................................134
Barrel clamp ........................................................................................143 Digital crane scales ......................................................................190-191
Barrel clamping ring ............................................................................143 Digital dynamometers ..................................................................188-189
Barrel grabs ..................................................................................142-143 Digital hanging scales ..........................................................................192
Barrel handling ..............................................................................142-143 Disposable belt slings (ASG) ................................................................285
Barrel lifting clamp................................................................................143 Disposable lashings ......................................................................411-412
Barrel tong............................................................................................143 Double girder overhead cranes ..............................................................23
Barrel turning device ............................................................................143 Duplex wire rope clip ..................................................................230, 327
Basic equipment set HIT rope pulling machines..................................107 Dynamometers..............................................................................188-189
Battery lifting magnets ........................................................................174
Beam clamps ........................................................................................94 EasyLash disposable lashing ..............................................................411
Beam trolleys..........................................................................................93 Edge protection ....................................................................272, 413, 417
Big Bags (FIBC's) ................................................................................433 Edge protector for palletised loads ......................................................417
Black wire ropes for theatre and stage ................................................311 Edge protectors....................................................................................295
Black-Cat anti-slip mats ..............................................................414-415 Electric chain hoists ..........................................................................66-73
Blue-Line suction lifters ......................................................................182 Electric driven hydraulic pump ............................................................385
Box grab ..............................................................................................141 Electric pumps (for hydraulic cylinders) ..............................................394
Bridle slings (of roundslings) ................................................................291 Electric wire rope winches ..............................................................78-81
Bulk chain ............................................................................219, 269-271 Electro-hydraulic container lift and tilt devices..............149-150, 152-159
Bulk wire rope................................................................226-227, 308-315 Electronic crane scale ..........................................................................192
Electronic product information system (EPIS)......................................289
C-hooks ........................................................................................138-139 Elevator ropes ......................................................................................313
Cable grips....................................................................................324-325 End socket for cablegrips ....................................................................325
Cable laid wire rope slings ..........................................................206, 208 Engine positioner..................................................................................274
Cable pulling sleeves ....................................................................324-325 Ergo ratchet ..........................................................................................410
Cable socks ..................................................................................324-325 ErgoABS ratchet straps................................................................407, 410
Car cargo net........................................................................................423 Eye bolt, swivelling with ring ................................................................347
CD-ROM lifting point collection ..................................................272, 373 Eye bolts, galvanised ..........................................................................336
Chain blocks ....................................................................................82-87 Eye bolts, high strength........................................................................363
Chain connectors ................................................................................266 Eye bolts, stainless steel ......................................................231-232, 365
Chain hoists ......................................................................................68-76 Eye hooks ............................................................255, 266, 342, 343-344
Chain hoists (air-driven) ....................................................................74-76 Eye nuts, galvanised ............................................................................336
Chain inspection service ......................................................................268 Eye nuts, high strength ........................................................................363
Chain range ICE 120 ............................................................234-247, 424 Eye nuts, stainless steel................................................................231-232
Chain slings ..........................................................218, 234-247, 248-251
Chain slings grade 80 ..................................................................260-267 Fall protection systems ..........................................................................14
Chain slings ICE grade 120 ..........................................................234-247 Fibre rope slings............................................................................276-277
Chain slings VIP grade 100 ..........................................................248-251 Fibre ropes ..........................................................................................278
Chain-rope-slings ................................................................................273 Fibre slings ..........................................................................................279
Chains, glavanised........................................................................270-271 Fire hose, synthetic ..............................................................................303
Chinese fingers ............................................................................324-325 Fittings..................................................................................................334
Choker hook ........................................................................................344 Flexible intermediate bulk containers (FIBC's or Big Bags) ................433
Clamping buffers ....................................................................................49 Foolproof shackle (VIP) ........................................................................349
Clevis shackles ............................................................................255, 355 Fork protection for forklift trucks ..................................................300-301
8 www.carlstahl.com
Index
Fork shackles ......................................................................................355 Lashing chains ..............................................................................424-430

Forklift fork extension ..........................................................................300 Lashing points ..............................................................................428, 429
Forklift fork protection ..................................................................300-301 Lashing systems ..........................................................................419-422
Forklift lifting beam ..............................................................................133 Length adjustment for VIP chain slings................................................250
Forklift shoe..........................................................................................133 Lever hoists ......................................................................................88-92
Formwork tensioning chain ..................................................................274 Lift 360° chain block ..................................................................84-85, 87
Foundry hook with safety latch ............................................................346 Liftfix roundsling ..................................................................................288
Foundry hooks ......................................................254, 266-267, 342, 346 Liftfix webbing sling ............................................................................284
Lifting beam for lattice boxes ..............................................................129
General terms and conditions ..............................................................436 Lifting beams ................................................................................121-133
Grabs ............................................................................................141-145 Lifting beams for Big Bags ..................................................................132
Grabs for stackable transport boxes....................................................141 Lifting clamps................................................................................160-171
Grommets ............................................................................................208 Lifting devices for containers........................................................148-159
Lifting forks ..................................................................................134-135
H-shape lifting beam ..........................................................................128 Lifting magnets ............................................................................173-179
Hand pallet trucks ........................................................................398-401 Lifting points ................................................................................356-379
Hand pumps for hydraulic cylinders ....................................................385 Lifting points, screw-on ................................................................358-370
Hand swaging tools ......................................................................322-323 Lifting points, weld-on ..................................................................372-379
Hand winches ..............................................................................100-103 Lifting ring VLBG ..........................................................................360-361
Hand-held transmitters ....................................................................46-47 Lifting ring, weld-on..............................................................................376
Handling systems ........................................................................148-159 Lifting rings with ball bearing ........................................................366-367
HB light crane system ......................................................................42-43 Lifting sets ............................................................................272, 392, 393
Heavy duty bridle slings (of roundslings)..............................................291 Light plate hook....................................................................................346
Heavy duty lashings ............................................................................409 Light wall-mounted winch ....................................................................100
Heavy duty powerband (webbing sling) ..............................................284 Lightweight jack ..................................................................................387
Heavy duty roller chains................................................................380-381 Load charts ..........................................................................................296
Heavy duty roundslings........................................................................287 Load hooks ..................................................................................341-348
Heavy duty skates ........................................................................395-397 Load restraint for cars ..........................................................................423
Hemp rope............................................................................................278 Load restraint for curtainsiders ....................................................419-421
Hemp slings..........................................................................................279 Load restraint mats ......................................................................414-416
High strength eye bolts ........................................................................363 Load restraint systems..................................................................402-434
High strength eye nuts ........................................................................363 Load restraint systems, accessories ....................................................413
High strength round steel hooks ..........................................................341 Load suspension equipment ........................................................120-193
High strength shackles ................................................................352-353 Load turning lifting beams....................................................................129
Hollow piston cylinders ........................................................................384 Log clamps ..........................................................................................144
Hooks ............................................220, 222, 254-255, 258-259, 339-348 Low height hydraulic cylinders ............................................................383
Horizontal adjuster ............................................................................58-60
Hydraulic counterweight crane ............................................................63 Machine jack (hydraulic) ......................................................................391
Hydraulic crane scale ..........................................................................193 Magnet claws ......................................................................................179
Hydraulic cutters ..................................................................................389 Magnet testing and repair ..................................................................179
Hydraulic cylinders ..............................................................383, 384, 386 Magnetic lifting beams ........................................................................177
Hydraulic drive for rope pulling machines ..........................................112 Magnets ......................................................................................172-179
Hydraulic hoses....................................................................386, 390, 394 Magnum roundslings............................................................................287
Hydraulic jacks ....................................................................................387 Maintenance unit for air hoists ..............................................................76
Hydraulic nut splitters ..........................................................................388 Manifolds (for hydraulics) ....................................................................386
Hydraulic puller ....................................................................................388 Manual lifting equipment ................................................................82-119
Hydraulic pumps ................................................................385, 390, 394 Manual rope pulling machines ..............................................106-107, 116
Hydraulic set ..............................................................................386, 392 Marking set ..........................................................................................297
Hydraulic spreaders ............................................................................389 Masterlink assemblies ..........220, 242, 244, 246, 252-253, 256, 265, 340
Hydraulic torque wrenches ..................................................................390 Masterlinks ..................................................................................220, 340
Hydraulics ....................................................................................382-397 Mats ..............................................................................................414-416
Microcables (TechnoCables) ........................................................316-317
ICE chains grade 120............................................................234-247, 424 Mini chain block ....................................................................................85
Identification tag ..................................................................................297 Mini components VIP ..........................................................................256
Impact protection..........................................................................298-299 Mini lever hoist ................................................................................89, 91
Industrial trucks ............................................................................398-401 Minifor wire rope hoist............................................................................77
Inspection and repair service ..............................................................435 Mobile reel with skid ............................................................................111
Inspection data tag ..............................................................................297 Movable cranes ................................................................................36-37
Insulated swivels ..................................................................................346 Multi purpose haydraulic cylinders ......................................................384
Insulating chain sling (VIP)....................................................................258 Multi shortening claw (VIP) ..................................................................254
Insulating clevis shackle (VIP) ..............................................................355
Internal grabs ......................................................................................141 Nets ......................................................................................423, 431-432
Internal lashing for trucks..............................................................419-422 Nut splitters ..........................................................................................388
Nylon thimble ......................................................................................327
Jaw end swivel ....................................................................................349
Jib cranes for indoor use ..................................................................26-33 Omega lifting beam ......................................................................122-124
Jib cranes for outdoor use ....................................................................38 Open spelter socket ............................................................................338
Joker hooks..........................................................................................289 Open swage socket..............................................................................334
Jute slings ............................................................................................279 Order form ............................................................................................437
Oval masterlinks ..........................................................................267, 340
KLT box grabs ......................................................................................140 Oval rings ............................................................................................340
Knotted link chain ................................................................................271 Overhead travelling cranes ..............................................................20-25
Kombi sling ..........................................................................................273 Overlay nets ........................................................................................432
Kombi-Quick-Set ................................................................................202 Overload control (for VIP chain slings) ................................................253
Lashing chain identification and inspection tag ..................................297 Pack-Net internal lashing ....................................................................422
Lashing chain with ratchet tensioner ............................424, 426-427, 430 Pallet trucks ..................................................................................398-401
www.carlstahl.com 9
Index
Pallet trucks (special versions) ............................................................400 Ropes of stainless steel ................................................................226-227

Pallet trucks in stainless steel ..............................................................401 Ropes of steel wires......................................................................308-317
Pallet trucks with scale ........................................................................401 Round profile grab ..............................................................................144
Permanent lifting magnets ..................................................173, 175-178 Round steel chains ..............................................................219, 269-271
Permanent magnet claws ....................................................................179 Round steel chains, galvanised............................................................270
Personal protective equipment ........................................................14-16 Round steel hooks ..............................................................................341
Pillar jib crane arms for retractors and balancers ................................98 Round strand steel wire ropes ......................................................312-315
Pillar jib cranes..................................................................................30-33 Roundslings ..................................................................................286-290
Pillar jib cranes for outdoor use ............................................................38 Rubber cord ........................................................................................434
Pipe body type turnbuckle ..................................................................333
Plate carrying device ............................................................................181 S-hooks ................................................................................................341
Plate hooks ..................................................................................339, 346 Sacks for bulk goods ..........................................................................433
Platforms ......................................................................................146-147 Safety access platforms ..............................................................146-147
Pneumatic container lift and tilt devices ..............................................156 Safety eye hooks ........................................................................343-344
Polyamide rope slings ..........................................................................277 Safety hook with shank ........................................................................343
Polyamide ropes ..................................................................................278 Safety hooks ................................................................266, 342-343, 347
Polyester lashing straps................................................................405-410 Safety lifting clamps......................................................................160-171
Polyester webbing sling with rope loops and choker bracket ............292 Safety nets ..........................................................................................432
Polypropylene ropes ............................................................................278 Safety snap hook for textile slings ......................................................289
Polypropylene slings ..........................................................................279 Safety snap hook, stainless steel ........................................................231
Polystar rope sling................................................................................276 Safety snap hooks................................................................................343
Portable aluminium gantry cranes ....................................................58-59 Safety swivel hooks ......................................................................342-344
Portable electric wire rope hoist (minifor) ..............................................77 Safety wire rope loops with hook ........................................................204
Portal crane accessories ......................................................................60 Sand bags ..........................................................................................433
Portal cranes ..................................................................39-41, 50, 58-59 Scissor lift table ....................................................................................158
Portal cranes of aluminium ..............................................................58-59 Scissor pallet truck ..............................................................................400
Power supply systems for jib cranes ....................................................48 Screw-on hook (VIP) ............................................................................370
Powerband webbing sling....................................................................284 Screw-on lifting points ..................................................................368-369
Powerpoint lifting points................................................362-363, 374-375 Self-locking hook ........................................................................254, 267
Pressure gauge for hydraulics..............................................................386 Sewage pumps, submersible ......................................................302-304
Print on lashing straps..........................................................................423 Shackles ................................................................222, 228-229, 349-355
Protective sleeve for ratchet straps......................................................413 Shank hook ..........................................................................................343
Protective tubing for chain slings ........................................................272 Sheet pile shackle ................................................................................354
Protective tubing for roundslings ..................................................286-287 Shipyard edge protetctor for ropes ....................................................295
Protective tubing for webbing slings....................................................281 Side protection nets ............................................................................431
Protective tubing for wire ropes ..........................................................205 Simplex clip ..................................................................................230, 327
Pulleys for TechnoCables..............................................................318-321 Single girder overhead crane ................................................................22
Pump lifting chain, tested ....................................................................303 Single girder wall travelling cranes ........................................................22
Skip bin hooks ..............................................................................258-259
Quick link, galvanised ..........................................................................271 Skip bin lashing ....................................................................................426
Quick link, stainless steel ....................................................................233 Skip bin lashing chains ........................................................................426
Slings ............................................................................................194-301
Rack jacks ............................................................................................104 Slings (stainless steel) ..................................................................217-222
Radio control receivers ....................................................................46-47 Snap hooks ..................................................................................233, 341
Ramshorn hooks ..................................................................................348 Snatch blocks ......................................................................................117
Ratchet hoists ..................................................................................88-92 Solid thimble ........................................................................................328
Ratchet pads ......................................................................................413 Special cranes ........................................................................................25
Ratchet strap selection ................................................................403-404 Special fork shackle ............................................................................355
Ratchet straps ..............................................................................405-410 Special lifting beams ....................................................................130-131
Ratchet tensioners ......................................................................246, 429 Special lifting forks ..............................................................................135
Rectangular profile clamp ....................................................................145 Special load suspension equipment ............................................136-137
Reducer assembly................................................................................348 Special masterlinks for chain slings ............................243, 245, 247, 253
Reels for wire ropes..............................................................................314 Special roundslings ..............................................................................288
Remote controls for cranes and hoists ............................................46-47 Spelter sockets ....................................................................................338
Replacement swaging dies ..................................................................322 Spindle lifting clamp ............................................................................162
Retractors ..............................................................................................96 Spiral ropes ........................................................................................315
Retractors and balancers..................................................................95-98 Split hooks............................................................................................339
Rhombic link (VIP) ................................................................................259 Spreader beam ....................................................................................132
Ring connector (VIP) ............................................................................255 Spreader beams............................................................................120-133
Roller chains ................................................................................380-381 Spur wheel chain blocks ..................................................................83-87
Rope basket (without rope) ..................................................................111 Spur wheel winch (wall-mounted) ........................................................102
Rope blocks ........................................................................................117 Stainless steel accessories ..........................................................217-233
Rope coiler with carrying skid ..............................................................111 Stainless steel bulk chain ............................................................219, 271
Rope connecting hooks (C hooks) ......................................................346 Stainless steel clevis shackle ..............................................................220
Rope lubricant ......................................................................................307 Stainless steel endless chain ..............................................................219
Rope pulleys ........................................................................................117 Stainless steel hooks for rubber cords ................................................434
Rope pulleys for rope pulling machines........................................114-116 Stainless steel items ....................................................................217-233
Rope pulling machines ........................................................105-113, 116 Stainless steel masterlinks ..................................................................220
Rope pulling sleeves ....................................................................324-325 Stainless steel pallet truck....................................................................401
Rope sheave blocks ............................................................................118 Stainless steel shackles ........................................................222, 228-229
Rope sheaves ..............................................................................118-119 Stainless steel shortener ......................................................................220
Rope sleeves ................................................................................322-323 Stainless steel slings ....................................................................218, 221
Rope socket with shackle ....................................................................335 Stainless steel swivels..........................................................................231
Rope tensioning clip ............................................................................336 Stainless steel thimble..........................................................................230
Rope-chain-slings ................................................................................273 Stainless steel turnbuckles ..........................................................224-225
Ropes ............................................................226-227, 278-279, 308-317 Stainless steel wire ropes ............................................................226-227
Ropes of fibres..............................................................................278-279 Standard lifting beams ................................................................122-129
10 www.carlstahl.com
Index
Starpoint eye bolt ................................................................................364 Wall-mounted winches ................................................................100-103

Starpoint eye nut ................................................................................365 Webbing slings......................................................................280-285, 292
Steel bottle jacks ..................................................................................387 Webbing slings, coated ................................................................282-285
Steel case for rope pulling machines ..................................................107 Webbing-chain sling ............................................................................273
Steel winches (rack jacks) ....................................................................104 Wedge clamping tool............................................................................113
Steel wire rope pulleys (for rope pulling machines) ......................114-115 Wedge sockets ....................................................................................337
Steel wire ropes ............................................................................308-317 Weld-on hook ......................................................................................344
Steerable and adjustable transport skates ..................................395-397 Weld-on hook (VIP) ..............................................................................378
Stowage cushions (inflatable) ..............................................................418 Weld-on lifting ring ......................................................................377, 379
Strap winch ..........................................................................................410 Wheel kit ................................................................................................60
Strapping system "Stahltex" ..............................................................412 Wide body shackle ..............................................................................354
Submersible pump accessories ..........................................................304 Winches ..........................................................................................99-104
Submersible pumps ....................................................................302-304 Wire coil internal grab ..........................................................................145
Suction lifters ................................................................................181-182 Wire rope clips ......................................................................230, 326-327
Supra-Plus roundsling ........................................................................286 Wire rope cutters ..................................................................................322
Swaging tools ..............................................................................322-323 Wire rope hoists, electric ........................................................77, 108-109
Swivel connector (for overhead lines) ..................................................325 Wire rope loops ....................................................................................204
Swivel hooks ................................................................................342-344 Wire rope loops for double hook..........................................................213
Swivels ........................................................................................345, 346 Wire rope loops with thread ................................................................202
Swivels (stainless steel) ........................................................................231 Wire rope protective tubing ..................................................................205
Synthetic fire hose................................................................................303 Wire rope sheaves ...................................................................... 118-119
Wire rope slings ....................................................................194-216, 221
Technical ropes and strands ........................................................316-317 Wire rope slings with flemish eye ........................................................205
TechnoCables ..............................................................................316-317 Wire rope winches, electric ..............................................................78-81
Telescopic crane arm for forklift truck ................................................147 Wire ropes ....................................................................................308-317
Tensioning chain set for formwork ......................................................274 Wire ropes for theatre and stage..........................................................311
Textile slings ................................................................................275-292 Wire ropes for winches ................................................................313, 315
Thimbles................................................................................230, 327-329 Workshop cranes, moveable ............................................................62-65
Thread adaptor for lifting points ..........................................................357 Woven wire rope slings ................................................................292-294
Threaded lifting loops ..........................................................................202
Tiedown-Controller ..............................................................................406
Tilt devices for containers ............................................................148-159
Tilting coil hook ....................................................................................139
Tongs ............................................................................................144-145
Transport skate sets ............................................................................392
Transport skates ..........................................................................395-397
Tripod ....................................................................................................57
Trolleys ..................................................................................................93
Tubular skid for rope pulling machines ................................................110
Turnbuckles ..................................................................223-225, 330-333
Turning grab ........................................................................................144
Universal swivel (VIP)............................................................................255
Vacuum lifting devices ................................................................183-187

Vacuum suction lifters ..................................................................181-182
Vacuum tube lifter ........................................................................184-185
Vakuum technology ......................................................................180-187
VarioSling ............................................................................................290
VarioWeb ............................................................................................290
Velcro fastener at fixed end..................................................................413
Vertical barrel grab ..............................................................................142
VIP accessories for chain slings ..................................................252-255
VIP balancer ........................................................................................258
VIP bulk chain ......................................................................................269
VIP chain connector ............................................................................255
VIP chain slings ............................................................................248-251
VIP Dominator ......................................................................................257
VIP end stop ........................................................................................256
VIP endless chains ..............................................................................257
VIP foolproof clevis shackle ........................................................255, 355
VIP hook fo skip bins ..........................................................................258
VIP hooks ....................................................................................254-255
VIP insulating clevis shackle ................................................................355
VIP lashing chain grade 10 ..........................................................426-427
VIP length adjustment ..........................................................................250
VIP masterlinks ............................................................................252-253
VIP Mini components ..........................................................................256
VIP screw-on hook ..............................................................................370
VIP shortening hook ............................................................................254
VIP weld-on hook ................................................................................378
VIP weld-on lifting ring ..................................................................376-377
VIP weld-on lifting ring for edges ........................................................379
Wall bracket (for wall jib crane) ..............................................................35

Wall jib crane arm for retractors and balancers ....................................98
Wall jib cranes ..................................................................................26-29
www.carlstahl.com 11
The Carl Stahl Premium Product Line
A tight grip on safety – Your advantages:

the Carl Stahl Premium Product Line
• Highest quality workmanship
These new brands have been created to satisfy your hig- • Maximum ruggedness
hest demands regarding benefit, quality, durability, and ser- • Light weight construction – strong in performance
vice. Be on the safe side and be certain to have everything • 100% service
firmly under control. • 100% guarantee
• Best price-performance ratio
It is our corporate philosophy not to be outperformed by
anybody regarding customer benefit; this is clearly demon-
strated with our new Premium Product Line.
Now available: Our Pre-

mium Product Line cata-
logue.
Contact us to order your

copy
The Carl Stahl Premium Product Line
Carl Stahl Premium Products at a glance

Lifting clamps page 160 ff.
Retractors / Balancers page 95 ff.
Chain Blocks / Ratchet Hoists page 82 ff. Pallet Trucks page 399 ff.
Lifting Magnets KLT Grabs page 140 Beam Clamps page 94

page 172 ff.
Double Eye Hooks

page 348
Edge Protectors page 295
Fall Protection Systems, Personal Protective Equipment
Personal fall protection in the industrial sector
Accident prevention has become an increasingly important issue in recent

years. Still falls occur frequently and are the single greatest cause of death
or serious injury worldwide.
Therefore collective safety measures have become absolute priority. The
use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is the last resort and only allo-
wed if the work cannot be carried out from balustrades, scaffolds or aerial
platforms or if their use would be too much effort.
The field of “Personal Protective Equipment” which used to be an

integral part of the Carl Stahl Direct catalogue for many years can
now be found in a separate catalogue for fall protection and height
safety in the industrial sector.
Contact us now to order

your copy of the new
catalogue „Fall Protec-
tion / Personal Protective
Equipment“!
Carl Stahl – your one stop source for rope and lifting
equipment can offer you the most comprehensive range of
fall protection equipment for the industrial sector.
Applications in the industrial sector rollgliss product line

• Bridge work • Rescue set
• Industrial roofs • Rescue system
• Steel construction
• Work on edges
• Work with concrete reinforcement steel Tractel descenders/rescue
• Work on scaffolding • Tripod with accessories
• Vertical applications • Descenders, attachment points
PROTECTA product line PETZL product line

• Harnesses • Harnesses
• Sets • Helmets
• Lanyards • Lanyards and energy absorbers
• Carabiners and connectors • Mobile fall arrestor
• Height protection devices • Connectors
• Horizontal fall protection • Ropes and accessories
• Vertical fall protection • Descenders, rope clamps, pulleys
• Attachment systems for self installation • Anchors and attachment points
• Headlamps and accessories
DBI-SALA product line

• Harnesses Rescue ladders
• Lanyards Trainings and seminars
• Anchors and connectors (only available in Germany)
• Height protection devices
• Horizontal fall protection Regulations and standards
• Anchoring systems for self installation
• Rescue and recovery
Personal Protective Equipment
Basic sets
SET 1
For vertical work in industry
and construction
Contents:
1 x Harness AB11313*
1 x Height protection device „Rebel“
AD120, L = 6 m
1 x Carabiner AJ501
1 x Belt sling AM450/80 (L = 80 cm)
1 x Bag 450T0000
Weight: 4,8 kg
*Standard size M/L
Item no. 49SETPR1
SET 2
For vertical work in industry
and construction
Contents:
1 x Height protection device
AD212/FI mit Sturzindikator, L = 12 m
1 x Belt sling AM450/80 (L = 80 cm)
1 x Bag 450T0000
Weight: 7,7 kg
*Standard size M/L
Item no. 49SETPR2
SET 3
For combined vertical
and flat roof work
Contents:
1 x Fall arresters AC202/01
„Cobra“
1 x Stranded rope AC210, length 10 m. ø 14 mm
1 x Bag 450T0000
Weight: 7,45 kg
*Standard size M/L
Item no. 49SETPR3
SET 4
For structrural steel work
and bridge construction
Contents:
1x Harness AB10113*
1x Absorber AE5220WAE
1x Belt sling AM450/80 (L = 80 cm)
1x Bag 450T0000
Weight: 3,3 kg
*Standard size M/L
Item no. 49SETPR4
Fall Protection Systems, Personal Protective Equipment
AC3000 Cabloc Set - Stainless steel wire rope ø 8 mm with already

swaged end connections
for vertical fall arrest systems - Fall arrestor Cabloc AC350
- 2 universal Cabloc anchoring systems (top and bottom) AC340
AC3000/10 (10 m), AC3000/20 (20 m), AC3000/30 (30 m)
- Shock absorber for Cabloc AC325
- Cabloc stretcher with pretension indicator AC330
The Cabloc set contains all elements required for the installation of a
- Marking plate AN126
safety system on a ladder or steel structure to reach an elevated work
- Cabloc cable guide AC320
position. A detailed manual illustrates system installation step by step
- Breaking load of the system > 15 kN
and explains all necessary safety precautions.
EN 353-1
Thus safe access to an elevated work position is provided.
Type Length Rope Ø Weight Users Item no.

in m in mm in kg
AC3000/10 10 8 11,3 1 49CABL10
AC3000/20 20 8 14,4 1 49CABL20
AC3000/30 30 8 17,1 1 49CABL30
AN5000 FIRST Set for horizontal fall arrest systems - Stainless steel wire rope ø 8 mm with end sleeve and thimble
- 2 wall endplates AN 5019
AN5000/10 (10 m), AN5000/20 (20 m), AN5000/30 (30 m) - Shock absorber for Cabloc AC325
- Turnbuckle with 2 fork heads AN5007/1
The FIRST set contains all elements required for the installation of a - Attachment system AN 126/0
safety system. A detailed manual illustrates the system installation - Intermediate brackets in a max. distance of 15 m – AN5005
step by step and explains all necessary safety precautions. - Breaking load of the system > 37 kN
EN795 Class C
This set contains the components needed for the attachment of a
horizontal fall protection system to a concrete structure.
Prior to installation check structural stability and sufficient fall height.
Type Length Rope Users Weight Rope guide/ Item no.

in m Ø in kg shuttle type
in mm carbine hook
AN 5000/10 10 8 2 8,2 optional 49FIRS10

AJ514 / AJ501
AN 5000/20 20 8 2 11,0 optional 49FIRS20
AJ514 / AJ501
AN 5000/30 30 8 2 14,0 optional 49FIRS30
AJ514 / AJ501
Outer-Ø 56 mm Single attachment point

Type Description Material Anchoring Standard Weight in kg Item no.
Ø 13,5 mm
Inner-Ø 38 mm
AM211 Single standard Stainless steel in stainless steel EN795 0,110 49AP0211
attachment point ø 12 mm
New items in this catalogue
Digital dynamometer with and Digital crane scale Internal grab for wire coils
without display unit and USB port See page 190 See page 145
See page 189
CS crane system Vacuum lifter ICE self-locking

See page 39 JumboFlex clevis hook AGH
See page 184 See page 241
Magnetic lifting beams Lifting

See page 177 magnets
NEO-AIR
and NEO-
EP
Anti-slip mat See page 178
“Black Cat” -
Panther
See page 415
SMILEY - EPIS
RoRo (Electronic Product
lashing point Information System)
SMILEY BI –
Combined Weld-on VIP lashing
attachment and points LPW + LRBS
lashing point with LC indication
Contents
Crane Systems / Page 20-81

Powered Lifting Equipment
Manual Lifting Equipment Page 82-119
Load Suspension Equipment Page 120-193
Slings / Stainless Steel Items

Fibre Ropes and Cords Page 194-304
Wire Ropes Page 305-323
Accessories
Page 324-381
Hydraulics /
Industrial trucks Page 382-401
Cargo Lashing Page 402-434
Wall Jib Cranes | Pillar Jib Cranes | Overhead Cranes | Portal Cranes | Movable Cranes | Crane Accessories |
Electric Wire Rope Winches | Powered Lifting Equipment
Chain Blocks | Lever hoists | Beam Clamps | Beam Trolleys | Retractors | Balancers |
Manual And Powered Rope Pulling Machines | Pulleys
Spreader Beams | Grabs | Lifting Forks | Materials Handling | Lifting Clamps | Lifting Magnets |
Vacuum Lifting Devices | Dynamometers | Crane Scales
Wire Rope Slings | Chain Slings | Fibre Rope Slings | Roundslings | Webbing Slings | Edge Protectors | Fibre Ropes |
Cords | Elevator Ropes | Stainless Steel Range: Slings | Wire Ropes | Chains | Accessories
DIN Ropes | Crane Wire Ropes | Special Wire Ropes | Micro Cables | Pulleys
Wire Rope Grips | Thimbles | Turnbuckles | Hooks | Shackles | Lifting Points
Hydraulic Cylinders | Hydraulic Pumps | Hydraulic Jacks And Lifting Devices | Pallet Trucks
Ratchet Straps | Anti-Slip Mats | Disposable Strapping | Lashing Points | Lashing Chains | Container Nets | Big Bags
Crane Systems
Crane Types
Overhead Travelling Cranes
WLL 1 - 100 t
Pillar Jib Cranes
WLL 125 kg - 6300 kg
Wall Jib Cranes
WLL 125 kg - 5000 kg
Portal Cranes
WLL 50 kg - 5000 kg
Moveable Cranes
WLL 100 kg - 1000 kg
Light Crane Systems
WLL 63 kg - 2000 kg
Mobile Workshop Cranes
WLL 1000 kg - 3000 kg
Aluminium Gantry Cranes
WLL 250 kg - 2000 kg
Crane Systems
Crane Systems: Overhead Travelling Cranes
Single Girder Overhead Crane
Delivery Term EXW Type Load capacity* Max. span*

Overhead cranes are available for load capacities from 0.5 to 12.5 tons range in t in m
and maximum spans of 36 m. They can easily be adapted to your indivi-
dual space situation through a large range of different mounting versions. ELV up to 5 18,5
For new buildings version 3 is the ideal solution. Single girder overhead
crane with rolled up to 6,3 17,5
Versions 1, 2, 4, and 5 are used to adapt overhead cranes to existing section girder up to 8 17
clearances. For individual planning only the clearance data is required to up to 10 14,5
offer the suitable crane system.
*Higher load capacities and

ELK up to 5 28,5
wider spans on request

Single girder overhead
up to 10 26
crane with welded box
girder up to 12,5 21
ELS up to 6,3 36
Single girder overhead
up to 8 34,5
crane with side moun-
ted trolley up to 10 34
Main girder connection versions to suit factory conditions
Version 1 Version 2 Version 3 Version 4 Version 5

Lowered configuration Lowered configuration Standard main girder Raised configuration Raised configuration
connection configuration
For ELS
Version 1 Version 2 Version 3 Standard main girder Version 4

Lowered configuration Lowered configuration connection configuration Raised configuration
Crane Systems: Overhead Travelling Cranes
Double Girder Overhead Crane

Double girder overhead cranes are available in load capacities up to 100 range in t in m
tons and maximum spans of 36 m.
ZLV up to 12,5 14,5

Different girder connecting versions ensure an ideal adaption of the travel- Double girder over-
head crane with rolled up to 16 11,5

ling crane in new buildings as well as in existing factories. Different trolley
versions add to the versatility of these cranes to make optimal use of the section girder
available space.
ZLK
up to 40 36
Double girder over-
head crane with up to 10 33
welded box girder up to 12,5 30
up to 12,5 27
Lowered configuration* Version 1 Standard main Version 2

girder connection configuration Raised configuration
Version 3 Version 4 Version 5

Raised configuration Raised configuration Raised configuration
Crane Systems: Underslung Travelling Cranes
Underslung Travelling Crane

Underslung travelling cranes offer you load capacities between 0.5 and 8 range in t in m
tons and spans of up to 25 m.
DLVM
With minimum side approach dimensions and cantilevers to suit individual Underslung travelling
conditions underslung travelling cranes make full use of the space availa- crane with rolled sec- up to 3,2 14
ble. The highest hook position can be raised by installing the main girder tion girder and welded
up between end carriages. main girder connection

EDL
Underslung travelling up to 5 17,5

crane with rolled sec- up to 6,3 17
tion girder and bolted
main girder connection up to 8 9
EDK
Underslung travelling
up to 6,3 25
crane with box girder
and bolted main girder up to 8 13
connection
Version 1 Standard main girder Version 1 Standard main Version 2 Stooled up configu-
connection configuration girder connection configuration (optimised hook height
(with variable cantilever for ration “angled” (with varia- without crane girder cantile-
minimum side approach ble cantilever for minimum vers)
dimensions) side approach dimensions)
Crane Systems: Special Cranes
Special Cranes
Single Girder Wall Travelling Cranes
Crane Systems: Wall Jib Cranes
Wall Jib Cranes

For indoor use only – outdoor versions available on Scope of delivery chain hoist: Top quality electric
request chain hoist model GM, degree of protection IP 55,
Delivery EXW tested safety chain, chain container, 2 lifting speeds,
Scope of delivery crane: Jib arm complete with wall power supply 380 V/50 Hz, pendant control handset,
mount, electric chain hoist with push trolley, complete other versions are available on request
electric installation, mounting plan, manual slewing.
A detailed data sheet is available on request.
Wall Jib Crane Type LW
Wall Jib Crane Type Load Capacity in kg Jib Range Page
CS/LW 80 - 1.000 2.000 - 7.000 27

CS/LWX 80 - 500 2.000 - 7.000 28
CS/VW 125 - 5.000 2.000 - 10.000 29
8013. Wall jib crane

type CS/LW
with electric chain hoist
Features:
• With mounting plan
• Slewing range will depend on
mount
• According to EEC directive 98/37
EG
• Easy moving jib mount
• Quality corrosion protection accor-
ding to DIN 55298 (mechanically
shot blasted)
• 1-layer primer daffodil-yellow
• Electric wiring complete with
lockable mains switch and power
supply to the hoist
• Mounting bolts to be provided by
customer
• Standard lifting height 3.0 m
Slewing range
max. 180°
Load capacity Jib length Type/Size Lifting speed CH H1 LA FH FV Weight Item no.
in kg in mm in m/min in mm in mm in mm in kN in kN in kg
125 2000 LW25 8/2,0 389 614 492 6,31 2,18 100 8013.20.01
125 3000 LW25 8/2,0 389 614 492 10,13 2,32 113 8013.30.01
125 4000 LW25 8/2,0 389 614 492 14,23 2,46 127 8013.40.01
125 5000 LW25 8/2,0 389 614 600 18,55 2,60 139 8013.50.01
125 6000 LW36 8/2,0 389 665 600 21,23 3,25 208 8013.60.01
250 3000 LW25 8/2,0 389 614 492 17,23 3,55 113 8013.30.02
250 4000 LW36 8/2,0 389 665 600 20,48 4,05 166 8013.40.02
250 5000 LW36 8/2,0 389 665 600 26,65 4,26 187 8013.50.02
250 6000 LW36 8/2,0 389 665 600 33,18 4,48 208 8013.60.02
250 7000 LW200 8/2,0 375 900 800 32,03 5,49 312 8013.70.02
500 2000 LW36 4/1,0 470 665 600 17,19 6,21 135 8013.20.05
500 3000 LW36 4/1,0 470 665 600 27,08 6,43 157 8013.30.05
500 4000 LW36 4/1,0 470 665 600 37,15 6,64 178 8013.40.05
500 5000 LW200 4/1,0 456 900 800 36,75 7,53 268 8013.50.05
500 6000 LW200 4/1,0 456 900 800 45,35 7,81 296 8013.60.05
1000 2000 LW200 4/1,0 516 900 800 22,46 11,61 199 8013.20.10
1000 3000 LW200 4/1,0 516 900 800 36,21 11,91 228 8013.30.10
1000 3500 LW200 4/1,0 516 900 800 43,39 12,10 247 8013.35.10
1000 4000 LW200 4/1,0 516 900 800 50,30 12,19 256 8013.40.10
1000 5000 LW235 4/1,0 516 980 880 59,53 12,79 320 8013.50.10

type CS/LWX
Features:
mount
EG
• Quality corrosion protection
according to DIN 55298 (mechani-
cally shot blasted)
supply to the hoist
• Mounting bolts to be provided by
customer
Slewing range
max. 180°
Load capacity Jib length Type/Size Lifting speed CH H1 LA FH FV Weight Item no.
125 2000 LWX25 8/2,0 383 296 492 5,60 2,50 121 8015.20.01
125 2500 LWX25 8/2,0 383 296 492 7,20 2,60 131 8015.25.01
125 3000 LWX25 8/2,0 383 296 492 8,90 2,70 141 8015.30.01
125 3500 LWX25 8/2,0 383 296 492 10,70 2,80 151 8015.35.01
125 4000 LWX36 8/2,0 382 350 600 12,10 3,30 202 8015.40.01
125 4500 LWX36 8/2,0 382 350 600 14,00 3,40 213 8015.45.01
125 5000 LWX36 8/2,0 382 350 600 16,00 3,50 223 8015.50.01
125 5500 LWX200 8/2,0 381 452 800 14,80 4,50 321 8015.55.01
125 6000 LWX200 8/2,0 381 452 800 16,60 4,60 336 8015.60.01
250 3000 LWX36 8/2,0 382 350 600 13,70 4,30 179 8015.30.02
250 3500 LWX36 8/2,0 382 350 600 16,30 4,40 190 8015.35.02
250 4000 LWX36 8/2,0 382 350 600 19,10 4,60 210 8015.40.02
250 4500 LWX200 8/2,0 381 452 800 17,10 5,40 292 8015.45.02
250 5000 LWX200 8/2,0 381 452 800 19,40 5,60 307 8015.50.02
250 5500 LWX200 8/2,0 381 452 800 21,80 5,70 323 8015.55.02
250 6000 LWX200 8/2,0 381 452 800 24,30 5,90 338 8015.60.02
500 3000 LWX36 4/1,0 469 350 600 24,50 6,90 196 8015.30.05
500 3500 LWX200 4/1,0 468 452 800 22,00 7,70 277 8015.35.05
500 4000 LWX200 4/1,0 468 452 800 25,50 7,80 293 8015.40.05

type CS/VW
Features:
mount
• According to EEC directive
98/37 EG
according to DIN 55298 (mecha-
nically shot blasted)
lockable mains switch and
power supply to the hoist
• Mounting bolts to be provided
by customer
Slewing range
max. 180°
Load capacity Jib length Type/Size Lifting speed LA CH H1 FH FV Weight Item no.
125 3000 WL35 8/2,0 630 383 305 12,0 3,3 204 8017.30.01
250 3000 WL35 8/2,0 630 382 345 18,1 4,7 228 8017.30.02
250 4000 WL35 8/2,0 1000 382 385 16,6 5,4 301 8017.40.02
250 5000 WL35 8/2,0 1000 382 385 21,4 5,8 337 8017.50.02
500 3000 WL35 4/1,0 1000 469 385 19,8 7,7 278 8017.30.05
500 4000 WL35 4/1,0 1000 469 385 26,8 8,0 313 8017.40.05
500 5000 WL50 4/1,0 1250 469 505 29,2 9,7 485 8017.50.05
1000 4000 WL50 4/1,0 1250 528 505 38,4 14,2 445 8017.40.10
1000 4500 WL50 4/1,0 1250 528 565 44,8 15,2 545 8017.45.10
1000 5000 WL50 4/1,0 1250 528 565 50,2 15,5 576 8017.50.10
2000 4000 WL50 4/1,0 1250 630 605 56,6 25,6 607 8017.40.20
2000 5000 WL60 4/1,0 1600 630 695 73,0 27,9 849 8017.50.20
Crane Systems: Pillar Jib Cranes
Pillar Jib Cranes

For indoor use only – outdoor versions available on Scope of delivery chain hoist: Top quality electric
request chain hoist model GM, degree of protection IP 55,
• Delivery EXW tested safety chain, chain container, 2 lifting speeds,
• Scope of delivery crane: Pillar and jib arm complete power supply 380 V/50 Hz, pendant control handset,
with anchoring bolts and template, electric chain hoist other versions are available on request
with push trolley, movable rubber buffers, complete
electric installation, foundation plan, manual slewing.
A detailed data sheet is available on request.
Pillar Jib Crane Type VS
Pillar Jib Crane Type Load Capacity in kg Jib Range Page
CS/LS 80 - 1.000 2.000 - 7.000 31

CS/LSX 80 - 500 2.000 - 7.000 32
CS/VS 125 - 6.300 2.000 - 10.000 33
8014. Pillar jib crane

type CS/LS
Features:
• Lightweight construction
(DIN 15018 H2/B2)
EG
• Quality corrosion protection accor-
ding to DIN 55298 (mechanically
shot blasted)
supply to the hoist
• With anchoring bolts, template,
and foundation plan
Slewing range
max. 270°
Underpouring
* The measurements B and UK are variable. Diffe-

rent heights can result in a different crane size.
Please contact us for pricing.
Load capacity Jib length Type/Size Lifting speed B* UK* CH HÖ U b t Weight Item no.
in kg in mm in m/min in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in kg
125 2000 LS25 8/2,0 3140 2600 389 2211 250 800 800 219 8014.20.01
125 2500 LS25 8/2,0 3140 2600 389 2211 250 900 800 228 8014.25.01
125 3000 LS25 8/2,0 3140 2600 389 2211 250 1000 800 232 8014.30.01
125 4000 LS25 8/2,0 3140 2600 389 2211 250 1100 800 246 8014.40.01
125 5000 LS25 8/2,0 3140 2600 389 2211 250 1200 800 258 8014.50.01
250 2000 LS25 8/2,0 3140 2600 389 2211 250 1000 800 219 8014.20.02
250 3000 LS25 8/2,0 3140 2600 389 2211 250 1100 800 232 8014.30.02
250 4000 LS36 8/2,0 3200 2600 389 2211 290 1300 800 324 8014.40.02
250 5000 LS36 8/2,0 3200 2600 389 2211 290 1400 800 345 8014.50.02
250 6000 LS36 8/2,0 3200 2600 389 2211 290 1500 800 366 8014.60.02
500 2000 LS36 4/1,0 3200 2600 470 2130 290 1200 800 289 8014.20.05
500 3000 LS36 4/1,0 3200 2600 470 2130 290 1400 800 313 8014.30.05
500 4000 LS36 4/1,0 3200 2600 470 2130 290 1500 800 334 8014.40.05
500 5000 LS200 4/1,0 3390 2600 456 2144 350 1700 800 509 8014.50.05
500 6000 LS200 4/1,0 3390 2600 456 2144 350 1800 800 537 8014.60.05
1000 3000 LS200 4/1,0 3390 2600 516 2084 350 1700 800 471 8014.30.10
1000 3500 LS200 4/1,0 3390 2600 516 2084 350 1800 800 490 8014.35.10
1000 4000 LS200 4/1,0 3390 2600 516 2084 350 1800 800 499 8014.40.10
1000 4500 LS235 4/1,0 3470 2600 516 2084 385 1900 800 703 8014.45.10
1000 5000 LS235 4/1,0 3470 2600 516 2084 385 2000 800 712 8014.50.10

type CS/LSX
Features:
• Lightweight construction
(DIN 15018 H2/B2)
EG
supply to the hoist
and foundation plan
Slewing range
max. 270° Underpouring

Load capacity Jib length Type/Size Lifting speed B* UK* CH HÖ U b t Weight Item no.
125 2000 LSX25 8/2,0 2825 2600 383 2217 250 800 800 257 8016.20.01
125 2500 LSX25 8/2,0 2825 2600 383 2217 250 900 800 267 8016.25.01
125 3000 LSX25 8/2,0 2825 2600 383 2217 250 1000 800 277 8016.30.01
125 3500 LSX25 8/2,0 2825 2600 383 2217 250 1000 800 287 8016.35.01
125 4000 LSX36 8/2,0 2890 2600 382 2218 290 1100 800 381 8016.40.01
125 4500 LSX36 8/2,0 2890 2600 382 2218 290 1200 800 391 8016.45.01
125 5000 LSX36 8/2,0 2890 2600 382 2218 290 1200 800 402 8016.50.01
125 5500 LSX200 8/2,0 2950 2600 381 2219 350 1300 800 591 8016.55.01
125 6000 LSX200 8/2,0 2950 2600 381 2219 350 1400 800 607 8016.60.01
250 3000 LSX36 8/2,0 2890 2600 382 2218 290 1200 800 358 8016.30.02
250 3500 LSX36 8/2,0 2890 2600 382 2218 290 1200 800 369 8016.35.02
250 4000 LSX36 8/2,0 2890 2600 382 2218 290 1300 800 389 8016.40.02
250 4500 LSX200 8/2,0 2950 2600 381 2219 350 1400 800 562 8016.45.02
250 5000 LSX200 8/2,0 2950 2600 381 2219 350 1400 800 577 8016.50.02
250 5500 LSX200 8/2,0 2950 2600 381 2219 350 1500 800 593 8016.55.02
250 6000 LSX200 8/2,0 2950 2600 381 2219 350 1500 800 608 8016.60.02
500 3000 LSX36 4/1,0 2890 2600 469 2131 290 1400 800 375 8016.30.05
500 3500 LSX200 4/1,0 2950 2600 468 2132 350 1500 800 547 8016.35.05
500 4000 LSX200 4/1,0 2950 2600 468 2132 350 1600 800 563 8016.40.05

type CS/VS
Features:
• According to EEC directive
98/37 EG
lockable mains switch and
power supply to the hoist
and foundation plan
Slewing range
∞ 360°
Underpouring

Load capacity Jib length Type/Size Lifting speed B* UK* CH HÖ DS b t Weight Item no.
125 2500 VS273 8/2,0 3560 3300 382 2918 273 1000 800 408 8018.25.01
125 3000 VS273 8/2,0 3560 3300 382 2918 273 1100 800 421 8018.30.01
125 4000 VS273 8/2,0 3560 3300 382 2918 273 1200 800 449 8018.40.01
125 5000 VS273 8/2,0 3600 3300 382 2918 273 1300 800 520 8018.50.01
250 3000 VS273 8/2,0 3560 3300 381 2921 273 1200 800 421 8018.30.02
250 4000 VS273 8/2,0 3600 3300 381 2921 273 1300 800 484 8018.40.02
250 5000 VS273 8/2,0 3720 3300 380 2920 273 1500 800 663 8018.50.02
500 3000 VS273 4/1,0 3600 3300 469 2831 273 1400 800 461 8018.30.05
500 4000 VS323 4/1,0 3660 3300 469 2831 323 1500 1000 661 8018.40.05
500 4500 VS323 4/1,0 3660 3300 468 2832 323 1600 1000 685 8018.45.05
500 5000 VS323 4/1,0 3720 3300 466 2834 323 1700 1000 788 8018.50.05
1000 3000 VS323 4/1,0 3660 3300 528 2772 323 1600 1000 621 8018.30.10
1000 4000 VS355 4/1,0 3720 3300 526 2774 355 1800 1000 793 8018.40.10
1000 5000 VS406 4/1,0 3720 3300 526 2774 406 1900 1000 971 8018.50.10
2000 3000 VS406 4/1,0 3660 3300 633 2667 406 1900 1000 825 8018.30.20
2000 4000 VS457 4/1,0 3720 3300 631 2669 457 2100 1000 1057 8018.40.20
2000 5000 VS457 4/1,0 3860 3300 627 2673 457 2400 1000 1298 8018.50.20
Crane Systems: Crane Accessories
Intermediate plate for pillar jib cranes LS, LSX + VS

(with stone anchors)
Pillar jib cranes can also be anchored by means of an intermediate plate. In many cases this solution can be a
more cost effective alternative to a conventional foundation. The crane is bolted to an intermediate plate pre-
viously anchored in accordance with the existing structural conditions. The building owner must examine the sta-
tics before implementing such a solution. It must be made sure that the building can absorb the stress occurring.
Stone Anchor
Size Length a Width b Thickness Anchors ø dm in mm Weight Item no.
Size Item no. in mm in mm t in mm in kg
M20 x 500 8040.00.34 LS 15 500 500 20 4 M20 38 8014.Z0.15
M24 x 500 8040.00.35 LS 25 500 500 20 4 M20 38 8014.Z0.25
M27 x 500 8040.00.36 LS 36 600 600 30 4 M27 82 8014.Z0.36
M30 x 500 8040.00.37 LS 200 1000 1000 30 4 M30 235 8014.Z2.00
(Set of 4) LS 235 1000 1000 30 4 M30 235 8014.Z2.35
LSX 25 500 500 20 4 M20 37 8016.Z0.25
LSX 36 600 600 30 4 M27 82 8016.Z0.36
LSX 200 1000 1000 30 4 M30 235 8016.Z2.00
VS 273 600 600 35 4 M30 99 8018.Z2.73
VS 323 1000 1000 35 4 M27 275 8018.Z3.23
VS 355 1000 1000 40 4 M30 314 8018.Z3.55
VS 406 1300 1300 35 8 M24 465 8018.Z4.06
VS 457 1300 1300 40 8 M30 531 8018.Z4.57
Dowel plate for pillar jib cranes LS + LSX

(with composite anchor)
Pillar jib cranes types LS and LSX can also be mounted on a dowel plate with composite anchors on suitable
concrete floors. It is important that the regulations according to the General Technical Approval Z-21.3.1662 by
the German Institute for Construction Technology (DIBt) are observed. Failure to do so will result in an exclusion
of liability of the dowel manufacturer or supplier.
Caution: For greater jib lengths or overall heights exceeding standard the crane size can change. Please
contact us. Mounting with composite anchors requires underpouring of the dowel plate by the customer
before the crane is first loaded and put in service.
Delivery EXW
Scope of delivery: Dowel plate, composite anchor with epoxy adhesive, accessories, fastening bolts for crane
Our composite anchor has the pillar, formwork
General Technical Approval for Size Diameter Thickness Anchors Weight Item no.
anchors under mainly static and
in mm in mm in kg
under mainly non-static stress up
L15 420 35 4 35 8014.DR0.15
to 2x106 duty cycles in reinforced
and non-reinforced standard con- L25 550 35 4 63 8014.DR0.25
crete. L36 750 35 8 119 8014.DR0.36
L200-I 850 40 12 175 8014.DR2.01
L200-II 1000 40 12 244 8014.DR2.02
L235 1100 45 16 332 8014.DR2.35
Jib slewing stop for cranes VS + VW
Size Adjustment range Item no.

VS 273 90 - 270° 8018.A2.73
VS 323 90 - 270° 8018.A3.23
Jib slewing stop on tip of jib arm for crane VS 355 80 - 270° 8018.A3.55
types VS + VW VS 406 80 - 270° 8018.A4.06
VS 457 40 - 270° 8018.A4.57 Jib slewing stop on tubular pillar for crane
Size Item no. type VS
suitable for 8040.00.32 Delivery EXW
all sizes
Crane Systems: Crane Accessories
Clasp bracket for wall jib cranes LW, LWX + VW
Wall jib cranes can also be mounted to suitable columns, posts or supports using a clasp bracket. The minimum
surface width must be 300 mm. Special solutions are possible on request.
Crane size Measurements Item no.

LW 15 8013.U0.15
LW 25 8013.U0.25
LW 36 8013.U0.36
LW 200 Depends on cross section of 8013.U2.00
LW 235 column, post or support 8013.U2.35
LWX 25 Please indicate dimensions 8015.U0.25
LWX 36 of column when ordering. 8015.U0.36
LWX 200 8015.U2.00
VW 35 8017.U0.35
VW 50 8017.U0.50
Wall bracket for wall jib crane VW
The wall jib cranes LW and LWX are equipped with the wall bracket as standard. For the wall jib crane VW the
wall bracket is available as an accessory.
Crane size Max. length Max. width Weight Item no.

in mm in mm in kg
VW 35 1260 390 36 8017.W0.35
VW 50 1950 570 149 8017.W0.50
VW 60 2450 670 205 8017.W0.60
Electric trolley for wall and pillar jib cranes VW + VS
Electric trolleys for heavy utilisation and safe handling especially when working with long jib lengths and high load
capacities. The electric drive comes with 2 speeds: The lower speed of 5 m/min allows exact and sensitive posi-
tioning. The higher speed of 20 m/min saves time on long jib lengths.
Load capacity Trolley speed Power output Weight Item no.

in kg in m/min in kW in kg
125 5 / 20 0,06 / 0,25 32 8018.F0.01
250 5 / 20 0,06 / 0,25 32 8018.F0.02
500 5 / 20 0,06 / 0,25 32 8018.F0.05
1000 5 / 20 0,06 / 0,25 32 8018.F0.10
2000 5 / 20 0,06 / 0,25 34 8018.F0.20
Price for retrofitting an existing crane on request
Electric slewing mechanism for wall and pillar jib cranes VW + VS
The electric slewing mechanism ensures rationalized materials flow, easy positioning and safe work. 2 slewing
speeds are standard – one fast speed to bridge greater distances quickly and one slow speed for precise positio-
ning. Electric slewing is controlled from the pendant control handset of the chainhoist.
Please note that the installation height of the crane will be reduced by an overhead slewing drive.
Size Number of revolutions Power output Weight Item no. Electric slewing mechanism VW
in rpm in kW in kg
VW 35 0,14 / 0,66 0,11 / 0,45 33 8017.S0.35
VW 50 0,14 / 0,66 0,11 / 0,45 56 8017.S0.50
VW 60 0,14 / 0,69 0,11 / 0,45 100 8017.S0.60
VS 273 0,25 / 1,00 0,11 / 0,45 29 8018.S2.73
VS 323 0,24 / 0,94 0,11 / 0,45 65 8018.S3.23
VS 355 0,21 / 0,85 0,11 / 0,45 65 8018.S3.55
VS 406 0,18 / 0,73 0,11 / 0,45 65 8018.S4.06
VS 457 0,16 / 0,65 0,11 / 0,45 65 8018.S4.57
Price for retrofitting an existing crane on request

Electric slewing mechanism VS
Delivery EXW
Crane Systems: Movable Cranes
Movable crane WK1, type CS-WK 8024. and 8025.

Without any foundation or fixed base, this pillar jib crane can be placed
wherever it is needed. It can move with the assembly process and is desi-
gned to work near machines and assembly areas.
This rugged crane has been developed from practical experience. It helps
to save time and money by its ready availability and solves problems by its
many uses.
It can be either moved by its own undercarriage, by a forklift or by a gantry
crane.
The movable crane is immediately ready for operation. Power supply by
extension cord.
The slewing range can be considerably increased by the articulated jib arm
(model B). Even corners or areas blocked by columns can be reached.
The crane can be fitted with hoists or handling devices from many different
manufacturers.
Advantages of the movable crane:

• Easy installation
• Easy moving jib and push trolley
• Jib arm with adjustable strap brake
• High stability
Movable crane WK1 with standard jib arm,

slewing range 270°, model A
Electric chain hoist as pictured not included Load L max Overall height in Crane weight in kg Item no.
Overall heights of up to 4335 mm are available based on the standard capacity in mm mm without hoist and
height. Minimum overall height is 2250 mm. in kg filling material
100 4715 3635 685 8024.47.10
160 4065 3635 677 8024.43.15
Traglast 500 kg 200 3665 3635 660 8024.36.20
B 250* 3215 3635 650 8024.32.25
320 2600 3635 640 8024.27.30
400 2215 3635 625 8024.22.40
500 1750 3635 615 8024.17.50
L
* Standard version available at short notice
A Traglast 500 kg
Movable crane WK 1 with articulated jib arm,
slewing range 310°, model B
Load L max. Overall height in Crane weight in kg Item no.
Verfügbare Höhen
Heights between
von
22502.250
and 4335 mm capacity in mm mm without hoist and
bis
are 4.335 mmin 100
available in kg filling material
im
mm100 mm Raster
steps
HoistsHebezeuge
of all types
Standard height alle Typencan
einsetzbar
be used 125 4400 3635 725 8025.44.12
Standardausführung
3635 mm
3.635 mm 250 3000 3635 680 8025.30.25
500 1750 3635 630 8025.17.50
540
Please note that the model with articulated jib arm does
not feature the push trolley. The hoist is attached directly
1.545
to a support plate at the tip of the jib arm (see fig.B)
Crane accessories
1.080
Description Item no.
Filling material for foundation pillar 2850 kg 8025.00.10
Undercarriage for WK1 with polyamide rollers ø 250 mm 8025.00.20

Chain hoists to suit this
crane can be found on
page 62 and following. Additional 100 mm pillar height, standard height 3635 mm 8025.00.30
Crane Systems: Movable Cranes
8024. Movable crane WK3 – 360° slewing range

Without any foundation or fixed base, this pillar jib crane can be placed
wherever it is needed. With its rugged construction it is suitable to lift
heavy loads.
It helps to save time and money by its ready availability and solves pro-
blems by its many uses. It can be either moved by its own undercarriage,
ly ver-
Extreme 360° by a forklift or by a gantry crane. The movable crane is immediately ready
ith
satile w for operation. Power supply by extension cord. The crane can be fitted
g range with hoists or handling devices from many different manufacturers.
slewin
Advantages of the movable crane WK3:
• High load capacity – up to 1000 kg
• Slewing range 360°
• High stability
• Requires little space
• Easy moving jib and push trolley
• Jib arm with adjustable brake
Das abgebildete Hebezeug ist nicht im Lieferumfang enthalten.
Traglast 500 kg
B
1.750 L
Traglast 1.000 kg
Movable crane WK3 – slewing range 360°,

A with counterweight, model A
Load Jib range L in Crane Crane weight in kg (without Item no.
Verfügbare Höhen 2800 and
Heights between capacity mm height in hoist and foundation filler)
von 2.800
4500 mmbisare4.500 mm in
available in kg mm
im 100 mm Raster
100 mm steps
Standard height 3600
Standardausführung mm
3.600 mm 200 4500 3600 1200 8024.31.4520
320 4000 3600 1185 8024.31.4330
540 400 3600 3600 1160 8024.31.3640
500 3100 3600 1150 8024.31.3150
600 2750 3600 1140 8024.31.2760
800 2200 3600 1125 8024.31.2280
1000 1750 3600 1120 8024.31.1100
1.080
Movable crane WK3 – slewing range 360°,

without counterweight, model B
Slewing range Load Jib range L in Crane Crane weight in kg (without Item no.
capacity mm height in hoist and foundation filler)
in kg mm
100 4500 3600 700 8024.32.4510

∞ 360° 160 4000 3600 685 8024.32.4315
200 3600 3600 660 8024.32.3620
250 3100 3600 650 8024.32.3125
320 2600 3600 640 8024.32.2730
400 2200 3600 625 8024.32.2240
500 1750 3600 620 8024.32.1750
Crane accessories
Filling material for foundation pillar 2850 kg 8025.00.10
Undercarriage for WK3 with polyurethane rollers ø 250 mm 8025.00.25
Additional 100 mm pillar height, standard height 3600 mm 8025.00.30
Crane Systems: Jib Cranes
Wall and pillar jib cranes

for outdoor use
r use!
a b le fo r outdoo ry,
Suit son
stonema
Special measures have to be taken project planning for your jib crane,
if jib cranes are operated outdoors. if requested also assembly and Ideal for aterial trade,
m
Apart from the mandatory weather final inspection on site by our crane
building
protection for the idle position of experts. Please contact us today ag e plants
the hoist, a fully galvanized steel for an offer. sew
construction and/or a weather-pro-
of top coat is absolutely necessary.
The jib arm has to be fitted with a
locking device which also serves as
a wind protection. Furthermore UV
and weather resistant electric
cables are required. Depending on
the use and actual site of the crane
(under roofing, close to the water’s Wall jib cranes are availa-
edge, in a sewage plant etc.) ble as standard from 125
further arrangements have to be to 2000 kg capacity and
made. We can offer you complete pillar jib cranes up to
5000 kg at a jib length of
6000 mm. Special con-
structions always availa-
ble on request.
Please send us your

enquiry. We will be plea-
sed to advise you.
Crane Systems: CS Crane Systems
CS Crane Systems NEW!

These crane systems have been In hoisting class H2, stress group
developed to fit into existing factory B3. Other hoisting classes and
work floors. If new workstations are stress groups on request.
installed or additional in-plant trans-
port capacities are required the CS Requirements for the installation
Crane systems are ideal. They are of the crane systems:
custom-built according to your indi- Sufficiently dimensioned floor (or
vidual requirements. Hoists, drives ceiling). Minimum concrete quality
and all other equipment will be laid C20/25 (B25).
out to the customer’s request. Most During erection of the crane
important criteria are the statics of systems at site all applicable rules
the building, the available room, and regulations have to be obser-
and the frequency of use. All struc- ved.
tural steelwork is done in our com-
pany. We also offer erection at site, Attachment of the crane systems:
acceptance and inspection accor- By composite anchors with dyna-
ding to German Accident Preventi- mic approval.
on Regulations (UVV). These servi-
ces are only available in Germany. Important for all crane systems:
Ensure sufficient stability of the
Type of application: floor (or ceiling)
These crane systems have been
designed for linear and area-cover- Documentation:
ing transport in enclosed buildings. User manual, crane and hoist ins-
pection book, CE manufacturer’s
Max. distance between supports declaration, certificate of conformi-
depends from: ty, CE marked
Load capacity, overall height, pro-
Standard varnish: Delivery option:
perties and condition of the floor.
RAL 7035/3020 (light grey-signal As per your request the cranes can Please send us your
red). Other RAL colours available on be delivered either unassembled or requirements. We will be
Layout of the crane systems:
request. with complete electrics and hoist. pleased to advise you.
Complies with the EEC Machinery
Directive, DIN 15018, DIN 4132,
DIN 18800 T1, T2, and T7 as well as Marking:
with UVV (German Accident Pre- According to UVV (German Acci-
vention Regulations) and VDE dent Prevention Regulations)
Ceiling-mounted single girder system CS-E

Load capacities 125 – 3200 kg
Max. distance between supports as single-span girder 6000 mm
Type of application:
Single girder systems are suitable for linear transport in factory work floors.
You may choose from electric or manual hoists in normal or low headroom
versions as well as from manual or electric trolleys.
For load capacities 1000 kg and more we generally recommend electric
trolleys.
Scope of delivery:
The crane rail consists of a rolled profile beam and a suitable overhead
suspension.
Requirements for attachment:
- Sufficiently reinforced and dimensioned concrete ceiling
- Minimum thickness 200 mm
- Minimum concrete quality C/20/25 (B25)
Freestanding single girder portal crane type CS-PK1

The easiest way to connect two spots for linear transport is the fixed portal
crane PK1. It is suitable for lifting and transporting loads from 125 – 1600
kg in warehouses or between two work stations.
Scope of delivery:
The portal crane consists of a rolled profile beam as crane rail, two profile
supports with welded on base plates including threaded rods, composite
anchors and trolley end stops.
Requirements for attachment:
- Sufficiently reinforced and dimensioned concrete floor
(If the minimum thickness of the floor is not given, the profile supports can
also be anchored in special foundations.)
Freestanding single girder portal crane type CS-EP

Compared to the portal crane system PK1 the CS-EP system can be
extended to any length. Thus it is possible to serve several work stations
or machine tools in a row. For load capacities 1000 kg and more we
recommend the use of electric trolleys.
Scope of delivery:
The system consists of one or more rolled profile beams, portal supports
made of profile beams, and fixed end stops at the end of the rail.
Manual or electric hoists in normal or low headroom version with manual
or electric trolleys may be used.
Requirements for floor attachment:
Please order our checklist for the respective crane system.

In case of order you will receive a release drawing for your
approval.
Double girder portal crane system

with underslung travelling crane type CS-PK3
Load capacities 125 kg – 5000 kg
This crane system has been developed for area-covering transport in
enclosed factory floors.
Special features:
- Minimised side approach of the trolley due to the crane bridge being
suspended below the portal supports.
- For capacities below 1000 kg this crane can also be used as a manual
travelling crane. Special short head beams can be used for minimised
side approach.
Scope of delivery:
The double girder portal system consists of two rolled profile beams, four
profile supports with welded on base plates and cross bracings between
the supports.

with crane bridge type CS-PK5
This crane system has been developed for area-covering transport in
enclosed factory floors.
Special features:
- Maximised hook path due to crane bridge running on top of the rail
- The system can be extended to any length
Scope of delivery:
This double girder crane system will be delivered with rolled crane rail sup-
ports, profile supports with welded on base plates and cross bracings at
both ends of the portal.

with crane bridge type CS-PK6
This portal crane system has been developed for area-covering transport
in enclosed factory floors.
The crane system PK6 provides an easy and unlimited connection bet-
ween work stations. By installing several crane bridges on one system
each work station can use its own crane and hoist.
Special features:
- Due to its superstructure and the bracings this system is also suitable for
a minimum floor thickness of 150 mm
- The crane system can be extended to any length
Scope of delivery:
The system consists of rolled crane rail supports with welded on crane
rails, superstructure portals with support brackets and welded on base
plates.
(If the minimum thickness of the floor is not given, the profile supports can Please order our checklist for the respective crane system.
also be anchored in special foundations.) In case of order you will receive a release drawing for your
approval.
Crane Systems: HB Light Crane System
HB Light Crane System

Facts at a glance:
• Load capacities 63 kg up to 2 tons
• Girder lengths up to 12 m
• Flexible and individual configuration
• Modularly extendable from a workplace crane to an area-covering
system
• Comfortable handling and easy to move
• Low headroom and short end approach distance
• Extensive standard equipment
• Easy to install and maintain
• Optional electric long and cross travel
• Optional mobile control
Crane Systems: HB Light Crane System
Linear Transport Area-Covering Transport Area-Covering Transport
Monorail ESB: Single Girder Crane EHB: Double girder crane ZHB:
• Curved track possible • Very lightweight crane • Very lightweight crane
• Low headroom • Easy to move manually • Easy to move manually
• Wide suspension spacing • Low headroom • Low headroom
• Optional electric trolley • Short end approach dimensions • Short end approach dimensions
• Wide suspension spacing • Wide suspension spacing
Load capa- Max.suspension Load capa- Max.suspension Max.crane bridge Load capa- Max.suspension Max.crane bridge
city in kg spacing in mm city in kg spacing in mm length in mm city in kg spacing in mm length in mm
125 10500 125 10300 10000 125 9000 12000

250 10300 250 9500 10000 250 8400 12000
500 9000 500 8200 10000 500 7300 12000
1000 6900 8000
1000 7300 1000 6300 11000
2000 5100 2000 4200 8000
Fax-Enquiry for HB Light Crane System Copy – Fill in – Fax Fax No. +49 7162 4007 8820
Technical characteristics of required crane system:

(Please fill in as completely as possible)
A. Area-Covering Transport: Ceiling Construction:
Load capacity (GL): ....................kg ❏ Steel construction

Girder length (LT): ......................mm ❏ Reinforced concrete
Crane Rail length (L): ................mm ❏ Beam construction
Suspension spacing (LB): ..........mm ❏ Inclined roof
Number of cranes Inclination angle.............°
per rail: ......................................pcs On site conditions:
Electric trolley: ❏ Yes ❏ No ............ Installation height (HT):.............mm
Electric travel: ❏ Yes ❏ No ............ Requested
hook height (HÖ):.................mm
B. Linear Transport
Load capacity (GL): ....................kg
Crane rail length (L): ..................mm Please
Suspension spacing (LB): ..........mm ❏ send us an offer View A
Number of chain hoists.................... ❏ call us
per rail: ......................................pcs ❏ visit us
Electric trolley: ❏ Yes ❏ No ............ possible inclination of roof
Your company name: ....................................................................................

Street / P.O.Box: ............................................................................................
ZIP / City:........................................................................................................
Name:..............................................................................................................
Phone/Fax/Email: ..........................................................................................
View B
Crane Systems: Adapter Cranes
Adapter Cranes
With adapter cranes you can build a complete crane system for all appli-
cations. Adapter cranes do not include the main beam. They are available
either in a screwable or weldable version. The main beam can be bought
nearby the site in the requested length. This helps to reduce transport
costs to a minimum as only the components are supplied.
Different adapter versions are available.
Crane type EDEE

end us
Please s
uiry!
your enq Crane type EEE
Scope of delivery:
• 1 electric chain hoist with chain
and pendant control for 3 m
track height including contactor
control 42 V/50 Hz and power
supply for the hoist from the
crane bridge. Operating voltage
400 V/50 Hz.
• 1 set end carriages. Crane com- End carriage EDEE End carriage EEE
ponents will be supplied sand-
blasted and primed including
screws.
• 1 set of adapter plates depen-
ding on the desired version
Adapter plate A
Electric screwable
chain hoist 620 R
Electric chain hoist 620 R
see page 72
Single girder underslung adapter crane type EDEE Adapters for crane type EDEE
According to DIN 15018 H2/B3.
With electric chain hoist 620 R
Load capa- Span in m Wheel base Wheel ø Lifting speed of electric chain
city in kg in mm in mm hoist 620 R in m/min
1000 7 1200 120 4/1
1000 12 1600 150 4/1
1000 15 2000 200 4/1
Adapter A, Adapter C,
2000 7 1200 120 5/1,25 screwable adapter plate weldable adapter plate
2000 12 1600 150 5/1,25
2000 15 2000 200 5/1,25
Single girder overhead travelling adapter crane type EEE Adapters for crane type EEE
According to DIN 15018 H2/B3.
With electric chain hoist 620 R
Load capa- Span in m Wheel base Wheel ø Lifting speed of electric chain
city in kg in mm in mm hoist 620 R in m/min
1000 7 1200 125 4/1
1000 12 1600 160 4/1
1000 15 2000 200 4/1 Adapter A, Adapter B,
2000 7 1200 125 5/1,25 screwable adapter screwable for main beam
2000 12 1600 160 5/1,25 fastened on end carriages
2000 15 2000 200 5/1,25
Adapter C,
weldable adapter plate
Crane Systems: Adapter Cranes
Articulated single girder underslung

adapter crane type TA
With adapter cranes you can build a complete crane system for all appli-
cations. Adapter cranes do not include the main beam. The main beam
can be bought nearby the site in the requested length. This helps to redu- Explosion-proof version
ce transport costs to a minimum as only the components are supplied. on request
The TA adapter crane stands out due to its low price and simple installati-
on.
• According to DIN 15018 H2/B3.

• Adjustable crane trolley
• Also available as complete crane with main beam
• Other spans and load capacities on request
• Version with manual hoist on request
Scope of delivery:
• Electric chain hoist 620 R with
manual trolley. Load chain and
pendant control for 3 m track
height.
• Complete power supply from
crane bridge
• 1 set articulated crane trolley
• Installation and safe use instruc-
tions Articulated
crane trolley
end us
Please s
uiry!
Electric chain hoist 620 R Electric your enq
see page 72 chain hoist 620 R
Load capacity Lifting speed FEM 9.511, Max.span Max.flange width Weight of crane
in kg in m/min ISO 4301 in m of runway beam (1) in mm w/o hoist in kg
250 8/2 1Am M4 4 179 90
250 8/2 1Am M4 7 179 170
500 8/2 1Am M4 4 179 90
500 8/2 1Am M4 7 179 240
1000 4/1 1Am M4 4 179 130
1000 4/1 1Am M4 7 179 320
(1) Please indicate runway beam profile when ordering
Load Main dimensions

capacity in mm Span
in kg A2 A3 A4 B3 B4 B5 B6 C C6 H1* H2
250 150 32 30 43 27 50 11 172 77 743 78
500 150 32 30 43 27 50 11 172 77 776 78
1000 150 32 30 43 27 50 11 172 77 859 78
*depends on span
Crane Systems: Remote Controls for Cranes and Hoists
ntrol of
Radio control systems for cranes and hoists Easy co ists
ho
cranes,
In today’s production and logistics facilities it has become standard to chinery
operate cranes and other machinery by radio. Unnecessary ways can be and ma
saved, productivity increased, and safety improved.
With radio control the operator can move freely within his work area. Wire-
less crane control is possible any time, from any position without a banks-
man or the often hindering cable connection.
So the remote control becomes a “close control” allowing the crane opera-
tor to have a perfect view of the load, to manage the lift from a safe place
and to intervene if necessary.
end us
Please s
uiry!
your enq
Selection Chart
Receivers FSE 516 receiver with FES 524 receiver with
FSE 508 receiver with 16 commands, emergency stop 24 commands, emergency stop
8 commands, emergency stop and infrared relay, connection and infrared relay, connection by
and infrared relay by Harting connector or Harting connector or screwed
Transmitters screwed cable gland cable gland
cubix hand-held transmitter
for 2 drives X*
2-step cubix hand-held

transmitter for 3 drives, X*
1-step quadrix hand-held trans-

mitter for 2 drives X*
2-step quadrix hand-held trans-

mitter for 3 drives, X*
2-step micron 5 hand-held-

transmitter for 3 drives, 2-step, X*
optional rotary switch 2
3-step micron 6 hand-held

transmitter with graphic display
including rotary switch with 2 to
5 positions, customer-specific X* X*
settings, optional with feedback
capability
eco master switch transmitter

for 3 drives, 2 –step, user-spe-
cific options for additional dri- X*
ves are possible
spectrum master switch trans-

mitter for 3 drives, 2-step,
customer-specific options for X* X*
additional drives and functions
are possible
* Prices on request
For safe operation of your device additional safety features are mandatory:
Alarm horn, rotating beacon, buzzer with warning light
Crane Systems: Remote Controls for Cranes and Hoists
Hand-held transmitter cubix Hand-held transmitter micron 5

Modern design for small hoists! The best alternative to pendant controls!
Technical data: Technical data:
• 6 or 8 two-step push buttons including STOP button • Up to 10 two-step push buttons
• Rubber impact protection • STOP impact switch
• Integrated rechargeable NiMH battery without memory • radiomatic® iON for quick activation of a spare
effect transmitter
• Approx. 20 hours of continuous operating time • Rechargeable NiMH exchange battery without
• Protection class IP 54 memory effect
• Dimensions: 155 x 64 x 29 mm • Approx. 12 hours of continuous operating time
• Weight: approx. 230 g (0.51 lbs) • Robust plastic housing, protection class IP 55
• Option: 6 one-step buttons + 2 two-step buttons • Rubber impact protection
• Weight: approx. 450 g (1.01 lbs)
• Options: rotary switch/button with up to 5
Master switch transmitter positions, catch-release, tandem operation, radiomatic® AFS, radioma-
spectrum 1 tic® infrakey, safety features radiomatic® shock-off/roll-detect/zero-g
The bestseller for industrial use
Technical data:
• 2 joysticks with up to 6 steps Master switch
• Various one-step push buttons
• Various toggle or rotary switches/ transmitter eco
buttons Compact, comfortable, functional
• STOP impact switch
Technical data:
• Electronic key radiomatic® iON for quick activation of a
• 2 joysticks with up to 4 steps
spare transmitter
• Up to 6 one-step push buttons
• Rechargeable NiMH exchange battery without memory effect
• 2 toggle or rotary switches/buttons
• Approx. 20 hours of continuous operating time
• STOP impact switch
• Robust plastic housing, protection class IP 65
• Electronic key radiomatic® iON for quick activation
• Weight: approx.1,8 kg (3.97 lbs) (incl.batteries)
of a spare transmitter
• Options: feedback via LED or LCD, z-axis switches for simultaneous
• Rechargeable NiMH exchange battery without memory effect
control of 3 drives with one hand, catch-release, tandem operation,
• Approx. 20 hours of continuous operating time
radiomatic® AFS, radiomatic® infrakey.
• Robust plastic housing, protection class IP 65
• Weight: approx.1,5 kg (3.31 lbs) (including batteries)
• Options: catch-release, tandem operation, radiomatic® AFS,
Radio control receiver FSE 508 radiomatic® infrakey
Robust quality for small chain hoists
and monorails
Technical data:
• 8 commands black/white + emergency-
Radio control receiver FSE 516
stop + infrared relay
• Emergency-stop: category 3 according to Flexible, sturdy, reliable
EN 954-1 Technical data:
• Compact plastic housing, protection class IP 65 • 16 commands black/white +
• Dimensions: 145 x 145 x 72 mm (5.7 x 5.7 x 2.8 inches) emergency-stop + infrared relay
• Individual connection options via cable glands • 1 analog command
• Power supply: 42 – 240 V AC (worldwide capabilities), • Feedback capability
24 – 48 V AC or 10 – 30 V DC • CAN-Bus interface
• Recommended transmitters: orbit, quadrix, micron 6 • Emergency-stop: category 3 according
to EN 954-1
• Robust housing of protection class IP 65,
Radio control receiver FSE 524 made from plastic (standard) or aluminum
The cost-efficient high-tech receiver (option)
with feedback capability. • Dimensions: 269 x 202 x 60 mm
(10.6 x 7.9 x 2.4 inches) with plastic housing,
Technical data: 270 x 160 x 115 mm (10.6 x 6.3 x 4.5 inches) with aluminium housing
• 24 commands black/white + emergency-stop • Connection: Han 32 or cable glands
+ infrared relay • Power supply: 42 – 240 V AC (worldwide capabilities)
● 1 analog command • Options: tandem operation, catch-release, radiomatic® AFS, radioma-
● Feedback capability tic® infrakey
● CAN-Bus interface • Recommended transmitters: cubix, quadrix, micron 4, micron 5,
● Emergency-stop: category 3 according to micron 6, eco, technos, spectrum 1, spectrum A
EN 954-1
● Robust housing of protection class IP 65,
made from plastic (standard) or aluminium
(option)
● Dimensions: 270 x 160 x 115 mm (10.6 x 6.3 x 4.5 inches)
These remote controls end us
● Connection: Han 32 or cable glands Please s
● Power supply: 42 – 240 V AC (worldwide capabilities), 15 – 30 V DC can only be used in uiry!
● Options: tandem operation, catch-release, radiomatic® AFS, connection with a your enq
radiomatic® infrakey contactor control of the
● Recommended transmitters: micron 4, micron 5, micron 6, eco, hoist, crane or machi-
technos and the entire spectrum series nery.
Crane Systems: Power Lines
8041. Power supply from Scope of delivery:

protected conductor system
1 Power supply end feed (line
feed in case of CS-SL 4/60)
2 Protected conductor
1
3 Mounting console
2 4 Clamping brackets
2m
x. 5 Current collector carrier
ma
6 Trolley current collector (part
of scope of delivery of hoist)
3 7 Collector fork
5
4
Type Item-No.
(end cap, power supply end feed or line feed, anchor mounts, reinforcement clamps, current collector
carrier with 4 m connecting cable, collector fork)
CS-SL 4/40* 8041.00.40

CS-SL 4/60* 8041.00.60
CS-SL 4/100 8041.01.00
CS-SL 4/140 8041.01.40
CS-SL 4/200 8041.02.00
* Power supply end feed
8042. Power supply from Scope of delivery:

festoon system
1 Transitional terminal box
2 (flat/round cable)
1 2 End clamp
3 Flat cable carrier

3
4 Flat cable
5 Rail
4
6 Rail support
7 Mounting console
9 8 Clamping brackets
7 9 Current collector carrier

10
8 10 Trolley current collector
11 Rail connector
5 11 6
Type Item-No.
(transitional terminal box, end clamp, current collector carrier, trolley current collector)
CS-SK 8042.00.SK
Crane Systems: Clamping Buffers
8044. Clamping Buffers
Clamping buffers can be used for a variety of purposes: for limiting crane
travel, fixing hoists at specific positions, absorbing impact energy or secu-
ring trolleys against rolling away.
They are adjustable and can be installed as required. In particular they can
be used temporarily, offering considerable versatility. Especially for
monorail hoist trolleys, we offer clamping buffers designed for adaption to
current conditions.
With jib cranes they can be used to avoid collisions of the load with
obstacles within the slewing range.
All clamping buffers are also suitable for parallel flanges.
According to German
Crane Safety Regulati-
ons § 19, crane rails have
to be fitted with end-
stops.
Type Size Dimensions in mm Max. Flange width f Weight per piece Item no.
flange thickness t in mm in kg
a b c d e g k
in mm
Type alpha 1 for electric 45 110 20 63 40 15 26 20 64 - 120 2,6 8044.A3.29
Type alpha 2 chain hoists 45 110 20 63 40 15 26 20 121 - 190 2,6 8044.A4.34
Type alpha 3 up to 2 ton 45 110 20 63 40 15 26 20 191 - 243 2,6 8044.A4.35
Type alpha 4 capacity 45 110 20 63 40 15 26 20 244 - 300 2,6 8044.A4.43
Type beta 1 80 170 32 90 60 35 30 13 - 30 110 - 160 5,9 8044.B4.44
for electric
Type beta 2 80 170 32 90 60 35 30 13 - 30 161 - 230 5,9 8044.B4.45
chain hoists
Type beta 3 80 170 32 90 60 35 30 13 - 30 231 - 283 5,9 8044.B4.46
up to 4 ton
Type beta 4 80 170 32 90 60 35 30 13 - 30 284 - 340 5,9 8044.B4.47
capacity
Type beta 5 80 170 32 90 60 35 30 13 - 30 341 - 405 5,9 8044.B4.48
Type gamma 1 97 185 32 90 79 55 46 19 - 30 161 - 230 6,0 8044.G4.49
for wire rope
Type gamma 2 97 185 32 90 79 55 46 19 - 30 231 - 283 6,0 8044.G4.51
hoists and
Type gamma 3 97 185 32 90 79 55 46 19 - 30 284 - 340 6,1 8044.G4.54
large cranes
Type gamma 4 97 185 32 90 79 55 46 19 - 30 341 - 405 6,1 8044.G4.56
Crane Systems: Gantry Cranes
8027. Gantry crane CS-PK

This versatile gantry crane is suitable for in- and outdoor use. Erection is
quick and easy. Thanks to the lindapter connection the clearance width is
adjustable.
Load capacities between 50 and 5000 kg and clearance widths bet-
ween 2 and 6 m are available.
During erection at site the regulations of BGV D6 have to be observed.
The following roller types are available:
• Polyamide: can be used for smooth industrial floors and for capacities
between 50 and 5000 kg.
• Solid rubber: can be used for rough, uneven floors and for capacities
up to 1000 kg (over 1000 kg Vulkollan is much cheaper)
• Vulkollan: can be used on slightly uneven floors (with stones, holes,
edges) and for capacities up to 3200 kg
Scope of delivery:
• Gantry crane without hoist, power feed and clamping buffers
• Painted in RAL 1004 (golden yellow)
• Declaration of conformity and CE mark
• Complete documentation
• Carriage: 4 steerable rollers, 2 of them with stop brake
• Polyamide rollers are standard, other materials on request
F
Gesamtbreite
Overall width
Overall height
height
lichte Höhe
Clearance
lichte Breitewidth
Clearance
Wheelbase
Overall length
Load capacity Clearance Clearance Overall height Overall length Overall width Weight Flange width Item no.
in kg height width in mm (wheelbase) in kg in mm
in mm in mm in mm in mm
250 3000 3000 3100 1500 3540 220 100 8027.30.02
500 3000 3000 3120 1500 3540 245 120 8027.30.05
500 3500 4000 3620 2000 4540 265 120 8027.35.05
1000 3000 3000 3150 1500 3540 330 160 8027.30.10
1000 3500 4000 3660 2000 4540 390 160 8027.35.10
2000 3000 3000 3160 1500 3660 390 160 8027.30.20
2000 4000 4000 4180 2000 4660 470 180 8027.40.20
3000 3000 3000 3180 1500 3660 470 180 8027.30.30
Standard rollers: polyamide. Alternatively Vulkollan or solid rubber wheels are available. Please contact us for prices.
Crane Systems
Aluminium
Crane Systems
Easy load handling with overhead,
stationary or movable cranes
Crane Systems: Aluminium Crane System
Light crane system

of high-strength aluminium,
load capacities up to 1500 kg
Your advantages compared to conventional steel constructions:
• Low noise level due to ball bearing rollers

• Smooth running (force to move trolley ~ 25% of the load weight)
• Low dead weight and high stability of the profiles.
• GS seal of approval
• Nearly unlimited possible combinations by compatible slots
on the in- and outside of the profiles
• 4 coordinated profile sizes ensure optimized and flexible system
configurations
• Load capacity can be upgraded by innovative profile reinforce-
ments
• Each trolley version is suitable for each profile
• Short end approach dimensions
• Very low headroom
• Easy rail joint (without painting, welding or drilling)
• Electric trolleys are available as an option
• Different options for power supply
• Short delivery times
• Easy to assemble
Monorail (ESB) Load capa- Max. suspension spacing

• Easily extendable to any length city in kg in mm
• For linear transport
125 8000
250 6800
500 5000
750 4100
Single girder crane (ETK) Load capa- Max. suspension Max. span
• For area-covering transport city in kg spacing in mm in mm
• Even heavy loads can be moved
125 7500 8000
without electric drive
250 6200 6800
500 4800 5100
750 4000 4100
Double girder crane (ZTK) Load capa- Max. suspension Max. span
• For area-covering transport of city in kg spacing in mm in mm
heavy loads
125 6700 8000
• Best for rigid load manipulation
250 5700 7900
500 4700 6500
750 4000 5600
1000 3600 5000
1500 3100 4200
Option: raised
• Suitable for ETK, ZTK
and telescopic cranes
• Saves headroom space
Telescopic cranes
• Flexible integration of
the crane system in an
existing structure
Precision drive trolleys

• Perfect guidance of trolley through ingenious integration in the profile
➜ no wedging of crane bridge
• Push and pull forces are absorbed by upper guide wheels of trolley (e.g.when
working with manipulators or telescopic cranes)
• Available in aluminium or fibre-glass reinforced plastic
Fax enquiry for light crane system: Photocopy – Fill in – Fax Fax No. +49 7162 4007 8820
Load capacity: ................................................kg
Length of crane bridge (LS):..............................m (not applicable for type ESB)
Length of crane rail (LB): ..................................m
Suspension spacing (A):....................................m
Span (S):............................................................m (not applicable for type ESB)
Type (ESB, ETK, ZTK etc.): ..................................
Option: Telescopic length: ................................m
Type of hoist:........................................................
On-site conditions:
a. Steel girder (flange width): ..................mm
b. Reinforced concrete:..................................
c. Type of beam construction: ......................
d. Inclined roof (inclination angle): ................°
e. Installation height: ..................................m
Your company name: ..............................................................................................................

Other requirements / remarks: Street / P.O.Box: ......................................................................................................................
............................................................................ ZIP / City: ..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................ Name: ........................................................................................................................................
............................................................................ Phone/Fax/Email: ....................................................................................................................
Crane Systems
Mobile Aluminium Cranes

Suitable for clean room work
Tripods
Multilifts
Portal Cranes
Crane Systems: Alu-Multilift
7172. Alu-Multilift • The Alu-Multilift has been especially developed for businesses in need
of a mobile lifting device
Scope of delivery: With crane arm and lifting fork • Folded for transport it will fit into a van
(Without counter weight see figure 1 and 2 ) • Hoisting is effected by a chain winch (approx.35 mm lift per crank turn)
(with counter weight see figure 3 and 4 ) • Top of mast extension is detachable
• With just a few turns the lifting device can be folded away
• The counterweight can be removed (from item-no.71720012)
Multilift
The Alu- arry
Special – easy to
c
versions ! to facilitate your
available work
Load Type Lifting height Width Length Inner width With crane arm Dimensions Weight per Item no.
capa- with lifting of lifting of lifting between base folded piece
city fork fork fork forks jib length hook path in mm in kg
in kg in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm
Fig.
1 +2 250 without counterweight 2000 400 800 560 600 2300 360 x 750 x 1300 70 7172.00.02
3 +4 250 with counterweight 2000 400 800 - 600 2300 422 x 750 x 1300 + attached part 280 7172.00.12
1 Without counterweight, with crane arm 2 Without counterweight, with lifting fork
Crane arm
Hubmast
Two-part
teilbar
hoist mast
Hubmast
Two-part
teilbar
hoist mast Lifting Fork
Base fork
Base fork
3 With counterweight, with crane arm 4 With counterweight, with lifting fork
Crane arm
Two-part
Hubmast
teilbar
hoist mast
Lifting Fork
Hubmast
Two-part
teilbar
hoist mast
screw-on
Crane Systems: Aluminium Tripod
7170. Aluminium tripod with rubber-metal feet,

load capacity 1000 kg
Both types (fig.1 and 2) offer the following advantages:
• Wide adjusting range due to telescopic legs
• Collapsible, overall height for transport 2 m
• High stability through anti-slip rubber-metal linings on bottom of legs
• Eyebolt with axial bearing (for turning under load)
Version with hand winch (figure 2)

• The winch crank is equipped with a drum direct-gear allowing to quickly
wind off the unloaded cable (with integrated safety hook)
• The winch is detachable and can be flange-mounted at any desired
height on the tripod
• Rope length 25 m
Load Type Height of Weight per Item no.

capacity suspension point piece
in kg in mm
1000 Standard 1722-3113 54 7170.10.10

1000 with hand wrinch 1722-3113 74 7170.20.10
1.901 - 3.292
1.722 - 3.113
20°
1.391
36
- 2.3
1.320
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Pictured chain block not

included. Please see
page 82 and following.
Crane Systems: Portable Aluminium Gantry Cranes
8030. Stationary version New Version 8030. Stationary version with collapsible lateral stands,
with collapsible lateral stands double beam, and integrated horizontal adjuster
and integrated horizontal adjuster Standard span (clearance width) 4 m.
Standard span (clearance width) 4 m Lockable overhead trolley provides maximised lifting height.
are
p to 8 m
Spans u t short notice
a
available
adjustable
verschiebbar
Height of
suspension
Einhänge-
point
höhe
Load capacity Height of suspension Lateral stand Weight Item no. Load Height of suspension Lateral stand Weight Item no.
in kg point min./max. in mm span in mm in kg capacity point min./max. in mm span in mm in kg
1000 1360/2360 1295 95 8030.4K.10 in kg
1000 1750/3000 1743 105 8030.5K.10 1000 2124/3374 1743 187 8030.5H.10
1000 2325/4025 2238 166 8030.6K.10 2000 2227/3477 1752 225 8030.5H.20
1500 1360/2360 1295 102 8030.4K.15 3000 2645/3795 2222 267 8030.5H.30
1500 1750/3000 1743 126 8030.5K.15
1500 2325/4025 2238 172 8030.6K.15
Pictured chain block not included. Please see page 82

and following. Suitable accessories on page 60.
Two-piece aluminium beam as option

or for retrofitting
As we are already offering all our lateral stands for our aluminium
gantry cranes in a collapsible version, now even the longest and most
bulky component is available in a 2-piece version. Please contact us
for details.
This plug-on 2-piece aluminium beam is suitable for gantry cranes

80304K/5K/6K …
8030. Movable under load 8030. Movable under load

with collapsible lateral stands with collapsible lateral stands, double beam,
and integrated horizontal adjuster and integrated horizontal adjuster
Standard span (clearance width) 4 m Standard span (clearance width) 4 m
Lockable overhead trolley provides maximised lifting height.
Clearance width
Adjustable
Adjustable
Height
of sus-
collapsible pension
point
Collapsible
detachable
Detachable
Load Height of Lateral stand Weight in Item no. Load Height of Lateral stand Weight in Item no.
capacity suspension point span kg capacity suspension point span kg
in kg min./max. in mm in mm in kg min./max. in mm in mm
1000 1720/2120 1504 166 8030.7V.0110 1000 2100/2500 1504 237 8030.8V.0110
1000 2160/3010 2012 192 8030.7V.0210 1000 2540/3390 2012 263 8030.8V.0210
1000 2490/3790 2328 214 8030.7V.0310 1000 2875/4175 2328 285 8030.8V.0310
1500 1720/2120 1504 172 8030.7V.0115 1500 2100/2500 1504 237 8030.8V.0115
1500 2160/3010 2012 198 8030.7V.0215 1500 2540/3390 2012 263 8030.8V.0215
1500 2490/3790 2328 220 8030.7V.0315 1500 2875/4175 2328 285 8030.8V.0315
Special versions for many applications are

available. Please contact us!
Aluminium portal crane

for maintenance work
Crane Systems: Portable Aluminium Gantry Cranes - Accessories
8030. HW Hand winch 8030. ZW Wall bracket

• For height adjustment • The wall bracket facilitates the
• 90 mm lift per crank turn attachment of the beam to a wall.
• 1 set = 2 winches (1 per lateral This widens the field of possible
stand) applications especially when
used through door or window
openings. Horizontal adjuster* Wall bracket
For Item no.
• The beam can be slewed through
180° at the wall bracket
gantry crane
All types 8030.ZA.01
For Item no.

gantry crane
8030.4K.xx 8030.ZW.01
8030.5K.xx
8030.6K.xx 8030.ZW.02
8030.7V.xxx
*This item is integrated in the aluminium gantry crane
8030.5H.xx 8030.ZW.03
8030.8V.xxx
Wheel kits
• Facilitates the moving of the assembled gantry crane without load
• The spring-mounted wheels allow the lateral stands to rest directly on
the supports when under load
• The integrated forks permit the lateral stands to stay upright during
assembly and disassembly of the crane
• The wheel kits are individually height-adjustable
Vulkollan-
• Scope of delivery: 4 pcs forks = 1 wheel kit
wheels
Wheel kit Wheel kit

with Vulkollan wheels with PU foam wheels
for indoor use for in- and outdoor use
For gantry crane Item no. For gantry crane Item no.
stationary 8030.ZV.01 stationary 8030.ZL.01
version version PU foam
wheels
8030. SZ Wiring/power supply • CEE plug

for aluminium portal cranes • Electrical connection of the hoist is effected by plug
(protected IP66 DIN EN 60259)
• The portal crane is delivered ready to use • All electrical components are suitable
• Power supply 400 V/16A for in- and outdoor use under normal operating conditions
For “single beam” aluminium gantry cranes Item no. For “double beam” aluminium gantry cranes Item no.
PUR spiral cable 8030.SZ.E04 Festoon cable 8030.SZ.D04
When ordering an accessory part please indicate item no. of aluminium gantry crane!!!
Aluminium gantry cranes

for the most individual
and diverse applications
Crane Systems: Workshop Cranes
8024. Moveable workshop cranes Lifting: By 4-speed precision fast-acting pump for easy lifting of heavy
with mechanical drive loads.
Safe and rugged workshop and assembly cranes in modern design for Lowering: Sensitive and exact by valve-controlled T-handle
durable and precise use. Equipped with a wide parallel undercarriage,
these cranes can be easily positioned above pallets or lattice boxes. The All cranes are equipped with a mechanical drive also operating under
jib arm has 13 different positions that also reach beyond the wheels. full load.
These cranes are equipped with a foot guard.
The cranes come with a swivel safety hook according to DIN and polyami-
de wheels with ball bearings. All cranes are proof-tested with 125% over-
load and are delivered with an inspection and test log book.
With the mechanical drive the cranes can be safely controlled by one per-
son.
CSH 2000
CSH 1000
CSH 1000 FaPo CSH 2000 FaPo CSH 3000 FaPo

Load capacity at extended position Position 1 1000 kg 700 mm 0 mm 2000 kg 1100 mm 0 mm 3000 kg 1100 mm 0 mm
Jib extension from hydraulics Position 2 820 kg 850 mm 0 mm 1600 kg 1275 mm 0 mm 2700 kg 1275 mm 0 mm
Jib extension from front wheels Position 3 660 kg 1000 mm 0 mm 1200 kg 1450 mm 0 mm 1900 kg 1450 mm 0 mm
Position 4 460 kg 1150 mm 138 mm 800 kg 1625 mm 155 mm 1350 kg 1625 mm 70 mm
Max. lifting height retracted/extended in mm 2300/3750 3300/4900 3300/4900
Min. lifting height retracted/extended in mm 800/50 500/50 500/50
Useful jib extension from hydraulics in mm 700 bis 2500 110 bis 3200 100 bis 3200
Useful jib extension from front wheels in mm 1488 1730 1635
Chassis wheelbase length in mm 1600 1895 1980
Overall width B in mm 980 1250 1600
Max. inner width of the parallel chassis in mm 830 1050 1500
Clearance with jib arm lowered in mm 1625 1950 1950
Required clearance under the load U in mm 155 230 270
Heavy duty polyamide wheels in mm 2 x 125, 1 x 200 3 x 200 2 x 250, 1 x 200
Weight in kg 300 550 800
Item no. 8024.00.11 8024.00.21 8024.00.31
8042. Hydraulic counterweight

crane with collapsible jib arm
3 models with load capacities of 250,
350 and 550 kg are available.
• Ideal for loading and unloading of trucks

and for lifting and lowering of machines,
work at loading ramps etc.
• All models with double-action hydraulic
pump
• Big jib range due to adjustable jib arm
(5 positions)
• Collapsible jib arm for space-saving trans-
port and storage
• Handle-controlled tandem steering wheels
• Big wheels with ball bearing and foot guard
• Safety swivel hook with 360° rotation
• Delivery includes counterweight box (with
filling) and tool tray
• Special versions are available on request
MKS 550 G
MKS 550 G
folded up
Max. load Type Load capacity at jib length in kg Weight Item no.
capacity in kg 925 mm 1210 mm 1500 mm 1800 mm 2080 mm in kg
250 MKS 250G 250 200 150 100 50 390 8042.30.02
350 MKS 350G 350 280 210 150 100 460 8042.30.03
550 MKS 550G 550 450 350 250 150 600 8042.30.05
8042. Workshop crane

with hinged jib arm with
V-shaped chassis
Load capacities 500
and 1000 kg available
• All models with double-action

hydraulic pump
• Jib arm adjustable in 4 positions
• Rugged hydraulics with precisely
adjustable lowering speed
• Steering wheels with ball bearing
• Big wheels for easy movement
• All wheels with foot guard
• All cranes CE-marked with decla-
ration of conformity
MKS 500 DW-S
MKS 500 DW-S

folded up
MKS 500 DW-S MKS 1000 DW-S
Max. load Type Chassis Characteristics Weight in kg/pce Item no.

capacity in kg
500 MKS 500 DW-S V-shaped foldable 73 8042.21.05
1000 MKS 1000 DW-S V-shaped foldable 108 8042.21.10
8042. Collapsible
workshop crane with
parallel chassis for work
over pallets
Load capacities 500, 1000,
1500 and 2000 kg available
• All models with double-action
hydraulic pump
• Jib arm adjustable in 4
positions
• Rugged hydraulics with
precisely adjustable lowering
speed
• Steering wheels with ball
bearing
• Big wheels for easy movement
• All wheels with foot guard
• All cranes CE-marked with
declaration of conformity
MKS 1000 PDW
MKS 1000 PDW
MKS 500 PDW MKS 1500 PDW MKS 2000 PDW
Max. load capacity Type Chassis Characteristics Weight in kg/pce Item no.
in kg
500 MKS 500 PDW parallel collapsible 73 8042.23.05
Crane Systems: Electric and Air Driven Chain Hoists
Electric and
Air Driven Chain Hoists
Load capacities from 100 kg to 60 ton
Available with suspension eye, monorail push
trolley, geared trolley or electric trolley
Air driven hoists for use in explosive environments
und Feinhub
Haupt-
Crane Systems: Electric and Air Driven Chain Hoists
Explosion-proof Explosion-proof
according to II2 Explosion-proof according to II2
GD II A T4(X) and according to II3 GD II A T4(X) and
II3 GD II B T4(X) GD II A T(X) II3 GD II B T4(X)
Crane Systems: Electric Chain Hoists
9020. Electric chain hoist CS-Compact

This electric chain hoist is used everywhere where loads up to 200 kg need
to be lifted.
The advantages:
• Low self weight
• Flexible in use
• Operates on conventional 230 V wall socket
• Infinitely variable lifting speed
V
s on 230
Operate t!
ke
wall soc
Infinitely adjustable
Scope of delivery of complete set: Hoist, 2-leg chain sling, roundsling
and handy aluminium case
Suitable trolley for CS-Compact

Load capacity Flange width Item no.
in kg in mm
300 42-120 9020.HF.01
300 121-180 9020.HF.02
Chain hoist Complete set

Load Lifting Chain Lifting Duty Cycles Pro- Power Power Self weight Minimum Item no. Item no.
capacity height falls speed cycle per tected supply output (3 m lifting overall
in kg in m hour height) height
100 3 1 0,7 - 12 m/min 50 % 300 c/h IP21 230 V +5/-15% 430 10 kg 300 9020.30.01H03 902S.ET.01H03
200 3 2 0,3 - 6 m/min. 50 % 300 c/h IP21 230 V +5/-15% 430 12 kg 345 9020.30.02H03 902S.ET.02H03
9020. Electric chain hoist CS-Compact GM
The well-proven electric chain hoist CS-Compact in a new dimension.

The new GM model range is a robust industrial design for loads up to
4000 kg.
The advantages: Other options on request:

• Compact dimensions • Load capacities up to 4000 kg
• Low-maintenance • Higher/lower lifting speeds
• Modular construction • Protected control 48 V, standard
• Quick plug connectors for load capacities 3200 kg and
• Power Supply 400 V/50 Hz higher
• 2 lifting speeds (main and • Radio remote control Mini-RC
precision lift) • Electronic limit switch
• Protected IP55 • Operating hours meter
• Standard lifting height 3 m • Frequency converter for infinitely
variable lifting and lowering Version with
speeds manual trolley
• Special voltages
Fast and precision lift

Version with suspension eye Version with electric trolley
ini-
tional M
c ontrol with op e contact
Wireless ol. Pleas
ote contr
RC* rem
rices.
us for p
*Requires 48 V protected control
Load Capacity in kg 125 250 500 1000 2000 3200

Lifting speed in m/min 8/2 8/2 4/1 4/1 4/1 4/1
Number of chainfalls 1 1 2 2 2 2
Duty cycle in % ED 60 60 60 60 50 40
Dimensions in mm C 344 344 425 470 546 704
C2 357 357 394 527 549 846
C1 with manual trolley 390 390 478 528 643 758
C1 with electric trolley 412 412 493 448 643 758
L 313 313 313 353 466 472
B 346 346 346 400 442 542
H 194 194 194 227 260 340
Weight in kg with suspension eye 22 22 25 38 64 102
Weight in kg with manual trolley 27 27 31 51 91 135
Weight in kg with electric trolley 55 55 58 71 100 142
Item no. with suspension eye 9020.02.01.81 9020.02.02.81 9020.02.05.42 9020.04.10.42 9020.06.20.42 9020.08.32.42
Item no. with manual trolley* 9020.12.01.81 9020.12.02.81 9020.12.05.42 9020.14.10.42 9020.16.20.42 9020.18.32.42
Item no. with electric trolley* (20/5 m/min) 9020.22.01.81 9020.22.02.81 9020.22.05.42 9020.24.10.42 9020.26.20.42 9020.28.32.42
*In case of order please indicate flange width BPR of the carrier beam
p to
a d cap acities u
Lo able
are avail
50 tons
9010. Electric chain hoists Load capacity in kg
Type
Number of chain falls
Lifting speed fast/precision in m/min
Power output in kW
Duty cycle in % ED
FEM group 9.511/ISO 4301
Weight in kg – with suspension eye
Weight in kg – with manual or geared trolley
Weight in kg – with electric trolley
Flange width of carrier beam in mm
Minimum overall height H (with suspension eye)
Dimensions in mm A
B
Version C1
with electric trolley
H
H1
Item no. with suspension eye
Item no. with manual trolley**
00 kg
Up to 10 ble for Item no. with geared trolley**
ila
also ava Item n. with electric trolley**
230 VAC
chain CS 405 - CS 850 Version with suspension eye

high grade i-
ed R UD ith optim
Galvaniz to EN 818-7 T w run and
g er
accordin ces for smooth
lera n
sed to
ear.
lower w
Small overall dimensions and low headroom due to compact construction.

Helical gearing ensures high load capacity and low noise level at all
speeds. All gear wheels are case-hardened and micro-finished. The disc
brake reacts quickly and safely at lowest wear. The hoist is resistant
against dust and weather due to its fully enclosed housing and a specially
sealed brake. The low-wear load chain according to DIN EN 818 is surfa-
ce-hardened and galvanised.
Power supply: 380/400 VAC 50 Hz 3 phase

(other voltages on request)
Protected IP55, insulation class F, drive group 1, 2m/M5
Standard lifting height is 3 m.

CS 405 - CS 850 Version with geared trolley
Advantages at a glance:
• Compact dimensions
• Low noise level
• Protected IP55 / insulation class F
• Overload protection by slipping clutch
• Direct control (optional low voltage control at extra cost)
• Pendant control with emergency stop
• High-performance chain
Special versions and

load capacities up to
50 tons available
500 1000 2000 2500 3200 5000

CS 405 CS 410 CS 620 CS 825 CS 732 CS 850
1 2 2 1 2 2
9,0 / 2,2 4,5 / 1,1 4,0 / 1,0 8,0 / 2,0 4,0 / 1,0 4,0 / 1,0
0,75 / 0,18 0,75 / 0,18 1,5 / 0,37 4,0 / 1,1 2,1 / 0,55 4,0 / 1,1
40 / 25 40 / 25 30/20 40 / 25 40 / 25 40 / 25
2m/M5 2m/M5 2m/M5 2m/M5 2m/M5 2m/M5
65 75 105 130 130 135
79 89 131 172 172 177
91 101 146 186 186 203
50-135 / 136-220 50-135 / 136-220 66-185 / 186-310 74-196 / 197-310 74-196 / 197-310 74-196 / 197-310
400 460 640 590 710 690
287 287 350 428 428 428
555 555 655 742 742 742
425 425 560 630 635 630
400 460 640 590 710 690
393 393 610 600 710 710
9010.00.05 9010.00.10 9010.00.20 9010.00.25 9010.00.32 9010.00.50
9010.30.05 9010.30.10 9010.30.20 9010.30.25 9010.30.32 9010.30.50
9010.10.05 9010.10.10 9010.10.20 9010.10.25 9010.10.32 9010.10.50
9010.20.05 9010.20.10 9010.20.20 9010.20.25 9010.20.32 9010.20.50
** In case of order please indicate flange width
CS 405 - CS 732 Version with manual trolley
Special versions and

CS 405 – CS 850 Version with electric trolley load capacities up to 50
tons available
9012. Electric chain hoist type 620 Load capacity in kg

Lifting speed in m/min
This electric chain hoist is an ideal supplement to our existing range of well- Number of chain falls
known and proven chain hoists.
Power output in kW
For many standard applications the type 620 is a real alternative due to its
convincing price-performance-ratio. Duty cycle (ED) in %
Dimensions A3
• Power supply 400 VAC 50 Hz 3-phase, direct control in mm B Typ R*
• Protected IP55 – insulation class F Typ R**
• Overload protection by slipping clutch
Typ E*
• Low noise level due to helical gear wheels
• High-strength galvanised round steel special grade chain Typ E**
• AC brake motor with electro-magnetic spring-loaded disc brake C3 Typ R
• German certificate of origin H
• CSA version on request
sions H1 Typ R
• Standard lifting height 3 m
Standard ver Typ E
within
available Self weight chain hoist in kg
!!!
48 hours - Type S stationary***
- Type R with manual trolley***
- Type E with electric trolley***
- Type S stationary Item no.
- Type R with manual trolley Item no.
- Type E electric trolley Item no.
Stationary version
* At flange width 1 N
** At flange width 2 N
*** At 3 m standard lifting height
**** Electric trolley speed 16/4 m/min
***** Please note that higher lifting heights require a larger chain
container which results in extra cost.
125 250 500 1000 2000

8/2 8/2 8/2 4/1 5/1,25
1 1 1 2 2
0,18/0,05 0,36/0,09 0,75/0,18 0,75/0,18 1,9/0,45
100 60 40 40 30
209 209 209 235 284
64-152 64-152 64-152 64-190 88-190
153-310 153-310 153-310 191-310 191-310
50-135 50-135 50-135 50-135 66-186
136-220 136-220 136-220 136-220 187-306
70 70 70 89 105
367 367 400 463 570
411 411 444 507 620
393 393 426 489 588
30 30 31 33 54
37 37 38 47 75
56 56 57 59 95
9012.00.01 9012.00.02 9012.00.05 9012.00.10 9012.00.20
9012.10.01 9012.10.02 9012.10.05 9012.10.10 9012.10.20
9012.30.01 9012.30.02 9012.30.05 9012.30.10 9012.30.20
Version with manual trolley Version with electric trolley
Crane Systems: Air Hoists
The advantages of air hoists

Generally, air hoists can be used in the same areas as electric hoists. Being driven by compressed air, they are
particularly suitable for use in hazardous environments. They are also resistant against moisture, vapours and
dust and can be operated in temperatures between -20°C (-4°F) and +70°C (+158°F) (type Mini up to 50°C
[122°F]). The duty time and availability is 100% - no dead time.
7874. Air hoist type Mini
Load capacities: 125 kg, 250 kg, 500 kg, 980 kg

Air pressure: 6 bar Suitable for operation
in hazardous areas
The Mini is a versatile hoist at a very reasonable price.
according to 94/9/EG
Standard lifting height 3m
Standard control cable length 2 m (“ATEX 100a”)
Lifting heights up to 8 m are available on request.

Advantages:
• Extremely compact at a minimum weight
• Suitable for lube-free operation (no oiler necessary) Corresponds to
• Ideal and low-cost alternative to electric hoists II3 GD II A T4(x)
• Also suitable for horizontal pulling
• Extremely sensitive pendant control with emergency shut-off valve,
maximum control cable length 6 m
• Also available with manual trolley
• Chain container for standard lifting height included
D
C
E1
A
E2
B
F d with
Equippe I control
G eF
sensitiv stop.
em ergency
with
Type Load Chain falls Power Lifting speed Air consumption at full Dimensions in mm Item no.
capa- output at full load in load in A B C D E1 E2 F G
city in kW m/min* in m3/min lowest to centre max.
in t Lifting Lowering headroom of hook width
Mini 125 0,125 1 0,4 15 0,5 0,7 328 232 109 213 19 19 148 177 7874.00.01
Mini 250 0,250 1 0,4 8 0,5 0,7 328 232 109 213 19 19 148 177 7874.00.02
Mini 500 0,500 1 1,0 10 1,2 1,6 458 316 148 292 28 28 194 234 7874.00.05
Mini 1000 0,980 1 1,0 5 1,2 1,6 458 316 148 292 28 28 194 234 7874.00.10
* Lifting speed at 2 m control cable length. Longer control cable lengths reduce the lifting speed.
7875. Air hoist

ith
type PROFI
d u strial hoist w
ged in sories
Load capacities: 250 kg to 100 ton The rug e of acces
rang
Air pressure: 6 bar a wide
Standard lifting height 3m
Standard control cable length 2 m
Advantages:
• Rugged construction, minimum headroom
• Suitable for lube-free operation (no oiler necessary)
• Easy operation and low-maintenance
• Unlimited switching at non-stop operation
• Standard overload protection for load capacities 1000 kg and over
• Emergency stop valve Gear
• Galvanized round steel chain according to EN 818-7
• Chain container for standard lifting height included All parts of the
planetary gear are
made of tempered
Suitable for operation or hardened high-
in hazardous areas grade steel. Housing
according to 94/9/EG made of high-
strength special cast
(“ATEX 100a”) iron. Muffler integra-
Increased spark protec-
ted in gear housing.
tion for highest explosion-
proof requirements availa-
ble. Please contact us!
Corresponds to
II2 GD II A T4(x)
and
II3 GD II B T4(X)
d with
Equippe I control
eF
sensitiv stop.
m ergency
with e
Air hoists with load capacities up to 100 ton are available.

Type Load Chain Power out- Lifting speed Air consumption at Abmessungen in mm Item no.
capaci- falls put in kW at full load full load A B C D E1 E2 F G
ty in m/min in m3/min lowest to centre max.
in t
headroom of hook width
Lifting Lowering
Profi 025 TI 0,25 1 1,0 20 1,2 1,5 450 288 145 297 28 28 137 176 7875.00.02
Profi 05 TI 0,5 1 1,0 11 1,2 1,5 450 288 145 297 28 28 137 176 7875.00.05
Profi 1 TI 1,0 1 1,0 5,5 1,2 1,5 450 288 145 297 28 28 137 176 7875.00.10
Profi 2 TI 2 2 1,0 2,7 1,2 1,5 498 336 145 297 28 28 137 183 7875.00.20
Profi 3 TI 3,2 1 3,5 5 4 5,5 593 373 233 483 40 30 187 233 7875.00.30
Profi 6 TI 6,3 2 3,5 2,5 4 5,5 674 454 233 483 40 40 154 233 7875.00.60
Profi 10 TI 10 2 3,5 1,6 4 5,5 813 548 308 575 44 44 197 306 7875.01.00
Profi 16 TI 16 3 3,5 1 4 5,5 898 598 382 692 53 53 199 308 7875.01.50
Please note that higher lifting heights require a larger chain container which results in extra cost.
7876. Air hoist type PROFI with air-powered trolley

Load capacities: 250 kg to 20 ton
Air pressure: 6 bar
Standard Lifting height 3 m
Control cable length 2 m Suitable for operation
Make your PROFI go “mobile” by means of an air-powered motor trolley.
in hazardous areas
This combination stands out by its high availability and safety. The trolley according to 94/9/EG
is suitable for all I-beams according to DIN 1025 or similar types. Equip- (“ATEX 100a”),
ped with anti-climb and anti-drop devices the motor trolley is also suitable
for curved track.
The motor trolleys are: Corresponds to

• Easy to install II2 GD II A T4(x)
• Robust and
• Low-maintenance (all bearings are sealed) II3 GD II B T4(X)
Different energy feeding systems

are available on request:
• Energy chain
• C-rail
• Square rail
• Spiral hose
• Hose trolleys
Special versions:
• Low headroom trolleys where only low
ceilings are available
• Locking device for securing the trolley in
a certain position
• 2-step travelling speed
d with
• Pneumatic stop switches as runway limit Equippe I control
• Increased spark protection for highest eF
sensitiv stop.
explosion-proof requirements
m ergency
with e
Load Trolley Dimensions in mm Total Item no.

capacity type weight
in t A B C d D E F G H J* J** K L M N in kg
max.
0,25 LM 2 t 250 130 b+36 70 185 137 39 145 152 - 563 95 28 42 116 53 7876.00.02
0,5 LM 2 t 250 130 b+36 70 185 137 39 145 152 - 563 95 28 42 116 53 7876.00.05
1,0 LM 2 t 250 130 b+36 70 185 137 39 145 152 - 563 95 28 42 116 54 7876.00.10
2 LM 2 t 250 130 b+36 70 185 137 46 145 152 - 611 95 28 42 116 60 7876.00.20
3,2 LM 3,2 t 292 113 b+60 84 191 187 46 233 250 635 798 107 30 42 136 119 7876.00.30
6,3 LM 6,3 t 500 141 b+70 165 205 154 79 233 250 763 919 215 40 51 236 234 7876.00.60
10 LM10-16 t 490 146 b+70 165 318 197 109 308 267 944 1131 215 42 66 236 346 7876.01.00
16 LM10-16 t 490 146 b+70 165 318 199 109 382 310 997 1216 215 55 82 236 430 7876.01.50
Travelling speed at full load, capacities 0,25 – 6,3 ton: 9/14 m/min * mounted
Travelling speed at full load, capacities 10-16 ton: 5/12 m/min ** suspended
Max. lower flange width, load capacities 0,25 – 6,3 ton: 280 mm
Max. lower flange width, load capacities 10-16 ton: 310 mm ice
the serv
Increase air hoists!
ur
7876. Maintenance unit with holder life of yo
consisting of filter regulator with pressure gauge and oiler
The vane motors of the air hoists Mini and PROFI are greased with
a special lubricant during assembly which makes operation with oil-
free air possible.
If the hoists are used in continuous duty though or the compressed
air does not meet the requirements we recommend the use of this
maintenance unit.
Version Item no.

G 1/2“ for Profi 025TI, 05TI, 1TI, 2TI, Mini 7876.WH.12
G 3/4“ for Profi 3TI, 6TI, 10TI, 16TI 7876.WH.34
Crane Systems: Electric Wire Rope Hoists
7405. Portable electric wire rope hoist type minifor®

The minifor® is a portable, electric wire rope hoist for lifting and pulling of
loads. The pendant control includes separate push buttons for lifting and
lowering. The wire rope is conveyed through the hoist’s pulley mechanism
at a continuous level of safety. The rope length, i.e. the length of pull is vir-
tually unlimited.
Scope of delivery:
• 2,5 m control cable length
• 10 m wire rope on reel, with 2 hooks
• 2 limit switch springs with Allen key
• Type TR11 and TR31 with steel box
Type TR30S to TR50S in cardboard box
Accessories:
• Reduced/increased price per m of control cable 5 x 1,5 mm
• Additional charge for plug-in control cable
• Adjustable spring for limit switch suitable for 6,5 mm wire rope ø
• Cable pulling sleeve is recommended for control cable lengths over
20 m as strain relief
H H
B
B
Load capacity Type Lifting speed Power supply Power output in Nominal current Dimensions Rope Ø Self weight Item no.
in kg in m/min in V kW in A L x W x H in mm in mm in kg
100 TR11 15 230 VAC 0,30 4 365 x 193 x 415 6,5 21 7405.00.01
300 TR31 5 230 VAC 0,37 4 365 x 193 x 415 6,5 21 7405.00.03
300 TR30s 12 230 VAC 1,1 9 427 x 215 x 412 6,5 31,6 7405.01.03
300 TR30s 12 400 VAC 1,1 9 427 x 215 x 412 6,5 31,6 7405.02.03
500 TR50s 7 230 VAC 1,1 3,4 427 x 215 x 412 6,5 31,6 7405.01.05
500 TR50s 7 400 VAC 1,1 3,4 427 x 215 x 412 6,5 31,6 7405.02.05
Crane Systems: Electric Wire Rope Winches
7608. Electric or air-powered winch type 43/86

Rope pulling force 125 – 3200 daN
This compact electric winch is a robust and technically mature
design for all applications. Due to the position of the motor the
wire rope can run off in any direction.
Available for 230/400 V, 50 Hz, 3-phase
or 230 VAC single phase
• Maintenance-free ball bearings
• Drive group 1 Bm
• Protected IP54
• Electric overload protection for capacities 1000 kg and over
(including protected control) 230 VAC
winch shown
More options:
• Other protection classes
• Limit switch
• Grooved drum
• Double rope speed (for 125-500 kg) in 230 VAC version
• 2nd rope speed in 230/400 V 3-phase version
• Extended rope capacity
• Disengaging clutch
7608. Wire rope winch type 43/86 for 3-phase and single
Rope pulling Rope speed Power output in Minimum rope ø at Rope capacity in m Weight Item no. Item no.
force in 1st layer in m/min kW 1770 N/mm2 1st layer total in in kg 3-phase single phase
in daN in mm top layer
125 11,0 0,37 4,0 6,4 32 25 7608.10.01 7608.20.01
250 7,0 0,37 4,0 7,1 35 35 7608.10.02 7608.20.02
500 4,0 0,37 6,0 5,7 30 38 7608.10.05 7608.20.05
990 6,0 1,30 8,0 8,4 30 53 7608.10.09 7608.20.09
1000 6,0 1,30 8,0 8,4 30 53 7608.10.10 7608.20.10
2000 6,0 (2) 2,60 11,0 8,0 30 150 7608.10.20 7608.20.20
3200 5,5 3,00 16,0 9,0 37 180 7608.10.32 -
(2) 3 m/min for single phase current
7608. Air driven wire rope winch type 43/86 7608. Accessories for wire rope winch type 43/86
Rope pul- Rope speed Minimum Weight Item no. Additional options Item no.
ling in m/min rope ø at in kg Pendant control switch 1-step lifting 7608.Z0.01
force in 1st 1770 N/mm2 Pendant control switch 2-step lifting 7608.Z0.02
layer in mm
Wall-mounted control switch 1-step lifting 7608.Z0.03
in daN
lifting lowering Wall-mounted control switch 2-step lifting 7608.Z0.04
250 7 12 4 35 7608.D0.02 Pendant control for air-powered winch 7608.Z0.05
250 12 18 4 35 7608.D0.22 Lockable switch 7608.Z0.06
500 4 7 6 38 7608.D0.05 Emergency limit switch for external installation 7608.Z0.07
500 8 16 6 38 7608.D0.25 Control cable per m 7608.Z0.08
990 6 12 8 62 7608.D0.09 Air hose per m 7608.Z0.09
1000 6 12 8 62 7608.D0.10 Other voltages and frequencies 7608.Z0.10
2000 3 6 11 160 7608.D0.20 Radio remote control (1) 7608.Z0.11
Frequency control 7608.Z0.00
Electric overload protection (125-990 daN) (2) 7608.Z0.12
Protected control (control voltage 42 V) 7608.Z0.13
(1)
Protected control required
(2)
Protected control included
A
A2 A3 A4
Ø D1
ØD
C
C1
Ø D2
A5 A6 A7 C2 B1
A1 A8 B
Main dimensions in mm
Rope pulling force in 1st layer in daN A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 B B1 C C1 C2 D D1 D2
125 205 165 171 35 43 135 27 13 405 375 215 140 4 60 130 9
250 260 165 222 34 78 150 32 15 405 375 250 140 6 60 150 11
500 260 165 222 34 82 145 33 15 405 375 250 140 6 76 150 11
1000 345 216 289 45 97 200 48 17 575 535 270 155 10 108 180 13
2000 440 216 358 61 171 200 69 20 600 550 385 171 15 146 245 17
3200 525 199 443 150 193 257 75 20 600 550 405 191 15 216 370 17
9035. Electric wire rope winch with planetary gear

-Electric
Rope pulling force 4000 – 40000 kg
Premium Winch
Infinitely variable speeds up to 50 m/min pe
Rope capacity up to 385 m Wire Ro
Heavy, extremely rugged construc- Latest

gy
tion with large rope capacities Technolo
and high rope speeds for all appli-
cations.
The modular construction of this

winch allows for a large number of
options and accessories.
Your advantages at a glance:

• Drive group 2 m according to DIN
15020
• Right hand grooved rope drum
• Precision planetary gear
• Rope limit switch, standard for
complete rope capacity
• Infinitely variable speeds with op-
tional frequency converter control
• Power supply 400 V, 50 Hz, pro-
tected IP 55, insulation class F
• German certificate of origin
Special versions:
• 2nd brake as safety brake (disc
Winches for passenger or double shoe brake)
transport according to • Rope pressure roller
BGR 159 and for hoisting • Automatic rope winding device
plants and pits accor- • Slack rope switch
ontact
ding to TAS, Pkt.10 on • Drum disengaging switch Please c
• Separation web and/or 2nd rope rices!
us for p
request.
fastener on drum
• Radio remote control
• IP66 protection
• Other options on demand
7609. Electric wire rope winch model RPE

Load capacities: 250 – 1000 kg
Universal and compact electric wire rope winch. The winch can be mounted
on any even surface in any position.
Design according to DIN 15020, drive group 1 Bm, accident prevention regu-
lations BGV D8 (winches, lifting- and pulling devices), and to EEC Machinery
Directive.
• Compact dimensions due to internal brake motor
• High efficiency due to spur gear with permanently lubricated ball bearings.
Helical gear wheels in 1st gear.
• Motors are protected IP54, insulation class F
• Power supply: 230/400 V, 50 Hz, 3-phase
• Designed for direct control
Options available:
• 230VAC, 50 Hz, single phase
• Protection IP55
• Extended capacity or grooved rope drum. Rope drum with 2 rope outlets
• Gear limit switch for limiting the rope travel in both directions and slack
rope switch (only in connection with protected control)
• Low voltage protected control, control voltage 42 V
Technical data
Model Pulling force Lifting speed Rope Ø Power output Duty cycle Useable rope length in m Self weight Item no.
in daN* in m/min in mm in kW (ED) in %** 1st layer 2nd layer 3rd layer 4th layer in kg***
RPE 2-13 250 13,0 4 0,55 40 11,2 24,4 38,8 54,5 31,8 7609.05.02
RPE 5-6 500 6,5 6 0,55 40 7,0 16,4 27,0 38,8 32,8 7609.05.05
RPE 5-12 500 12,0 6 1,10 40 11,0 24,9 39,7 55,4 41 7609.11.05
RPE 9- 6 990 6,0 8 1,10 40 10,2 23,0 37,4 - 76 7609.11.09
RPE 10-6**** 1000 6,0 8 1,10 40 10,2 23,0 37,4 - 76,9 7609.11.10
* in top rope layer ** at 120 c/h *** without rope **** with slipping clutch
Dimensions in mm
Model Dimensions in mm
A B C Drum E F G H I K L M N O P Q R S
D TR D max. DA
RPE 2-13 405 375 18 76 104 150 336 210 260 290 11 250 125 6 33,0 194 19 13 125 4
RPE 5-6 405 375 18 76 118 150 336 210 260 290 11 250 125 6 33,0 194 19 13 125 6
RPE 5-12 405 375 18 67 118 150 426 300 350 380 11 250 125 6 33,0 284 19 13 125 6
RPE 9- 6 525 485 25 108 148 180 465 270 345 380 13 340 170 10 47,5 250 24 13 170 8
RPE 10-6 525 485 25 108 148 180 465 270 345 380 13 340 170 10 47,5 250 24 13 170 8
Rope outlet angles

Model α1 α2 α3 β1 β2 β3
RPE 2-13 130° 110° 40° 150° 90° 80°

RPE 5-6 130° 110° 40° 150° 90° 80°
RPE 5-12 145° 125° 50° 155° 100° 83°
RPE 9- 6 145° 125° 50° 155° 100° 83°

RPE 10-6 145° 125° 50° 155° 100° 83°
Accessories for electric wire rope winch model RPE
Different rope drums Gear limit switch

e.g. for extended rope capacity, For limiting rope travel in both
grooved for regular winding, with directions
separation web and 2nd rope out-
let for working with 2 ropes.
Single phase AC motor

For 230 VAC, 50 Hz, single phase Special versions
for mobile use of the winch and accessories
Direct control
Air motor (pendant control with emergency stop

and 3 m control cable)
For non-stop operation and Item no. 7609.00.01
infinitely variable rope speed Protected control
(Control voltage 42 V, pendant control
with emergency stop and 3 m control
cable)
Item no. 7609.00.02
Wall switch with emergency stop
(lockable)
Item no. 7609.00.03
Control cable
Direct control
Item no. 7609.00.04
Protected control
Item no. 7609.00.05
Rope drum with separation web
and 2 rope fasteners
Item no. 7609.00.06
Single phase 230 VAC, 50 Hz version
Extended rope capacity Pulling force Rope speed Rope capacity in Special versions (for RPE 2-13 and RPE 5-6)
smooth in daN in m/min top layer and accessories
Smooth rope drum Item no. 7609.00.07
250 13,0 80 m
Size 2 (for RPE 5-12, 9-6, and 10-6)
500 6,5 57 m
Size 2 Item no. 7609.00.26 Item no. 7609.00.25
990 6,0 56 m
Size 3 IP55 protection
1000 6,0 56 m
Item no. 7609.00.27 Item no. 7609.00.08
250 13,0 206 m Gear limit switch
Size 3 500 6,5 149 m (including protected control)
990 6,0 107 m Special versions Item no. 7609.00.09
1000 6,0 107 m and accessories Slack rope switch*
Grooved rope drum (including protected control)
Size 1 up to 500 kg Item no. 7609.00.10
Extended rope capacity Pulling force Rope speed Rope capacity in
Item no. 7609.00.11 Suitable steel wire rope
grooved in daN in m/min top layer
Size 1 up to 1000 kg (one end pointed, other end with hook)
250 13,0 64 m Item no. 7609.00.12 * (for RPE2-13, 5-6)
500 6,5 49 m Size 2 up to 500 kg
Size 2
990 6,0 47 m Item no. 7609.00.13
1000 6,0 47 m Size 2 up to 1000 kg
Wire rope Rope Ø Item no.
Item no. 7609.00.14
250 13,0 165 m in mm
Size 3 up to 500 kg
Size 3 500 6,5 128 m Wire rope acc. to DIN 4 7609.00.15
Item no. 7609.00.18
990 6,0 89 m 3069 with steel core, 6 7609.00.16
Size 3 up to 1000 kg
1000 6,0 89 m 1960 N/mm2 8 7609.00.17
Item no. 7609.00.19
Manual Lifting Equipment: Chain Blocks / Lever Hoists
Chain Blocks Lever Hoists

With integrated manual trolley With flexible round steel chain
• With push trolley • In Mini-versions for your tool box
• 360° rotating hand chain guide • Aluminium versions
• Aluminium versions • Unique free chain mode
• Impact resistant housing • Load fall restraining device
• Precision gear • Precision gear for low physical effort
• Double pawl springs • Robust and ergonomic lever
• Available with overload protection • Also available with overload indicator*
*Except type CLLM
emium remium
e Carl Stahl Pr he Carl Stahl P
Th T
Range Range
Product Product
Manual Lifting Equipment: Chain Blocks
7311. Chain block CLCB

The compact and lightweight premium class chain block!
Designed for demanding applications.
• Highly impact-resistant housing, fully encapsulated against moisture
and dust
• Maximum safety due to asbestos-free, mechanical brake and double
pawl springs
• Needle bearings for minimum physical effort and high mechanical effi-
ciency
• Precision gearing for long service life
• High-strength load chain of the highest quality grade (BG tested)
• Available immediately from stock
• Extensive spare part and maintenance service
• Special lifting heights available
Load capacities up to
50 ton available on
short notice!
Load Type Number of chain falls Lift force Chain overhauled Weight/pce Item no.
Capacity at nominal load capacity to lift load 1 m in m in kg
in kg in N
500 CLCB005 1 235 25 10 7311.CL.CB005

1000 CLCB010 1 284 43 11,5 7311.CL.CB010
1500 CLCB015 1 343 57 14,5 7311.CL.CB015
2000 CLCB020 1 353 70 20 7311.CL.CB020
2500 CLCB025 1 323 99 27 7311.CL.CB025
3000 CLCB030 2 353 114 24 7311.CL.CB030
5000 CLCB050 2 333 198 41 7311.CL.CB050
7500 CLCB075 3 343 297 63 7311.CL.CB075
10000 CLCB100 4 353 396 83 7311.CL.CB100
Load Type Dimensions in mm

Capacity
in kg C a b d e f g s t u v w x
Overall height
500 CLCB005 285 158 161 2500 69 99 27 35,5 12,1 17 77 35 89
1000 CLCB010 295 162 161 2500 71 99 29 42,5 16 21,8 93 41 101
1500 CLCB015 350 171 182 2500 78 112 34 47,5 19,5 26,5 106 47 119
2000 CLCB020 375 182 202 3000 87 125 36 50 21,8 30 116 49 124
2500 CLCB025 420 192 233 3000 91 143 40 53 24,3 33,5 126 53 136
3000 CLCB030 510 171 235 3100 78 162 42,5 56 27,2 37,5 138 57 148
5000 CLCB050 600 192 282 3600 91 194 46,5 63 34,5 47,5 161 67,5 172
7500 CLCB075 770 192 373 4200 91 253 72,5 85 47,5 63 231 97,5 275
10000 CLCB100 760 192 438 4200 111 308 72,5 85 47,5 63 231 97,5 295
7202. Spur wheel chain block with integrated push trol-

ley model Yalelift ITP
7202. Spur wheel chain block with integrated geared
trolley model Yalelift ITG
The combination of a Yalelift 360 with a low headroom trolley provides

more flexibility in applications.
• All units up to 3000 kg are provi- • Anti-tilt and anti-drop devices

ded with a single chain fall are standard
• Low headroom, ideal for low • All models are also available in a
ceilings corrosion-protected version
• The manual trolley is adjustable
to fit a wide range of beam profi- Accessories:
les • Spark-protected versions
• The excellent rolling features of • Overload protection
the trolley wheels are guaranteed • Lockable trolley
by pre-lubricated, encapsulated • Chain container
ball bearings
Type –P, capacities 0,5 – 3 t Type –G, capacities 0,5 – 3 t
Type –P, capacity 5 t Type –G, capacity 5 t
Load Type Dimensions in mm (with 3 m standard lifting

capa-
city A min. A1 B C D F (Type H1 I (Type -P) I (Type -G) L L1 L2 M O P T (Range A) T (Range B)
in kg -G)
500 A 245 158 17 24 14 - 24,5 71,5 - 270 130 159 M18 60 - 280 400
500 B 245 158 17 24 14 92 24,5 - 76,5 270 130 159 M18 60 108 280 400
1000 A 272 178 22 29 19 - 24 71,5 - 310 130 175 M22 60 - 290 410
1000 B 272 178 22 29 19 92 24 - 76,5 310 130 175 M22 60 110 290 410
2000 A 323 205,5 30 35 22 - 23,5 95,5 - 360 150 207 M27 80 - 305 425
2000 B 323 205,5 30 35 22 91 23,5 - 98 360 150 207 M27 80 112 305 425
3000 A 382 252 38 40 30 - 32 131 - 445 180 256 M30 112 - 320 440
3000 B 382 252 38 40 30 107 32 - 132,5 445 180 256 M30 112 112 320 440
5000 A 550 260,5 45 47 37 - 30,5 142,5 - 525 209 283 M42 125 - 364 484
5000 B 550 260,5 45 47 37 149,5 30,5 - 148,5 525 209 283 M42 125 117 364 484
Load Type Beam width b Minimum curve Max. Weight/ Item no. Weight/ Item no.
capacity in mm radius flange thickness t pce Type -G pce Typ -P
in kg in m in mm type –G type -P
in kg in kg
500 A 50-180 0,90 19 24 7202.GA.05 20 7202.PA.05

500 B 180-300 0,90 19 25 7202.GB.05 21 7202.PB.05
1000 A 50-180 0,90 19 32 7202.GA.10 27 7202.PA.10
1000 B 180-300 0,90 19 33 7202.GB.10 29 7202.PB.10
2000 A 58-180 1,15 19 49 7202.GA.20 44 7202.PA.20
2000 B 180-300 1,15 19 50 7202.GB.20 46 7202.PB.20
3000 A 74-180 1,40 27 82 7202.GA.30 77 7202.PA.30
3000 B 180-300 1,40 27 84 7202.GB.30 79 7202.PB.30
5000 A 98-180 1,80 27 130 7202.GA.50 125 7202.PA.50
5000 B 180-300 1,80 27 134 7202.GB.50 129 7202.PB.50
n
top desig
performance, !
7311. Top nsions
est dime
Mini chain block CLCM in small
The ultra-light premium class
mini chain block.
Holds up to 100 times its own
weight! (with standard lifting
height)
• Excellently crafted aluminium
housing
• Extended application range due
to wide hook opening
• Increased safety due to overload
protection
• High-strength load chain of the
highest quality class (BG tested)
• Extensive spare parts and mainte-
nance service
Load Type Standard Lift force at Chain Number of Dimensions in mm Weight/ Item no.
capacity lifting height nominal load overhauled to lift chain falls pce
in kg in m in N load 1 m in m a b C d e g s t in kg
250 CLCM003 2,5 147 33,8 1 88 84 217 53 37 21 32 11 2,4 7311.CL.CM003
d
Improve
7201. Spur wheel chain block type VSplus Version
This spur wheel chain block offers the following advantages:
• Robust, all-steel construction ilable
• Extremely low headroom for best possible use of suspension height Also ava
a in
• Low self weight with ch
e r
• Roller and ball bearings in all rotating parts reduce friction and enhance easy contain
movement and efficiency
• Automatic load brake with asbestos-free brake discs
• Outdoor use possible due to enclosed steel housing
• Surface-protected high-strength round steel chains according to valid
national/international regulations
Also available with chain container

Standard versions available from stock
F1 J1 F1 J1
J
F J
K L
F K L
B
D
B
D
C
C
M
M
A
1
A1
A
N
C
B
D
O P C D
O P
Load bearing chain falls: 1 Load bearing chain falls: 2
Standard lifting height 3 m Chain container Slipping clutch

Load capacity Model Chain falls Pull on Weight at standard Item no. Item no. Item no.
in kg hand chain at WLL lifting height in kg Chain Slipping clutch
in daN container
500 VSplus 0,5/1 1 26 9,0 7201.00.05 7203.KS.4005 7204.RK.0005

1000 VSplus 1/1 1 36 11,2 7201.00.10 7203.KS.4010 7204.RK.0010
2000 VSplus 2/1 1 54 18,0 7201.10.20 7203.KS.4020 7204.RK.0020
2000 VSplus 2/2 2 37 15,3 7201.00.20 7203.KS.2020 7204.RK.2020
3000 VSplus 3/1 1 52 28,0 7201.10.30 7203.KS.3020 7204.RK.0030
3000 VSplus 3/2 2 41 24,7 7201.00.30 7203.KS.2030 7204.RK.2030
5000 VSplus 5/2 2 44 38,7 7201.00.50 7203.KS.1050 7204.RK.2050
Load Model Dimensions in mm

capacity
in kg A min. A1 B C D F F1 J J1 K L M N O P
500 VSplus 0,5/1 320 455 17 29 11 125 213 115 146 51 64 195 260 140 110
1000 VSplus 1/1 370 484 15 30 15 147 232 125 153 57 68 224 260 140 110
2000 VSplus 2/1 450 596 33 33 23 183 314 142 174 68 74 266 310 200 130
2000 VSplus 2/2 530 491 31 34 24 147 232 125 153 57 68 231 260 140 110
3000 VSplus 3/1 530 644 38 38 27 215 333 163 179 79 84 316 310 200 130
3000 VSplus 3/2 620 596 41 37 24 183 314 142 174 68 74 286 310 200 130
5000 VSplus 5/2 620 644 48 43 33 215 333 163 179 79 84 334 310 200 130
xibility,
7201. Yalelift360 - the 360° More fle h
fety, wit
more sa tating
chain block with round steel chain ro
the 360° e
Standard lifting height 3 m ain guid
hand ch
Your advantages:
• The new 360° rotating hand chain wheel cover
allows the user to operate the hand chain from
any angle
• Additional safety for the operator due to 360°
rotating hand chain wheel cover
• New patented brake system provides quiet,
smooth and safe lifting at low maintenance
• Durable and cost-saving due to first-class work-
manship
• Even in the toughest outdoor conditions the
internal gear is protected by the almost fully
enclosed chain guide and gear group
Load Chain Standard Pull on Dimensions in mm Chain Weight at Item no.

capa- falls lifting hand chain dimen- standard
city height at WLL sions lifting
in kg in daN dxp height
A B C D E F G H I K L M
in mm
500 1 3 21 300 17 24 133 148 139 139 206 24,2 61 78,5 110 5 x 15 9 7201.50.05
1000 1 3 30 335 22 29 156 175 157 164 242 23,6 70 86,5 125 6 x 18 13 7201.50.10
2000 1 3 32 395 30 35 182 203 183 192 283 31,4 83 100 156 8 x 24 20 7201.50.20
3000 1 3 38 520 38 40 220 250 204 225 335 33,5 95 109 178 10 x 30 29 7201.50.30
5000 2 3 34 640 45 47 220 250 204 241,5 351,5 20,5 95 109 270,5 10 x 30 38 7201.50.50
Higher load capacities on request
7311.
Spur wheel chain block B C B C B C
type FZ
With round steel chain according to
EN 818-7 A A A
Standard lifting height 3 m
F F F
D E D E D E
0,5 - 2 2t t
0,5 bis 33 -bis
5 t5 t 1010t t
Spur wheel chain block FZ with 3 m standard lifting height
Load Type Chain Pull on hand Dimensions in mm Weight at Item no.

capacity falls chain at WLL standard
in kg in N A B C D E F fl lifting height
in kg
500 FZ 05 1 260 312 140 131 60 33 31 36 10 7311.40.05
1000 FZ 10 1 310 360 156 151 61 31 33 39 12 7311.40.10
1500 FZ 15 1 350 385 176 151 60 44 38 43 18,5 7311.40.15
2000 FZ 20 1 390 430 223 183 67 58 40 45 20 7311.40.20
3000 FZ 30 2 460 490 223 151 106 85 44 52 29 7311.40.30
5000 FZ 50 2 470 675 252 183 133 64 49 58 45,5 7311.40.50
10000 FZ 100 4 490 880 380 183 263 88 64 85 83 7311.41.00
Manual Lifting Equipment: Lever Hoists
7311. Lever hoist CLLH

The compact and light premium class ratchet hoist!
Designed for demanding applications.
• Tough housing made of high-performance steel
• Optimised lever grip through improved form and reinforced material
cross section
• Two asbestos-free dry brake pads and two braking devices assure
maximum safety
• Easy adjustment by free chaining mode
• Extensive spare parts and maintenance service
ith
ilable w
Also ava dicator
in
overload
Load Type Lift force at Number of Dimensions in mm Weight/ Item no.

capacity nominal load chain falls pce in kg
in kg in N a b C D e g s t
800 CLLH0008 284 1 144 119 280 245 97 23,5 35,5 14 5,7 7311.CL.LH008
1000 CLLH0010 353 1 144 119 300 245 97 29 42,5 15 5,9 7311.CL.LH010
1600 CLLH0016 333 1 159 126 335 265 100 32 42,5 19 8 7311.CL.LH016
2500 CLLH0025 363 1 173 150 375 265 102 36,5 47 21 11,2 7311.CL.LH025
3200 CLLH0032 363 1 190 159 395 415 112 39 50 24,5 15 7311.CL.LH032
6300 CLLH0063 372 2 190 217 540 415 112 50 60 34 26 7311.CL.LH063
9000 CLLH0090 382 3 190 304 680 415 112 72,5 85 41,5 40 7311.CL.LH090
7311. Lever hoist mini type CLLM

The ultra-light premium class mini lever hoist. Holds more than 150
times its own weight! (with standard lifting height)
• Attractive high-quality housing
• Extended application range due to wide hook opening
• Easy handling with low physical effort on the lever
• Fully protected mechanism for low maintenance cost
• Easy adjustment by free chaining mode
• High-strength load chain of the highest quality grade (BG tested)
• Extensive spare part and maintenance service
se:
little powerhou
Our e,
formanc est
Top-per ll
n in sma
top desig
ns
dimensio
Load Type Standard lif- Lift force at Number of Dimensions in mm Weight/ Item no.
capacity ting height nominal load chain falls pce in kg
in kg in m in N a b C D e g s t
250 CLLM003 1 200 1 88 73,5 205 150 62 21 32 11 1,6 7311.CL.LM003

500 CLLM005 1,2 310 1 100 93 246 180 68 24,5 35,5 12 2,6 7311.CL.LM005
7311.
Lever hoist type RZ D B D B
C C
With round steel chain
according to EN 818-7
Standard lifting height 1,5 m
A A
L
L
F
F
0,75 -bis
0,75 3 t3 t 66 t
Lever hoist RZ with standard lifting height 1,5 m

Load Type Chain Pull on lever Dimensions in mm Weight at Item no.
capacity falls at WLL standard
in kg in N A B C D H min. F L lifting height
in kg
750 RZ 75 1 210 320 156 94 132 38 26 280 7,5 7311.50.07
1500 RZ 150 1 240 360 176 103 162 42 32 410 11,5 7311.50.15
2000 RZ 200 1 300 365 176 103 162 45 34 410 12,7 7311.50.20
3000 RZ 300 1 320 470 202 112 185 50 34 410 21,0 7311.50.30
6000 RZ 600 2 340 565 202 112 230 65 44 410 31,5 7311.50.60
7303. Lever hoist

model AL
• Compact design
• Housing and lever made of
aluminium alloy
• Low self weight
• High-strength round steel
chain according to
EN 818-7
• Low operating effort
• Short lever
• Free chaining device
• Swivel hooks
Load Chain Standard Pull on lever Effi- Lever Dimensions in mm Weight at Item no.
capacity falls lifting at WLL ciency length standard
in kg height in daN in % in mm A B C D E F G H J K L lifting height
in m in kg
750 1 1,5 16,8 74 300 315 20 22 14 300 106 47 59 154 49 105 6,4 7303.00.07
1000 1 1,5 22,4 72 300 325 23 23 16 300 109 47 62 154 49 105 6,6 7303.00.10
1500 1 1,5 18,7 71 300 380 27 26 20 300 138 60 78 177 74 103 10 7303.00.15
3000 1 1,5 28,0 64 400 455 36 33 24 400 168 75 93 212 94 118 18 7303.01.30
ce!
7311. rforman
Lever hoist CS-Mini Big in pe y tool box!
ver
Fits in e
• For lifting, pulling, lashing
• Self weight only 2,2 kg
(in 250 kg version)
• Fits in every tool box
• Compact design, easy handling
• Galvanized, high-strength round
steel chain according to
EN 818-7
• Robust rubber grip with anti-slip
profile
• Forged hooks
• Standard lifting height 1,5 m
Load Chain falls Lift with one full Pull on Dimensions in mm Weight at Item no.
Capacity lever turn lever at standard
in kg in mm WLL A min. B C D E F G H J K L lifting height
in daN in kg
250 1 80 25 240 20 21 14 160 72 33 39 98 21 77 2,2 7311.30.02

500 1 40 25 282 17 24 12 162 104 38 66 116 36 80 2,8 7311.30.05
7307. Lever hoist model PT

An all-purpose hoist especially for F J
applications where cost-performan- G H L K
ce ratio is decisive.
• Free chaining device (for fast pul- D
B
ling of the unloaded chain through

the hoist)
• Galvanized and yellow-chromated
C
round steel chain according to all

national and international require-
ments
• Swivelling, forged hooks made of
A
non-ageing heat-treated steel with

safety latches
E
C
• Short lever with rubber grip for

safe handling of the hoist
D
Each PT model is proof-tested
B
with 50% overload and comes

with a test certificate that includes
the serial number.
ilable
Also ava
ping
with slip
clutc h!!!
Load Chain Standard Pull on lever Dimensions in mm Weight at Item no.

capacity falls lifting height at WLL standard
in kg in m in daN A B C D E F G H J K L lifting height
in kg
800 1 1,5 26 290 20,5 24 13,5 235 120 38 82 142 52 90 5,5 7307.00.08
1600 1 1,5 30 330 27 31 20 370 138 41 97 163 65 98 9,6 7307.00.16
3200 1 1,5 38 430 35,5 35 24 370 177 53 124 185 83 102 16 7307.00.32
6300 2 1,5 39 580 53 46 43 370 259 85 174 185 83 102 31 7307.00.63
7301. Lever hoist D 85

with flexible round steel
chain
Portable and versatile hoist for
lifting, pulling and tensioning,
simple and safe use, low headroom
for operation within confined areas.
Short distance between hooks,
housing of malleable cast iron,
drop-forged hooks for rough indu-
strial use. Virtually unlimited appli-
cations in workshops, machine
construction, steel mills, shipbuil-
ding, assembly in civil engineering.
Ideal for positioning of heavy
machinery, power line construction
and lashing of heavy loads for
transport. The enclosed housing 7302.
makes the hoist suitable for use in Lever hoist
damp environments. C 85 with
roller chain
available
within short
notice
Also available with slipping clutch (overload protection). Standard lifting height 1,5 m
Load Chain falls Lift with one Pull on lever at Dimensions in mm Weight at Item no.
capacity full lever turn WLL standard
in kg in mm in daN lifting
height
A min. B C D D1 E F G H J K L
in kg
750 1 111 38 322 21 27 15 17 443 112 56 56 142 39 103 8,2 7301.00.07

1500 1 45 31 389 27 30 20 23 443 189 134 55 171 72 99 16,3 7301.00.15
3000 1 33 40 403 35 34 25 25 570 197 142 55 179 76 103 19,6 7301.00.30
6000 2 17 42 532 48 46 40 40 570 197 142 55 218 76 142 32,9 7301.00.60
10000 3 11 37 805 61 54 40 45 570 305 163 142 218 76 142 60 7301.01.00
Expert training and

seminars are available
(German-spoken only)
Manual Lifting Equipment: Trolleys
7213. Push trolley type HTP

Low headroom due to compact construction. Adjustable to fit a wide range
of beams and profiles (INP, IPE and IPB). Precise adjustment by counter-
threaded bolt. Centered load suspension – no side movement on the
beam. Wheels of machined steel. Encapsulated ball bearings for smooth
running. Wheel fracture supports and anti-tilt devices are standard. Conti-
nuously adjustable lower flange trolley as push trolley.
Galvanized version of push trolley HTP

Load capacity Item no.
in kg Type A Type B
500 7213.ZA.05 7213.ZB.05
1000 7213.ZA.10 7213.ZB.10
2000 7213.ZA.20 7213.ZB.20
Load Beam flange width b in mm Dimensions in mm Weight in kg Item no. Item no.
capacity
in kg Type A Type B a c d e f g Type A Type B Type A Type B
500 50-220 160-300 260 71,5 374 16 25 30 8,0 10,6 7213.A0.05 7213.B0.05
1000 50-220 160-300 260 71,5 374 17 30 35 9,1 11,6 7213.A0.10 7213.B0.10
2000 66-220 160-300 310 95,5 379 22 40 47 16,0 19,3 7213.A0.20 7213.B0.20
3000 74-220 160-300 390 131,5 383 26 48 58 32,0 35,8 7213.A0.30 7213.B0.30
5000 90-220 180-300 450 142,5 383 33 60 70 48,0 52,2 7213.A0.50 7213.B0.50
7214. Geared trolley type HTG

Low headroom due to compact construction. Adjustable to fit a wide range
of beams and profiles (INP, IPE and IPB). Precise adjustment by counter-
threaded bolt. Centered load suspension – no side movement on the
beam. Wheels of machined steel. Encapsulated ball bearings for smooth
running. Wheel fracture supports and anti-tilt devices are standard.
Continuously adjustable lower flange trolley as geared trolley for 3 m
beam height.
Additional price for extra m of hand chain applies.
Galvanized version of push trolley HTG
Load capacity Item no.

in kg Type A Type B
500 7214.ZA.05 7214.ZB.05
1000 7214.ZA.10 7214.ZB.10
2000 7214.ZA.20 7214.ZB.20
3000 7214.ZA.30 7214.ZB.30
5000 7214.ZA.50 7214.ZB.50
Load Beam flange width b in mm Dimensions in mm Weight in kg Item no. Item no.
capacity
in kg Type A Type B a c d e f g Chain wheel Ø Type A Type B Type A Type B
500 50-220 160-300 260 76,5 374 16 30 37 130 11,2 13,8 7214.A0.05 7214.B0.05
1000 50-220 160-300 260 76,5 374 17 30 35 130 11,2 13,8 7214.A0.10 7214.B0.10
2000 66-220 160-300 310 98,0 379 22 40 47 130 18,0 21,3 7214.A0.20 7214.B0.20
3000 74-220 160-300 390 132,5 383 26 48 58 165 35,4 39,2 7214.A0.30 7214.B0.30
5000 90-220 180-300 450 148,5 383 33 60 70 184 51,8 56,0 7214.A0.50 7214.B0.50
Manual Lifting Equipment: Beam Clamps
7215. Beam clamp with chassis type TF Load capacity Type Flange width Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.
Six models are available in load capacities 1000 to 10000 kg and for beam in kg A in mm B C D E in kg
flange widths between 64 and 300 mm. Ideal for assembly and repair 1000 TF 1 64 - 190 160 225-250 55 45 7 7215.00.10
work, they can be easily attached and removed. Low deadweight, wheels 1500 TF 1,5 64 - 190 160 240-265 60 50 8 7215.00.15
with precision ball bearings. 2000 TF 2 64 - 190 160 235-260 65 50 9 7215.00.20
3000 TF 3 64-190 315 295-340 65 55 32 7215.00.30
6000 TF 6 200-300 365 295-380 70 75 47 7215.00.60
10000 TF 10 200-300 260 330-370 75 80 40 7215.01.00
Subject to technical changes.
7216. Beam clamp type T Load capacity Type Flange width Abmessungen in mm Weight Item no.
The simple and safe attachment point. Beam clamps with adjustable flan- in kg A in mm B C D E in kg
ge width can be attached quickly and easily without mounting tools or 2000 T2 64 - 190 130 180-220 60 50 5 7216.00.20
auxiliary material. The jaws are pressed on the beam by a clamping spind- 3000 T3 64 - 190 140 180-220 70 55 6 7216.00.30
le and thus provides a suspension point for lifting gear, pulleys etc. Even 4000 T4 150 - 300 195 240-295 79 65 13 7216.00.40
heavy constructions or sections that are otherwise difficult to grab can be
5000 T5 150 - 300 195 270-310 85 75 16 7216.A0.50
quickly and easily moved with these clamps.
6000 T6 200 - 300 195 375-400 85 75 21 7216.00.60
10000 T 10 200 - 300 195 500-520 85 80 38 7216.A1.00
15000 T 15 200 - 300 240 540-560 110 95 65 7216.01.50
Subject to technical changes.
Load Suspension Equipment: Retractors and Balancers
Retractors
and Balancers
Retractors
Balancers
Version with ratchet lock
Wall jib crane arm
Pillar jib crane arm
Retractors or Balancers:
There is a basic difference between retractors and
balancers. Both devices have been designed to make
work easier and more ergonomic. As the name implies –
retractors always retract the suspended load. Balancers
hold the load “hovering” like “weightless”. The load
remains where it has been positioned.
Load Suspension Equipment: Retractors
5200. Retractor
Your advantages:
• Easy load adjustment with hand wheel
• Impact-resistant plastic housing
• Small, light-weight and compact
ca. 225 + Seilauszug

• Suitable for all assembly workstations
• Steel suspension eye
• Riveted special bearing spring
• Polyamide cable, ø 2 mm
Load capacity Cable extraction Weight Item no.

in kg in m in kg
0,5 - 1,2 2,0 0,6 5200000001.C
1,0 - 2,0 2,0 0,6 5200000002.C
del!
New Mo 45
7211./7212. Retractor
26,5
46
5
Your advantages:
117
• All-new retractor
78
• Very stable housing made of impact- and abrasion-resistant plastic

166,5
• Easy load adjustment

• Insulated suspension with swivelling snap hook with screw lock
ca. 400
• Integrated load swivel

133 • Snap hook with screw lock for load suspension
• Also available with automatic ratchet lock
Ratchet lock must not be used to exchange loads
Version without ratchet lock Version with ratchet lock

Load capacity Cable extraction Weight Item no. Load capacity Item no.
in kg in m in kg in kg
0,5 - 2,0 2,5 0,80 7211080001.C 0,5 - 2,0 7212080001.C
1,5 - 3,0 2,5 0,80 7211080002.C 1,5 - 3,0 7212080002.C
del!
New Mo
7221./7222. Retractor
Your advantages:
• All-new retractor
• Very stable housing made of impact- and abrasion-resistant plastic
approx. 600 + cable extraction
• Stepless load adjustment by hand screw with overwind protection

• Insulated suspension with swivelling snap hook with screw lock
• Integrated spring fracture safeguard and securing chain as fall protec-
tion device
• Integrated load swivel
• Snap hook with screw lock for load suspension
• Also available with automatic ratchet lock
Ratchet lock must not be used to exchange loads
Version without ratchet lock Version with ratchet lock

Load capacity Cable extraction Weight Item no. Load capacity Item no.
in kg in m in kg in kg
2,0 - 5,0 3,0 3,70 7221080001.C 2,0-5,0 7222080001.C
4,0 - 8,0 3,0 3,70 7221080002.C 4,0-8,0 7222080002.C
7,0 - 10,0 3,0 3,70 7221080003.C 7,0-10,0 7222080003.C
10,0 - 14,0 3,0 3,90 7221080004.C 10,0-14,0 7222080004.C
Load Suspension Equipment: Balancers
7230. Balancer
7-link chain
Your advantages: total length approx. 225
• High-strength, highly abrasion resistant housing
• Insulated suspension with swivelling and pivoting safety hook
• Snap hook with screw lock for load suspension
• Factory equipped with safety chain as fall protection device
• All load capacities with spring fracture safeguard and integrated drum
blocking device
cable extraction
approx. 520 +
in kg in m in kg
3,0 - 5,0 2,0 2,90 7230000001.C
4,5 - 7,0 2,0 3,10 7230000002.C
6,0 - 10,0 2,0 3,20 7230000003.C
9,0 - 14,0 2,0 3,40 7230000004.C
13,0 - 17,0 2,0 3,60 7230000005.C
16,0 - 21,0 2,0 3,80 7230000006.C
For suitable crane arms

see following page
7235. Balancer
Your advantages:
• Housing and drum of high-strength aluminium
219
• Stepless load adjustment by hand screw

530 + cable extraction
• Integrated spring fracture safeguard

• Integrated blocking device Ø223
Load capacity Cable extraction Weight Item no. 152
in kg in m in kg
15,0 - 25,0 2,0 7,80 7235000001.C
64
25,0 - 35,0 2,0 8,90 7235000002.C

35,0 - 45,0 2,0 9,50 7235000003.C
45,0 - 55,0 2,0 9,75 7235000004.C
7241. Balancer 12-link chain

total length approx. 385 mm
Your advantages:
• High-strength, highly abrasion resistant aluminium housing
• Swivelling and pivoting safety hook
• Overload protection by cable extraction limiter
• Factory equipped with safety chain as fall protection device
• All load capacities with spring fracture safeguard and integrated drum
approx. 750 + cable extraction
blocking device
• Integrated drum blocking device
• Rope clip for securing the cable end included
• NEW: With patented freewheel to protect the spring suspension

in kg in m in kg
12,0 - 20,0 2,0 14,80 7241080001.C
20,0 - 30,0 2,0 15,20 7241080002.C
30,0 - 45,0 2,0 16,90 7241080003.C
45,0 - 60,0 2,0 17,30 7241080004.C
60,0 - 75,0 2,0 18,70 7241080005.C
75,0 - 90,0 2,0 19,70 7241080006.C
90,0 - 100,0 2,0 19,90 7241080007.C
Also available as extra

safety balancer with
double cable!
Load Suspension Equipment: Wall and Pillar Jib Crane Arms
8040. Wall jib crane arm

with power supply type CSKW
For use with retractors and balancers at workstations
• Trolley with 2 air and 2 electric connections
• Air hose connection length approx. 3 m
• Connection thread R 3/8”
• Air connection 2 x 3/8”
• Electric connection 2 x 230 V ~
• Max. current load: 10/16 A
• Maintenance unit: R 3/8”
• Air hose, nominal width 9,5 mm
• Trolley length 800 mm
Load capacity F Jib range Height h Item no.

in kg I in mm in mm
20 2000 340 8040.WW.0202

20 3000 465 8040.WW.0302
50 2000 340 8040.WW.0205
50 3000 465 8040.WW.0305
ith air
Trolley w
tric
and elec
on
connecti
8040. Pillar jib crane arm

with power supply type CSKS
For use with retractors and balancers at workstations
• Trolley with 2 air and 2 electric connections
• Air hose connection length approx. 3 m
• Connection thread R 3/8”
• Air connection 2 x 3/8”
• Electric connection 2 x 230 V ~
• Max. current load: 10/16 A
• Maintenance unit: R 3/8”
• Air hose, nominal width 9,5 mm
• Trolley length 800 mm
• Additional price for extra m pillar height on request
Load capacity Jib range Pillar height H in Hook height Item no. 8040. Heavy duty anchors
F I in mm mm in mm for pillar jib crane arm (set of 4)
in kg
20 2000 3000 2435 8040.WS.0202 Type Item no.

20 3000 3000 2310 8040.WS.0302 4 pcs heavy duty anchors for pillar jib crane arm 8040.A0.04
50 2000 3000 2435 8040.WS.0205
50 3000 3000 2310 8040.WS.0305
Manual Lifting Equipment: Hand Winches
Hand Winches
Wall-mounted winches
Console-mounted winches
Rack jacks
Spindle supports
7621. Hand winch

type WA 50, WA 100
Material: Cast aluminium
• Compact design
• Enclosed housing
• Corrosion resistant
• Low noise level
• Self-locking gear
• Proven safety concept
• Low crank effort
• Detachable crank
• Low weight
• Surface powder coated
WA 50
Item no. 7621.00.50 7621.01.00

Type WA 50 WA 100
Permissible load in kg 50 100
Crank pressure in N 80 60
Lift per crank turn in mm 96 38
Rope capacity in m 12 8
Rope ø in mm (DIN 3060 FE, galv., 1770 N/mm², sZ) 2 3
Weight w/o rope in kg 1 2,1
Suitable wire rope, one end thimble

and safety eye hook, other end pointed
Item no. 1176.02.02 1176.02.03
Rope ø in mm/length in m 2/12 3/8
WA 100
7603.
Light wall-mounted winch
Material: Cast alloy and galvanized
steel respectively
• Simple and safe handling
• Space-saving wall mount
• Corrosion protected
• Self-locking, recoil-free safety
crank with revolving or foldable
crank handle
• Proven safety concept
Item no. 7603.10.80 7603.11.25 7603.00.01

Type galvanized galvanized cast alloy
Permissible load in kg 80 125 125
Crank pressure in N 140 140 170
Lift per crank turn in mm 135 135 135
Rope capacity in m 20 15 15
Rope ø in mm (DIN 3060 FE, galv., 1770 N/mm², sZ) 3 4 4
Weight w/o rope in kg 2,5 2,5 4

Item no. 1176.01.03 1176.01.04 1176.01.04
Rope ø in mm/length in m 3/20 4/15 4/15
*Type 125
7622. Wall mounted winch

type Tango
This hand winch offers many
advantages:
• Corrosion resistant • Self-locking gear

• Low noise level • Foldable crank handle
• Large rope capacity • Low weight
• Rope outlet • Proven safety concept
independent of direction • Available in stainless steel
• Compact design or galvanized version
• Encapsulated housing
Item no. 7622.03.00 7622.05.00 7622.13.00 7622.15.00

Type WV 300 WV 500 WE 300 WE 500
Version galvanized galvanized stainless steel stainless steel
Permissible load in kg 300 500 300 500
Gear ratio 3,1 4,5 3,1 4,5
Lift per crank turn in mm 65 46 65 46
Rope capacity in m 29 22 29 22
Rope drum ø in mm 60 60 60 60
Rope ø in mm 4 5 4 5
Weight w/o rope in kg 5 5 5 5

Item no. 1176.02.04 1176.02.05 1176.05.04 1176.05.05
Rope ø in mm/length in m 4/29 5/22 4/29 5/22
7624. Console-mounted winch

type Tango
This console-mounted winch
offers many advantages:
• Corrosion resistant • Foldable crank handle
• Low noise level • Low weight
• Large rope capacity • Proven safety concept
• Rope outlet independent • Available in stainless steel
of direction or galvanized version
• Compact design
• Encapsulated housing
• Self-locking gear
Item no. 7624.03.00 7624.05.00 7624.13.00 7624.15.00

Type KV 300 KV 500 KE 300 KE 500
Version galvanized galvanized stainless steel stainless steel
Permissible load in kg 300 500 300 500
Gear ratio 3,1 4,5 3,1 4,5
Rope drum ø in mm 60 60 60 60
Rope ø in mm 4 5 4 5

Item no. 1176.02.04 1176.02.05 1176.05.04 1176.05.05
Rope ø in mm/length in m 4/29 5/22 4/29 5/22
7604. Wall-mounted
spur wheel winch type 220
• Robust and safe
• Self-locking, recoil-free safety crank with
foldable crank handle
• Load brake to prevent unintentional run-off
of the load
• Maintenance-free friction bearings
• Corrosion-protected
• Powder-coated
• Easy and space-saving wall mount
• Corresponds to accident prevention regu-
lations BGV D8
Galvanized version on request
Load: 300 + 500 kg
Item no. 7604.00.03 7604.00.05 7604.00.07 7604.00.10

Permissible load 1st rope layer/4th rope layer in kg 300/203 500/336 750/520 1000/750
Crank pressure in N 180 210 200 180
Rope ø in mm (DIN 3060 FC, galv., 1770 N/mm², sZ) 6 6,5 8 9

Item no. 1176.01.06 1176.01.65 1176.01.08 1176.01.09
Rope ø in mm/length in m 6/11 6,5/10 8/12 9/10
Load: 750 + 1000 kg
7604. Heavy
wall-mounted winch
type St/W
• Robust and safe
• Self-locking, recoil-free safety
crank with foldable crank handle
• Load brake to prevent uninten-
tional run-off of the load
• Maintenance-free friction
bearings
• Corrosion-protected
• Varnished
• Easy and space-saving wall
mount
• Corresponds to accident preven-
Load: 2000 kg tion regulations BGV D8
Item no. 7605.00.20 7605.00.30

Permissible load 1st rope layer/4th rope layer in kg 2000/1700 3000/2500
Crank pressure in N 320 300
Lift per crank turn in mm 16 10
Rope capacity in m 8 7
Rope ø in mm (DIN 3060 FC, galv., 1770 N/mm², sZ) 12 13
Weight w/o rope in kg 23 32

Item no. 1176.01.12 1176.01.13
Rope ø in mm/length in m 12/8 13/7
Load: 3000 kg
7607. 350 kg 650 - 1200 kg

Console-mounted
winch LB in galvanised
version
• Console-mount Rope feed Rope feed
• Load capacities 350-1200 kg
• Outdoor use possible
• Specially suitable to be mounted
on boat and auto trailers g
Liftin erin
g Low
• Simple and safe use Liftin erin
g
• Easy mount on consoles g Low
• Low self weight
• High efficiency due to spur wheel
gear
• Smooth-running
• Corrosion resistant (all parts
galvanised)
• Integrated load brake to prevent
unintentional run-off of the load
• Delivery without rope and acces-
sories
Capacity Rope Rope Rope Lift per crank Crank Weight Dimensions in mm Item no.
1st/top rope ø capacity layers turn in mm pressure in kg
layer in kg in mm in m in N A B C D E F G H K L M N O P R
350/160 4** 20 6 125 25 4,8 - 155 175 36 100 - 75 - 189 - 75 - 320 290 80 7607.00.04
650/290 6** 20 8 55 22 7,3 232 191 170 63,5 183 100 58 100 192 25 38 - 250 293 50 7607.00.06
900/320* 7** 14 7 58 24 10,0 232 191 170 63,5 183 100 58 100 192 25 38 - 320 293 50 7607.00.09
1200/430 7*** 26 10 45 24 12,1 273 266 240 63,5 255 78 75 138 192 35 30 53 320 293 50 7607.00.13
*Also available with declutchable drum. Please contact us for pricing.

Recommended wire rope: 6x19 Standard FC 1770 B (galv.) sZ**, 19x7 2160 B (galv.) sZ***
7607.
Console-mounted
winch LB in stainless Rope feed inches
steel version These w promise!
ir
keep the
• Console-mount
• Load capacities 250-900 kg
• Outdoor use possible
g
• Specially suitable for construc- Liftin erin
g Low
tion, sewage plants, chemical
industry or off-shore applications
• Simple and safe use
• Load brake to prevent uninten-
tional run-off of the load
• Low crank force
• Easy mount
• All parts made of stainless steel,
therefore corrosion resistant
• Covered gear wheel
• Rotating crank handle
• Delivery without rope and acces-
sories
Capacity Rope Rope Rope Lift per crank Crank Weight Dimensions in mm Item no.
1st/top rope ø capacity layers turn in mm pressure in kg
layer in kg in mm in m in N A B C D E F G H K L M N O P
250/125 4 19,5 6 125 20 4,8 - 155 175 36,0 100 - 75 - 191,5 - 75 - 320 292,5 7607.10.02
650/290 6 20 8 55 22 7,6 232 192 170 63,5 183 100 58 100 190,0 25 38 - 250 291,0 7607.10.06
900/320 7 26 10 45 24 12,1 273 266 240 63,5 255 78 75 138 190,0 35 30 53 250 291,0 7607.10.10
Recommended wire rope: 6x19 Standard WC 1570 U sZ 1.4401
Manual Lifting Equipment: Rack Jacks
7601. Rack jack according to DIN 7355

With lifting housing and safety crank
7601.2 Rack jack according to DIN 7355

With lifting housing and ratchet crank
Load capacity Height Lifting height in Weight Item no. Item no.
on head or claw in mm mm in kg with safety crank with ratchet crank
in kg
1500 725 350 12,5 7601.00.01 7601.20.01
3000 725 350 20,0 7601.00.03 7601.20.03
5000 722 300 27,0 7601.00.05 7601.20.05
10000 800 300 42,0 7601.00.10 7601.20.10
7602. Rack jack with adjustable claw

The adjustable claw can be fixed in 16 positions over the full length of the
perforated rail. Thus it can be snapped in immediately at the height of the
load making use of the complete lifting height.
7602.2 Rack jack with adjustable claw

and ratchet crank
Load capacity Height Lifting height Min. height Weight Item no. Item no.
on head or claw in mm in mm of claw in mm in kg with safety with ratchet crank
in kg crank
1500 725 350 60 16,5 7602.00.01 7602.20.01
3000 725 350 70 22,0 7602.00.03 7602.20.03
5000 725 300 75 32,0 7602.00.05 7602.20.05
10000 800 300 80 52,0 7602.00.10 7602.20.10
7620. Spindle support

Hand-driven spindle support for ergonomic adjusting and supporting, for
levelling and dislocating etc.
• Robust rectangular tube Optional:

construction • Tension or tension/pressure load
• Spindle with self-locking • Other lifting heights
trapezoidal thread • Other foot designs
• Maintenance-free bevel gear • Other crank versions
• Easy and safe operation • Additional fixing possibilities Also available as telesco-
• Easy to mount pic drop type.
Load capacity Height Lifting Lift Crank Weight Item no. Item no.
in kg in mm height per crank force in kg with detachable crank
in mm turn in mm in N
500 500 300 3,0 140 4,0 7620.10.05 7620.20.05

1000 525 300 1,9 140 5,5 7620.10.10 7620.20.10
3000 670 350 2,2 260 17 - 7620.20.30
Manual Lifting Equipment: Rope Pulling Machines
Rope Pulling Machines

Manual Rope Pulling Machines
Motor-driven Rope Pulling Machines
Accessories
Manual Lifting Equipment: Manual Rope Pulling Machines Seilzugtechnik
ISO 9001 Reg.Nr. 11319
Swiss
Quality Manual rope pulling machine type HIT 6
The mini rope pulling machine with great capacity for LIFTING, PULLING MW
and TENSIONING of all kinds of loads. This handy unit comes stowed in a A
steel case complete with lever tube and rope. C
B
Price includes lever tube and special wire rope as coil. Any other
rope length is available at extra price. Other rope lengths and
reels see page 111.
Type Nominal capacity Overload safety Special wire rope included Hook dimensions in mm Weight w/o Item no.
in kg device at kg Length in m Ø in mm A B C MW rope in kg
HIT 6 600 900 20 6,4 110 76 14 21 4 7410.00.06

Safety pin for HIT 6 741H.06.12
Manual rope pulling machine type HIT 10
The compact and light unit within the HIT range. Ideal for all kinds of MW
assembly work, recovery services, and heavy cargo lashing. A
C
Price includes lever tube and special wire rope as coil. Any other B
reels see page 111.
HIT 10 1000 1500 20 8,4 130 81 16 21 6,4 7410.00.06


MW
The versatile rope pulling machine for light, medium and heavy assembly
work. Low weight and high capacity.
A
C
reels see page 111.
HIT 16 1600 2400 20 11,2 145 90 23 24 12 7410.00.16

The largest hoist of the HIT series: With a wide range of applications and
MW
high capacity it is suitable for heaviest lifting and pulling work. A
C
reels see page 111.
HIT 32 3200 4800 10 16,2 195 121 36 27 21,5 7410.00.32

Manual Lifting Equipment: Manual Rope Pulling Machines
7410.02.10 Basic equipment set HIT 10

Consisting of:
• HIT manual rope pulling machine with lever tube
• 20 m special wire rope one end with hook other end pointed
c/w rope basket
• Wire rope sling 2 m
• Roundsling 2 m
• Rope pulley 32 kN
• High strength bow shackle size 1,0
• Steel case
• 20 replacement safety pins
Type Nominal load Overload safety Item no.

in kg device at
Basic equipment set HIT 10 1000 1500 7410.02.10

Consisting of:
c/w rope basket
• Roundsling 2 m
• Steel case

in kg device at

Consisting of:
c/w rope basket
• Roundsling 2 m
• Steel case

in kg device at
7410.81 Steel case for HIT rope pulling machines
Type Dimensions (L x W x H x T) in mm Item no.

Steel case for HIT 10 550 x 440 x 125 7410.81.10
Manual Lifting Equipment: Motor-driven Rope Pulling Machines Seilzugtechnik
ISO 9001 Reg.Nr. 11319
7412. HIT-TRAC® motor-driven rope pulling machine HIT-TRAC®

with Stihl combustion engine 8B
Suitable for lifting and pulling. With no rope drum involved this rope pulling
machine’s rope capacity is unlimited. Using the built-on disc brake the
rope can be slackened or precisely lowered.
HIT-TRAC® 8 B with Stihl combustion engine 2,6 kW.

Rope speed approx. 10 m/min
HIT-TRAC® 16 B with Stihl combustion engine 5,2 kW.

Rope speed approx. 10 m/min
Hook dimensions in mm
HIT-TRAC®
16 B
24
145 Type Rated force Rope ø in mm Weight w/o rope in Item no.
in daN kg
23
HIT-TRAC 8 B 800 8,2 30 7412.01.08

HIT-TRAC 16 B 1600 11,2 42 7412.01.16
90
HIT-TRAC®
8E
lity and
hed qua
Unmatc ce!
an
perform
HIT-TRAC®
16 E
7413. HIT-TRAC® motor-driven rope pulling machine

with electric motor
Suitable for lifting and pulling. With no rope drum involved this rope pulling
machine’s rope capacity is unlimited. Up/down movement by pendant
control with emergency stop.
HIT-TRAC® 8 E with single phase electric motor 1,0 kW, 230 V 50 Hz,
rope speed 1-6 m/min
HIT-TRAC® 16 E with 3-phase electric motor 3,0 kW, 400 V 50 Hz, 7,8 A,
rope speed 10 m/min
24
Type Rated force Rope ø in mm Weight w/o rope in Item no.
in daN kg
145
23
HIT-TRAC 8 E 800 8,2 32 7413.01.08
HIT-TRAC 16 E 1600 11,2 57 7413.01.16
90
Manual Lifting Equipment: Motor-driven Rope Pulling Machines
HIT-TRAC® 32 E
with 3 kW 3-phase electric motor 400 V, 50 Hz
The professional rope pulling machine for heavy loads of up to 3,2 ton in
direct pull. Lifting, lowering and pulling controlled by push-button pendant.
Rope speed max. 5 m/min. Wire ropes of any length may be used as pul-
ling medium. Power transmission from the flanges of the driving wheel
directly to the rope. The wire rope can be quickly and easily inserted and
withdrawn at any point along its length. The tedious job of feeding it in
from one side is no longer required.
Type Rated force Hook dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

in daN w/o rope in kg
MW A B C MW
A
C HIT-TRAC 32 E 3200 163 104 24 28 160 7413.01.32

B
1st metre special wire rope 16 mm one end hook, other end pointed 7412.60.16
HIT-TRAC® 64 E
with 3 kW 3-phase electric motor 400 V, 50 Hz
The professional rope pulling machine for heavy loads of up to 6,4 ton in
direct pull. Lifting, lowering and pulling controlled by push-button pendant.
Rope speed max. 2,5 m/min. Wire ropes of any length may be used as
pulling medium. Power transmission from the flanges of the driving wheel
directly to the rope. The wire rope can be quickly and easily inserted and
withdrawn at any point along its length. The tedious job of feeding it in
from one side is no longer required.
Type Rated force Hook dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

in daN w/o rope in kg
MW A B C MW
A
HIT-TRAC 64 E 6400 256 165 43 43 240 7413.01.64
C
B
1st metre special wire rope 20 mm one end hook, other end pointed 7412.60.20
Manual Lifting Equipment: Accessories Seilzugtechnik
ISO 9001 Reg.Nr. 11319
7415. Tubular skid

The useful skid for the HIT-TRAC® 16 with electric motor. The rope pulling
machine stands 3 cm above the ground. Designed for carrying the machi-
ne, this skid also protects the HIT-TRAC® during transport and use.
The skid must not be

used for anchoring!
Description Dimensions Weight Item no.

in mm in kg
Tubular skid for 480 x 860 x 492 15 7415.00.16
HIT-TRAC® 16 with electric motor
7413.H HIT-TRAC® 16 E with reel drive and tubular skid

The ideal supplement for the HIT-TRAC® 16 E when working with long rope
lengths. The wire rope is automatically coiled and uncoiled. The rope lasts
longer as it does not run over edges, gets buckled or unnecessarily dirty.
The coiling device is directly driven by the HIT-TRAC® motor. The outrigger
can be folded in for transport.
Max. rope length

120 m in ø 11,2 mm
Description Dimensions Weight Item no.

in mm in kg
HIT-TRAC® 16/11 E with reel drive and 630x1100x492 72 7413.H1.16
tubular skid
7412. Special wire rope for HIT-TRAC®

motor rope pulling machines
One end fitted with thimble and safety hook, other end fused and tapered.
Prices do not include reel.
Description Rope ø Item no.

in mm
1st meter special wire rope for 8,2 7412.60.08
HIT-TRAC® 8B, 8E, 16/8B, 16/8E
1st meter special wire rope for 11,2 7412.60.11
HIT-TRAC® 16/11B, 16/11E
Manual Lifting Equipment: Accessories
7411. Special wire rope Länge 10 m 15 m 20 m 30 m 50 m

on reel for HIT manual Type HIT 6 Item no. 7411.10.06 7411.15.06 7411.20.06 7411.30.06 7411.50.06
rope pulling machines Rope Ø 6,4 mm
Type HIT 10 Item no. 7411.10.10 7411.15.10 7411.20.10 7411.30.10 7411.50.10

Rope Ø 8,4 mm
Type HIT 16 Item no. 7411.10.16 7411.15.16 7411.20.16 7411.30.16 7411.50.16

Rope Ø 11,2 mm
Type HIT 32 Item no. 7411.10.32 7411.15.32 7411.20.32 7411.30.32 7411.50.32

Rope Ø 16,2 mm
= in rope basket
= on reel
Other lengths are available from stock. The ropes are fitted with thimble and safety hook at one end, other end
fused and tapered. We can only guarantee proper functioning of the rope pulling machines our specially develo-
Ropes are also available as coil ped and permanently quality-controlled special wire rope is used.
without reel
7410. Rope basket 7410. Cross reel

(without rope) without rope
An alternative to the conventional Durable and sturdy welded
rope reel. For easy coiling and construction, galvanised.
uncoiling of the rope. For special
wire rope up to 16,2 mm ø.
Type Rope capacity in m Item no. Type Rope capacity in m Weight Item no.
Ø 8,4 mm Ø 11,2 mm Ø 16,2 mm Ø Ø Ø Ø in kg
Rope basket 40 25 10 7410.80.05 6,4 mm 8,4 mm 11,2 mm 16,2 mm
(without rope) I 80 60 25 - 1,3 7410.10.06
II 150 120 60 25 2,3 7410.10.10
III 250 200 130 50 3,2 7410.10.16
7410. Rope coiler with carrying skid
For convenient coiling of wire ropes on the reel. The built-in hub brake
ensures that the reel will stop immediately during uncoiling and no unne-
cessary rope will be unreeled. The rope brake at the base of the skid
allows proper coiling without slack rope layers. 7410. Mobile reel with skid
Type Rope capacity in m Weight Item no.

Dimensions Rope capacity of reel Weight w/o rope Item no. Ø Ø Ø Ø in kg
L x W x H in mm in m in kg 6,4 mm 8,4 mm 11,2 mm 16,2 mm
530 x 220 x 650 max. 100 5 7410.40.00 IV 1200 600 300 200 15,0 7410.10.32
Reel not included
Manual Lifting Equipment: Accessories Seilzugtechnik
ISO 9001 Reg.Nr. 11319
7410. Hydraulic drive

Make it easier for yourself
For frequent use the hydraulic drive soon pays off. Without much expense
it can be retrofitted to the manual rope pulling machines HIT 16 and HIT
32. The units remain as easy to handle and as practical as before. If neces-
sary they can be switched to manual operation. Change of direction can
be achieved by relocating the cylinder fitting from the forward motion lever
to the reverse motion lever.
The hydraulic drive is separate.
To ensure optimum performance, the hydraulic drives must be adapted to
every specific application. Therefore we supplement the basic equipment
sets with suitable hydraulic hoses, cylinders, supports, and hydraulic
power packs. An existing hydraulic installation can be completed with a
control valve. In agricultural applications the tractor will provide the neces-
sary pressure directly. On request you will receive all your material in
strong wooden crates which simplify transport and protect it from damage.
Rope pulling machine with hydraulic drive
Type Nominal Rope speed in m/min Weight Item no. Item no. Item no.
capacity in kg forward/lifting reverse/lowering in kg Basic unit w/o rope Support Hydraulic cylinder
HIT-16-H 1600 1,2 2,0 20 7410.01.16 74Y0.08.57 74Y0.05.55
HIT-32-H 3200 0,3 1,2 31 7410.01.32 74Y0.01.64 74Y0.01.58
Operation of 1 unit Operation of 2 units Basic unit with hoses and power pack
Depending on the hydraulic power

pack one or two units can be opera-
ted simultaneously. The power
packs are either driven by a 4-
stroke petrol engine or an electric
motor for 400 V 50 Hz 3-phase.
Hydraulic power pack HE (electric) Hydraulic power pack HB (petrol)
Type Drive Connections for Oil flow rate Pressure Tank capacity Weight Power Item no.
machines in l/min in bar in l in kg in kW
HE 1 400V 50Hz 1 8,4 160 13 50 1,5 74Y0.05.30
HE 2 400V 50Hz 2 2 x 8,4 160 17 60 2,9 74Y0.05.65
HB 1 Petrol 1 9,2 160 13 46 3,7 74Y0.05.29
HB 2 Petrol 2 2 x 9,2 160 17 60 5,9 74Y0.05.66
Manual Lifting Equipment: Accessories
Accessories for hydraulic power packs
Description Technical details Length Item no. Description Technical details Item no.
in m Wooden crate for hydraulic power pack 74Y0.15.89
hydraulic hose with Inner Ø 9,5 mm, 3 74Y0.04.50
quick coupling max. 280 bar
hydraulic hose with Inner Ø 9,5 mm, 5 74Y0.04.51
quick coupling max. 280 bar
hydraulic hose with Inner Ø 9,5 mm, 10 74Y0.04.52 Description Technical details Content Item no.
quick coupling max. 280 bar in l
Hydraulic oil in canister Viskosität 3,5 °E/50°C 5 74Y0.05.44
Description Technical details Item no. BP SHF-80
Control valve for existing 3/8” connection 74Y0.16.11 Hydraulic oil in canister Viskosität 3,5 °E/50°C 10 74Y0.05.46
hydraulic installations 5-15 l/min. 300/120 bar BP SHF-80
7420. Wedge clamping tool CONI-KLAM 7421. Anchoring systems

The wedge clamping tools CONI-KLAM are simple and practical devices Anchoring should always and everywhere be adapted to the pulling force
for gripping and supporting the ropes during pulling. The rope is retained of the device, taking into account the soil conditions and the weather. The
by parallel moveable gripping jaws. CONI-KLAM clamping tools are self- titan field anchorage has proven very effective in open terrain.
gripping; the retention force always adjusts itself to the pulling force. The
mechanism is released by pushing back the wedge.
Load Rope ø Type Weight Item no. Description For rope pulling Weight Item no.
capacity in mm in kg machines in kg
1000 5 - 10 EC 10 2,0 7420.00.10 Titan field anchorage HIT 16 / 32 31 7421.16.32
1600 10 - 14 EC 14 4,2 7420.00.30 with 8 anchoring rods HIT-TRAC
3200 14 - 21 EC 21 6,5 7420.00.50 HIT plate anchorage HIT 6 / 10 / 16 1 7422.06.16
HIT 32 manual rope pulling

machine secured with titan field
anchorage.
Manual Lifting Equipment: Rope Pulleys Seilzugtechnik
ISO 9001 Reg.Nr. 11319
7410. Rope pulleys, steel and aluminium, foldable

25
To deflect the special wire ropes using rope pulling machines if your
position is not in the direction of pull or for use as block and tackle to
l32
double load capacity.
115
200
l100
Rope pulley type AL-A 32 kN
120
Model: Foldable, aluminium, friction bearing
For deflection of ropes and for doubling the load capacity
of rope pulling machines up to HIT 16.
Load Type Sheave ø Max. Overall Weight Item no.

capacity in mm rope ø length in kg
in kg in mm in mm
3200 AL-A 32 kN 100 11,2 200 1,2 7410.50.03
Rope pulley type ST-A 32 kN
Model: Foldable, steel, ball bearing


in kg in mm in mm
3200 ST-A 32 kN 105 11,2 225 3,5 7410.5S.03

48
Model: Foldable, aluminium, friction bearing
Ø 45

180
364
Ø 170

in kg in mm in mm
6400 AL-A 64 kN 170 16,2 364 4,8 7410.50.06

48
Model: Foldable, aluminium, ball bearing

Ø 45

180
364
Ø 170

in kg in mm in mm
6400 AL-A 64 kN 170 16,2 364 6,0 7410.53.06
Manual Lifting Equipment: Rope Pulleys

Model: Foldable, steel, ball bearing 48
For deflection of ropes and for doubling the load capacity of power-driven
Ø 45
winches or rope pulling machines.
180
364
Ø 170
Load Type Sheave ø Max. rope Overall Weight Item no.
capacity in mm ø in mm length in kg
in kg in mm
6400 ST-A 64 kN 170 16,2 348 8,05 7410.5S.06
226
134
53
Model: Foldable, aluminium, ball bearing, 2 sheaves
To increase pulling capacity of manual rope pulling machines HIT 16 up to
the fourfold by multiple reeving of the rope.
180
364
Ø 195
capacity in mm ø in mm length in kg max. Ø 11,2 max.10m/min. 84
in kg in mm
6400 AL-A 64 kN 195 11,2 436 7,0 7410.51.06
Rope pulley type AL-A 64 kN 226

Model: Foldable, aluminium, friction bearing, anchorage bracket
To increase pulling capacity of manual rope pulling machines HIT 16 up to 129
the triple by multiple reeving of the rope. 48
180
364

l170
185
in kg in mm
max Ø 16,2
6400 AL-A 64 kN 170 16,2 365 5,0 7410.52.06 max. 10m/min.
132

Model: Foldable, steel, ball bearing
1 sheave. For rope pulling machines up to 6,4 ton load capacity.

in kg in mm
12500 ST-A 128 kN 260 20,0 520 21 7410.5S.12

Model: Foldable, steel, ball bearing, 2 sheaves
2 sheave. To increase pulling capacity of manual rope pulling machines
HIT 32 up to the fourfold.

in kg in mm
12500 ST-A 128 kN 260 16,2 520 23 7410.5S.13
Manual Lifting Equipment: Rope Pulleys and Deflection Rollers
7410.
Aluminium rope deflection rollers Seilzugtechnik
ISO 9001 Reg.Nr. 11319
The rope deflection roller is a light and robust device made of aluminium
alloy. Fast and versatile in use with friction bearing rollers. In single, double
or triple version, suitable for deflection angles of 90° to 180°.
The rope deflection roller is used, when - while operating manual or motor-
driven rope pulling machines – the straight pull of the rope is obstructed by
edges or small radii. A typical application is the rope deflection around
steel beams (see photos), trees or wall projections if the use of normal pul-
leys is technically not possible. The deflection roller avoids bends and
other damage to the special wire ropes and thus extends their lifetime.
Rope deflection roller, Rope deflection roller,

single double
Total length Weight Item no. Total length Weight Item no.
in mm in kg in mm in kg
170 2,0 7410.90.01 410 4,2 7410.90.02
Rope deflection roller,

triple
A single roller can be loa-
ded with up to 12 kN, i.e.
Total length Weight Item no. with a pulling force of 16
in mm in kg kN it is sufficient to have
2 rollers to guide the
rope around a 90° angle.
650 6,5 7410.90.03
e
cost rop
The low
7312. Rope pulling machine „Red Pull“ achine!
pulling m
• Manual rope pulling machine with lever tube
• Overload protection by shear pins
• Neutral gear position for pulling out the unloaded rope
• Impact resistant aluminium housing
• Complies with UVV BGV D8 (German Accident Prevention Regulations)
• Special wire rope with safety hook included
Nominal capacity in Rope ø Rope length Rope feed Weight without rope Item no.
daN in mm in m per double lever motion in kg
in mm
800 8 20 52 6 7312.00.08
1600 11,2 20 55 11 7312.00.16
3200 16 10 28 22 7312.00.32
Manual Lifting Equipment: Snatch Blocks, Rope Pulleys
7542. Snatch block

Light version with bronze bushing
Load for wire rope Sheave ø Length A Width B Weight Item no.
capacity ø in mm in mm in mm in kg A
in kg in mm
2000 10 - 13 152 409 185 5,4 7542.00.15
3000 13 - 16 203 513 235 8,4 7542.00.20
7541. Snatch block B

Foldable, with bronze bushing
Load for wire Sheave ø B Length A Weight Item no.

capacity rope ø in mm in mm in kg
in kg in mm
2000 8 - 10 76 242 2 7541.00.07
4000 10 - 13 114 356 5 7541.00.11
8000 16 - 19 152 478 12 7541.00.15 A
8000 16 - 19 203 529 15 7541.00.20
8000 16 - 19 254 581 19 7541.00.25
8000 19 305 653 22 7541.00.30
8000 19 356 691 25 7541.00.35
15000 22 406 810 59 7541.00.40
15000 26 457 842 68 7541.00.45 B
7501. Snatch block

1 sheave, foldable with load hook.
Rope sheave with bronze bushing
Load Outer sheave For wire rope Sheave ø in Length A Weight Item no.
capacity ø D in mm ø in mm groove base in mm in kg
in kg (max. 1 Em) in mm A
500 75 8 62 315 1,5 7501.00.64
1000 100 10 86 355 2,6 7501.00.86
1500 125 13 105 430 4,8 7501.01.05
2000 150 16 126 495 7,4 7501.01.26
3000 178 19 150 555 11,9 7501.01.49
7545. Rope Pulley with shackle

Light version
Type Load Sheave Dimensions in mm Weight/ Item no.
capacity ø in mm A B C D E F G pce
in kg in kg
CSY50 250 50 135 58 35 62 22 10 9 0,45 7545.10.05

CSY75 350 75 185 85 40 70 22 11 12 1,10 7545.10.07
CSY100 750 100 240 110 50 100 32 16 14 2,20 7545.10.10
7545. Rope Pulley

with swivelling hook
Light version, foldable
Type Load Sheave Dimensions in mm Weight/ Item no.
capacity ø in mm pce
in kg in kg
A B C D E F G
CSS50 250 50 180 58 35 60 10 16 9 0,52 7545.00.05
CSS75 350 75 240 85 40 73 15 21 12 1,25 7545.00.07
CSS100 750 100 300 110 50 85 16 27 14 2,30 7545.00.10
Manual Lifting Equipment: Rope Sheaves
7533. Rope sheave made of turned steel, galvanised

with maintenance-free roller bearing and machined
rope grooves.
Drive group 1 Em, desgined according to DIN 15020
7533. Rope sheave block

with maintenance-free ball bearing
Side plates of bent sheet steel. This rope sheave allows to deflect the rope
in any direction or alter the direction of pull. Rope sheave details as above. Rope Sheave Rope sheave block
Drive group 1 Em, desgined according to DIN 15020
ilable in
Also ava steel!
s
stainles
7533. Rope Sheave
Load Max. rope ø Sheave ø Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

capacity (1 Em) in mm D in mm in kg
in kg D1 B B1 B2 D2 D3 D4 R
500 6 60 85 17,5 21 - 12 28 - 3,2 0,7 7533.00.02
1000 9 90 125 30 30 - 20 47 - 4,8 1,9 7533.00.05
2000 13 135 180 33 38 32 25 52 118 7 5,4 7533.00.10
4000 18 185 240 45 50 44 35 80 165 9,5 12,8 7533.00.20
6400 23 230 300 54 60 52 45 100 202 12,5 24 7533.00.32
10000 27 280 360 67 70 64 60 130 254 15 40 7533.00.50
7533. Rope sheave block
Max. rated Load capacity Max. rope ø Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.
rope force in kg (1 Em) in kg
FS in daN in mm A A1 B B1 C C1 D D1 D5
250 500 6 80 60 86 66 60 5 60 85 9 1,4 7533.10.02
500 1000 9 110 80 127 97 71 6 90 125 13 3,7 7533.10.05
1000 2000 13 170 130 162 127 95 10 135 180 17 10,2 7533.10.10
2000 4000 18 210 160 216 166 125 15 185 240 21 23,8 7533.10.20
3200 6400 23 270 210 252 192 155 15 230 300 25 44 7533.10.32
5000 10000 27 320 260 294 234 185 20 280 360 32 75 7533.10.50
7514. Rope guide sheave

for wall and hand winches
Steel housing, wire rope sheave of grey cast iron, turned rope grooves.
On request also available with roller bearing.
Item no. 7514.00.11 7514.00.15 7514.00.22 7514.00.26 7514.00.31

Sheave ø in mm 115 155 220 260 310
Up to rope ø in mm 10 10 16 18 26
Permissible load in t 0,5 1 2 3 5
Size of baseplate in mm 125 x 65 150 x 115 175 x 165 255 x 200 270 x 240
ø of screw holes in mm 12 14 17 21 21
Height to centre of axle in mm 69 85 126 148 184
Total height in mm 126 163 236 278 339
Weight in kg 1,5 3 6,5 12 23
Manual Lifting Equipment: Rope Sheaves
7515. Slewable rope pulley, single sheave

Mount and sheave frame made of steel. Sheave made of grey cast iron
with self-lubricating bearing with grease chamber.
Max. rope load at manual use in kg* 250 500 750 1000 1500 2000
Max. rope load at powered use in kg** 125 250 375 500 750 1000
For rope ø in mm 4-5 5-6 6-8 8-10 10-12 12-14
Dimensions in mm Øa 120 150 190 235 280 325
Øb 100 125 160 200 240 280
g 100 140 140 160 180 220
h 130 200 210 260 310 330
i 120 170 170 200 220 270
k 150 230 240 300 350 380
l 6 8 10 12 14 16
m 112 142 165 199 239 227
Øn 11,5 11,5 14 18 18 22
P 32 45 47 59 66 68
Weight in kg 4 6,2 12 19 26,2 47
Item no. 7515.00.12 7515.00.15 7515.00.19 7515.00.23 7515.00.28 7515.00.32
* 180° rope deflection ** 90° rope deflection
7513. Wire rope sheave

of grey cast iron, turned groove.
60-325 mm ø: Self-lubricating bearing with grease chamber
375-470 mm ø: Bronze bushing with lubricating pockets øa
235 K: Grooved ball bearing øb
øc ød
Item no. 7513.00.06 7513.00.09 7513.00.12 7513.00.15 7513.00.19 7513.00.23 7513.00.28 7513.00.32 7513.00.37 7513.00.47 7513.0K.23
Sheave ø a in mm 60 90 120 150 190 235 280 325 375 470 235 K
Sheave ø b in mm 48 72 100 125 160 200 240 280 320 400 200
Load capacity in kg 200 300 500 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000 6400 10000
Groove width / rope ø in mm 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 10
Groove depth in mm 6 9 10 12 15 17 20 22 27 35 17
Bore for axle ø d in mm 8 14 14 22 32 40 50 60 70 70 30
Hub length f in mm 24 32 35 40 42 50 62 70 85 90 37
Hub ø c in mm 22 32 35 46 62 78 92 108 120 140 85
Load capacity in kg 0,3 0,52 0,85 1,45 2,6 4,5 6,8 10,8 16,5 34,7 4,2
7510. Polyamide rope pulley

Item no. 7510.00.48 7510.00.60 7510.00.76 7510.01.00 7510.01.50
Pulley ø in mm 48 60/2 76 100/2 150/1
Groove width in mm 8 9 10 16 25
Groove depth in mm 4 4 5 12 20
Bore for axle mm 8 8 11 15 20
Hub length in mm 15 27 17 27 42
Hub ø in mm 17 20 20 38 46
Load capacity in kg 42 50 90 210 410
Load Suspension Equipment

according to DIN EN 13155
All load suspension equipment manufactured by

Carl Stahl complies with the requirements of the
current Machinery Directive, the DIN EN
13155:2007-11 standard and the regulations
according to BGR 500 chapter 2.8 (German Accident
Prevention Regulations).
All our load suspension equipment is CE-marked

and comes with the respective certificates.
The Carl Stahl Group has the welding qualification

for steel constructions according to DIN
18800-7:2002-09 class E. All welding is carried out
by certified welders and is permanently supervised.
Suitable accessories
E.g. slings, attachment points, impact protection etc.

see page 194 and following
Welded-on storage stands or storage racks accor-

ding to BGR 500 chapter 2.8 “Storage of slings and
load suspension equipment” on request.
Special versions
E.g. suspension for double crane hook, bigger lifting

eye, chain suspension, other load capacities, other
working widths, additional hooks, longer hooks or
slings on request
-133
t on pa ges 122
men anti-
u sp en sion equip ed, primed with 5/RAL
s st 3
All load 147 is sand-bla hed in RAL 70 ailable
36 - ar n is av
and 1
e p aint, and v . They are also DIN 15026
iv
corros ht grey/fire re d g to
0 0 – lig yello w accordin
30 ld
004 – go
in RAL 1 ra cost.
t
at no ex
Special load suspension

equipment for your individual
application
If you have a special application that is not covered by
our standard product range, we will be able to help you
anyway.
Challenge us and send us your enquiry with all specifica-
tions.
We are specialised in custom-made solutions for all
applications. We will be pleased to work out an offer for
you.
Load Suspension Equipment: Lifting Beams
Type 8293. OMEGA lifting beam in modular design

R
with bent lifting eye as single point-suspension, suitable for crane
hook according to DIN 15401 and with adjustable, flame-cut safety
hooks. h
Lmin. = min. working width

Lmax. = max. working width
Load capaci- Working width min/max L in Adjustment grid R Headroom h Eye size Weight Item no.
ty in kg mm in mm in mm in mm in kg
500 500 / 370 1 x 65 290 50 x 90 9 8293.05.05
500 850 / 250 3 x 100 290 50 x 90 12 8293.10.05
500 1850 / 850 5 x 100 290 50 x 90 19 8293.20.05
1000 850 / 250 3 x 100 290 50 x 90 11 8293.10.10
1000 1850 / 850 5 x 100 290 50 x 90 24 8293.20.10
1000 2850 / 1350 6 x 125 290 50 x 90 35 8293.30.10
Good reasons
for Carl Stahl OMEGA lifting beams:
•Modular design
•Short delivery times
•All parts varnished or galvanised
•Low dead weight
•Full exchangeability of all parts
Type 8294. OMEGA lifting beam in modular design

R
hook according to DIN 15401 and with adjustable, flame-cut safety
hooks. h
Intermediate working widths and working widths over 3850 mm Lmax. = max. working width
are available on request. Please contact us for pricing.
Load capacity Working width min/max L Adjustment grid R Headroom h Eye size Weight Item no.
in kg in mm in mm in mm in mm in kg
1000 850/250 3 x 100 325 50 x 90 23 8294.10.10
1000 1850/850 5 x 100 325 50 x 90 35 8294.20.10
1000 2850/1350 6 x 125 345 50 x 90 52 8294.30.10
2000 1850/850 5 x 100 425 70 x 130 48 8294.20.20
2000 2850/1350 6 x 125 425 70 x 130 73 8294.30.20
2000 3850/1750 7 x 150 445 70 x 130 95 8294.40.20
3000 1830/830 5 x 100 450 80 x 150 63 8294.20.30
3000 2830/1330 6 x 125 470 80 x 150 98 8294.30.30
3000 3825/1725 7 x 150 510 80 x 150 175 8294.40.30
5000 1820/820 5 x 100 545 90 x 170 102 8294.20.50
5000 2820/1320 6 x 125 565 90 x 170 142 8294.30.50
5000 3820/1720 7 x 150 585 90 x 170 187 8294.40.50
All load suspension equipment is also available in safety yellow

(RAL 1004) according to DIN 15026 at no extra cost. For outdoor
The pictured roundslings do not belong to the scope of delivery. use, in the food or chemical industry all load suspension equipment
Our range of roundslings can be found on page 286 and following. is available in a galvanised version.
ndling
weight and ha
hed in eduction
!
Unmatc weight r
30%
– Up to
Type 8394.
OMEGA lifting beam in modular design
hook according to DIN 15401 and with fixed, flame-cut safety hooks. h
Lmin. = Min. working width
Intermediate working widths and working widths over 3850 mm Lmax = Max. working width
are available on request. Please contact us for pricing.
Load capacity in kg Working width min/max L in mm Adjustment grid R in mm Headroom h in mm Eye size in mm Weight in kg Item no.
1000 850/250 3 x 100 335 50 x 90 26 8394.10.10
1000 1850/850 5 x 100 335 50 x 90 41 8394.20.10
1000 2850/1350 6 x 125 355 50 x 90 56 8394.30.10
2000 1850/850 5 x 100 445 70 x 130 53 8394.20.20
2000 2850/1350 6 x 125 445 70 x 130 78 8394.30.20
2000 3850/1750 7 x 150 465 70 x 130 104 8394.40.20
3000 1830/830 5 x 100 470 80 x 150 69 8394.20.30
3000 2830/1330 6 x 125 490 80 x 150 106 8394.30.30
3000 3825/1725 7 x 150 530 80 x 150 186 8394.40.30
5000 1820/820 5 x 100 570 90 x 170 114 8394.20.50
5000 2820/1320 6 x 125 570 90 x 170 153 8394.30.50
5000 3820/1720 7 x 150 595 90 x 170 198 8394.40.50
Type 8302.
Lifting beam with fixed or
adjustable double safety
hooks
• Heavy duty safety latches
prevent unintentional unhooking
of the load
• Big WLL-marking, type plate with
all necessary data. Beams can
also be marked with your com-
pany name and/or department at
no extra cost
• Temperature range: 0°C-100°C
(32°F - 212°F) – other
temperatures on request
• NRS (Inclination Reducing
System) grid for adjustment of
working width
• Also available with additional
safety hook
• Angles up to 45° are possible
without loss of capacity (see
drawing)
• Suspension eye to suit your h
crane hook at no extra cost
R
NRS (Inclination Reducing System)

adjustment grid:
• Reduced inclination of beam due to
very low swing point
• Easy and fast working width adjustment
Load Working width Adjustment Headroom h in Eye size Weight Item no. Item no.
capacity min/max L in mm grid R mm in mm in kg adjustable fixed
in kg in mm
1000 1000/600 2 x 100 260 60 x 90 45 8302.10.10 8301.10.10

1000 2000/1000 5 x 100 260 60 x 90 80 8302.20.10 8301.20.10
1000 3000/1600 7 x 100 260 60 x 90 106 8302.30.10 8301.30.10
2000 2000/1000 5 x 100 260 60 x 90 120 8302.20.20 8301.20.20
2000 3000/1600 7 x 100 280 60 x 90 150 8302.30.20 8301.30.20
2000 4000/2000 10 x 100 280 60 x 90 200 8302.40.20 8301.40.20
3000 2000/1000 5 x 100 280 80 x 120 128 8302.20.30 8301.20.30
3000 3000/1600 7 x 100 280 80 x 120 160 8302.30.30 8301.30.30
3000 4000/2000 10 x 100 300 80 x 120 214 8302.40.30 8301.40.30
5000 2000/1000 5 x 100 300 80 x 120 150 8302.20.50 8301.20.50
5000 3000/1600 7 x 100 320 80 x 120 230 8302.30.50 8301.30.50
5000 4000/2000 10 x 100 340 80 x 120 300 8302.40.50 8301.40.50
8000 2000/1000 5 x 100 350 100 x 150 185 8302.20.80 8301.20.80
8000 3000/1600 7 x 100 365 100 x 150 325 8302.30.80 8301.30.80
8000 4000/2000 10 x 100 385 100 x 150 390 8302.40.80 8301.40.80
10000 2000/1000 5 x 100 365 100 x 150 265 8302.21.00 8301.21.00
10000 3000/1600 7 x 100 385 100 x 150 390 8302.31.00 8301.31.00
10000 4000/2000 10 x 100 405 100 x 150 486 8302.41.00 8301.41.00
All load suspension equipment is also available in safety yellow (RAL 1004) according to DIN 15026 at no extra cost.
Type 8100. Lifting beam

with flame-cut eye as
single point-suspension
suitable for hook according to
DIN 15401 with fixed safety
hooks.
h
L = working width
Load capacity in kg Working width fix L in mm Headroom h in mm Eye size in mm Weight in kg Item no.
3000 2000 360 80 x 120 85 8100.20.30
3000 3000 380 80 x 120 130 8100.30.30
3000 4000 400 80 x 120 205 8100.40.30
5000 2000 420 80 x 120 95 8100.20.50
5000 3000 460 80 x 120 190 8100.30.50
5000 4000 490 80 x 120 275 8100.40.50
8000 2000 520 100 x 150 145 8100.20.80
8000 3000 560 100 x 150 250 8100.30.80
8000 4000 580 100 x 180 360 8100.40.80
10000 2000 540 100 x 150 180 8100.21.00
10000 3000 580 100 x 150 300 8100.31.00
10000 4000 620 100 x 150 420 8100.41.00
Intermediate working widths and working widths over 4000 mm

are available on request. Please contact us for pricing. Lower load capacities are available on request
Type 8200.
Lifting beam with flame-
cut eye as single point-
suspension
suitable for hook according to h
DIN 15401 with fixed safety
hooks.
Lmin. = min. working width R
Lmax = max. working width
Load capacity in kg Working width fix L in mm Adjustment grid R in mm Headroom h in mm Eye size in mm Weight in kg Item no.
3000 2000/750 5 x 125 360 80 x 120 85 8200.20.30
3000 3000/1500 5 x 150 380 80 x 120 130 8200.30.30
3000 4000/2250 5 x 150 400 80 x 120 205 8200.40.30
5000 2000/750 5 x 125 420 80 x 120 95 8200.20.50
5000 3000/1500 5 x 150 460 80 x 120 190 8200.30.50
5000 4000/2250 5 x 175 490 80 x 120 275 8200.40.50
8000 2000/500 5 x 150 520 100 x 150 145 8200.20.80
8000 3000/1250 5 x 175 560 100 x 150 250 8200.30.80
8000 4000/2250 5 x 175 580 100 x 180 360 8200.40.80
10000 2000/500 5 x 150 540 100 x 150 180 8200.21.00
10000 3000/1250 5 x 175 580 100 x 150 300 8200.31.00
10000 4000/2250 5 x 175 620 100 x 150 420 8200.41.00
Intermediate working widths and working widths over 4000 mm

are available on request. Please contact us for pricing. Lower load capacities are available on request
Type 8702.
H-shape lifting beam, adjustable hooks
R2
max. working width
with flame-cut eye as single point-suspension suitable for

hook according to DIN 15401 and with 4 adjustable load
segments with 4 swivelling safety hooks.
R1
ith
ilable w max. working length
Also ava s
ok
fixed ho
h
Load capacity in kg Working length Working width Adjustment grid Adjustment grid Headroom Eye size Weight Item no.
main beam L1 cross beam L2 in main beam R1 in cross beam R2 h in mm in mm in kg
in mm mm mm in mm
2000 2000 1000 5 x 100 3 x 100 490 60 x 90 140 8702.21.20

2000 3000 2000 4 x 150 4 x 150 510 60 x 90 220 8702.32.20
2000 4000 2000 6 x 150 4 x 150 510 60 x 90 240 8702.42.20
2000 5000 3000 8 x 150 6 x 150 550 60 x 90 390 8702.53.20
3000 2000 1000 5 x 150 2 x 150 520 80 x 120 180 8702.21.30
3000 3000 2000 5 x 150 3 x 150 560 80 x 120 320 8702.32.30
3000 4000 2000 7 x 150 3 x 150 560 80 x 120 350 8702.42.30
3000 5000 3000 10 x 150 5 x 150 600 80 x 120 530 8702.53.30
5000 2000 1000 5 x 100 3 x 100 600 80 x 120 300 8702.21.50
5000 3000 2000 6 x 150 5 x 150 650 80 x 120 400 8702.32.50
5000 4000 2000 7 x 150 3 x 150 670 80 x 120 560 8702.42.50
5000 5000 3000 10 x 150 5 x 150 710 80 x 120 780 8702.53.50
8000 2000 1000 5 x 100 3 x 100 630 100 x 150 370 8702.21.80
8000 3000 2000 6 x 150 3 x 150 670 100 x 150 530 8702.32.80
8000 4000 2000 7 x 150 3 x 150 700 100 x 150 640 8702.42.80
8000 5000 3000 8 x 150 5 x 150 750 100 x 150 1000 8702.53.80
10000 2000 1000 5 x 100 2 x 100 700 140 x 210 510 8702.21.10
10000 3000 2000 5 x 150 3 x 150 800 140 x 210 710 8702.32.10
10000 4000 2000 6 x 150 3 x 150 850 140 x 210 920 8702.42.10
10000 5000 3000 8 x 150 5 x 150 900 140 x 210 1300 8702.53.10
Load turning beam with flame-cut eye

as single point-suspension
suitable for hooks according to DIN 15401 and 2 adjustable roller
segments.
Please note that the endless slings are not included in the price. They
can be custom-made to your requirements.
The roller segments can be fitted with endless, galvanised and vulcanised
woven wire rope slings. These slings are totally rotation-free to avoid any
twisting. The work piece is protected by the vulcanisation.
R
Load capacity in kg Working width L in mm Adjustment grid R Eye size in mm Weight in kg Item no.
in mm
1000 1000 4 x 100 60 x 90 45 8355.10.10
1000 2000 6 x 100 60 x 90 65 8355.20.10
1000 3000 8 x 100 60 x 90 80 8355.30.10
3000 2000 6 x 100 80 x 120 90 8355.20.30
3000 3000 8 x 100 80 x 120 170 8355.30.30
3000 4000 6 x 150 80 x 120 205 8355.40.30
8705. Lifting beam for lattice boxes

Fast and safe handling of standardised Euro lattice boxes according to
DIN 15155. Extremely low headroom allows full use of the cranes lifting
height. Simple use – just by swinging back a hook-pair.
Load Suitable for Eye size in mm Weight in kg Item no.

capacity box size in mm
in kg
1000 1240 x 810 80 x 150 60 8705.00.10
2000 1240 x 810 80 x 150 70 8705.00.20
Special lifting beams

for all applications
If you have a special application that is not covered by our stan-
dard product range, we will be able to help you anyway.
Challenge us and send us your enquiry with all specifications.
We are specialised in custom-made solutions for all applications.

We will be pleased to work out an offer for you.
:
devices
h l lo ad turning ised
m
Carl Sta ndling and opti u s
h a ontac t
For fast w . Please c !
l fl o
materia solution
r a tail or-made
fo
8706. Lifting beam for

Big Bag transport
As closed tubular construction
in cross-shape, with central
flame-cut lifting eye.
Load Working Working Head- Eye size Weight Item no.

capacity width L1 in width L2 in room h in mm in kg
For Big Bags see in kg mm mm in mm
page 433
1000 1000 1000 90 60 x 90 30 8706.00.10
1500 1000 1000 90 60 x 90 40 8706.00.15
2000 1000 1000 90 60 x 90 46 8706.00.20
8706. Lifting beam for

Big Bag transport
with four load acceptance
points with safety latches.
Special versions e.g. low
headroom, eccentric lifting eye
etc. on request. Varnish: RAL
7035/3000 (grey/red).
Load Working width Head- Eye size Weight Item no.

capacity L1 x L2 in mm room h in mm in kg
in kg in mm
1000 1000 x 1000 90 60 x 90 32 8706.10.10

1500 1000 x 1000 90 60 x 90 41 8706.10.15
2000 1000 x 1000 90 60 x 90 47 8706.10.20
ad
7T. Spreader beam Higher lo
s
capacitie
Type TA: Spreader beam, rigid available
with rocker for run-through
chain, adjustable version availa- ≤90°
ble on request (see illustration
Type TAV).
Type TB: Spreader beam with

pendular slider, for suspension A
chain outlet in all directions.
Adjustable version available on Type TAV
request (see illustration Type
TBV).
Typ TBV
Load Chain size d Dimensions in mm Item no. Item no. Item no. Item no.
capacity at 90° in mm Rigid version A Adjustable with rocker, with rocker, with slider, with slider,
angle available from/to version Amin - Amax rigid adjustable rigid adjustable
1400 6 1000 1000-1500 7TA0.6. 7TAV.06. 7TB0.6. 7TBV.06.

2800 8 1000-1500 1200-2000 7TA0.8. 7TAV.08. 7TB0.8. 7TBV.08.
4500 10 1000-1500 1200-2000 7TA1.0. 7TAV.10. 7TB1.0. 7TBV.10.
7100 13 1000-1500 1400-2000 7TA1.3. 7TAV.13. 7TB1.3. 7TBV.13.
11200 16 1250-2500 1900-2500 7TA1.6. 7TAV.16. 7TB1.6. 7TBV.16.
Type 8451 Forklift lifting beam

as accessory equipment for all forklifts. With central pivoting and swivel-
ling hook, lateral storages stands and steel clamp levers for fastening on
the prong (side- or bottom-mount available).
Special versions with additional hooks or suspension points for different

slings, low headroom versions etc. are available on request.
Load Item no.

capacity
In case of order please
in kg
indicate the dimensions
of your fork prongs (mea- 500 8451.00.05
surements A and C) as 1000 8451.00.10
well as the distance bet- 1500 8451.00.15
ween the prongs (mea- 2000 8451.00.20
surement B).
3000 8451.00.30
4000 8451.00.40
Standard price applies

for B = 1000 m max.
8460. Aluminium forklift lifting beam

(hook with axial bearing for turning under load)
This new lifting beam stands out by its aluminium construction. It’s conti-
nuously adjustable to a maximum prong profile of 200x95 mm. Maximum
outer distance between prongs is 880 mm, so it is suitable for almost all
fork prongs. Can also be used with fork extensions.
Load Max. prong Max. outer distance Weight Item no.

capacity profile in mm between prongs in kg
in kg in mm
1500 200 x 90 880 20 8460.00.15
3000 200 x 90 880 30 8460.00.30
6300 200 x 110 880 60 8460.00.60
7006. Forklift shoe

Single clip-on shoe with swivel hook. Dimensions A and B are variable.
Load capacity Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

in kg A B H in kg
1000 120 50 160 5 7006.00.10
1500 140 60 180 6 7006.00.15
2000 160 60 200 8 7006.00.20
3000 180 80 220 10 7006.00.30
Load Suspension Equipment: Lifting Forks
in
effective ons!
DELTA lifting fork range Proven p lica ti
s ap
countles
Type 8818 and 8815
Due to high quality materials these forks are lightweight and slim in con-
struction. Multi-functional thanks to adjustable prongs and useful height
and the choice between manual or automatic centre of gravity.
B = Prong length
C = Useful height
A1 = Max. outer distance Prong covers on page
between prongs 301.
A2 = Min. outer distance
between prongs
h = prong height C
b = prong width
A2 b h
A1
Type 1 with manual centre of gravity

Load capacity in kg 1000 1500 2000 3000
Prong length in mm 1000 1000 1000 1000
Prong cross section in mm 80 x 40 80 x 40 100 x 40 120 x 45
Max. outer dist. betw. prongs in mm 1000 1000 1000 1000
Min. outer dist. betw. prongs in mm 350 400 400 450
Total height in mm 1800 1850 1900 1950
Weight in kg 120 150 180 240
With fixed useful height in mm 1300 1300 1300 1300
Item no. 8815.00.10 8815.00.15 8815.00.20 8815.00.30
With adjustable useful height in mm 1300-2000 1300-2000 1300-2000 1300-2000
Item no. 8818.00.10 8818.00.15 8818.00.20 8818.00.30
Type 2 with automatic centre of gravity

Prong length in mm 1000 1000 1000 1000
Prong cross section in mm 80 x 40 80 x 40 100 x 40 120 x 45
Max. outer dist. betw. prongs in mm 1000 1000 1000 1000
Min. outer dist. betw. prongs in mm 350 400 400 450
Total height in mm 1800 1850 1900 1950
Weight in kg 120 150 180 240
With fixed useful height in mm 1300 1300 1300 1300
Item no. 8815.10.10 8815.10.15 8815.10.20 8815.10.30
With adjustable useful height in mm 1300-2000 1300-2000 1300-2000 1300-2000
Item no. 8818.10.10 8818.10.15 8818.10.20 8818.10.30
Load Suspension Equipment: Lifting Forks
Compact lifting fork range

Rugged construction for multi-functional use thanks
to adjustable prongs and useful height. Available
with manual or automatic centre of gravity.
Type 1 with manual centre of gravity

Load capacity in kg 1500 2000 3000
Prong length B in mm 1000 1000 1000
Prong cross section b x h in mm 90 x 40 120 x 40 130 x 50
Max. outer dist. A1 betw. prongs in mm 900 900 900
Min. outer dist. A2 betw. prongs in mm 400 450 450
Total height D in mm 1500 1570 1650
With fixed useful height in mm 1100-1700 1100-1700 1100-1700
Item no. 8818.B0.15 8818.B0.20 8818.B0.30
Type 2 with automatic centre of gravity

Prong length B in mm 1000 1000 1000
Prong cross section b x h in mm 90 x 40 120 x 40 130 x 50
Max. outer dist. A1 betw. prongs in mm 900 900 900
Min. outer dist. A2 betw. prongs in mm 400 450 450
Total height D in mm 1500 1570 1650
With adjustable useful height in mm 1100-1700 1100-1700 1100-1700
Item no. 8818.B1.15 8818.B1.20 8818.B1.30
Special
lifting forks Lifting forks are used for ground level transport of pallets,
lattice boxes or containers. Centre of gravity of the load of the
for all applications listed standard forks is at 500 mm which corresponds to 50%
of the prong length. Lifting forks with automatic centre of gra-
For further information please refer vity must be loaded with at least 25% to activate the mecha-
nism. Special constructions with other measurements or in dif-
to our Load Suspension Equipment
ferent designs are available on request. The lifting forks can be
catalogue. Order your free copy on equipped with protective cage, ratchet strap or securing chain
page 438. at extra cost.
Pallet fork Adjustable stop

with mechanical spurs with weight
hold-down device balancing and
additional per-
manent magnet
mounting
Electro-hydraulically operated plate lifting fork with hydraulic

hold-down device and lateral adjustable prongs.
Electro-mechanical telescopic coil grab

with horizontal rotation and weighing device
Special Load Suspension
Equipment
Safety Lifting Clamps
E.g. for plate transport, for beams, with smooth jaws
Tongs
E.g. rail grabs, grabs for cardboard boxes, turning
grabs, drum grabs, container grabs, wire coil internal
grabs, steel slab and block tongs, wire coil external
grabs, billet grabs, roller transport grabs, telescopic coil
grabs
Lifting forks
With spring balancing, with counterweight balancing,
with adjustable prongs, rack forks with centre of gravity
balancing, special lifting forks, charging forks for foun-
dries
Coil hooks
With weight balancing, chain suspension, spring centre
of gravity balancing
Lifting beams
E.g. Electro-mechanical telescopic lifting beams,
magnetic lifting beams, long material lifting beams,
fork lift lifting beams, spreader beams etc.
Grabs
E.g. container spreaders, telescopic coil grabs, electro-
hydraulic tilt tables, grabs for reinforced wire mesh,
internal grabs, spindle grabs, frame grabs, paper reel
grabs, internal barrel grabs, tool grabs, sheet metal
grabs
Tilt Tables
E.g. electric tilt tables, electro-hydraulic tilt tables
Electro-mechanical sheet
metal grab with horizontal rotation
3D drawing
of a coil grab
Order your free copy now!
Adjustable heavy duty Electro-mechanical wire mesh

lifting beam WLL 180 ton, grab suspended from a crane system
Electro-hydraulic block
tong for aluminium blocks
Load Suspension Equipment: C-Hooks
Coil hook with counterweight balancing

Rugged welded steel construction made of high-grade steel for extreme
conditions. Due to the counterweight the hook maintains a 4° upward
inclination which keeps the load secure during lifting. The length of the
prong is ¾ of the maximum coil width. We also produce intermediate sizes
and special versions.
Please contact us for

special versions
Load capacities up to
40000 kg, intermediate
sizes and special versions
regarding suspension are
also available. Please
contact us for pricing.

in kg B A C I H VxW in kg
500 150 - 300 225 60 400 520 100 x 50 12 7C30.00.50.03
500 250 - 500 375 70 400 520 100 x 50 20 7C30.00.50.05
500 375 - 750 565 80 400 520 100 x 50 28 7C30.00.50.07
500 500 - 1000 750 80 400 520 100 x 50 40 7C30.00.50.10
1000 150 - 300 225 75 450 600 120 x 55 20 7C30.01.00.03
1000 250 - 500 375 80 450 600 120 x 55 30 7C30.01.00.05
1000 375 - 750 565 100 450 600 120 x 55 64 7C30.01.00.07
1000 500 - 1000 750 110 450 600 120 x 55 80 7C30.01.00.10
2500 150 - 300 225 90 500 680 150 x 75 35 7C30.02.50.03
2500 250 - 500 375 110 500 680 150 x 75 60 7C30.02.50.05
2500 375 - 750 565 135 500 680 150 x 75 80 7C30.02.50.07
2500 500 - 1000 750 140 500 680 150 x 75 120 7C30.02.50.10
5000 275 - 750 565 160 550 780 190 x 90 165 7C30.05.00.07
5000 500 - 1000 750 180 550 780 190 x 90 220 7C30.05.00.10
5000 625 - 1250 940 200 550 780 190 x 90 280 7C30.05.00.12
5000 750 - 1500 1125 220 550 925 190 x 90 435 7C30.05.00.15
7500 375 - 750 565 200 550 830 230 x 110 220 7C30.07.50.07
7500 500 - 1000 750 230 550 830 230 x 110 290 7C30.07.50.10
7500 625 - 1250 940 230 550 830 230 x 110 400 7C30.07.50.12
7500 750 - 1500 1125 250 550 830 230 x 110 490 7C30.07.50.15
10000 375 - 750 565 230 600 910 250 x 120 270 7C30.10.00.07
10000 500 - 1000 750 230 600 910 250 x 120 475 7C30.10.00.10
10000 625 - 1250 940 270 650 960 250 x 120 500 7C30.10.00.12
10000 750 - 1500 1125 290 650 960 250 x 120 680 7C30.10.00.15
Load Suspension Equipment: C-Hooks
7C33. Tilting coil hook

Suitable for tilting or erecting of steel
coils or straps. They have to be well
banded and rest on scantlings. Low
self-weight due to use of high-grade
steel.
Load capacity Dimensions in mm Weight in kg Item no.

in kg A C D I H V
500 100 - 200 8 60 400 520 100 10 7C33.00.5002
1000 100 - 200 10 70 450 600 120 12 7C33.01.0002
1000 200 - 300 10 70 500 650 120 16 7C33.01.0003
2500 100 - 200 12 70 500 680 150 20 7C33.02.5002
2500 200 - 300 12 70 500 680 150 25 7C33.02.5003
3000 250 - 350 15 80 550 730 150 30 7C33.03.0003
4000 250 - 400 20 90 600 800 190 40 7C33.04.0004
5000 350 - 500 25 100 650 900 190 50 7C33.05.0005
ks
rs ions of C-hoo
Other v e
ur Load
n b e fo und in o ent
ca m
ion Equip
Suspens
e.
catalogu
Load Suspension Equipment: Grabs
7120. KLT grab

in adjustable version
• for KLT-types: : C-KLT4314, C-KLT4321, C-KLT4328, C-KLT6414,
C-KLT6417, C-KLT6421, C-KLT6428, R-KLT4315, R-KLT4329,
RL-KLT4147, RL-KLT4280, R-KLT6415, R-KLT6429, R-KLT6147,
R-KLT6280
• Using a turntable, new and old, large and small boxes can be grabbed
• With suspension eye
• Proven step mechanism closes (grabs) or opens (does not grab)
• Secure grip guaranteed
• Also available with Manulift adapter
Load capacity Weight Item no.

in kg in kg
100 14 7120.50.10
7151. KLT grab

in rigid version
• With suspension eye
• Closes by spring tension
• Grabs KLT boxes using the notches at the upper frame
• Also available with Manulift adapter
suitable for KLT-types Weight Item no.

Load capacity 80 kg in kg
C-KLT4314, C-KLT4321, C-KLT4328 2,6 7151.CG.V1
C-KLT6414, C-KLT6417, C-KLT6421, C-KLT6428 2,9 7151.CG.V2
R-KLT4315, R-KLT4329, RL-KLT4147, RL-KLT4280 2,6 7151.CG.V3
R-KLT6415, R-KLT6429, R-KLT6147, R-KLT6280 2,9 7151.CG.V4
Special versions
of grabs and lifting devices
7120. Grab for stackable transport boxes

Specially suitable for goods receiving, warehouses and production plants.
Designed for easy one-handed operation. Compact design with self-
locking safety lever.
Also available with turning

device
Load capacity Box width Weight Item no.

in kg in mm in kg
50 220 8 7120.00.05
100 320 9 7120.00.10
150 450 12 7120.00.15
7150. 3-arm internal grab

For centric pick-up of work pieces
with cylindrical bore hole, positive
locking by angled grab arms, ope-
ning width adjustable by clamping
lever. Suspension eye suitable for
single crane hook according to DIN
15401.
Special versions on request.
Load Grab Grab arm Total Suspen- Weight Item no.

capacity range length height sion eye in kg
in kg in mm in mm in mm ø in mm
300 100-350 300 680-750 60 12 kg 7150.35.03
Load Suspension Equipment: Barrel Grabs
7116. Barrel grab 7116. Barrel grab

For standing barrels. Self activating barrel pick-up by clamp hinge claws. For safe transport of lying or standing barrels, cylindrical containers and
Release by lowering of hook and engaging the locking device. other round objects. Compact scissor construction. Safety lever holds grab
in open position.
Load Barrel Barrel ø Weight Item no.

capacity type in mm in kg
in kg
450 Stahl 560-620 17 7116.10.45

Load Total height Max. width Barrel ø Barrel Weight Item no.
capacity in mm in mm in mm height in kg
in kg in mm
7150. Barrel clamp
max. min.
For vertical lifting of standing barrels with a capacity of 215 – 225 litres.
300 1400 1300 1150 560 900 48 7116.00.30
One-hand operation. Manufactured of high-grade steel. Varnished. Safety
factor 1:5.
7116. Vertical barrel grab
For safe transport of steel barrels. Opens and closes automatically with
each lift. So barrels can be picked up or set down even at inaccessible
areas.
Load Suspension Weight Barrel ø Item no.

capacity eye in mm in kg in mm
in kg Load capacity Barrel ø Weight Item no.
500 80 x 60 6,5 560 7150.60.05 in kg in mm in kg
800 80 x 60 8 560 7150.60.08 300 580 18 7116.20.30
Load Suspension Equipment: Barrel Grabs
7140. CS-barrel clamping ring

For transport of standing barrels and drums with cover beading. Safe locking by simple lever turn. Safety lock and
adjustment of grab width by set-screw.
Load capacity Barrel ø Total height Suspension eye Weight Item no.
in kg in mm in mm L x B in mm in kg
800 560-600 445 80 x 130 9,7 7140.56.08
800 390-415 445 80 x 130 8,7 7140.41.08
7003. Barrel tong

For standing barrels. This is a simple and robust tong that grabs directly under the upper bead. Equipped with
open locking lever.
Load capacity Grab width Total width Total height Suspension eye Weight Item no.
in kg in mm in mm in mm ø in mm in kg
250 470-560 700 400-480 60 10 7003.10.02
250 560-640 800 430-530 60 12 7003.20.02
500 470-560 700 400-500 80 12 7003.10.05
500 560-640 800 430-530 80 15 7003.20.05
7004. Barrel tong for lying barrels

Tong for beaded barrels according to DIN 6643 and 6635. Low headroom and self-activating open locking lever.
250 760-910 930 400-500 60 10 7004.10.02
500 760-910 930 400-500 70 12 7004.10.05
7124. Barrel lifting clamp type DLC

Suitable for all types of steel barrels regardless of diameter and bead shape. Low self-weight at high load capa-
city, fast and easy handling. Corrosion resistant due to special phosphate coating of all functional parts. Maxi-
mum safety thanks to high-grade material, continuous quality control and clearly legible load capacity forged into
the clamp body.
500 0-15 130 218 41 2 7124.00.05
8707. Barrel turning device

For transport of lying and standing steel barrels of different size. Suitable for diameters 380-600 mm, max. barrel
height 900 mm. With suspension eye for single crane hook, equipped with height-adjustable lateral stands with
wheels. Clamping effected by horizontal adjusting spindle with hand wheel and safety locking.
Horizontal turning (360°) of the barrel can be controlled precisely by a hand wheel in connection with a worm
gear.
Also available with 2 m hand chain and with top-mounted fork lift pockets.
Load Grab range/barrel Barrel Forklift pockets Forklift pocket Weight Item no. Item no.
capacity diameter in mm height W x H x L in mm distance (centre – in kg w/o forklift with forklift
in kg in mm centre) in mm pockets pockets.
250 380 - 600 900 200 x 75 x 150 450 100 8707.00.02 8707.10.02
400 380 - 600 900 200 x 75 x 150 450 110 8707.00.04 8707.10.04
fety:
rip on sa
A firm g ! 7Z50. Round profile grab
hl grabs
Carl Sta Round profile grabs for horizontal transport of round materials of all kind. Equipped with self-actuating open
locking device. All round profile grabs are also available as shell grabs with protective pads for sensitive loads.
On request all grabs can be supplied with an automatic step mechanism. Intermediate sizes, higher load capaci-
ties and other grab widths also available.
Load Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

capacity in kg
in kg A B F H V
250 40-150 200 400 300-500 65 6 7Z50.00.2015
250 60-250 250 600 400-800 65 11 7Z50.00.2025
500 40-200 300 500 350-700 75 15 7Z50.00.5020
500 100-350 300 700 500-800 75 25 7Z50.00.5035
500 200-500 400 900 600-900 75 35 7Z50.00.5050
1000 60-250 300 700 450-700 80 28 7Z50.01.0025
B 1000 100-350 300 800 500-800 80 35 7Z50.01.0035

1000 200-500 400 950 600-900 80 50 7Z50.01.0050
1000 300-800 440 1400 900-1400 80 130 7Z50.01.0080
1000 800-1200 500 2400 1400-2400 80 200 7Z50.01.0120
2500 60-250 330 700 500-800 95 50 7Z50.02.5025
2500 100-350 330 850 550-900 95 60 7Z50.02.5035
2500 200-500 400 1000 650-1000 95 72 7Z50.02.5050
2500 300-800 440 1400 900-1400 95 240 7Z50.02.5080
2500 800-1200 600 2450 1400-2500 95 360 7Z50.02.5120
Z62. Log clamps

Clamp with large grab range and small overall dimensions for lifting logs. From load capacity 2500 kg the grab
tips are replaceable. Equipped with open locking device.

capacity in kg
in kg A B H V
500 200-500 650 500-700 85 12 Z620.55.0
1000 300-800 1100 750-900 85 23 Z621.08.0
2500 300-800 1150 750-900 95 60 Z622.58.0
2500 400-1000 1400 900-1200 95 85 Z622.58.0
5000 500-1000 1500 900-1200 95 130 Z622.51.00
7002 Turning grab

This turning grab can be used for erecting, turning or rotating of loads. It works as a parallelogram grab with its
jaws opening and closing parallel to each other. The jaws can be rotated 360° and are equipped with 90° lock-in
notches for best possible adaption to the load. This turning grab comes with an open locking device.

capacity in kg A B H V in kg
125 150-250 600 500-900 60 20 7002.10.01
125 250-350 600 550-950 60 24 7002.20.01
250 150-300 700 600-1050 60 26 7002.10.02
250 300-450 700 650-1100 60 28 7002.20.02
500 300-450 720 700-1150 70 40 7002.10.05
500 450-600 720 800-1250 70 45 7002.20.05
1000 450-600 800 850-1300 85 55 7002.10.10
1000 650-800 800 950-1500 85 65 7002.20.10
7001. Rectangular profile clamp

The jaws of the rectangular profile clamp are fitted with wear-resistant protective pads. It is suitable for transport
of goods made of steel, concrete and wood. Surfaces must be oil-free to ensure a safe grip. Please note that the
friction factor between load and pad must not be less than 0,75 μ. Special versions for oily surfaces are available
on request. All rectangular profile clamps are equipped with an open locking device. We manufacture all interme-
diate sizes, also with higher load capacities and other grab ranges. In case of oily or wet surfaces, the grabs can
be equipped with specially hardened jaws at extra cost.

capacity in kg
in kg A B C H I V
250 20-60 370 80 300-360 75 65 7 7001.10.02
250 50-125 400 80 300-450 75 65 10 7001.20.02
250 150-260 560 100 380-650 75 65 14 7001.30.02
250 250-500 850 100 500-1000 75 65 18 7001.40.02
500 20-60 380 80 300-360 75 75 10 7001.10.05
500 50-125 400 80 300-450 75 75 12 7001.20.05
500 150-260 480 100 380-670 75 75 16 7001.30.05
500 250-500 850 100 500-1000 80 75 22 7001.40.05
1000 50-125 500 100 360-500 90 75 23 7001.10.10
1000 150-260 600 100 430-700 90 80 28 7001.20.10
1000 250-500 850 120 500-1000 110 80 40 7001.30.10
1000 480-750 1000 120 500-1100 110 80 60 7001.40.10
1000 730-1000 1000 120 600-1200 110 80 70 7001.50.10
2500 150-300 900 150 600-800 150 95 70 7001.10.25
2500 250-500 1100 150 700-1200 150 95 90 7001.20.25
2500 480-750 1100 150 700-1200 150 95 110 7001.30.25
7150. Wire coil internal grab
NEW!
Torsion-free construction with guided central tube. Equipped with step
mechanism and exchangeable grab jaws.
Load Dimensions in mm Weight/ Item no.

Capa- pce
city in kg
in kg
A B H I V W
3500 600-550 1015-1165 430-750 260-315 160 80 12 7150.10.15
3500 800-550 1300-1075 550-975 220-315 160 80 23 7150.10.30
Load Suspension Equipment: Access Platforms
8030. Safety access platform

type MB-D for forklifts
• Safety for repair and maintenance work
• Approved for 2 persons
• Permissible maximum weight 300 kg
• With tool tray
• Fork pockets with anti-slip
mechanism
• According to UVV (German
accident prevention regulations)
Surface spray painted either

orange (RAL 2000)
or blue (RAL 5012)
Inside dimensions of fork pockets
Type MB-D-R with:

2 steerable and 2 fixed polyamide
wheels ø 180 mm, 1 steerable
wheel with brake, height 220 mm.
80
600 200
Type Dimensions Floor area Weight Item no.

L x W x H in mm in mm in kg
Type MB-D MB-D 1115 x 1200 x 1890 800 x 1200 120 8030.91.01
MB-D-R 1115 x 1200 x 2110 800 x 1200 128 8030.91.02
8030. Safety access platform type MB-F, foldable for

forklifts
Ready for use in a minute
• Foldable version
• Approved for 2 persons
• Fork pockets with anti-slip mechanism
• Mesh width of protective grid: 20 x 20 mm
• German TÜV-approved
• According to UVV (German accident prevention regulations)
Type MB-F
orange (RAL 2000)
or blue (RAL 5012)
Accessory:
• Tool tray 600 x 200 x 80 mm
Type MB-F-R with:

2 steerable and 2 fixed polyamide wheels ø 180 mm, 1 steerable wheel
with brake, height 220 mm.
80
600 200
MB-F 1090 x 1200 x 1890 1000 x 1200 120 8030.92.01
MB-F-R 1090 x 1200 x 2110 1000 x 1200 128 8030.92.02
Load Suspension Equipment: Telescopic Crane Arm
8030. Safety access platform type MB-K

for forklifts and cranes
• Safety for repair and maintenance work
• Approved for 2 persons according to German accident prevention
regulations UVV
• Permissible maximum weight 300 kg
• With 4-leg suspension chain
• Fork pockets with anti-slip mechanism

orange (RAL 2000)
or blue (RAL 5012)
Accessory:
• Tool tray 745 x 150 x 110 mm
Type MB-K IV-R with:

2 steerable and 2 fixed polyamide wheels ø 180 mm, 1 steerable wheel
with brake, height 220 mm.
80
600 200

MB-K IV 800 x 1200 x 2250 800 x 1200 200 8030.93.01
MB-K IV-R 800 x 1200 x 2470 800 x 1200 208 8030.93.02
8030. Telescopic crane arm type KTH, adjustable

This telescopic crane arm extends the reach of your forklift.
• Steel construction
• Basic length 2200 mm (crane arm fully retracted)
• Boom length adjustable in 8 steps
• Securing chain against unintentional slipping
• Equipped with 2 swivel hooks
• Working height adjustable in 3 steps, secured by locking pin.
Also available without height adjustment.

orange (RAL 2000)
or blue (RAL 5012) Also available in gal-
vanised version.
Please contact us
for pricing.
555
84
184 156
540
Attention!
Do not exceed the load capacity of your forklift!
Type Position 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Weight Item no.

Distance in mm 695 990 1285 1580 1825 2090 2290 2490 2690 2890 3090 3290 3490 3690 in kg
KTH 2,5 WLL in kg 2500 2500 2500 1800 1400 1200 1050 950 850 770 700 650 600 560 218 8030.96.25
KTH 5,0 WLL in kg 5000 3550 2750 2250 1950 1700 1550 1400 1300 1200 1150 1050 1000 950 250 8030.96.50
Load Suspension Equipment: Handling Systems Ein Unternehmen der Carl Stahl Gruppe
Handling Systems
Container Lift, Tilt and Discharge Devices
Height-adjustable Workbenches
Scissor Lift Tables
Flatbed Tables
For many years VENTZKI products have been used for individual
workstation fitting due to their outstanding operational reliability
and flexibility. Their rugged construction and neat workmanship
ensure high availability of each single device – even under hardest
conditions (e.g. three-shift operation).
VENTZKI products are developed for best possible workstation

ergonomics, industrial safety and economy. The prime design
objective is maximum efficiency at each individual production
workstation.
Our experienced application and design engineers develop indivi-

dual, custom-made solutions for all applications which cannot be
covered with the standard product range.
• Optimised work piece allocation

• Fast and fatigue-free reach
• Mobile in confined spaces
• Flexible in use
• Automated lifting, tilting and discharging
• Simple operation
• Rugged construction
• Manufactured from high-grade components
Load Suspension Equipment: Handling Systems
Stationary container tilt device type NE 250

– electro hydraulic
The NE 250 device is suitable for containers of all kind.
This device facilitates manual part feeding to machines or work stations.

The containers are placed on the platform using a pallet truck or a forklift.
Due to their small overall dimensions these devices can be placed very
close to each other and do hardly require more space than the containers
themselves. Tilting is effected by an electro hydraulic drive. The tilting
angle can be adjusted continuously. A limit switch is also available to
avoid unintentional contact of sensitive parts.
Ideal application and best grasp for the operator to the bottom of the
container in upright posture and close approach.
Front lid of wire mesh box may NE 250 with optional foot switch
opened in tilted position (accessory)
Please contact us
with your current
requirements.
Type Load capacity in kg Platform size Overall length LG in mm

Width BL in mm Length LL in mm
NE 250 1000 1250 850 1170
NE 250 1000 1250 1050 1370
NE 250 2000 1250 850 1170
NE 250 2000 1250 1050 1370
Power supply: 400 V 50 Hz, 1,1 kW; electric connection 16 A, 6h, 5-pole IEC/EN 60309,
pendant control with control cable, special lengths are possible
Container tilt and discharge devices NEE 511 –

NEE 519 – electro-hydraulic
• Versatile in use
• Tilting – discharging
Comfortable handling of work pieces is decisive for a rationalised produc-
tion process when it comes to manual feeding of machining centres, like
presses, punching, drilling or turning machines or during assembly.
Container lift and tilt devices and container lift and discharge devices
bring the components in the ideal position and enhance materials flow.
Depending on the requirements containers can be tilted or discharged

electro-hydraulically.
Inclination can be adjusted continuously and without interrupting produc-

tion.
This makes work much easier and enhances productivity significantly.
The devices can also be integrated into any kind of feeding units (electro-
plating, feeding, separating, weighing, packing etc.)
Semi-automatic
container locking
Wheels shown Electrically locked swing doors

are available as necessary Foot guard (special option)
Acessories
• Electrically locked swing doors • Noise protection coating, sound-proof booth • Alternate tilting angle 180°
• Special chutes • Mobile • Closed platform for small containers
• Vibratory conveying trough (downstream) • Manual slider at chute for exact decanting
NEE 511, 512, 514,

515, 517, 519
Electrically
locked swing
doors (special
option)
Please contact us
with your current
requirements.
Type Load capacity Platform size Overall width Overall length Overall height Loading height Discharging height Chute width
in kg Width BL in mm Length LL in mm BG in mm LG in mm HG in mm BH in mm HS in mm SW in mm
NEE 511 2000 1300 900 1710 1930 2950 40 750 400
NEE 512 2000 1300 1150 1710 2050 3150 40 750 400
NEE 514 2000 920 900 1324 1930 2950 40 750 400
NEE 515 2000 1130 900 1534 1930 2950 40 750 400
NEE 517 1500 920 1350 1324 2280 3300 40 750 400
NEE 519 1500 1130 1350 1534 2280 3200 40 750 400
Max. inclination angle 135°, power supply: 400 V 50 Hz, 2,2 kW;
electric connection 16 A, 6h, 5-pole IEC/EN 60309, load capacity 2000 kg, pendant control with control cable.
Container lift devices HP 200 / HP250 / HP300 / HP500

for small containers
- Mobile or stationary
- Handy – Fast - Efficient
The devices HP200 / HP 250 / HP300 / HP500 can handle platform carts or single containers.
They are particularly suitable for small containers up to 400 x 600 m (KLT boxes), platform carts,
and wire mesh baskets.
They help to reach ergonomic grab positions which result in fatigue-free working by relieving the
spinal column.
The required height can be continuously adjusted to the ideal position. Equipped with “Dead
man’s control” as safety device.
Valve technology corresponds with latest safety requirements, so unintentional lowering of the
platform even with a pipe failure is not possible.
Special accessories:
Maximum lift with platform cart and small container
Special platforms, side panels
HP300 / HP500 stationary
Platform cart with wire mesh baskets
Wheel assembly
at workbench
HP300 / HP 500 mobile
Please contact us
with your current
requirements.
Type Load capacity Platform size Lift Lift time Floor clearance
in kg Width in mm Length in mm Prong width in mm in mm in sec. in mm
HP 200 200 436 600 200 600 6 120
HP 250 250 544 425 230 750 8 130
HP 300 stationary 300 544 425 230 750 10 120
HP 300 mobile 300 544 425 230 750 10 120
HP 500 stationary 500 544 425 230 750 17 120
HP 500 mobile 500 544 425 230 750 17 120
Closed platform and special dimensions are available for all types
Container lift devices for pallets and big containers

HE 1006 / 1008 / 1010 / 1506 / 1508 / 2006 / 2008 –
electro-hydraulic
• Always ideal working height

• Versatile application
• Compact, space-saving dimensions
Designed for loads from 1000 – 2000 kg these devices are used for effort-
less lifting, lowering and positioning of containers and pallets.
Pallets or containers are simply placed on the platform with a pallet truck.
The compact, electro-hydraulic drive lifts or lowers the load in any desired
position. The devices can be dowel-anchored to the floor which allows
placement without any interfering edges and unlimited foot room for the
operator.
As the hydraulic drive is fully integrated in the device, there are no stumb-
ling hazards like hydraulic or electric cables.
The pallet lifting device HE allows continuous height adjustment powered

by an electro-hydraulic pump. A push-button control allows precise posi-
tioning.
The pallet lifting device HE is suitable for hard non-stop operation. The
platform is fitted to the basic unit (base frame, lifting skid, drive mecha-
nism). Special platforms are also available.
The lifting devices can also be executed for side loading. The bearings
are amply dimensioned. All drive components are manufactured from
high-grade materials and are easy to maintain.
Control: Dead man’s control, hand push-button control, lift limit by end
switch, safety device against pipe breakage (no uncontrolled lowering).
Inclined platforms shown (type HNE 2000 see page 154)
HE 1006 / 1008 / 1010 / 1506 / 1508 / 2006 / 2008
Lift
Lift =
Lift
HE 1006 / 1008 / 1010 HE 1506 / 1508, HE 2006 / HE 2008 side loading Front loading
Type Loading Platform size Lift Clearance height Overall height

Width BL in mm Length LL in mm in mm HB in mm HG in mm
HE 1008 front 850 1250 800 1440 2200
HE 1008 front 1050 1250 800 1440 2200
HE 1010 front 850 1250 1000 1640 2400
HE 1010 front 1050 1250 1000 1640 2400
HE 1006 R/L side 1250 1050 600 1400 1400
HE 1008 R/L side 1250 1050 800 1600 1780
HE 1506 / 2006 front 850 1250 600 1550 1550
HE 1506 / 2006 front 1050 1250 600 1550 1550
HE 1508 /2008 front 850 1250 800 1750 1950
HE 1508 /2008 front 1050 1250 800 1750 1950
HE 1506 /2006 R/L side 1250 1050 600 1550 1550
HE 1508 /2006 R/L side 1250 1050 800 1750 1950
Power supply: 400 V 50 Hz, 1,1 kW; electric connection 16 A, 6h, 5-pole IEC/EN 60309, pendant control with control cable.
Please contact us
with your current
requirements.
Stationary container lift and tilt device

for pallets and big containers HNE 1000 / 1500 / 2000
– electro-hydraulic
• Ideal positioning
• Tilts in 2 directions
The container lift and tilt devices HNE 1000 / 2000 offer great advantages
for your workflow by ideal positioning of components or parts boxes in
production or assembly. The containers may be placed on the platform
either by forklift or pallet truck. The device can be transported to different
work places (transport device available as an option). The containers can
be lifted by 600 mm and tilted 45° in one or two directions.
For safety reasons the inclined platform can only lowered to a certain
minimum height.
The devices comply with all safety requirements. On the one hand by their
control (electric limit switch for the platform), on the other hand by a
safety device against pipe breakage and a pressure relief valve or throttle.
The latter avoid uncontrolled lowering of the platform. All functional and
body parts are properly designed and coordinated.
All drive components are manufactured from high-grade materials and are
easy to maintain.
Hydraulic cylinder with long piston guide and hard chrome plated plunger.
Control: 4-way push-button control with dead man’s control.
Lift and tilt limited by electric limit switch. The devices allow for close approach from 3 sides
All devices suitable for front or side loading.
Please contact us
Special accessories: with your current
Other platform sizes or container fasteners on request. requirements.
Front lid of lattice box may opened in tilted position Device in tilted position with side loading
Lift and tilt devices in alignment for serial production
HNE 1000 / 1500 / 2000

Lift = 600
Lift = 600
Lift = 600
Lift = 600
left hand as drawn, right hand as drawn,

right hand mirror-inverted left hand mirror-inverted
Type Loading Loading height Platform size Tilt

in mm Width BL in mm Length LL in mm
HNE 1000 front 80 850 1250 2x45°
HNE 1000 front 80 1050 1250 2x45°
HNE 1000 R/L front 80 850 1250 1x45°
HNE 1000 R/L front 80 1050 1250 1x45°
HNE 1000 R/L side 150 1250 850 1x45°
HNE 1000 R/L side 150 1250 1050 1x45°
HNE 1500/2000 front 80 850 1250 2x45°
HNE 1500/2000 front 80 1050 1250 2x45°
HNE 1500/2000 R/L front 80 850 1250 1x45°
HNE 1500/2000 R/L front 80 1050 1250 1x45°
HNE 1500/2000 R/L side 150 1250 850 1x45°
HNE 1500/2000 R/L side 150 1250 1050 1x45°
HNE 1500/2000 R/L front 150 1050 1250 1x45°
Power supply: 400V 50 Hz, 1,1 kW,
electric connection 16 A, 6h, 5-pole IEC/EN 60309,
pendant control with control cable or fixed to column.
Project and application examples
HP 500: NEE 510:

Mobile, pneumatic lift device for platform carts, Container tilt and discharge device –
maximum load capacity 500 kg, 750 mm lift electro-hydraulic. Maximum load capacity
2000 kg
NHE 360: HP 200:

Stationary lift and tilt device – electro-hydraulic. Maximum load capacity Pneumatic lift device for platform carts,
2000 kg, 300 mm lift, max. tilting angle 90°. Advantage: Ergonomic grab complete with side panels, load capacity
position, front lid of lattice boxes may be opened to take out parts. 200 kg, 600 mm lift
Project and application examples
HNE 450:
Stationary lift and tilt device. Special feature: With safety
contact strips on the platform, can be loaded with pallet
truck and tilted in the lowest position.
Lifting platform:
Pneumatic lifting platform, mobile on rails, size of platform
3400 x 800 mm, 2300 mm lift, load capacity 200 kg
NHE 305-S:
Mobile container lift and tilt device with electric drive,
light sensor (to monitor load height and tilting angle) and
frequency converter for the drive. Load capacity 1300 kg.
Photos of industrial applications
Special conveying device for the paper industry Multiaxial lifting and turning device
Scissor lift table with tilt device HKTE Container lift device HE 1000 for platform carts with wire mesh baskets
Photos of industrial applications
Container tilt device NE 250 – material feed in lattice box
Please ask for our free

special catalogue or visit us at
Container tilt device NE 250-S/V2A – for food industry www.ventzki.de
Load Suspension Equipment: Lifting Clamps
Lifting Clamps
l Stahl
Spindle lifting clamps The Car
Range
Lifting clamps with cardan joint Premium
Lifting clamps for sheet metal transport
Vertical lifting clamps
Horizontal lifting clamps
All purpose grabs
7145.
Standard lifting clamp
type CGB
For lifting, turning (180°) and vertical transport of steel sheets and steel
constructions. Lockable in open and closed position. Maximum surface
hardness 37 HRC.
Load capacity Type Grab range A Dimensions in mm Weight/pce Item no.

in kg in mm B C D E F G H K in kg
500 CGB 0,5 0-16 53 131 197 30 118 46 42 10 2,0 7145.CGB.05
1000 CGB 1 0-20 62 140 208 30 128 46 42 10 2,2 7145.CGB.10
2000 CGB 2 0-35 93 203 330 70 200 68 65 16 7,1 7145.CGB.20
3000 CGB 3 0-40 120 250 415 75 234 84 70 20 14,2 7145.CGB.30
4500 CGB 4,5 0-40 120 250 415 75 238 88 75 20 15,5 7145.CGB.45
7146.
Universal lifting clamp
type CGU
For lifting, turning (180°) and vertical
transport of steel sheets and steel
constructions. This clamp can be
used from all angles as it is fitted
with a hinged lifting eye which is
movable in all directions. Lockable in
open and closed position. Maximum
surface hardness 37 HRC.
Load capacity Type Grab range A Dimensions in mm Weight/pce Item no.

500 CGU 0,5 0-16 53 131 210 30 118 46 42 10 2,1 7146.CGU.05
1000 CGU 1 0-20 62 140 220 30 128 46 42 10 2,3 7146.CGU.10
2000 CGU 2 0-35 93 203 370 70 200 68 65 16 7,9 7146.CGU.20
3000 CGU 3 0-40 120 250 420 75 234 84 70 20 15,2 7146.CGU.30
4500 CGU 4,5 0-40 120 250 420 75 238 88 75 20 16,5 7146.CGU.45
on of
7112. generati s!
The new mp
Spindle lifting clamp lifting cla
type CGS spindle
• Forged body
• High load capacity
• Low deadweight • BG certified and GS-approved
• Large grab range • Masterlinks for any crane hook
• Removable spindle mandrel available
Masterlink
Load capacity Type Grab range Dimensions in mm Weight/ Item no.

in kg in mm B1 B2 B3 B4 max. Masterlink H1 H2 H3 T pce in kg
750 CGS 0,75 0-21 42 21 125 180 110 x 60 x 13 300 112 80 45 2,76 7112.CG.S07
1500 CGS 1,5 0-32 47,6 32 150 215 110 x 60 x 16 340 142 90 45 4,1 7112.CG.S15
3000 CGS 3,0 0-50 56,5 50 185 275 135 x 75 x 18 420 172 100 50 7 7112.CG.S30
7188.
Automatic lifting clamp
type CGSM
For lifting and turning of smooth or
polished parts from a horizontal to
a vertical position and back, with-
out leaving any traces.
• Torsion-free clamp
• Galvanised sling chain
• Use with large crane hooks
possible
• All parts are replaceable
Load capacity Type Grab range A Dimensions in mm Weight/ Item no.

in kg in mm B C D F G pce in kg
500 CGSM 0,5 0-25 80 55 100 370 240 5,0 7188.10.05
1500 CGSM 1,5 0-30 100 77 125 520 275 12,0 7188.10.15
2000 CGSM 2,0 0-30 100 77 125 520 285 12,5 7188.10.20
7188.
Automatic lifting clamp
type CGSM
For lifting and turning of smooth
or polished parts from a horizon-
tal to a vertical position and
back, without leaving any traces.
• Torsion-free clamp
• Galvanised sling chain
• Use with large crane hooks
possible
• All parts are replaceable
Load capacity in kg Type Grab range A Dimensions in mm Weight/pce Item no.

in mm B C D F G in kg
500 CGSM 0,5V 0-100 80 55 100 425 295 6,5 7188.20.05
1000 CGSM 1,0V 0-100 80 70 100 485 355 8,0 7188.20.10
7139.
All-purpose grab
The surface
Holding force is twice the load hardness of the
weight. Automatic slip protection load must not
ensures a firm grip even if the lifting exceed 30
mechanism is relieved. Self-adjust- HRC!
ment of this mechanism retains the
holding force and maintains safety.
Up to a capacity of 1250 kg the

grab jaws are available with a pro-
tective coating to avoid damage to
the load. Please note that this pro-
tective coating is not suitable for
use with oily or greasy surfaces.
Load capacity Grab range Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

in kg in mm A B C D F H b J in kg
max. min.
350 0 - 100 264 250 128 104 100 80 122 800 550 7 7139.10.03
350 90 - 200 382 430 195 160 200 120 122 1070 760 16 7139.20.03
750 0 - 100 264 250 128 104 100 80 122 800 550 9 7139.10.07
750 90 - 200 382 430 195 160 200 120 122 1070 760 17,5 7139.20.07
1250 0 - 100 320 278 128 104 100 104 122 840 550 15 7139.10.12
1250 90 - 200 382 430 195 160 200 120 122 1070 760 25 7139.20.12
2000 0 - 100 338 313 135 119 100 103 122 840 570 22 7139.10.20
2000 90 - 200 400 520 195 170 200 160 122 1055 750 30 7139.20.20
3000 5 - 90 290 300 136 85 90 95 * 740 570 25,5 7139.09.30
5000 5 - 90 290 300 136 85 90 95 * 740 570 30 7139.09.50
5000 80- 170 350 420 180 142 170 110 * 870 620 44 7139.17.50
Other jaw widths and intermediate sizes on request. *Specify 5 t or 15 t crane hook with your order.
All-purpose grabs are

also available as special
constructions with com-
pact dimensions for use
in confined spaces (e.g.
on a lathe).
7188. Lifting clamp type CGSMV

For lifting of wall and roof elements
Model with standard G4 type grab jaw
• Adjustable for different element thicknesses
• Coated grab jaws for secure hold in friction and positive locking
• Elements can be picked up in right or left position
• Extremely easy handling
Clamp only suitable for positive locking!
71882SET
plug
G4
Megatec
H-Wall 8-wave
H-Wall 10-trapeze
Load capacity Type Grab range Opening width in Weight Item no.
in kg in mm mm in kg
250 CGSM0,25V 30 - 120 160 11 7188.20.02
250 CGSM0,25V-Set 30 - 120 160 17 7188.2S.ET
Load capacity Type Weight/pce in Item no.

in kg kg
250 Grab jaw suitable for Metecno G4, Roma P45 St-P140 St, W40-W80, W100, M60St-M100St 2 7188.2S.52
250 Grab jaw suitable for Metecno Megatec 2 7188.2S.62
250 Grab jaw suitable for Metecno H-Wall 8-wave 2 7188.2S.12
250 Grab jaw suitable for Metecno H-Wall 10-trapeze 2 7188.2S.32
250 Grab jaw suitable for Roma R58-R115 2 7188.2S.42
250 Grab jaw suitable for KS 1000 SFW/I 2 7188.2S.22
7188.
Safety lifting clamp
type CGSMT
Safety lifting clamp for gentle and safe lifting
and turning of sign boards. The boards can
be picked up from the horizontal position. A
locking device prevents unintentional loose-
ning. The coated grab jaws protect the load
surface from damage.
Clamp only suitable for positive locking!
Load capacity Type Grab range Opening width Weight Item no.
in kg in mm in mm in kg
350 CGSMT 0-2 100 6,5 7188.10.03
CGH1.
Lifting clamps for horizontal sheet metal transport
These clamps are designed to be used in pairs. They are particularly suitable
for transporting rigid sheet metal, stacks of sheets and steel plates. The not-
ched grab ensures a secure grip on the sheet metal, even if suspended diago-
nally. More information on the-
For longer pieces of sheet metal we recommend using 2 pairs of lifting se lifting clamps can be
clamps together with a spreader beam. found in the operating
Reduced load capacity for spread angles exceeding 60°. instructions.
Load capacity Type Dimensions in mm Weight/pce Item no.

per pair in kg in kg
A B F I V
1000 CGH1 10/40 0-40 15 150 95 16 3 7K15.10.40

1500 CGH1 15/50 0-50 15 160 100 18 4 7K15.15.50
2500 CGH1 25/50 0-50 15 170 105 18 4,5 7K15.25.50
3000 CGH1 30/70 0-70 20 185 120 22 10 7K15.30.70
5000 CGH1 50/60 0-60 20 205 115 22 12 7K15.50.60
6000 CGH1 60/51 0-51 20 225 140 36 13 7K15.60.51
8000 CGH1 80/65 0-65 55 265 175 36 18 7K15.80.65
12000 CGH1 120/100 0-100 70 280 170 36 35 7K15.12.0100
Caution! With horizontal lifting clamps the load capacity is Angle Capacity
reduced according to the load angle. This applies to all types!
30° - 60° 100%
60° - 90° 70%
CGH2. 90° - 120° 50%
Clamps for horizontal sheet metal transport
These clamps are designed to be used in pairs. They have a wide grab range
and thus are particularly suitable for transporting thin and thick metal plates.

A B F I V
2500 CGH2 25/100 5-100 15 230 140 25 13 7K15.25.100

2500 CGH2 25/150 50-150 15 230 140 25 15 7K15.25.150
5000 CGH2 50/100 5-100 20 250 140 31 20 7K15.50.100
5000 CGH2 50/150 50-150 30 270 165 31 25 7K15.50.150
5000 CGH2 50/250 100-250 30 270 165 31 30 7K15.50.250
7500 CGH2 75/250 100-250 50 290 170 36 35 7K15.75.250
CGHV.
Clamps for sheet metal stacks
Lifting clamp for horizontal transport of sheet metal stacks. The grab range
can be quickly adjusted from 0-420 mm with a socket pin. The respective
clamp area is 60 mm. These clamps are designed to be used in pairs. Maxi-
mum permissible diagonal pull is 10°. The load capacity must be reduced
according to the load angle. (See table above)

A B F H I V
1000 CGHV 10/150 0-150 12 170 250 110 25 10 7K18.10.150

1500 CGHV 15/300 0-300 15 180 400 110 25 12 7K18.15.300
3000 CGHV 30/180 0-180 20 200 300 120 30 12 7K18.30.180
3000 CGHV 30/300 0-300 20 200 420 120 30 14 7K18.30.300
3000 CGHV 30/420 0-420 20 200 550 120 30 15 7K18.30.420
6000 CGHV 60/180 0-180 30 230 350 120 30 18 7K18.60.180
6000 CGHV 60/300 0-300 30 230 470 120 30 21 7K18.60.300
7112. Lifting clamp

type SCC
High load capacity and large grab
range, low self weight, drop forged
body, all load capacities BG proof-
tested, high-quality materials,
excellent workmanship, detachable
spindle mandrel to comply with
regulations, clearly legible indicati-
on of load capacity and grab range SCC 500 kg SCC 1000 kg
forged into the body.
Max. surface hardness 50 HRC
Load capacity Type Grab range Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

in kg in mm H h1 h2 B b1 b2 T t L D in kg
500 SCC - 1/2 0 - 28 76 42 26 104 34 30 30 10 113 17 0,8 7112.28.05
6000 SCC - 6 0 - 75 214 130 76 255 76 79 69 32 265 80 18 7112.75.60
1000 SCC - 1W 50 - 100 190 126 88 225 54 106 46 16 273 45 6 7112.10.10
7121.
Lifting clamp type SVC-HE
For transport of sheet metal and
profiles. Low self weight at high load
capacity, simple handling, snap bolt
locking. Two-piece forged body
made of high-grade special steel,
best safety by use of premium mate-
rials and continuous quality controls,
corrosion resistant due to special
phosphate coating of all functional
parts, all parts are replaceable. Sur-
face coating, clearly legible indicati-
on of load capacity and grab range
forged into the body.

in kg in mm in kg
L t1 t2 T h1 h2 H b1 b2 B D
1000 SVC - 1 HE 0 - 19 250 12 45 86 60 24 158 36 26 131 36 3 7121.19.01

2000 SVC - 2 HE 0 - 25 310 16 59 86 69 24 185 42 32 152 48 6 7121.25.02
3000 SVC - 3 HE 0 - 30 375 18 71 86 77 30 210 48 39 172 60 10,5 7121.30.03
4000 SVC - 4 HE 0 - 35 405 20 75 86 81 34 225 51 42 182 66 12,5 7121.35.04
6000 SVC - 6 HE 0 - 40 455 22 86 86 94 45 260 60 52 213 84 20,5 7121.40.06
se!
7122. ith remote relea
W
Lifting clamp type SVC-LE
Low self weight at high load capa-
city, simple handling, with safety
lever for remote release by rope
provided. Two-piece forged body
made of high-grade special steel,
greatest possible safety by use of
premium materials and continuous
quality controls, corrosion resistant
due to special phosphate coating
of all functional parts, all parts are
replaceable. Surface coating, clear-
ly legible indication of load capaci-
ty and grab range forged into the
body.

in kg in mm L t1 t2 T h1 h2 H b1 b2 B D in kg
1000 SVC - 1 LE 0 - 19 250 12 45 80 34 24 158 36 26 131 36 3,0 7122.19.01
2000 SVC - 2 LE 0 - 25 310 16 59 105 47 24 185 42 32 152 48 6,0 7122.25.02
3000 SVC - 3 LE 0 - 30 375 18 71 118 52 30 210 48 39 172 60 10,5 7122.30.03
4000 SVC - 4 LE 0 - 35 405 20 75 129 59 34 225 51 42 182 66 12,5 7122.35.04
6000 SVC - 6 LE 0 - 40 455 22 86 148 76 45 260 60 52 213 84 12,5 7122.40.06
7128. Lifting clamp type HKC

For horizontal transport and stacking of profile beams with the flange in a
vertical position, space-saving attachment, the beam hangs horizontally in
the clamp without being top-heavy. Safety lever guarantees pre-tensioned
grip on the beam, locks in open or closed position.
T2
D
Ø
H2
L2
L1
L T

in kg in mm H H2 L L1 L2 T T2 D in kg
1000 HKC-1E 0 - 20 186 53,5 255 131 31 48 16 40 3,4 7128.20.07
2000 HKC-2E 0 - 25 206 65 280 160 42,5 63 16 40 6,2 7128.25.15
7125. Universal clamp type SVC-EE

• Suitable for turning and vertical transport of steel plates, -profiles
and –constructions, particularly if 2 or more clamps are used.
• With the pivoting lifting eye the clamp can also be used if the direction
of pull is not in line with the position of the clamp.
• Versatile use and easy handling due to compact size, low self-weight
and big grab range.
• Safety locking by snap bolt mechanism with large operating ring which
locks the clamp securely to the load.
• Drop forged body and use of high-grade materials ensure a long service
life. Tooth segment and pad as well as all other functional parts made of
special steel alloy.
• Indication of load capacity and grab range are clearly legible forged into
the surface coated clamp body.
D
45∞ 45∞
Caution!
Load capacity will be
reduced by 50% if
diagonal pull is over 45°
L
Load Type Grab Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

capaci- range in kg H
D L H B T
ty in kg in mm
500 SVC-0,5 EE 0 - 16 26 157 - 176 110 100 49 1,5 7125.16.05
1000 SVC-1,0 EE 0 - 19 30 180 - 204 125 110 54,5 2,1 7125.19.10
1500 SVC-1,5 EE 0 - 25 35 223 - 257 160 130 65 3,7 7125.25.15
B
2000 SVC-2,0 EE 0 - 28 45 254 - 290 174 150 74 5,5 7125.28.20
T
3000 SVC-3,0 EE 0 - 32 55 292 - 335 194 162 76 7,0 7125.32.30
Also available with higher load capacities.
7123. Lifting clamp

type HLC-HE
Slim clamp body for frontal attach-
ment of profiles, low self weight at
high load capacity, standard safety
snap bolt locking (clamping is retai-
ned even during brief unloading).
Greatest possible safety by use of
premium materials and continuous
quality controls, easy handling. Cor-
rosion resistant due to special phos-
phate coating of all functional parts.
Surface coating, clearly legible indi-
cation of load capacity and grab ran-
ge forged into the body, all parts are
replaceable.
Load Type Grab Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

capaci- range in kg
L t1 t2 T H h1 h2 B b1 b2 b3 D
ty in kg in mm
1000 HLC - 1HE 0 - 25 208 12 41 65 115 27 38 169 118 56 34 40 2,8 7123.25.01
2000 HLC - 2HE 0 - 30 246 16 51 79 135 32 48 188 138 65 40 50 4,5 7123.30.02
3000 HLC - 3HE 0 - 35 292 18 59 92 163 37 58 219 156 74 45 60 7,5 7123.35.03
4000 HLC - 4HE 0 - 40 337 20 67 104 190 42 68 249 174 83 50 70 12 7123.40.04
6000 HLC - 6HE 0 - 45 386 22 75 117 218 47 78 281 193 90 55 80 20 7123.45.06
7145.
Vertical lifting clamp
Suitable for the lifting, turning
(180°) and vertical transfer of steel
plates and constructions. This lif-
ting clamp is fitted with a locking
device for both open and closed
positions, which ensures complete
safety. Higher load capacities
available on request.
Load capacity Type Grab range A Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

in kg in mm B C D E aF G H J K in kg
500 IP10 0 - 16 44 128 207 30 115 41 28 - 10 1,8 7145.00.05
1000 IP10 0 - 20 45 139 215 30 126 41 38 - 10 2,0 7145.00.10
2000 IP10 0 - 35 78 201 336 70 190 61 55 - 16 6,8 7145.00.20
3000 IP10 0 - 40 100 253 436 75 225 78 60 - 20 13,8 7145.00.30
4500 IP10 0 - 40 100 253 436 75 232 82 65 - 20 15,0 7145.00.45
6000 IP10 0 - 50 126 302 515 80 292 84 95 40 20 23,5 7145.00.60
7146.
Universal
vertical lifting clamp
Suitable for the lifting, turning
(180°) and vertical transfer of steel
plates and constructions.
This lifting clamp is fitted with a
locking device for both open and
closed positions, which ensures
complete safety. Fitted with a hin-
ged hoisting eye moving in all
directions to enable the user to
place and lift the load from any
direction.

in kg in mm B D E F G H J K C in kg
500 IPU10 0 - 16 44 228 30 115 41 28 - 10 128 1,9 7146.00.05
1000 IPU10 0 - 20 45 222 30 126 41 38 - 10 139 2,1 7146.00.10
2000 IPU10 0 - 35 78 372 70 190 61 55 - 16 201 7,6 7146.00.20
3000 IPU10 0 - 40 100 445 75 225 78 60 - 20 253 14,8 7146.00.30
4500 IPU10 0 - 40 100 445 75 232 82 65 - 20 253 16,0 7146.00.45
6000 IPU10 0 - 50 126 525 80 292 84 95 44 20 302 24,0 7146.00.60
Higher load capacities available at short notice.
Other options Depending on your individual application you have the choice between several special versions of the basic
available types IP10 and IPU10. The most common ones are pictured below:
IPU10/A with IPU10/H for IPU10/R remo- IPU10/S with

automatic hard materials tely controlled; stainless steel
locking up to 450 Bri- can be relea- jaws for stain-
(A=Autolocking) nell (47 Rc) sed by provi- less steel
(H=hard, ded rope materials
Hardox) (R=Remote (S=Stainless
release) steel)
7148. Lifting clamp type IPStartec

This clamp has been especially developed for lifting with the body in
vertical position, controlled tilting, transportation and stacking of
steel profiles.
• Controlled lifting of profile beams

• Lifting into I-position
• For transport and stacking
Tilting from I- to H-position and vice-versa is made easy by placing the

chain guide in the appropriate position, it is straightforward to switch the
centre of gravity.
Depending on the measurements and weight of the beams there is a

version with jaw opening of 6-12 mm (WLL of 1500 kg) and a version with
a jaw opening of 6-20 mm (WLL of 2500 kg).
Load capacity Type Grab range A Weight Item no.

in kg in mm in kg
1500 IPStartec 6-12 6,6 7148.00.15
2500 IPStartec 6-20 14,5 7148.00.25
d
7NM. Vertical lifting clamp type IPNM / IPNM/P rning an
Lifting, tu g without
rtin
transpo d
g the loa
This lifting clamp can be used in almost all sectors of industry where
during lifting or transfer no damage to the material is permitted. The jaws damagin
of the lifting clamp are made of a synthetic material with a very high coeffi-
cient of friction so that sensitive plates can be held firmly and transferred
in either a vertical or horizontal position. This also applies for materials
with a very smooth surface, composites and coated plates or plates with a
very hard (impenetrable) surface.
These new lifting clamps are very user-friendly (light, compact and easy to
handle) and have a 10 year guarantee.
The model IPNM/P is equipped with a protection cap to avoid dama-
ge to the load.
Protection
cap
Type IPNM Type IPNM/P

500 0,5 IPNM 0-10 74 149 205 30 128 60 38 10 2,5 7NM0.10.05
1000 1,0 IPNM 0-20 86 187 258 30 170 80 50 10 4,1 7NM0.20.10
500 0,5 IPNM/P 0-10 82 157 213 30 145 68 48 10 2,8 7NM1.10.05
1000 1,0 IPNM/P 0-20 97 195 268 30 205 82 66 10 4,5 7NM1.20.10
7147. Lifting clamp type IPTK/IPTKW for transport of

steel profiles or as attachment point on steel beams.
Multipurpose safety lifting clamp for steel beams.
IPTK is suitable for application as a lifting clamp, attachment point and
lashing clamp.
Max. admissible diagonal pull is 15° from the centre line of the clamp. The
IPTK clamp is fitted with a spindle screw for attachment to the beam.
Optional feature: special offshore version, model IPTKO (including 3.1 B
certificate).
Also available: multipurpose beam clamp model IPTKW without lifting eye.

in kg in mm C D E F H K in kg
2000 IPTK 75-190 A+80 125 75 - 25 20 6 7147.00.20
3000 IPTK 75-190 A+80 125 75 - 25 20 6,5 7147.00.30
4000 IPTK 150-280 A+100 125 75 - 35 20 8,5 7147.00.40
5000 IPTK 120-350 A+195 125 75 - 43 20 11 7147.00.50
2000 IPTKW 75-190 A+80 125 - 28 25 - 4 7147.10.20
3000 IPTKW 75-190 A+80 125 - 28 25 - 4,5 7147.10.30
4000 IPTKW 150-280 A+100 125 - 33 35 - 6,3 7147.10.40
5000 IPTKW 120-350 A+195 125 - 33 43 - 8,8 7147.10.50
7104. Horizontal lifting clamp type IPBC

Suitable for the lifting and transfer of steel beams and plates. Can also be
used for turning (tilting) beams from the H into the I-position.
Also suitable for sagging plates. Fitted with a pretension on the material,
causing the clamp to remain on the plate after it is placed, even in unloa-
ded position.
The IPBC lifting clamps may only be used up to a top angle of maximum
60°. The clamps may be used both individually or in pairs.
For correct use of this clamp please refer to the diagrams.

Higher load capacities and other grab ranges on request.

in kg in mm in kg
B C D E F G H J K
1000 1-IPBC 0 - 20 132 52 190 26 75 135 36 16 182 3,5 7104.50.10

2000 2-IPBC 0 - 25 152 62 207 30 82 152 49 20 218 6,5 7104.50.20
3000 3-IPBC 0 - 25 117 66 - 30 82 210 57 20 225 8,5 7104.50.30
Load Suspension Equipment: Lifting magnets
Lifting magnets and

magnetic lifting beams
devices
Permanent Lifting Magnets re special
u factu ents.
Battery Magnets We man to your requirem
g
Profile Lifting Magnets accordin tact us.
on
Permanent Magnet Claws Please c
Magnetic Lifting Beams
Special Magnetic Systems
Magnetic Lifting Beams for Profile Handling
7630.
Permanent lifting magnets
model CSN
CSN magnets are extremely powerful
especially in case of air gaps or magneti-
cally hard materials. The two-pole design
with wide prism offers a high capacity for
round material and also for thin flat mate-
rial. The robust lever can be easily relea-
sed and smoothly moved.
Caution! Ensure clean

magnet and even work-
piece surfaces!
Item no. 7630.01.04 7630.01.08 7630.01.14 7630.01.33 7630.01.60

Type CSN 125 CSN 250 CSN 500 CSN 1000 CSN 2000
Recommended load capacity in kg Flat material up to 125 250 500 1000 2000
Round material up to 50 125 250 500 1000
Length in mm 95 151 246 306 480
Width in mm 60 100 120 146 165
Height to crane hook in mm 110 168 168 216 251
Round material ø in mm 50-100 60-200 65-270 100-300 150-350
Tested break-away force in daN* 400 800 1600 3200 6000
Weight in kg 3 10 19 36 90
*The tested break-away force is determined on a steel plate (St37) with machined surface and a thickness of 50 mm.
ily
ads eas
Move lo into
7670. rizontal
from ho sition
po
Lifting arm for permanent lifting magnet model CSN vertical
Extends the possible applications of your magnet!
Fixture for lifting magnets model CSN with stopper for lifting and turning of
workpieces from the horizontal into the vertical position and back. Ideal for
loading and unloading of machining centres and lathes or for load hand-
ling.
Easy fastening and dismounting of magnet within a few minutes. Adjusta-
ble to suit size and diameter of the workpiece.
Pivoting shackle suspension for vertical position.
The lifting arm can be retrofitted to existing magnets without any problems.
Works test certificate included.
Magnet not included!
Item no. 7670.00.52 7670.01.20 7670.01.00

Type CSN-HV 250 CSN-HV 500 CSN-HV 1000
Recommended load capacity in kg
Flat material up to 250 500 1000
Tested break-away force in daN* 800 1600 3200
Length x width in mm 958 x 210 1158 x 275 1158 x 295
Magnet height incl. suspension eye in mm 255 255 295
For workpiece length or ø in mm 300 - 800 300 - 1000 300 - 1000
For workpiece thickness from in mm 4 6 8
*The tested break-away force is determined on a steel plate (St37) with

machined surface and a thickness of 50 mm.
7644. Battery lifting magnet

with infrared remote control
Model BM with flat bottom is suitable for lifting of flat materials and equip-
ped with 1 or 2 magnets. “Tip-off” mode that allows dropping excess
plates in case multiple plates have been picked up from a stack is availa-
ble on request.
Model BMP is a bi-polar design with V-shaped bottom for lifting of profi-
les, tubes and round material but also for flat material.
• Robust steel housing with control and charge unit and maintenance-
free 12 V battery.
• Safety switch connected with crane eye avoids switching-off during
lifting.
• LED display shows battery charge level, acoustic signal, switch lock
• Magnet can be operated either by infrared handheld control (range
4,5 m) or by push-buttons on the magnet.
• Includes battery and infrared remote control
Item no. 7644.00.30 7644.00.55 7644.00.60 7644.00.50 7644.00.25

Type BM 1350 BM 2500 BM 3600 BM 5000 BMP 1800
Magnet details flat/1 magnet flat/1 magnet flat/1 magnet flat/2 magnets V-shaped/1 magnet
Recommended load capacity Flat material 1350 2500 3600 5000 1800
Round material - - - - 1100
Tested break-away load in daN* 2700 5000 7200 10000 3600
For round material ø in mm - - - - 25-300
Length x width in mm 272 x 242 400 x 242 1050 x 240 1200 x 300 470 x 242
Height up to crane hook in mm 460 460 460 460 610
Battery capacity in Ah 31 75 75 75 75
Discharge time at 50% duty 8 8 8 8 8
Weight in kg 60 72 180 203 167
*The tested break-away force is determined on a steel plate (St37) with machined surface and a thickness of 50 mm.
7680. Battery lifting magnet type BAT GRIP

with radio remote control
Ideal for handling of ferrous metal loads of any shape or size.
• High performance: The load can be stacked without spacers. It is
always picked up from the top, without deformation or other damage to
the load.
• Long operating time: Over 500 MAG/DEMAG cycles are possible with-
out recharging the battery. Low energy consumption.
• Easy handling: Even in restricted access areas the magnet can be ope-
rated by the radio remote control (range 30 m) without intervention of
the operator
• Handle bar: A 360° tubular handle bar allows the magnet to be positio-
ned easily and helps to avoid damage or accidents.
• Easy charging: The BAT GRIP is supplied with a built-in battery charger,
complete with recharging cable.
• High cycle frequency: The MAG/DEMAG cycles take approx.1 second
and can be performed from either the remote control or by push-but-
tons on the magnet.
• 2x12 V DC battery included
Flat material Round material Dimensions in mm Battery Weight Item no.

max. max.length max.width min. max. load max. length min. ø min. A B C D (height capacity
load thickness thickness (length) (width) (height) with
in kg in mm in mm in mm in kg in mm in mm in mm lifting eye) in Ah in kg
3000 3000 2500 25 700 2000 150 25 690 328 490 660 30 160 7680.00.30
7643. Permanent lifting magnets MaxX

The latest patented magnet technology allows lifting capacities of 20-50
times the self-weight of the magnet. Equipped with safety device against
unintentional release. Improved safety, as independent from electric energy.
The only moving part, the rotor, has its fulcrum on ball bearings and doesn’t
develop any physical contact during rotation. High load capacity also in case
of big air gap, rough or scaled surfaces. A single operator can pick up the
load safely and quickly without damage or deformation.
Delivery c/w individual test certificate
Flat material Round material Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

Load capacity Min.material Load capacity max. A B C D E F G in kg
in kg thickness in mm in kg Material-Ø
in mm
125 20 50 300 121 132 79 79 66 44 30 3,7 7643.00.01

250 20 100 300 189 185 79 79 63 35 43 6 7643.00.02
500 25 200 400 249 235 106 101 88 52 60 15 7643.00.05
1000 40 400 450 342 316 133 131 88 52 60 34 7643.00.10
1500 45 600 500 383 457 166 171 122 64 87 66 7643.00.15
2000 55 800 600 457 457 166 171 122 64 87 80 7643.00.20
7643.0A Lifting arm for MaxX magnets

For vertical lifting
Load capacity Dimension A in Dimension B in Weight Item no.

in kg mm mm in kg
250 750 250 12 7643.0A.02
500 1000 300 15 7643.0A.05
1000 1000 350 16 7643.0A.10
Caution! 30% WLL reduction in vertical lift!
76TG. Permanent lifting

magnets MaxX TG for thin
metal sheets
The easiest, safest and most effi-
cient way to transport thin metal
sheets or thin-walled tubes.
• Solid block construction
• High power due to permanent
magnet
• Surface specially treated against
corrosion and wear
Type Flat material Round material Max.length Dimensions in mm Weight/p Item no.
WLL Min. material WLL Max. in mm A B C D E F G H ce
in kg thickness in kg material Ø in kg
in mm in mm
MaxX TG 150 150 8 60 240 1500 142 130 31 79 189 170 43 35 6 76TG.00.01
MaxX TG 300 300 10 120 290 2000 190 165 39 106 250 230 60 52 16 76TG.00.03
7643.M Mini lifting beam type MFB

The easiest, safest and most efficient way to transport thin metal sheets
or thin-walled tubes.
The pictured magnets and hooks are not included.
MFB-500 MFB-2000
MFB 500
Configuration Flat material Round material Weight /pce Item no.
WLL in kg Max.length Max.width WLL in kg Max.length in kg
in mm in mm in mm
2 MaxX 250 400 3000 1500 200 3000 37 7643.MT.05
2 MaxX 200 E 500 3000 1500 200 3000 37 7643.MT.05
2 MaxX TG 150 200 3000 1500 100 3000 37 7643.MT.05
2 MaxX TG 300 500 3000 1500 250 3000 37 7643.MT.05
MFB 2000
Configuration Flat material Round material Weight /pce Item no.
WLL in kg Max.length Max.width WLL in kg Max.length in kg
in mm in mm in mm
2 MaxX 500 800 3000 1500 400 3000 75 7643.MT.20
2 MaxX 1000 1500 3000 1500 750 3000 75 7643.MT.20
2 MaxX 1500 2000 3000 1500 1000 3000 75 7643.MT.20
2 MaxX 2000 3000 3000 1500 1000 3000 75 7643.MT.20
2 MaxX 600 E 900 3000 1500 500 3000 75 7643.MT.20
7643.S Permanent magnet module type SML

for handling single plates or semi-finished blocks
NEW! E
• Ideal solution for handling loads with small air gap

• Excellent weight-capacity ratio
• Uniformly spread magnet force due to multipole circuit A
Optional accessory:
Cable drum ACV/1
ØC
Load Length Width Min. load Dimensions in mm Weight/ Item no.

capacity of load of load thickness A B C D E pce
B
in kg in mm in mm in mm in kg
5000 1000-5000 1000-2500 8 1070 760 620 180 100 500 7643.SM.L50
10000 1000-5000 1000-2500 8 1140 950 830 266 133 700 7643.SM.L100
15000 1000-5000 1000-2500 8 1140 1350 1200 266 133 1000 7643.SM.L150
7643.B Fixed magnetic beam

type BF2 for plates up to 6 m length NEW!
• Electrically switchable permanent magnets
• 2 cross beams with 2 magnetic modules each
• Load-bearing framework manufactured
of high-grade steel
Optional accessory:
Cable drum ACV/1
SRM manual tilting device by 90°
Load Length Width Min. load Dimensions in mm Weight/ Item no.

capacity of load of load thickness A B C D E pce
3700 3200-6000 500-3500 5 500 1246 230 2900 3130 1100 7643.BF.3700
6000 3200-6000 500-3500 5 500 1246 230 2900 3130 1100 7643.BF.6000
9000 3200-6000 500-3500 8 500 1246 230 2900 3130 1350 7643.BF.9000
7643.T Permanent magnet telescopic beam

type TM4 for sheets up to 12 m length
NEW!
• Electrically switchable permanent magnets
• Lifts single sheets of up to 12 m length
• 4 crossbeams with 2 magnetic modules each
• Load-bearing framework manufactured of high-grade
steel
• Integrated hydraulic system for positioning of the tele-
scopic arms
• Monobloc magnetic modules with spring suspension
adapt automatically to structure and flexion of the load A
• Holding force regulation APC
• Cross beam selection
D
B
Optional accessory: F E
C
Cable drum ACV/1 I H
SRM manual tilting device by 90° L
Load capacity Length of load Width of load Min. load Dimensions in mm Weight/ Item no.
in kg in mm in mm thickness in A B C D E F H I L pce in kg
mm
7500 3000-12000 500-3500 5 2450 500 1246 230 2800 1500 5800 1500 8800 2800 7643.TM.0750
10000 3000-12000 500-3500 5 2450 500 1246 230 2800 1500 5800 1500 8800 2800 7643.TM.1000
12000 3000-12000 500-3500 5 2450 500 1246 230 2800 1500 5800 1500 8800 2800 7643.TM.1200
14000 3000-12000 500-3500 8 2450 500 1246 230 2800 1500 5800 1500 8800 2800 7643.TM.1400
18000 3000-12000 500-3500 8 2450 500 1246 230 2800 1500 5800 1500 8800 2800 7643.TM.1800
Also available: Type TM6 for plates up to 16 m length, with 6 crossbeams
7634. Permanent lifting magnet model NEO-AIR

NEW!
Powerful pneumatically operated NEO permanent magnet. Magnetisa-
tion and demagnetisation is effected by pressurising the pneumatic cylin-
der using an external air valve (not included).
• Bi-stable pneumatic cylinder (no load release in case of air cut-off)
• Suitable for flat and round material
• Compact, lightweight design
• Designed for intensive use
• Suitable for use with handling devices and robots
• Optional inductive switch for status detection (MAG/DEMAG)
Item no. 7634.03.00 7634.05.00

Type NEO-AIR 250 NEO-AIR 500
Recommended load cap. up to kg* flat material 250 500
round material 125 250
Nominal air pressure in bar 6 6
Tested break-away force in daN** 800 1500
Round material ø min./max. in mm 60/200 60/250
Dimensions length x width in mm 152 x 120 224 x 120
Height including lifting eye in mm 291/371 291/371
Weight in kg 25 38
* The recommended load capacity is based on a safety factor of at

least 3.
** The tested break-away force is determined on a steel plate (St37) with
machined surface and a thickness of 50 mm.
7633. Electro permanent lifting magnet NEO-EP NEW!

The lifting magnets NEO-EP are suitable for easy handling of flat and
round material up to 1000 kg. They ensure a high level of safety due
to their high-energy Neodym magnets.
• Electrically operated permanent magnet
• Suitable for flat and round material
• Low power consumption after switching-on
• Magnetic force remains in case of power failure
• Strong holding force even on rough or uneven surfaces
• Push buttons for easy operation
• Low maintenance cost, no wearing parts
Typical fields of application:

• Loading and unloading of machine tools
• Lifting and transport in storage facilities
• Lifting and handling of workpieces in assembly and production
• Intensive handling with robots
Item no. 7633.01.25 7633.02.50 7633.05.00 7633.10.00

Type NEO-EP 125 NEO-EP 250 NEO-EP 500 NEO-EP 1000
Recommended load cap. up to kg* flat material 125 250 500 1000
round material 65 125 250 500
Power supply in VAC 230 230 230 230
Power consumption in A 2,5 4,7 6,7 8
Dimensions length x width in mm 210 x 65 270 x 125 370 x 125/167 445 x 125/167
Height to crane hook in mm 170 350 425 425
Weight in kg 13 40 54 70
Remote control
Item no. 7633.FE.B1 7633.FE.B1 7633.FE.B1 7633.FE.B1
*The capacity is determined on a steel plate (St37) with machined surface

and a thickness of 50 mm based on a safety factor of at least 3. The capa-
city varies with workpiece material, thickness and surface quality.
7650. Permanent magnet

claws for hand and crane
operation
For economic and safe transfer of
sheet metal and steel parts
• Permanent magnetic tool with high
and perpetual magnetic power
• No magnetisation of the work piece
• Completely maintenance-free, only
the contact surface has to be kept
clean
Type MK120 MK170
for thin sheets and small pre-cut parts
Type MK170 – our bestseller!
specially suitable for medium plates
Type MK300
for heavy plates, scaled plates, heavy
work pieces, tightened safety regulati-
ons apply
Type MK250KS and MK500KS
with crane eye for crane operation for
horizontal and vertical lifting
MK500 KS
MK500 KS im Einsatz
Item no. 7650.01.20 7650.01.70 7650.03.00 7650.02.50 7650.05.00
Type MK 120 MK 170 MK 300 MK 250 KS MK 500 KS
Operation Hand Hand Hand Crane Crane
Load capacity in kg 120 170 300 250 300
Drag capacity in kg 70 100 180 100 125
Max.sheet thickness in mm 1-2 1-4 ab 2 ab 4 ab 4
Contact surface in mm 140 x 84 140 x 116 160 x 180 290 x 125 290 x 180
Weight in kg 1,4 1,8 3,5 7,2 10,5
Magnet Testing
and Repair
We test permanent magnets, battery magnets
and electric magnets according to the current
rules and regulations.
Repairs up to a capacity of 20 t are carried out

in Suessen, Frankfurt and Munich, and up to
5 t in Wuerzburg.
Vacuum Technology
Suction Lifters
Self-suction Vacuum Lifting Devices
Vacuum Tube Lifters
Vacuum Lifting Devices for
horizontal or vertical Lifting and Turning
Accessories for Vacuum Lifting Devices
le
Load Suspension Equipment: Suction Lifters major ro
...play a to
comes
when it r
, transfe
handling bly
em
and ass
8950. Plate carrying device made of light alloy
For gentle and safe transport of metal, wooden, light alloy, glass and
plastic plates. The load is held firmly between 2 anti-slip rubber-lined
pads. The heavier the load, the tighter the grip.
Type 5000101 Typ 5000102

Load capacity Type Max.grab range Pad size Number Weight Item no.
per pair in kg in mm in mm of hand grips in kg
80 5000101 25 200 x 80 1 1,2 8950.50.00101
160 5000102 40 240 x 100 2 1,8 8950.50.00102
8950. Single pad suction lifter type 601

le
y suitab or
Aluminium suction lifter with high load capacity for big loads. Suitable for Speciall d
tly c e
urv
all materials with smooth and airtight surfaces like glass, plastic, metal, for sligh rfa ce s.
su
textured
coated wood and marble. Extra safety due to visual vacuum control at
pump tappet.
Carrying case included.
8950. Single pad suction lifter type 601.2

with hand pump. Lifter made of sturdy aluminium with special suction pad
suitable for curved or textured surfaces. Can be used with all materials
with smooth and airtight surfaces like glass, plastic, metal, coated wood
and marble.
Load capacity Type Surface of load Suction pad ø Weight Item no.
in kg in mm in kg
80 601.2 rough + textured 220 1,710 8950.601.2
120 601 smooth 210 1,630 8950.06.00
8950. Single pad suction lifter

Sturdy aluminium construction. Proof tested by German BG and certified
with GS-mark. Best possible safety due to permanently visible vacuum
control.
The vacuum is created by using by a hand pump.
Surface has to be airtight

to create a vacuum.
in kg in mm in kg
120 601.1BL smooth 210 1,970 8950.601.1BL
8950. Single pad suction lifter with hand pump
• For ergonomic and safe work.

• Newly designed ergonomic handle with anti-slip coating and
larger gripping space.
• The rounded pump tappet allows quicker and more convenient
operation.
in kg in mm in kg
120 601BL smooth 210 1,400 8950.60.13
Load Suspension Equipment: Suction Lifters
8950. Single pad suction lifter

This suction lifter stands out by its user-friendly one-handed operation.
Best possible vacuum is created when hand grip is in its safe end posi-
tion. The hand grip is of high-grade fibre-glass reinforced plastic.
* Surface has to be airtight

to create a vacuum.
Carrying case included
with model S0.0BL
Load capacity Type Surface Suction pad ø Dimensions ø x h Weight Item no.
in kg of load in mm in mm in kg
30 600.0BL smooth 120 120 x 100 0,510 (1 pce) 8950.600.0BL
30 S0.0BL smooth 120 120 x 100 1,510 (2 pcs + case*) 8950.S0.0BL
25 600.02BL slightly curved + textured 120 120 x 100 0,510 (1 pce) 8950.600.02BL
8950. Two pad suction lifter with lengthwise handle

Safe handling and best comfort are reached by ample gripping space and
ergonomic hand grip. A safe vacuum is created by the blue rocker levers
made from wear-free plastic material.

Carrying case included to create a vacuum.
with model S2.4BL
60 602.4BL smooth 120 345 x 120 x 80 0,980 (1 pce) 8950.602.4BL
60 S2.4BL smooth 120 345 x 120 x 80 2,500 (2 pcs + case*) 8950.S2.4BL
50 602.42BL slightly curved + textured 120 345 x 120 x 80 1,010 (1 pce) 8950.602.42BL
8950. Two pad suction lifter with crosswise handle

Due to its specific design this suction lifter has an outstanding stability as
well as ample gripping space. Thanks to the optimised handle position
higher loads can be realised.
Carrying case included Surface has to be airtight

with model S2.0BL to create a vacuum.
50 602.02BL slightly curved + textured 120 320 x 120 x 90 1,080 (1 pce) 8950.602.02BL
8950. Three pad suction lifter

The strongest rocker lever lifter of the new “blue line” series. Also this
model offers increased gripping space with ergonomically designed hand
grip and thus ensures best possible force locking.

Carrying case included to create a vacuum.
with model S3.0BL
Load Suspension Equipment: Vacuum Lifting Devices
y
German
8911. Self-suction vacuum lifting device Made in
for smooth and non porous loads
Capacities up to 4000 kg
• Independent from electric power supply
• Automatic switching mechanism
• Plug and play –immediately ready for use
• Standard and individual solutions for different surfaces
Other advantages:
• Largely maintenance-free even under hard conditions.
• Gentle transport of loads with sensitive surfaces.
• Enhanced safety by additional optical and acoustic warning device
(according to DIN EN 13155)
• Easy operation by the crane control: When the device is set down
(suspension chain slackens) it switches automatically from vacuum
to no suction and vice-versa.
• Suitable for in- and outdoor use
• Fully developed due to 40 years of experience
All versions of a specific type use the same basic unit. Different beam
types, suction pad arrangements and high quality sealing rings are availa-
ble. If required the devices can be fitted with oil- or heat-resistant sealing
rings.
Type Load capacity Number of suction Suction pad ø D Pad Beam length Overall Self weight Item no.
in kg pads in mm arrangement in mm height H in kg
in mm
U 01-E 75 1 210 single - 440 6,7 8911.00.01

U 02-E 270 1 350 single - 615 25 8911.00.03
U 075-E 640 1 480 single - 850 78 8911.00.07
U 125-E 1100 1 625 single - 950 135 8911.00.12
U 02-2 300 2 350 single-row 1500 815 67 8911.20.03
U 02-4 300 4 250 single-row 2000 880 68 8911.40.03
U 02-6 270 6 210 double-row 2000 / 1000 930 86 8911.60.03
U 075-2 750 2 415 single-row 1500 1070 141 8911.20.07
U 075-3 750 3 350 single-row 2000 1180 151 8911.30.07
U 075-6 650 6 250 double-row 2250 / 1000 1210 175 8911.60.07
U 125-2 1250 2 625 single-row 1500 1220 285 8911.20.12
U 125-4K 1000 4 350 single-row 2500 1300 250 8911.40.10
U 125-4L 1250 4 415 single-row 4000 1320 355 8911.40.12
Vacuum tube lifter Jumbo • Load capacities from 20-300 kg • Rapid movement of heavy loads, • Systems are adaptable to indivi-
are available efficient and ergonomic at lifting dual requirements
Easy, fast and efficient handling • Ergonomic handling/picking of speeds up to 70 m/min • Reliable and flexible operation
different loads: cardboard boxes, • Highly versatile lifting systems
buckets, jerry cans, barrels etc. due to modular concept
8918. NEW!
JumboFlex
– the innovative solution!
• Load capacity 20/35 kg
• Single-hand control for right-
and left-handers
• Fast and sensitive
• High energy efficiency Integrated Flexible load pick-up
• Many integrated functions quick change adapter • The suction pad swivels by 90°
included • Tube lifter with quick and allows lateral load pick-up
change adapter • After being picked up the load
• Suction pads can be automatically moves into a hori-
changed within a second zontal position
without any tools
Tube lifter JumboFlex – basic unit
Type Load Lifting Lifting Power Weight Item no.
capacity height speed output in kg
in kg in mm in m/min in kW
JumboFlex 20 20 1500 0-60 0,8 3,6 8918.00.01
JumboFlex 20 20 1800 0-60 0,8 3,9 8918.00.02
JumboFlex 35 35 1500 0-50 1,25 4,2 8918.00.03
JumboFlex 35 35 1800 0-50 1,25 4,5 8918.00.04
Unlimited rotation Filter and setting the
“All inclusive”: Vacuum pump 400V/50Hz (sound pressure level approx.
• The JumboFlex tube lifter floating state
67 dB (A)), lifting tube with control unit, rotating insert for free rotation of
rotates by 360° • Filter is easy to remove for clea-
the lifting tube and the control unit, protective tube, quick change adapter,
• The load can also can also be ning or replacement without any
rotating unit, slewing unit
rotated below the control unit tools
and can be locked in 90° steps • Easy setting of the floating height
without load
Necessary components
Air hose with inner ø of 25 mm for connection 8918.00.09
between tube lifter and vacuum pump
Motor protection switch for vacuum pump 8918.00.08
Suction pads available

Type Item no. Item no. Item no.
Round pad Double pad Sack pad
JumboFlex 20 8918.00.05 8918.00.06 -
JumboFlex 35 8918.00.05 8918.00.06 8918.00.07
Round pad RG Double pad DG Sack pad SG

• Ideal adaption to different • For handling cardboard boxes, • For handling plastic sacks
workpieces solar panels and other objects up to 25 kg
• Integrated quick change adapter • Integrated quick change adapter • Integrated quick change adapter
Other options available:

• Additional dust filter
• Noise insulation hood to reduce the noise of the vacuum pump to approx.58 dB(A)
• Adapter kit for attachment of generator to pillar jib crane
• Compressed air drive
• Country-specific electric versions
8915. Connection hose

Vacuum tube lifter
2.000 - 6.000 mm
JumboErgo, JumboSprint Crane
• Load capacities from 35-300 kg Vacuum-
are available pump
• Robust and reliable system
• Specially suitable for fast hand-
ling of porous workpieces
• Ergo control unit with twist grip
for handling of cardboard boxes
or sheets
3.550 mm
Lifting unit
• Sprint control unit for sack
handling
• Durable and smooth running Control unit
vacuum pump
1.700 mm
Suction pad
Crane, fastening kit for vacuum pump and connection hose

suspension are not included.
Tube lifter Jumbo without suction pad
Type Load capa- Lifting speed Power self weight Item no. Item no.
city in kg in m/min in kW in kg Ergo Sprint
Jumbo 35 35 0-70 3,0 12 8915.00.35 8916.00.35
Jumbo 45 45 0-70 3,0 12 8915.00.45 8916.00.45
Jumbo 65 65 0-70 4,0 16 8915.00.65 8916.00.65
Jumbo 85 85 0-55 4,0 17 8915.00.85 8916.00.85 Single pad EG with control unit
Jumbo 110 110 0-45 4,0 23 8915.01.10 8916.01.10 Ergo (e.g. for smooth surfaces, big
Jumbo 140 140 0-30 4,0 30 8915.01.40 8916.01.40
plates, cartons)
Scope of delivery:
Vacuum pump 230/400 V, 50 Hz (sound pressure level approx.72 dB (A)), lifting unit (lifting height approx.1700
mm) with control unit, rotation insert for rotating the lifting hose and the handle bar, painted RAL 7035 light grey.
Necessary components
Double pad DG with beam and
Air hose with inner ø of 60 mm for connection between tube lifter 8917.00.01 control unit Ergo (e.g. for open or
and vacuum pump
closed cartons)
Dust filter to protect the pump from damage 8917.00.04
Motor protection switch for vacuum pump 8917.00.02
Suction pads available

Type Item no. Item no. Item no. Item no.
single pad double pad sack pad round pad
Jumbo 35 8917.10.35 8917.20.35 8917.30.35 8917.40.35
Jumbo 45 8917.10.45 8917.20.45 8917.30.45 8917.40.45
Sack pad SG with control unit
Jumbo 65 8917.10.65 8917.20.65 8917.30.65 8917.40.65
Sprint (for plastic and paper sacks)
Jumbo 85 8917.10.85 8917.20.85 8917.30.85 8917.40.85
Jumbo 110 8917.11.10 8917.21.10 8917.31.10 8917.41.10
Jumbo 140 8917.11.40 8917.21.40 - 8917.41.40
Double pads: Jumbo 35-85 has a beam length of 400 mm, Jumbo 110 and 140 have a beam length of 800 mm.
On request:
• Quick-change adapter for fast and easy changing of different suction pads or mechanical grabs.
• Swivelling units (also pneumatic) for vertical turning of 2-dimensional loads
• Noise insulation hood to reduce sound level of pump to approx. 65 dB(A) Round pad RG with control unit
• Adapter kit for attachment of vacuum pump to pillar jib crane Sprint (for barrel and parts hand-
• Other lifting heights (2100 mm) ling)
• Compressed air drive
• Country-specific electric versions
• Stainless steel versions
• Explosion-proof version according to ATEX
VacuMaster Basic / Comfort –

The latest generation of vacuum lifting devices
Handling made easy with the new vacuum lifting devices VacuMaster Basic
and Comfort.
• Load capacities range from 125 to 750 kg (1000-2000 kg on request).
• For vertical or horizontal transport or for turning.
• Ergonomic handling for work pieces with tight surface: metal sheets,
barrels, glass panels, chequer plates, scaled plates etc.
• No mechanical damage to the load by jaws, clamps or chains.
• Complete systems offer high flexibility due to modular design.
VacuMaster Basic, capacity 250 kg, for swivelling of work pieces
Accessories:
Spiral cable for power supply Item no.
Lifting device Spiral cable
horizontal 4 core cable (4x1 mm², length 3000 mm) 8946.10.04
Cranes:
Jib cranes or single girder cranes with all necessary accessories to
connect the vacuum lifting device are available in many different versions.
Please contact us!
VacuMaster Comfort, capacity 250 kg, horizontal
The highlights of the new product range: 1. 2.

1. Main beam fabricated from aluminium profiles with integrated vacuum
reservoir and distributor
2. Unique manual slide valve with non-jamming notch.
3. Simple and easy moving of suction pads and cross beams thanks to
state-of-the-art technical plastic material.
4. Ergonomic handle bar with bracket for pendant control of hoist
Quick suction of work pieces, safety in case of power outage

Foolproof operation
Simple and easy moving of suction pads and cross beams without cau- 3. 4.
sing scratches
Fatigue-free working
VacuMaster Basic – the extensive standard equipment VacuMaster Comfort – the “high end” equipment
Basic configuration same as VacuMaster basic, plus these additional
• Highly versatile vacuum lifting device features:
• Pump size, handle bar length, main and cross beam can be adapted to
your individual application • Ergonomically integrated push-button control: hoist “up/down”,
• Main beam with integrated vacuum reservoir and distributor vacuum “on/off”, for swivelling devices: “vertical/horizontal”.
• Ergonomic handle bar • Solenoid valve with two-hand operation for "vacuum off"
• Electronic warning device, non-return valve • Regulated vacuum pump with automatic energy-saving function
• 90° swivelling or 180° turning on request • Complete with chain hoist
• Optional frequency control for infinitely variable operation
VacuMaster lifting devices for horizontal handling

Type Load Handle bar Delivery Suction pads Beam length in mm Selection help size/ Item no.
capacity length volume for metal sheets thickness
in kg in mm of pump Quantity Ø in mm Cross beam Main beam in mm in mm
in m³/h
VM Basic 125/2 125 645 4 2 210 - 1600 KF; 0,5-8,0 41 8940.02.01

VM Basic 125/4 125 645 4 4 160 800 1600 KF; 0,5-4,0 und MF; 4,0-5,0 54 8940.04.01
VM Basic 125/6 125 645 4 6 125 800 1600 MF; 0,5-3,0 59 8940.06.01
VM Basic 250/2 250 645 4 2 250 - 1600 KF; >0,5 42 8940.02.02
VM Basic 250/4 250 645 4 4 210 800 1600 MF; >5,0 52 8940.04.02
VM Basic 250/6 250 645 4 6 160 800 1600 MF; 0,5-4,0; GF; >0,5 54 8940.06.02
VM Basic 250/8 250 645 8 8 160 800 2400 2000x4000; >0,5 74 8940.08.02
VM Basic 500/6 500 660 8 6 210 800 1600 GF; 0,5-6,0 75 8940.06.05
VM Basic 750/6 750 960 8 6 250 800 2400 GF; 0,5-20,0 89 8940.06.07
KF= small size: 1000 x 2000 mm, MF= medium size: 1250 x 2500 mm, GF =large size: 1500 x 3000 mm
VacuMaster lifting devices for 90° swivelling (180° on request)

Type Load Delivery volume of Suction pads Beam length in mm Self weight Item no.
capacity in kg pump in m³/h Quantity Ø in mm Cross beam Main beam in kg
VM Basic 125/2-90 125 4 2 s ** 360 - 1600 78 8941.02.01
VM Basic 125/4-90 125 4 4 g** 210 800 1600 82 8941.14.01
VM Basic 250/4-90 250 8 4 g** 360 800 1600 94 8941.02.02
VM Basic 500/4-90 500 8 6 g** 360 800 2400 160 8941.04.03
**s = fixed suction pads, g = adjustable suction pads
Handy –
–
Flexible
8947. VacuMaster Light for ergonomic handling Safe!
of loads up to 100 kg
Are you still lifting and moving work pieces by hand?
The vacuum lifting device VacuMaster Light from Carl Stahl with easily
adjustable suction pads will do this job for you – it’s safe and convenient!
Your benefits:
• Quick and flexible suction pad adjustment for easy handling of different
work pieces.
• Easy installation: Attach to the crane hook, connect the air hose – ready
to use!
• No obstructive air hoses due to integrated vacuum duct.
• Due to its compact size even small work pieces can be stacked without
any problems.
• Maximum possible safety during handling thanks to intelligent warning
device.
VacuMaster Light, capacity 100 kg, lifting a steel body
• Low self weight for easy and ergonomic handling.
• Short payback period due to low investment costs
Possible applications:
• Different airtight materials like barrels, furniture parts, profiles etc. Accessories:
• For loads up to 100 kg Description Item no.
• Feeding of machines, assembly work stations, packaging etc.
Spiral air hose (connection to VM Light), with quick-coupler, 8946.14.00
extended length 2,5 m
Air supply hose (air source to lifting device) with quick-coupler, 8946.13.00
length 12 m
Type Load Handle bar length Suction pads Air consumption Surface of load Item no.
capacity in kg in mm Number * Ø in mm in Nl/min
VM L1 100-1 100 280 1 250 105 Smooth, tight/slightly porous 8947.10.01
VM L1 100-4 100 280 4* 120 105 Smooth, tight/slightly porous 8947.10.04
* Adjustable suction pads
Load Suspension Equipment: Load Measuring Devices
7910./7911. Dynamometer Your advantages:

and load indicator with digital display • Tare suppression over the whole measuring range
• Standard peak value display
Digital dynamometers according to European Standards • Automatic zero when switched on
EN 55022 and 50082.2 (electro-magnetic compatibility). • Automatic shutdown
• Low energy consumption (1 set of batteries lasts 350 hrs)
• Printer / PC connection
• Accuracy: 0,2% of result
• Modern design
• Range of radio control: 60-80 m (frequency 433,92 MHz)
Dynamometer and load indicator with digital display

with radio remote control type LLXTR
Suitable
bow shackle
Measuring Min. value Dimensions Weight Item no. Item no.
range in t in kg L x W x H in mm in kg
0,25 0,1 190 x 83 x 56 1,3 7910.00.02 5650.00.15

0,5 0,2 190 x 83 x 56 1,3 7910.00.05 5650.00.15
1,25 0,5 190 x 83 x 56 1,3 7910.00.12 5650.00.15
2,5 1 214 x 83 x 56 1,6 7910.00.25 5650.00.32
5 2 234 x 90 x 56 2,1 7910.00.50 5650.00.65
12,5 5 310 x 110 x 58 4,0 7910.01.25 5650.01.35
25 10 360 x 134 x 68 6,8 7910.02.50 5650.02.50
50 20 440 x 164 x 98 15,2 7910.05.00 5650.05.50
100 50 660 x 260 x 118 46 7910.10.00 -
250 100 905 x 424 x 248 215 7910.25.00 -
Scope of delivery: Plastic case, 100 t and over: wooden box, batteries
Dynanometer type LLX

Suitable
bow shackle
Measuring Min. value Dimensions Weight Item no. Item no.
0,25 0,1 190 x 83 x 56 1,1 7911.00.02 5650.00.15

0,5 0,2 190 x 83 x 56 1,1 7911.00.05 5650.00.15
1,25 0,5 190 x 83 x 56 1,1 7911.00.12 5650.00.15
2,5 1 214 x 83 x 56 1,4 7911.00.25 5650.00.32
5 2 234 x 90 x 56 1,9 7911.00.50 5650.00.65
12,5 5 310 x 110 x 58 3,8 7911.01.25 5650.01.35
25 10 360 x 134 x 68 6,6 7911.02.50 5650.02.50
50 20 440 x 164 x 98 15 7911.05.00 5650.05.50
100 50 660 x 260 x 118 46 7911.10.00 -
250 100 905 x 424 x 248 215 7911.25.00 -
Scope of delivery: Plastic case, 100 t and over: wooden box, batteries
7910./7911./7913./7914.
Digital Dynamometers LLX2 NEW! Your advantages:
• High accuracy: 0,1% of result
• Improved attachment heads allow connection with shackles and stan-
The new generation of digital Carl Stahl dynamometers with dard chain accessories
detachable display unit and USB port. • Shock and weather-proof: protected IP66 / NEMA 4
• Display units are compatible with all LLX2 dynamometers
• Many interlinking possibilities for measuring and display units
• Range of radio control up to 80 m
• Easy operation due to clear menu navigation
• Low energy consumption (300-1000 hrs depending on application)
• PC connection by integrated USB port
Digital dynamometers LLX2 including display unit

Measuring Min. value in Dimensions Weight Item no.
range in t kg L x W x H in mm in kg*
0,5 0,1 248 x 100 x 100 2,3 7913.00.05

1 0,2 248 x 100 x 100 2,3 7913.00.10
2 0,5 248 x 100 x 100 2,3 7913.00.20
3,2 0,5 248 x 100 x 100 2,3 7913.00.32
5 1 290 x 100 x 100 3,35 7913.00.50
6,3 1 290 x 100 x 100 3,35 7913.00.63
10 2 341 x 100 x 100 6,45 7913.01.00
* Plus weight of display unit 0,18 kg
Digital dynamometers LLX2 without display unit

Measuring Min. value Dimensions Weight Item no.
0,5 0,1 248 x 100 x 100 2,3 7914.00.05

1 0,2 248 x 100 x 100 2,3 7914.00.10
2 0,5 248 x 100 x 100 2,3 7914.00.20
3,2 0,5 248 x 100 x 100 2,3 7914.00.32
5 1 290 x 100 x 100 3,35 7914.00.50 PC connection kit
6,3 1 290 x 100 x 100 3,35 7914.00.63
10 2 341 x 100 x 100 6,45 7914.01.00 The PC connection kit allows
to record measuring results
and process them on the PC.
This software allows parallel

display of the measuring results
of up to 8 dynamometers. The
results can be displayed as
numerical values or diagrams.
The values can also be saved
in Excel format and printed as
spreadsheets or diagrams.
Display Unit LLX2 Please contact us for details.
Measuring Digit height Dimensions Weight Item no.

range in t in mm L x W x H in mm in kg
0,5 - 10 25 131 x 26,7 x 82 0,18 7913.B0.01
NEW!
7925./7920./7921.
Digital crane scale,
C
lightweight version
The new generation of digital
Carl Stahl crane scales with a
measuring range up to 12,5 ton
can be connected with any attach-
ment point. In production, inco-
ming goods inspection, materials
testing and stock-taking, shipping
departments or on construction
sites.
Your advantages:
• Operation temperature -10°C B A
(+14°F) to +40°C (+104 °F)
• Accuracy 0,1% of result
• Tare suppression over the whole
measuring range
• Standard peak value display
• Automatic zero when switched on D
• Automatic shutdown to save
batteries
• Low energy consumption
• Weather-proof weighing unit
(protected IP65) made of special
aluminium with eye and hook
• Operated by weather-proof plastic
foil keypad located on the front
side below the display
Type MWX++ including batteries

Max. measuring Minimum Weighing unit Digit Overall dimensions in mm Weight in kg Item no.
range in tons value in kg dimensions height
(L x W x H) in mm in mm A B C D
0,5 0,2 136 x 160 x 126 25 470 423 50 30 4,3 7925.00.05
1 0,5 136 x 160 x 126 25 470 423 50 30 4,3 7925.00.10
2 1 136 x 160 x 126 25 470 423 50 30 4,3 7925.00.20
3,2 1 136 x 160 x 126 25 470 423 50 30 4,3 7925.00.32
5 2 206 x 203 x 167 44 694 620 85 41 9 7925.00.50
6,3 2 206 x 203 x 167 44 694 620 85 41 9 7925.00.63
12,5 5 206 x 203 x 167 44 913 800 98 63 20,5 7925.01.25
Type MWX++IR with infrared remote control

0,5 0,2 136 x 160 x 126 25 470 423 50 30 4,3 7920.00.05
1 0,5 136 x 160 x 126 25 470 423 50 30 4,3 7920.00.10
2 1 136 x 160 x 126 25 470 423 50 30 4,3 7920.00.20
3,2 1 136 x 160 x 126 25 470 423 50 30 4,3 7920.00.32
5 2 206 x 203 x 167 44 694 620 85 41 9 7920.00.50
6,3 2 206 x 203 x 167 44 694 620 85 41 9 7920.00.63
12,5 5 206 x 203 x 167 44 913 800 98 63 20,5 7920.01.25
Type MWX++TR with radio remote control (frequency 433.92 Mhz)

0,5 0,2 136 x 160 x 126 25 470 423 50 30 4,3 7921.00.05
1 0,5 136 x 160 x 126 25 470 423 50 30 4,3 7921.00.10
2 1 136 x 160 x 126 25 470 423 50 30 4,3 7921.00.20
3,2 1 136 x 160 x 126 25 470 423 50 30 4,3 7921.00.32
5 2 206 x 203 x 167 44 694 620 85 41 9 7921.00.50
6,3 2 206 x 203 x 167 44 694 620 85 41 9 7921.00.63
12,5 5 206 x 203 x 167 44 913 800 98 63 20,5 7921.01.25
7972. Digital crane scale

with radio remote control type HTS
• Luminescent LED display, digit height 25/30 mm
• Protected IP65
• Accuracy 0,1% of max. capacity
• Standby
• Ready for use: battery (23 A, 12 V) for remote control included
• Standard radio remote control. Range: approx.15 m
• Internal rechargeable battery pack. Operating time approx.
150 hrs. Charging time approx.15 hrs. Models up to 1500 kg
by mains adaptor (accessory), models 3000 kg and over by
external battery charger (accessory).
• Robust metal housing
• LED charge condition indicator
• LED display for gross/tare/net
• Data-hold function
• Swivelling hook with safety latch
• DKD calibration certificate on request
Measuring Type Min. value Housing Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

range in g dimensions in kg
in kg (L x W x H) A B C D
150 HTS 150K50 IP 50 200 x 204 x 160 45 30 435 480 14 7972.00.0150
300 HTS 300K100 IP 100 200 x 204 x 160 45 30 435 480 14 7972.00.0300
600 HTS 600K200 IP 200 200 x 204 x 160 45 30 435 480 14 7972.00.0600
1500 HTS1.5T0.5 IP 500 200 x 204 x 160 60 28 443 505 14 7972.00.1500
3000 HTS 3T1 IP 1000 279 x 254 x 381 90 45 735 815 40 7972.00.3000
6000 HTS 6T2 IP 2000 279 x 254 x 381 100 67 900 1040 65 7972.00.6000
10000 HTS 10T5 IP 5000 279 x 254 x 381 100 67 900 1040 65 7972.01.0000
* Smallest readout value for digital display
7908. Digital crane scale Measuring principle: DMS-load cell in stainless steel version
Standard and calibratable version Accuracy: ±0,03 % v.E.
Digital display: LED 7-Segment/ 1 Anzeige pro Sekunde
• 3 years guarantee on accuracy and function Digit height: 50 mm, red
of load cell Power supply: 12 V maintenance-free rechargeable
• German TÜV approved battery
• Instant display of results Temperature range: -20 to +90°C
• Automatic shutdown
• Protective cage included
• Calibratable version LKe: commercial scale,
accuracy class III, EEC OIML R 76 approved
to 2500 divisions.
• Own calibration facility
• Options: Weighing data link to peripheral devices
by radio transmission
LK 1-5 LK 10
Standard Calibratable
version version
Type Measuring Increment Weight Item no. Type Item no.
range in t in kg in kg
LK 1 0-1000 0,5 50 7908.00.10 LKe 1 7908.10.10

LK 2 0-2000 1,0 50 7908.00.20 LKe 2 7908.10.20
LK 5 0-5000 2,0 50 7908.00.50 LKe 5 7908.10.50
LK 10 0-10000 5,0 64 7908.01.00 LKe 10 7908.11.00
7912. Electronic dynamometer type LLZ

New range of cost-saving electronic measuring devices with digital dis-
play. Using strain gauge sensors and microprocessors these measuring
devices are designed to be suspended between shackles or brackets of
test stands.
Accuracy: ±0,8 % of result

Safety factor: >6
Display: 5-digit LCD display, 18 mm high
Ambient temperature: -10° to +40°C
Weatherproof version: Protected IP 65,
body of special aluminium alloy
Power Supply: 3 x 1,5 V batteries
type AA/R6/Mignon, standard or high
performance batteries (batteries
included)
Battery life: with batteries with min. 2000 mAh:
200 hrs measuring operation.
Measuring Max. Min.increment Proof Max. Digit height Weight Dimensions in mm Item no. Item no.
range in t deviation in kg load display in mm in kg
A B D
in kg in t value in kg Suitable shackle
0,25 2 0,5 0,5 250 18 1,1 220 90 14 7912.00.02 5650.00.15
0,5 4 1,0 1,0 500 18 1,1 220 90 14 7912.00.05 5650.00.15
1 8 2,0 2,0 1000 18 1,1 220 90 14 7912.00.10 5650.00.15
2 15 5,0 4,0 2000 18 1,3 233 90 22 7912.00.20 5650.00.32
3,2 25 5,0 6,4 3200 18 1,5 243 97 22 7912.00.32 5650.00.32
6,4 50 10,0 12,8 6400 18 2,3 275 115 28 7912.00.64 5650.00.65
10 80 20,0 20,0 10000 18 4,0 325 110 42 7912.01.00 5650.01.20
20 150 50,0 40,0 20000 18 7,0 371 134 54 7912.02.00 5650.02.50
7971. Digital hanging scale type HCB 7970. Digital hanging scale type CH
• With stainless steel snap hook, opening 15 mm Small and handy.
• Data-hold function (weight display can be frozen Ideal for shipping and receiving.
for 5 seconds by pressing the Hold-key)
• Ready for use: 2 batteries size AA 1,5 V included • Data-hold function (weight display can be
• Battery life approx. 300 hrs frozen for 5 seconds by pressing the Hold-key)
• Auto-off function after 3 minutes without a chan- • LCD digit height 11 mm
ge of load to preserve batteries • Extractable tape measure (Length 100 cm)
• With stainless steel S-hook, opening approx.25 • Stainless steel hook
mm • Ready for use: 9 V block battery included
• Total height including snap and S-hook 290 mm • Auto-off function after 3 minutes without a
• LCD digit height 12 mm change of load to preserve batteries
• DKD calibration certificate on request
Optional accessories:
• Storage bracket
• Belt: length 375 mm, width 35 mm
• Scale pan holder, approx. 400 g
• Tare scale pan, approx. 300 g
Measuring Type Min. Housing size Weight Item no. Measuring Type Min. Housing size Weight Item no.
range value in mm in kg range value in mm in kg
in kg in g (W x H x L) in kg in g (W x H x L)*
20 HCB 20K50 50 80 x 45 x 150 0,4 7971.00.00.20 15 CH 15K20 20 90 x 30 x 175 0,250 7970.00.00.15

50 HCB 50K100 100 80 x 45 x 150 0,4 7971.00.00.50 50 CH 50K50 50 90 x 30 x 175 0,250 7970.00.00.50
100 HCB 100K200 200 80 x 45 x 150 0,4 7971.00.01.00 50 CH 50K100 100 90 x 30 x 175 0,250 7970.00.10.50
200 HCB 200K500 500 80 x 45 x 150 0,4 7971.00.02.00
* with hook 270 mm
Measuring Scale dial ø in mm Item no. 7931. Hanging dial scale

range in kg division type ST 120
in g
Robust, mechanical spring scale
0- 5 20 150 7931.00.05 with large dial protected by shock-
0 - 10 50 150 7931.00.10 proof Plexiglas.
0 - 20 100 150 7931.00.20
Standard features:
0 - 25 100 150 7931.00.25 Sturdy metal construction, CE mark,
0 - 50 200 150 7931.00.50 durable two-component finish,
0 - 100 500 150 7931.01.00 mechanical protection for 20%
0 - 150 1000 200 7931.01.50
static overload, movable suspensi-
on eye on top and bottom of scale.
0 - 200 1000 200 7931.02.00
0 - 300 2000 200 7931.03.00 Accuracy:1%
Measuring Scale Total length A Weight Item no. 7931. Crane scale type 30 H
range in kg division in mm in kg Robust, mechanical industrial spring
in kg scale with large dial protected by
0 - 500 kg 5 550 6 7930.20.05 shockproof Plexiglas.
0 - 1000 kg 10 550 6 7930.20.10
Standard features:
0 - 2000 kg 20 580 6 7930.20.20 • Zero correction ± 5%
0 - 3000 kg 25 640 13 7930.20.30 • Red maximum indicator
0 - 5000 kg 50 680 14 7930.20.50 • Water-protected dial housing
• Durable two-component finish
0 - 6000 kg 50 680 15 7930.20.60
• Mechanical protection for 25% over-
Version with 2 shackle connections also available load
• Safety factor 4 against breaking
• Movable suspension eye (shackle)
on top of scale
• Movable load hook (DIN) with safety
catch on bottom of scale
• Dial diameter approx. 160 mm
Accuracy:1%
Measuring Scale Total length A Weight Item no. 7932. Hydraulic crane
range in kg division in mm in kg scale type WS-ZK
in kg
Your advantages:
0 - 1250 5 230 5 7932.00.05 • Long service life due to sturdy
0 - 2000 10 230 5 7932.00.10 construction
0 - 5000 20 300 6,5 7932.00.20 • Dial and housing protected by
Plexiglas and shock-absorbing
Other versions and measuring ranges available
edges
• Dustproof construction
• Accuracy 1% of result
• Low self weight
• With spring loaded safety device
Also available with remote readout.
Slings: Wire Rope Slings
Wire Rope Slings

according to
DIN EN 13414-1, 13414-2
and 13414-3 in one- and
multiple leg version
Grummet Slings
Threaded Lifting Loops
Safety Wire Rope Loops
Wire Rope Slings with Flemish Eye
Cable-laid Wire Rope Slings
Photo: Gebr. Henschel
Accessories for
Wire Rope Slings
Edge Protectors
Tested Lifting Points
Protective Tubings for Wire Rope Slings
Load charts
Hooks, Shackles, Turnbuckles etc.
Service-Hotline:
Tel.: (0180) 5 60 00 44*
Fax: (0180) 5 60 00 45* *0,14 €/Min.
Internet: www.carlstahl.com
Belastungstabelle
Anschlagseile DIN EN 13414-1 Textile Anschlagmittel Hochfeste Anschlagketten Anschlagpunkte
Litzenseil aus Polyester nach DIN EN 818 , Güteklasse 8 Lastbock-Gewinde VLBG
Ge- Typ Zugrichtung / zul. Höchstbelastung in t

Rundschlingen nach DIN EN 1492-2 winde- für eine Schraube für zwei Schrauben insgesamt
größe
0-45° 45-60°
M8 VLBG 0,3 t 0,3 0,3 0,4 0,3
M10 VLBG 0,63 t 0,6 0,6 0,8 0,6
einfach einfach einfach einfach umgelegt M12 VLBG 1t 1,0 1,0 1,4 1,0
Farbcode
direkt geschnürt umgelegt 0°- 45° 45°- 60° 0°- 45° 45°- 60° M16 VLBG 1,5 t 1,5 1,5 2,1 1,5
Seilart N einfach einfach einfach 2 strängig 3- und 4 strängig M20 VLBG 2,5 t 2,5 2,5 3,5 2,5
Litzenseil direkt geschnürt umgelegt direkt direkt Tragfähigkeit in kg M24 VLBG 4t 4,0 4,0 5,6 4,0
Ketten- 1 strängig 1 strängig 2 strängig 2 strängig 3- und 4 strängig 3- und 4 strängig
Seil-Ø 0° 0 - 45° 45 - 60° 0 - 45° 45 - 60° M27 VLBG 4t 4,0 4,0 5,6 4,0
500 400 1000 700 500 350 250 Nenndicke direkt geschnürt direkt direkt direkt direkt
mm Tragfähigkeit in kg M30 VLBG 5t 5,0 5,0 7,0 5,0
1000 800 2000 1400 1000 700 500 mm 0 - 45° 45 - 60° 0 - 45° 45 - 60°
8 700 560 1400 950 700 1450 1050 2000 1600 4000 2800 2000 1400 1000 Tragfähigkeit in t M36 VLBG 7t 7,0 7,0 9,8 7,0
10 1000 800 2000 1400 1000 2100 1500 3000 2400 6000 4200 3000 2100 1500 4 0,5 0,4 0,7 0,5 1,0 0,8 M36 VLBG 8t 8,0 8,0 11,2 8,0
12 1500 1200 3000 2100 1500 3200 2300 4000 3200 8000 5600 4000 2800 2000 6 1,1 0,9 1,6 1,1 2,4 1,7 M42 VLBG 10 t 10,0 10,0 14,0 10,0
14 2000 1600 4000 2800 2000 4200 3000 5000 4000 10000 7000 5000 3500 2500 8 2,0 1,6 2,8 2,0 4,3 3,0 M42 VLBG 15 t 15,0 15,0 21,0 15,0
16 2700 2160 5400 3800 2700 5700 4000 6000 4800 12000 8400 6000 4200 3000 10 3,2 2,5 4,3 3,2 6,7 4,8 M48 VLBG 120 t 20,0 20,0 28,0 20,0
18 3150 2500 6300 4400 3150 6600 4700 8000 6400 16000 11200 8000 5600 4000 13 5,3 4,3 7,5 5,3 11,2 8,0
20 4000 3200 8000 5600 4000 8400 6000 10000 8000 20000 14000 10000 7000 5000 16 8,0 6,4 11,2 8,0 17,0 11,8
22 5000 4000 10000 7000 5000 10500 7500 15000 12000 30000 21000 15000 10500 7500 18 10,0 8,0 14,0 10,0 21,2 15,0
24 6300 5000 12600 8800 6300 13200 9400 20000 16000 40000 28000 20000 14000 10000 22 15,0 12,0 21,0 15,0 31,5 22,4
26 7000 5600 14000 9800 7000 14700 10500 26 21,2 17,0 30,0 21,2 45,0 31,5
Starpoint Ringschraube
25000 20000 50000 35000 25000 17500 12500
28 8000 6400 16000 11200 8000 16800 12000 30000 24000 60000 42000 30000 21000 15000 28 25,0 20,0 35,5 25,0 50,0 37,5
Ge- Typ Zugrichtung / zul. Höchstbelastung in t
32 11000 8800 22000 15400 11000 23000 16500 40000 32000 80000 56000 40000 28000 20000 32 31,5 25,0 45,0 31,5 67,0 47,5
winde- für eine Schraube für zwei Schrauben insgesamt
36 14000 11200 28000 19000 14000 29000 21000 50000 40000 100000 70000 50000 35000 25000 36 40,0 32,0 56,0 40,0 85,0 60,0 größe
40 17000 13600 34000 23500 17000 36000 26000 60000 48000 120000 84000 60000 42000 30000 0-45° 45-60°
44 21000 16800 42000 29000 21000 44000 31500 80000 64000 160000 112000 80000 56000 40000 Güteklasse 10 M8 VRS-M 8 1,0 0,4 0,56 0,4
48 25000 20000 50000 35000 25000 52000 37000 100000 80000 200000 140000 100000 70000 50000
4 0,63 0,5 0,88 0,63 1,32 0,95 M10 VRS-M10 1,0 0,4 0,56 0,4
6 1,5 1,2 2,1 1,5 3,15 2,25 M12 VRS-M12 2,0 0,7 1,0 0,7
Anschlagseile DIN EN 13414-3 8

10
2,5
4,0
2,0
3,2
3,5
5,6
2,5
4,0
5,25
8,4
3,75
6,0
M16
M20
VRS-M16
VRS-M20
4,0
6,0
1,5
2,3
2,1
3,2
1,5
2,3
Kabelschlagseil mit Stahleinlage, Seilfestigkeitsklasse 1960 N/mm2 13 6,7 5,4 9,5 6,7 14,0 10,0 M24 VRS-M24 8,0 3,2 4,5 3,2
16 10,0 8,0 14,0 10,0 21,0 15,0 M30 VRS-M30 12,0 4,5 6,3 4,5
20 16,0 12,8 22,4 16,0 33,6 24,0 M36 VRS-M36 16,0 7,0 9,8 7,0
Hebebänder nach DIN EN 1492-1
22 20,0 16,0 28,0 20,0 42,0 30,0 M42 VRS-M42 24,0 9,0 12,6 9,0
M48 VRS-M48 32,0 12,0 16,8 12,0
Bei Unsymmetrie dürfen Mehrstrangketten nur mit der
Tragfähigkeit eines Einzelstranges belastet werden.
Einsatztemperaturen:
einfach einfach einfach einfach umgelegt bei Kettentemperaturen von
Farbcode Ringschrauben DIN 580
direkt geschnürt umgelegt 0°- 45° 45°- 60° reduzierte Tragfähigkeit in % -40 bis +200 °C +200 bis +300 °C +300 bis +400 °C
Seilart K einfach einfach einfach einfach einfach einfach Seilart G 100 90 75 Werkstoff C 15 E
Kabel- direkt geschnürt umgelegt umgelegt umgelegt umgelegt Grummets Tragfähigkeit in kg
schlagseil 0° 0 - 45° 45 - 60° ungleiche einfach Ge- Typ Zugrichtung / zul. Höchstbelastung in t
500 400 1000 700 500
Seil-Ø mm
24 4000 3200
Tragfähigkeit in kg
8000 5600 4000
NW
4000
direkt
9800
1000
2000
800
1600
2000
4000
1400
2800
1000
2000
Kranzkette winde-
größe
für eine Schraube für zwei Schrauben insgesamt
27 5000 4000 10000 7000 5000 5000 12500 3000 2400 6000 4200 3000 nach DIN EN 818 , Güteklasse 8 0-45°
30 6100 4800 12200 8500 6100 6100 15400 4000 3200 8000 5600 4000 <
M6 RS-M 6 0,14 0,100
33 7400 5900 14800 10300 7400 7400 18600 5000 4000 10000 7000 5000 M8 RS-M 8 0,14 0,100
36 8900 7100 17800 12400 8900 8900 22100 6000 4800 12000 8400 6000 M10 RS-M10 0,23 0,170
39 10400 8300 20800 14500 10400 10400 26000 8000 6400 16000 11200 8000 M12 RS-M12 0,36 0,240
42 12000 9600 24000 16800 12000 12000 30100 10000 8000 20000 14000 10000 M16 RS-M16 0,70 0,500
48 15700 12500 31400 21900 15700 15700 39300 15000 12000 30000 21000 15000 M20 RS-M20 1,20 0,860
54 19900 15900 39800 27800 19900 19900 49800 20000 16000 40000 28000 20000 M24 RS-M24 1,80 1,290
60 24600 19600 49200 34400 24600 24600 61500 M30 RS-M30 3,20 2,300
66 30500 24400 61000 42700 30500 30500 76000 M36 RS-M36 4,60 3,300
72 37000 29600 74000 51800 37000 37000 93000 M42 RS-M42 6,30 4,500
78 45000 36000 90000 63000 45000 45000 112000 M48 RS-M48 8,60 6,100
Ketten- Kranzkette einfach
84 54000 43200 108000 75600 54000 54000 134000 Seilschlingen Polystar nach BGR 500 Nenndicke
Kranzkette
90 64000 51200 128000 89600 64000 64000 159000 im Schnürgang 0 - 45° 45 - 60°
mm
96 75000 60000 150000 105000 75000 75000 187000 Tragfähigkeit in t
102 87000 69600 174000 121800 87000 87000 217000 6 1,8 1,3 0,9
8 3,2 2,2 1,6
Wünschen Sie Bei Unsymmetrie dürfen Mehrstrangseile nur mit der 10 5,0 3,4 2,5
besonders weiche und Tragfähigkeit eines Einzelstranges belastet werden. Seil-Ø einfach einfach einfach einfach umgelegt 13 8,5 5,6 4,3
Betriebsanleitung
geschmeidige Draht- in mm direkt geschnürt umgelegt 0°- 45° 45°- 60° Schraubbare Anschlagpunkte
16 12,8 9,0 6,4
seile, wählen Sie bitte Alle Anschlagmittel regelmäßig kontrollieren.
Kabelschlagausführung. Unfallverhütungs-Vorschriften beachten! Tragfähigkeit in kg 18 16,0 11,2 8,0
20 20,0 14,0 10,0 Symmetrie der Belastung
Bei gleichem Seil- Die Ablegereife ist erreicht bei 16 500 400 1000 700 500 22 24,0 17,0 12,0 Die erforderliche Tragfähigkeit des einzelnen Anschlagpunktes ist für symme-
Durchmesser jedoch beschädigten Seilen und Seil-Endverbindungen 20 800 640 1600 1120 800 26 34,0 22,0 16,0 trische bzw. unsymmetrische Belastung entsprechend folgenden physikali-
geringere Tragfähigkeit beschädigten Seil-Endbeschlägen. 24 1200 960 2400 1680 1200 schen formelmäßigem Zusammenhang zu ermitteln:
28 40,0 27,5 20,0
als beim Litzenseil. 28 1500 1200 3000 2100 1500 32 50,4 35,0 25,6
Bei scharfen Kanten unbedingt Kantenschoner verwenden! WLL = erf. Tragfähigkeit des
32 2000 1600 4000 2800 2000 36 64,0 44,0 32,0 G Anschlagpunktes/Einzelstranges (kg)
36 2400 1920 4800 3360 2400 WLL =
n x cos β G = Lastgewicht (kg)
40 3000 2400 6000 4200 3000 n = Anzahl der tragenden Stränge
Bitte beachten: Güteklasse 10
48 4000 3200 8000 5600 4000 β = Neigungswinkel des Einzelstranges
4 1,0 0,69 0,5
Verdoppelung
6 2,4 1,65 1,2 Der Anbringungsort ist konstruktiv so festzulegen, dass die
der Tragfähigkeit
8 4,0 2,75 2,0 eingeleiteten Kräfte vom Grundwerkstoff ohne Verformung aufgenommen
bei Anschlagseilen
10 6,4 4,4 3,2 werden. Die Berufsgenossenschaft empfiehlt als Mindesteinschraublänge:
und -ketten
• Einsatztemperaturen: 13 10,6 7,5 5,3
d = Nenndicke / Ø ohne Beschlagteile -40 bis + 100°C 16 16,0 11,0 8,0 Bitte beachten:
mit Beschlagteilen -20 bis + 100°C 20 25,6 17,6 12,8 In Kraftrichtung einstellbar. Auf plane mit unverlierbarer Schraube, patentiert,
22 32,0 22,0 16,0 Anschraubfläche achten. Der Gewindean- 100 % rißgeprüft!
• Nicht über scharfe Kanten und rauhe Oberflächen ziehen schluß am Transportgut muß für die Kraftein- Die BG schreibt vor:
(Kantenschoner oder Schutzschläuche verwenden). • Vor Verwendung der Anschlagketten ist stets auf den Prüfstempel leitung geeignet sein. Die Berufsgenossen- Bei häufigen Drehbewegungen unbedingt
Nicht knoten.• Nur mit lesbarem Etikett einsetzbar. nach DIN 685 zu achten, um Verwechslungen mit Anschlagketten anderer schaft schreibt folgende Mindest-Ein- kugelgelagerte Typen WBG, WBGV oder PP
schraublängen vor: verwenden.
• Öffnungswinkel der Endschlaufen max. 20° Güteklasse und ungeprüften Ketten zu vermeiden. 1 x M in Stahl; Nur vom Hersteller mitgelieferte Schrauben
(Kranhakengröße beachten). • Alle Anschlagmittel regelmäßig kontrollieren. 2 x M in Aluminium; verwenden!
• Alle Anschlagmittel regelmäßig kontrollieren. • Berufsgenossenschaftliche Hinweise beachten! 1,25 x M in Guß
• Bei scharfen Kanten unbedingt Kantenschoner verwenden! 2,5 x M in Aluminium-Magnesiumlegierungen.
• Vor Einsatz in Säuren und Laugen den Hersteller fragen.
Bestell-Nr.: 5100.10.20
1102. 1105. 1106. 1109.

Wire rope sling Wire rope sling with Wire rope sling with Wire rope sling with
with pressed loops pressed thimble B DIN pressed loop and DIN pressed loop, pressed
shackle thimble and choker hook
For larger crane

hooks please indica-
te loop size with your
order
Please note that for

1-leg wire rope slings
with loops (without
thimbles) the attach-
ment point must
L have at least twice
the diameter of the
wire rope.
For edge protectors
see page 295
15 x
rope Ø
For technical data of For technical data of

the shackle see page the choker hook see
351 page 344
Rope ø WLL single Item no. Item no. Item no. Item no.
in mm direct in kg
8 700 1102.01.08 1105.01.08 1106.01.08 1109.01.08

10 1000 1102.01.10 1105.01.10 1106.01.10 1109.01.10
12 1500 1102.01.12 1105.01.12 1106.01.12 1109.01.12
14 2000 1102.01.14 1105.01.14 1106.01.14 1109.01.14
16 2700 1102.01.16 1105.01.16 1106.01.16 1109.01.16
18 3150 1102.01.18 1105.01.18 1106.01.18 1109.01.18
20 4000 1102.01.20 1105.01.20 1106.01.20 1109.01.20
22 5000 1102.01.22 1105.01.22 1106.01.22 1109.01.22
24 6300 1102.01.24 1105.01.24 1106.01.24 1109.01.24
26 7000 1102.01.26 1105.01.26 1106.01.26 -
28 8000 1102.01.28 1105.01.28 1106.01.28 -
32 11000 1102.01.32 1105.01.32 1106.01.32 -
36 14000 1102.01.36 1105.01.36 1106.01.36 -
40 17000 1102.01.40 1105.01.40 1106.01.40 -
44 21000 1102.01.44 1105.01.44 1106.01.44 -
48 25000 1102.01.48 1105.01.48 1106.01.48 -
Higher load capacities available on request. Please contact us.
1112. 1113. 1115. 1116.

Wire rope sling with Wire rope slings with Wire rope sling with Wire rope sling with
pressed loop and safety master link and pressed pressed loop and self- master link and self-
eye hook. loop locking eye hook OBK locking eye hook OBK
For standard dimen- For larger crane

sions of master link hooks please indica-
see page 203 te loop size with your
order

with loops (without
ment point must
have at least twice
the diameter of the
wire rope.
For tested lifting

points see page 356
15 x
rope Ø
For technical data of For technical data of For technical data of

the safety eye hook the self-locking eye the self-locking eye
see page 344 hook see page 342 hook see page 342
in mm direct in kg
8 700 1112.01.08 1113.01.08 1115.01.08 1116.01.08

10 1000 1112.01.10 1113.01.10 1115.01.10 1116.01.10
12 1500 1112.01.12 1113.01.12 1115.01.12 1116.01.12
14 2000 1112.01.14 1113.01.14 1115.01.14 1116.01.14
16 2700 1112.01.16 1113.01.16 1115.01.16 1116.01.16
18 3150 1112.01.18 1113.01.18 1115.01.18 1116.01.18
20 4000 1112.01.20 1113.01.20 1115.01.20 1116.01.20
22 5000 1112.01.22 1113.01.22 1115.01.22 1116.01.22
24 6300 1112.01.24 1113.01.24 1115.01.24 1116.01.24
26 7000 1112.01.26 1113.01.26 1115.01.26 1116.01.26
28 8000 1112.01.28 1113.01.28 1115.01.28 1116.01.28
32 11000 1112.01.32 1113.01.32 1115.01.32 1116.01.32
36 14000 1112.01.36 1113.01.36 1115.01.36 1116.01.36
40 17000 1112.01.40 1113.01.40 1115.01.40 1116.01.40
44 21000 1112.01.44 1113.01.44 - -
48 25000 1112.01.48 1113.01.48 - -
Higher load capacities available on request. Please contact us. *Only available with BK-hook
1117. 1118. 1121. 1122.

Wire rope sling with Wire rope sling with Wire rope sling with Wire rope sling with
pressed loop and foundry master link and foundry pressed loop and safety master link and safety
hook hook hook hook
For larger crane For standard dimen-

hooks please indica- sions of master link
te loop size with your see page 203
order
For edge protectors Please note that for

see page 295 1-leg wire rope slings
with loops (without
ment point must
have at least twice
the diameter of the
wire rope.
For technical data of For technical data of For technical data of For technical data of
the foundry hook see the foundry hook see the safety hook see the safety hook see
page 342 page 342 page 343 page 343
in mm direct in kg
8 700 1117.01.08 1118.01.08 1121.01.08 1122.01.08

10 1000 1117.01.10 1118.01.10 1121.01.10 1122.01.10
12 1500 1117.01.12 1118.01.12 1121.01.12 1122.01.12
14 2000 1117.01.14 1118.01.14 1121.01.14 1122.01.14
16 2700 1117.01.16 1118.01.16 1121.01.16 1122.01.16
18 3150 1117.01.18 1118.01.18 1121.01.18 1122.01.18
20 4000 1117.01.20 1118.01.20 1121.01.20 1122.01.20
22 5000 1117.01.22 1118.01.22 1121.01.22 1122.01.22
24 6300 1117.01.24 1118.01.24 1121.01.24 1122.01.24
26 7000 1117.01.26 1118.01.26 1121.01.26 1122.01.26
28 8000 1117.01.28 1118.01.28 1121.01.28 1122.01.28
32 11000 1117.01.32 1118.01.32 1121.01.32 1122.01.32
36 14000 1117.01.36 1118.01.36 - 1122.01.36
40 17000 1117.01.40 1118.01.40 - -
44 21000 1117.01.44 1118.01.44 - -
48 25000 1117.01.48 1118.01.48 - -
1123. 1133. 1134. 1141.

Wire rope sling Wire rope sling with Wire rope sling with Wire rope sling master link
with spliced loops pressed loop and BKL pressed loop and safety and BKL swivel hook
swivel hook eye hook with swivel
For larger crane

hooks please indica-
te loop size with your
order
Please note that for For tested lifting

L
1-leg wire rope slings points see page 356
with loops (without and following
ment point must
have at least twice
the diameter of the
wire rope.
For technical data of For technical data of For technical data of

the BKL swivel hook the swivel eye hook the BKL swivel hook
see page 342 see page 343. see page 342
in mm direct in kg
8 700 1123.01.08 1133.01.08 1134.01.08 1141.01.08

10 1000 1123.01.10 1133.01.10 1134.01.10 1141.01.10
12 1500 1123.01.12 1133.01.12 1134.01.12 1141.01.12
14 2000 1123.01.14 1133.01.14 1134.01.14 1141.01.14
16 2700 1123.01.16 1133.01.16 1134.01.16 1141.01.16
18 3150 1123.01.18 1133.01.18 1134.01.18 1141.01.18
20 4000 1123.01.20 1133.01.20 1134.01.20 1141.01.20
22 5000 1123.01.22 1133.01.22 1134.01.22 1141.01.22
24 6300 1123.01.24 1133.01.24 1134.01.24 1141.01.24
26 7000 1123.01.26 1133.01.26 1134.01.26 1141.01.26
28 8000 1123.01.28 1133.01.28 1134.01.28 1141.01.28
32 11000 1123.01.32 - 1134.01.32 -
36 14000 1123.01.36 - 1134.01.36 -
40 17000 1123.01.40 - 1134.01.40 -
44 21000 1123.01.44 - 1134.01.44 -
48 25000 1123.01.48 - 1134.01.48 -
1142. 1143. 1144. 1146.

Wire rope sling with Wire rope sling with Wire rope sling with Wire rope sling with
master link and safety master link and safety master link, pressed master link and shackle
eye hook eye hook with swivel thimble and choker hook DIN 82101
For standard dimen-

sions of master link
see page 203
For edge protectors

see page 295
the safety hook see the swivel eye hook the choker hook see the shackle DIN
page 344 see page 343. page 344. 82101 see page 351
in mm direct in kg
8 700 1142.01.08 1143.01.08 1144.01.08 1146.01.08

10 1000 1142.01.10 1143.01.10 1144.01.10 1146.01.10
12 1500 1142.01.12 1143.01.12 1144.01.12 1146.01.12
14 2000 1142.01.14 1143.01.14 1144.01.14 1146.01.14
16 2700 1142.01.16 1143.01.16 1144.01.16 1146.01.16
18 3150 1142.01.18 1143.01.18 1144.01.18 1146.01.18
20 4000 1142.01.20 1143.01.20 1144.01.20 1146.01.20
22 5000 1142.01.22 1143.01.22 1144.01.22 1146.01.22
24 6300 1142.01.24 1143.01.24 1144.01.24 1146.01.24
26 7000 1142.01.26 1143.01.26 - 1146.01.26
28 8000 1142.01.28 1143.01.28 - 1146.01.28
32 11000 1142.01.32 1143.01.32 - 1146.01.32
36 14000 1142.01.36 1143.01.36 - 1146.01.36
40 17000 1142.01.40 1143.01.40 - 1146.01.40
44 21000 1142.01.44 1143.01.44 - 1146.01.44
48 25000 1142.01.48 1143.01.48 - 1146.01.48
1148. 1149. 1170.

Wire rope sling with Wire rope sling with Wire rope sling with
master link and pressed master link both ends pressed loop and pressed
thimble B DIN 6899 thimble B DIN 6899
For standard dimen- For larger crane

sions of master link hooks please indica-
see page 203 te loop size with your
order

with loops (without
ment point must L
have at least twice
the diameter of the
wire rope.
For exact length adjustment

each leg can be equipped
with a turnbuckle
Rope ø WLL single Item no. Item no. Item no.

in mm direct in kg
8 700 1148.01.08 1149.01.08 1170.01.08

10 1000 1148.01.10 1149.01.10 1170.01.10
12 1500 1148.01.12 1149.01.12 1170.01.12
14 2000 1148.01.14 1149.01.14 1170.01.14
16 2700 1148.01.16 1149.01.16 1170.01.16
18 3150 1148.01.18 1149.01.18 1170.01.18
20 4000 1148.01.20 1149.01.20 1170.01.20
22 5000 1148.01.22 1149.01.22 1170.01.22
24 6300 1148.01.24 1149.01.24 1170.01.24
26 7000 1148.01.26 1149.01.26 1170.01.26
28 8000 1148.01.28 1149.01.28 1170.01.28
32 11000 1148.01.32 1149.01.32 1170.01.32
36 14000 1148.01.36 1149.01.36 1170.01.36
40 17000 1148.01.40 1149.01.40 1170.01.40
44 21000 1148.01.44 1149.01.44 1170.01.44
48 25000 1148.01.48 1149.01.48 1170.01.48
1128. Kombi-Quick-Set 1129. Kombi-Quick-Set

For rough daily use equipped with For rough daily use equipped with
high-strength chain in the wear high-strength chain in the wear
area. The wire rope loops at each area. The master links at each end
end can be easily slid under the can be easily slid under the load
load and make this sling very easy and make this sling very easy to
to handle. handle.
Useful length 4 m = 2 x 1,5 m rope Useful length 4 m = 2 x 1,5 m rope
+ 1 m of chain. + 1 m of chain.
Other lengths available at short Other lengths available at short
notice. notice. For tested lifting
points see page 356
and following.
Rope ø Chain size Load capacity in basket hitch Item no. Item no.
in mm in mm at inclination angle of
0-45° 45-60° with loops with master links
10 6 1400 1000 1128.01.10 1129.01.10
14 8 2800 2000 1128.01.14 1129.01.14
18 10 4410 3150 1128.01.18 1129.01.18
22 13 7000 5000 1128.01.22 1129.01.22
Safe, fast and economic handling
of steel beams
109. Threaded lifting loops

Metric thread for machine transport
Thread size Load capacity Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.
in kg E H L in kg
M10 400 23 115 32 0,04 109M.00.10
M12 500 23 137 32 0,06 109M.00.12
M14 700 28 160 40 0,08 109M.00.14
M16 1000 31 165 41 0,12 109M.00.16
M18 1200 34 190 40 0,18 109M.00.18
M20 1600 35 215 45 0,26 109M.00.20
M24 2500 43 255 54 0,44 109M.00.24
M30 4000 56 300 68 0,73 109M.00.30
M36 5200 68 340 81 1,28 109M.00.36
M42 8000 80 425 95 2,14 109M.00.42
M52 10000 97 480 117 3,62 109M.00.52
Round thread for prefabricated concrete parts

Thread size Load capacity Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.
in kg E H L in kg
RD 12 x 1,75 500 22 155 27 0,06 109R.D0.12
RD 14 x 2,00 800 25 155 32 0,08 109R.D0.14
RD 16 x 2,00 1200 27 155 36 0,12 109R.D0.16
RD 18 x 2,50 1600 34 190 40 0,18 109R.D0.18
RD 20 x 2,50 2000 35 215 45 0,26 109R.D0.20
RD 24 x 3,00 2500 43 255 54 0,44 109R.D0.24
RD 30 x 3,50 4000 56 300 68 0,73 109R.D0.30
RD 36 x 4,00 6300 68 340 81 1,28 109R.D0.36
RD 42 x 4,50 8000 80 425 95 2,14 109R.D0.42
RD 52 x 5,00 12500 97 480 117 3,62 109R.D0.52
Wire rope ø Load capacity Min.circumference Item no. 1110.

in mm single direct in kg in m Endless
wire rope
8 1400 0,31 1110.01.08 grommet,
10 2200 0,38 1110.01.10 laid of
12 3000 0,46 1110.01.12 strands, U
14 4200 0,54 1110.01.14 according
16 5500 0,61 1110.01.16 to DIN EN
18 6900 0,69 1110.01.18 13414-3
20 8500 0,77 1110.01.20
22 10300 0,84 1110.01.22
24 12300 0,92 1110.01.24
26 14400 1,00 1110.01.26
28 16700 1,07 1110.01.28
32 21800 1,23 1110.01.32
36 27600 1,38 1110.01.36
40 34000 1,53 1110.01.40
Wire rope ø Load capacity Item no. 1107.

in mm single direct in kg Endless
wire rope
8 1400 1107.01.08 sling with
10 2000 1107.01.10 pressed
12 3000 1107.01.12 sleeve
14 4000 1107.01.14 according
16 5400 1107.01.16 to DIN EN
18 6300 1107.01.18
13414-3
20 8000 1107.01.20
22 10000 1107.01.22 Small loop L
24 12600 1107.01.24 length = 20 x
rope ø
Rope ø Master link size Dimensions in mm

Master link standard sizes
in mm a b c for 1-leg wire rope slings.
8 A 13 110 60 13
10 A 13 110 60 13
12 A 16 110 60 16
14 A 16 110 60 16
16 A 18 135 75 18
18 A 18 135 75 18
20 A 22 160 90 22
22 A 22 160 90 22
24 A 26 180 100 26
26 A 26 180 100 26
28 A 26 180 100 26
32 A 36 260 140 36
36 A 45 340 180 45
40 A 45 340 180 45
44 A 45 340 180 45
Slings: Safety Wire Rope Loops
These loops are used if the crane hook is too big for eye 1119.
bolts, suspension eyes or shackles. In this case there is Safety wire rope loop with safety eye hook
no better connection! Loop length approx. 15 x rope ø
Rope ø Load capacity Length Suitable for eye bolt/-nut Item no.
nn ect small eye ne in mm in kg in mm DIN 580/582

Co a
s w ith large cr L
bolt se
sing the 10 1000 400 M 10 - M 20 1119.01.10
hooks u e rope loops 12 2000 450 M 12 - M 24 1119.01.12
ir
safety w 16 3000 500 M 16 - M 24 1119.01.16
20 5000 650 M 24 - M 36 1119.01.20
24 7000 850 M 30 - M 48 1119.01.24
28 11000 1000 M 36 - M 56 1119.01.28
1120.
Safety wire rope loop with self-locking hook OBK
Loop length approx. 15 x rope ø.
Rope ø Load capacity Length Suitable for Item no.

in mm in kg in mm eye bolt/-nut
DIN 580/582
10 1000 430 M 10 - M 36 1120.01.10
12 2000 490 M 12 - M 42 1120.01.12
16 3000 550 M 16 - M 56 1120.01.16
20 5000 710 M 24 - M 64 1120.01.20
26 8000 950 M 30 - M 72 1120.01.26
1126.
Safety wire rope loop with safety eye hook with swivel
Loop length approx. 15 x rope ø

DIN 580/582
10 1000 430 M 10 - M 20 1126.01.10
12 2000 500 M 12 - M 24 1126.01.12
16 3000 540 M 16 - M 24 1126.01.16
20 5000 690 M 24 - M 36 1126.01.20
24 7000 910 M 30 - M 48 1126.01.24
26 11000 1050 M 36 - M 56 1126.01.28
1127.
1127. Safety wire rope loop with BKL swivel hook
Loop length approx. 15 x rope ø

DIN 580/582
10 1000 470 M 10 - M 36 1127.01.10
12 2000 530 M 12 - M 42 1127.01.12
16 3000 600 M 16 - M 56 1127.01.16
20 5000 780 M 24 - M 64 1127.01.20
26 8000 1030 M 30 - M 72 1127.01.26
Also available with insu-

lated swivel up to 1000 V.
See page 346.
Anschlagmittel: Anschlagseile
city
ad capa
1193. Wire rope sling with Higher lo ard slings!
nd
Flemish eye according to DIN than sta
EN 13414-1
• The loops are a nice combination of
splice and pressed steel sleeve
• High safety
• Longer service life and enhanced effi-
ciency due to conical sleeve
• Little wear compared with aluminium
sleeves
• Suitable for temperatures up to 400°C
(752° F). Caution: Load capacity will
be reduced by 25%!
F DIN CS
5000 kg
Rope ø Load capacity single direct in kg Load capacity in Minimum length Item no.
in mm choker hitch in kg in m
8 750 600 0,56 1193.01.08
10 1150 900 0,70 1193.01.10
12 1700 1300 0,84 1193.01.12
14 2250 1800 0,98 1193.01.14
16 3000 2400 1,12 1193.01.16
18 3700 2900 1,26 1193.01.18
20 4600 3600 1,40 1193.01.20
24 6700 5300 1,68 1193.01.24
26 7800 6200 1,82 1193.01.26
28 9000 7200 1,96 1193.01.28
32 11800 9400 2,24 1193.01.32
36 15000 12000 2,52 1193.01.36
Loop size = 20 x rope ø
Max. rope ø Type Dimensions Weight Item no. 4SDC. Wire rope clip-on
in mm in mm in kg/m protective tubing SDC
H B
with fabric reinforcement
8 SDC 10 23 36 0,60 4SDC.00.10 • Protects the load
10 SDC 12 23 36 0,60 4SDC.00.12 • Protects the rope
12 SDC 14 29 44 0,85 4SDC.00.14 • Protects the operator
14 SDC 16 29 44 0,85 4SDC.00.16 • Very flexible, wear-resistant, easy
to mount, easily movable
16 SDC 18 35 52 0,85 4SDC.00.18
18 SDC 20 35 52 1,20 4SDC.00.20 Max. length 3 m
20 SDC 22 39 59 1,45 4SDC.00.22
22 SDC 24 39 59 1,45 4SDC.00.24
Also available for bigger rope ø
Wire rope slings 1194. 1195.

according to Highly flexible cable Highly flexible cable laid
DIN EN 13414-3 laid wire rope sling with wire rope sling with spli-
spliced loops ced loops,
Wire rope construction with steel both ends with splice protection
core, tensile strength 1960 N/mm²
Seil-Ø in Load capacity single Minimum Weight in kg for min. Weight in kg Item no. Item no.
mm direct length length per additional
in kg in m m
24 4.000 2,40 8,9 1,6 1194.01.24 1195.01.24

27 5.000 2,97 13,0 2,0 1194.01.27 1195.01.27
30 6.100 3,30 17,0 2,5 1194.01.30 1195.01.30
33 7.400 3,63 25,2 3,2 1194.01.33 1195.01.33
36 8.900 3,96 32,5 3,8 1194.01.36 1195.01.36
39 10.400 4,29 41,6 4,5 1194.01.39 1195.01.39
42 12.000 4,62 51,1 5,2 1194.01.42 1195.01.42
48 15.700 5,28 77,9 6,8 1194.01.48 1195.01.48
54 19.900 5,94 110 8,6 1194.01.54 1195.01.54
60 24.600 6,60 150 10,6 1194.01.60 1195.01.60
66 30.500 7,26 198,5 12,9 1194.01.66 1195.01.66
72 37.000 7,92 259,7 15,3 1194.01.72 1195.01.72
78 45.000 8,80 332,3 18 1194.01.78 1195.01.78
84 54.000 9,24 409 20,8 1194.01.84 1195.01.84
90 64.000 9,90 506 24 1194.01.90 1195.01.90
96 75.000 10,56 612 27 1194.01.96 1195.01.96
102 87.000 11,22 732 31 1194.11.02 1195.11.02
108 100.000 11,88 873 34,5 1194.11.08 1195.11.08
114 116.000 12,54 1024 38,4 1194.11.14 1195.11.14
120 133.000 13,20 1200 42,5 1194.11.20 1195.11.20
126 152.000 13,86 1374 47 1194.11.26 1195.11.26
132 174.000 14,52 1599 51,5 1194.11.32 1195.11.32
Rope ø 24-60 mm: Safety factor 5

Rope ø 66-132 mm: Safety factor 4,9-3,4
Rope ø up to 470 mm available on request. Please contact us.
Highly flexible: Advantages only cable laid slings can offer:

Wire rope slings with plastic splice • Absolutely indispensable when it comes to lifting of heavy loads
protection prevent injuries und offer • Diameters up to 470 mm can be produced
a 3 times longer service life. Thanks • Load capacities up to 5000 t are available
to the conical shape slings can be • Easy handling due to flexible construction even with big diameters
easily pulled under loads. • Resistant against bending even in the splice areas
• Endless version offers highest load capacities and safety
Cross section of a Cross section of a

round strand rope cable laid rope
Cable laid sling with spliced loops in use. Photo: Voith Hydro, 89522 Heidenheim
1197.
Highly flexible cable laid wire rope sling as endless grommet,
according to DIN EN 13414-3
Wire rope construction with steel core, tensile strength 1960 N/mm², minimum bending radius: 2 x ø
Rope ø Load capacity single direct Min. circumference Weight per m Item no.
in mm in kg in m circumference
in kg
24 9.800 0,84 1,92 1197.01.24
27 12.500 0,95 2,43 1197.01.27
30 15.400 1,05 3,1 1197.01.30
33 18.600 1,16 3,7 1197.01.33
36 22.100 1,26 4,4 1197.01.36
39 26.000 1,37 5,2 1197.01.39
42 30.100 1,47 6,0 1197.01.42
48 39.300 1,68 7,9 1197.01.48
54 49.800 1,89 9,9 1197.01.54
60 61.500 2,10 12,3 1197.01.60
66 76.000 2,31 14,9 1197.01.66
72 93.000 2,52 17,7 1197.01.72
78 112.000 2,73 20,7 1197.01.78
84 134.000 2,94 24,0 1197.01.84
90 159.000 3,15 27,6 1197.01.90
96 187.000 3,36 31,4 1197.01.96
102 217.000 3,57 35,5 1197.11.02
108 252.000 3,78 39,8 1197.11.08
114 290.000 3,99 44,3 1197.11.14
120 333.000 4,20 49,0 1197.11.20
126 380.000 4,41 54,1 1197.11.26
132 435.000 4,62 59,4 1197.11.32
Rope ø 24-60 mm: Safety factor 5

Rope ø 66-132 mm: Safety factor 4,9-3
Rope ø up to 470 mm available on request. Please contact us.
1199.
Highly flexible cable laid wire rope sling as endless grommet, with 2 tied loops,
Rope ø Load capacity single direct Min. circumference Weight per m Item no.
in mm in kg in m circumference
in kg
24 9.800 0,84 1,92 1199.01.24
27 12.500 0,95 2,4343 1199.01.27
30 15.400 1,05 3,1 1199.01.30
33 18.600 1,16 3,7 1199.01.33
36 22.100 1,26 4,4 1199.01.36
39 26.000 1,37 5,2 1199.01.39
42 30.100 1,47 6,0 1199.01.42
48 39.000 1,68 7,9 1199.01.48
54 49.800 1,89 9,9 1199.01.54
60 61.500 2,10 12,3 1199.01.60
66 76.000 2,31 14,9 1199.01.66
72 93.000 2,52 17,7 1199.01.72
78 112.000 2,73 20,7 1199.01.78
Heavy grommet slings as used on a drilling rig. Photo: Gebr. Henschel
Slings: 2-Leg Wire Rope Slings
Wire rope slings according to DIN EN 13414-1

are manufactured and tested in accordance with the current requirements.
Fittings and rope match exactly to guarantee the indicated load capacity.
Strict quality control and clear marking ensure highest possible safety.
Different configurations and lengths are available according to your indivi-
dual requirements.
1214. 1215.
2-leg wire rope sling 2-leg wire rope sling
with loops with safety eye hook
For dimensions of the For technical data of

master link see page the safety eye hook
212 see page 344
Rope ø Load capacity 2 leg in kg Item no. Item no.

in mm at angle
0-45° 45-60°
8 950 700 1214.01.08 1215.01.08
10 1400 1000 1214.01.10 1215.01.10
12 2100 1500 1214.01.12 1215.01.12
14 2800 2000 1214.01.14 1215.01.14
16 3800 2700 1214.01.16 1215.01.16
18 4400 3150 1214.01.18 1215.01.18
20 5600 4000 1214.01.20 1215.01.20
22 7000 5000 1214.01.22 1215.01.22
24 8800 6300 1214.01.24 1215.01.24
26 9800 7000 1214.01.26 1215.01.26
28 11200 8000 1214.01.28 1215.01.28
32 15400 11000 1214.01.32 1215.01.32
For edge protectors see
Higher load capacities available on request. Please contact us. page 295.
1216. 1217. 1218. 1219.

2-leg wire rope sling 2-leg wire rope sling 2-leg wire rope sling 2-leg wire rope sling
with shackle with self-locking with foundry hook with safety hook
eye hook OBK
the shackle see page the self-locking hook the foundry hook see the safety hook see
351 see page 342 page 342 page 343
For dimensions of the

master link see page
212
Rope ø Load capacity 2 leg Item no. Item no. Item no. Item no.
in mm in kg at angle
0-45° 45-60°
8 950 700 1216.01.08 1217.01.08 1218.01.08 1219.01.08
10 1400 1000 1216.01.10 1217.01.10 1218.01.10 1219.01.10
12 2100 1500 1216.01.12 1217.01.12 1218.01.12 1219.01.12
14 2800 2000 1216.01.14 1217.01.14 1218.01.14 1219.01.14
16 3800 2700 1216.01.16 1217.01.16 1218.01.16 1219.01.16
18 4400 3150 1216.01.18 1217.01.18 1218.01.18 1219.01.18
20 5600 4000 1216.01.20 1217.01.20 1218.01.20 1219.01.20
22 7000 5000 1216.01.22 1217.01.22 1218.01.22 1219.01.22
24 8800 6300 1216.01.24 1217.01.24 1218.01.24 1219.01.24
26 9800 7000 1216.01.26 1217.01.26 1218.01.26 1219.01.26
28 11200 8000 1216.01.28 1217.01.28 1218.01.28 1219.01.28
32 15400 11000 1216.01.32 1217.01.32 1218.01.32 1219.01.32
Calculation of load capacity for 2 load-bearing legs and sym-

metric load attachment =
Nominal capacity of single leg x 2
Reduction of load capacity depending on angle:

0-45° 30 %
45-60° 50 %
1224. 1225. 1226.

2-leg wire rope sling 2-leg wire rope sling 2-leg wire rope sling
with BKL swivel hook with safety eye hook with master links
with swivel
For your individual appli-

cation we will also manu-
facture 3-leg wire rope
slings. Other slings –
especially for the buil-
For technical data of For technical data of ding industry can be
the BKL swivel hook the swivel eye hook found on page 273 and
see page 342 see page 343 following.
Rope ø Load capacity 2 leg Item no. Item no. Item no.
0-45° 45-60°
8 950 700 1224.01.08 1225.01.08 1226.01.08
10 1400 1000 1224.01.10 1225.01.10 1226.01.10
12 2100 1500 1224.01.12 1225.01.12 1226.01.12
14 2800 2000 1224.01.14 1225.01.14 1226.01.14
16 3800 2700 1224.01.16 1225.01.16 1226.01.16
18 4400 3150 1224.01.18 1225.01.18 1226.01.18
20 5600 4000 1224.01.20 1225.01.20 1226.01.20
22 7000 5000 1224.01.22 1225.01.22 1226.01.22
24 8800 6300 1224.01.24 1225.01.24 1226.01.24
26 9800 7000 1224.01.26 1225.01.26 1226.01.26
28 11200 8000 1224.01.28 1225.01.28 1226.01.28
32 15400 11000 1224.01.32 1225.01.32 1226.01.32
Master link standard Rope ø Master Dimensions in mm

sizes for 2-leg wire rope in mm link size a b c
slings
8 A 13 110 60 13
10 A 16 110 60 16
12 A 18 135 75 18
14 A 18 135 75 18
16 A 22 160 90 22
18 A 22 160 90 22
20 A 26 180 100 26
22 A 26 180 100 26
24 A 32 200 110 32
26 A 32 200 110 32 Clear width of master
28 A 36 260 140 36 link = width of crane
32 A 45 340 180 45 hook measured at base
If you require bigger master +20%
links, please indicate with your
order!
Rope ø Load capacity 2 leg Dimensions of master link Item no. 1230. 2-leg wire rope sling
in mm in kg at angle ø x clear width in mm consisting of 1 master link
0-45° 45-60° and 2 wire rope loops.
8 1180 850 16 x 110 x 60 1230.01.08 Please indicate clear loop
10 1800 1250 16 x 110 x 60 1230.01.10 length with your order.
12 2650 1800 18 x 135 x 75 1230.01.12
14 3550 2500 22 x 160 x 90 1230.01.14
16 4500 3350 22 x 160 x 90 1230.01.16
18 6000 4250 26 x 180 x 100 1230.01.18
20 7500 5000 32 x 180 x 110 1230.01.20
22 9000 6300 32 x 200 x 110 1230.01.22
24 10600 7500 36 x 260 x 140 1230.01.24
26 12500 8500 36 x 260 x 140 1230.01.26
28 14000 10000 40 x 300 x 160 1230.01.28
32 19000 13200 45 x 340 x 180 1230.01.32 L
1231. Wire rope loops

for double hook
For use with double hooks master
links of wire rope or chain slings can
be fitted with these wire rope loops
as connecting link. Consists of 2
wire rope loops.
Loop length = 20 x rope ø.
Other loop lengths are available.
Rope ø Load capacity of 2 wire rope loops Item no.

0-45° 45-60°
8 1180 850 1231.01.08
10 1800 1250 1231.01.10
12 2650 1800 1231.01.12
14 3550 2500 1231.01.14
16 4500 3350 1231.01.16
18 6000 4250 1231.01.18
20 7500 5000 1231.01.20
22 9000 6300 1231.01.22
24 10600 7500 1231.01.24
26 12500 8500 1231.01.26
28 14000 10000 1231.01.28
Chain sling with 2 wire rope loops for double crane hook. 32 19000 13200 1231.01.32
1426. 1415.
4-leg wire rope 4-leg wire rope sling
For technical data of with safety eye hook
sling with
the safety eye hook
master links see page 344
For your individual appli-

cation we will also manu-
facture 3-leg wire rope
slings.

216
1417.
1416. 4-leg wire rope sling
4-leg wire rope with self-locking eye
sling with shackle hook OBK

the shackle see page the self-locking hook
351 see page 342
Rope ø Load capacity 4 leg Item no. Item no. Rope ø Load capacity 4 leg Item no. Item no.
in mm in kg at angle in mm in kg at angle
0-45° 45-60° 0-45° 45-60°
8 1450 1050 1426.01.08 1416.01.08 8 1450 1050 1415.01.08 1417.01.08
10 2100 1500 1426.01.10 1416.01.10 10 2100 1500 1415.01.10 1417.01.10
12 3200 2300 1426.01.12 1416.01.12 12 3200 2300 1415.01.12 1417.01.12
14 4200 3000 1426.01.14 1416.01.14 14 4200 3000 1415.01.14 1417.01.14
16 5700 4000 1426.01.16 1416.01.16 16 5700 4000 1415.01.16 1417.01.16
18 6600 4700 1426.01.18 1416.01.18 18 6600 4700 1415.01.18 1417.01.18
20 8400 6000 1426.01.20 1416.01.20 20 8400 6000 1415.01.20 1417.01.20
22 10500 7500 1426.01.22 1416.01.22 22 10500 7500 1415.01.22 1417.01.22
24 13200 9400 1426.01.24 1416.01.24 24 13200 9400 1415.01.24 1417.01.24
26 14700 10500 1426.01.26 1416.01.26 26 14700 10500 1415.01.26 1417.01.26
28 16800 12000 1426.01.28 1416.01.28 28 16800 12000 1415.01.28 1417.01.28
32 23000 16500 1426.01.32 1416.01.32 32 23000 16500 1415.01.32 1417.01.32
1418. 1419.
4-leg wire rope 4-leg wire rope
sling with foundry sling with safety
hooks hook
For technical data of For your individual appli- For technical data of
the foundry hook see cation we will also manu- the safety hook see
page 342 facture 3-leg wire rope page 343
slings.

216
1424. 1425.
4-leg wire rope 4-leg wire rope
sling with BKL sling with safety
swivel hook eye hook with
swivel

the BKL swivel hook the swivel eye hook
see page 342 see page 343
Rope ø Load capacity 4 leg Item no. Item no. Rope ø Load capacity 4 leg Item no. Item no.
in mm in kg at angle in mm in kg at angle
0-45° 45-60° 0-45° 45-60°
8 1450 1050 1418.01.08 1424.01.08 8 1450 1050 1419.01.08 1425.01.08
10 2100 1500 1418.01.10 1424.01.10 10 2100 1500 1419.01.10 1425.01.10
12 3200 2300 1418.01.12 1424.01.12 12 3200 2300 1419.01.12 1425.01.12
14 4200 3000 1418.01.14 1424.01.14 14 4200 3000 1419.01.14 1425.01.14
16 5700 4000 1418.01.16 1424.01.16 16 5700 4000 1419.01.16 1425.01.16
18 6600 4700 1418.01.18 1424.01.18 18 6600 4700 1419.01.18 1425.01.18
20 8400 6000 1418.01.20 1424.01.20 20 8400 6000 1419.01.20 1425.01.20
22 10500 7500 1418.01.22 1424.01.22 22 10500 7500 1419.01.22 1425.01.22
24 13200 9400 1418.01.24 1424.01.24 24 13200 9400 1419.01.24 1425.01.24
26 14700 10500 1418.01.26 1424.01.26 26 14700 10500 1419.01.26 1425.01.26
28 16800 12000 1418.01.28 1424.01.28 28 16800 12000 1419.01.28 1425.01.28
32 23000 16500 1418.01.32 1424.01.32 32 23000 16500 1419.01.32 1425.01.32
1414.
4-leg wire rope
sling with loops
Rope ø Load capacity 4 leg Item no.

0-45° 45-60°
8 1450 1050 1414.01.08
10 2100 1500 1414.01.10
12 3200 2300 1414.01.12
14 4200 3000 1414.01.14
16 5700 4000 1414.01.16
18 6600 4700 1414.01.18
20 8400 6000 1414.01.20
22 10500 7500 1414.01.22
24 13200 9400 1414.01.24
26 14700 10500 1414.01.26
28 16800 12000 1414.01.28
32 23000 16500 1414.01.32
Master link standard Rope ø Master link Dimensions in mm

sizes for 3- and 4-leg in mm size (A link) a b c
wire rope slings.
8 A 16 110 60 16
10 A 18 135 75 18
12 A 22 160 90 22
14 A 22 160 90 22
16 A 26 180 100 26
18 A 26 180 100 26
20 A 32 200 110 32
22 A 36 200 110 36
24 A 45 260 140 45
26 A 45 260 140 45
28 A 45 300 160 45
32 A 50 350 190 50
If you require bigger master
links, please indicate with your
order!
Stainless Steel Slings
Stainless steel slings:

Wire rope slings
• Chain slings
Safety hooks
For use in the following sectors:

Food industry
Chemical industry
Dyeing mills, pickling plants, hardening shops
Navigation
and any other application where corrosion

is a problem
Corrosion resistance of stainless steel materials

Concen- 1.4307 1.4401 1.4404 1.4462 0 = resistant against erosive surface
Corrosive agent Temperature corrosion
tration (AISI 304L) (AISI 316) (AISI 316L) (AISI 318L)
1 = slight attack by erosive surface
Chloride - - 1L 1L 1L 1L corrosion
Acetic acid C2H2O2 - - 1 0 0 0 2 = little resistance against erosive surface
Fatty acid C18H34O2 - 150 °C (302°F) 1 0 0 0 corrosion
Fluorine 40% - 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 3 = not resistant against erosive surface
corrosion
Gallic acid C6H20O2H - - 0 0 0 0 L = Pitting, crevice or stress corrosion
Hydroxyde (alkaline) 20% - 0 0 0 0 might occur
20% boiling 1 1 1 1 *No accumulation or concentration of
Lactic acid 10% boiling 1 0 0 0 chloride ions
Nitrosulphuric acids 1-2% boiling 2 0 0 0 **Generally highly resistant against sea-
Phosphoric acid 60% boiling 2 1 1 1 water
Nitric acid HNO3 1-66% 20% 0 0 0 0
1-40% boiling 0 0 0 0 Under unfavourable conditions corrosive
attacks may occur in tight crevices.
40-99% boiling 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2
Hydrochloric acid HCI 0-5% 20% 1L 1L 1L 1L The selection of the above-mentioned
1-2% - 2-3L 2-3L 2-3L 2-3L corrosive agents has been made according
1-2% 50°C (122°F) 2-3L 2-3L 2-3L 2-3L to their frequency of occurrence but may
be extended in many areas. These indicati-
Sulphuric acid H2SO4 1-50% 20°C (68°F) 1-2 1 1 1 ons result from laboratory tests of the
1-50% 70°C (158°F) 1-2 0-2 0-2 0-2 material manufacturers and may only serve
1-50% boiling 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 as a rough guide as practical application
Seawater* - < 60°C (140°F) 0-2L 0-1L 0-1L 0 L** conditions cannot be compared with labo-
ratory results.
Sulphate - boiling 0-3 0-3 0-3 0-3
Tartaric acid 50% boiling 2 1 1 1
6101.0E. 6201.0E. 6401.0E.

Single leg chain sling 2-leg chain sling 4-leg chain sling
with safety hook with safety hook with safety hook
Chain size Load capacity Item no. Load capacity 2-leg Item no. Load capacity 4-leg Item no.
in mm 1-leg single direct in kg at angle in kg at angle
in kg 0-45° 45-60° 0-45° 45-60°
6 750 6101.0E.06 1050 750 6201.0E.06 1550 1100 6401.0E.06
8 1250 6101.0E.08 1750 1250 6201.0E.08 2600 1800 6401.0E.08
10 2000 6101.0E.10 2800 2000 6201.0E.10 4200 3000 6401.0E.10
13 3200 6101.0E.13 4500 3200 6201.0E.13 6700 4800 6401.0E.13
16 5000 6101.0E.16 7000 5000 6201.0E.16 10500 7500 6401.0E.16
6102.0E. 6202.0E. 6402.0E.

Single leg chain sling 2-leg chain sling 4-leg chain sling
with master link with master link with master link
Chain size Load capacity Item no. Load capacity 2-leg Item no. Load capacity 4-leg Item no.
in mm 1-leg single direct in kg at angle in kg at angle
in kg 0 - 45° 45 - 60° 0 - 45° 45 - 60°
6 750 6102.0E.06 1000 750 6202.0E.06 1600 1120 6402.0E.06
8 1250 6102.0E.08 1700 1250 6202.0E.08 2650 1800 6402.0E.08
10 2000 6102.0E.10 2800 2000 6202.0E.10 4250 3000 6402.0E.10
13 3200 6102.0E.13 4500 3200 6202.0E.13 6700 4750 6402.0E.13
16 5000 6102.0E.16 7100 5000 6202.0E.16 10000 7500 6402.0E.16
6207.0E Endless stainless Chain size Load capacity in kg at angle Useable Item no.
steel chain, welded, grade in mm length “L”
50, 1.4404 in m
choker hitch 0 - 45° 45 - 60°

6 1500 825 600 1 6207.0E.06
Useful length “L” = 1 m =
8 2500 1375 1000 1 6207.0E.08
circumference 2 m L
10 4000 2200 1600 1 6207.0E.10
13 6400 3520 2560 1 6207.0E.13
16 10000 5500 4000 1 6207.0E.16
6000.E0 Stainless steel chain, grade 50, Chain MBL Load capacity Dimensions Weight Item no.
1.4404, similar DIN 5687-1 dimen- in kN in kg in mm in kg/m
sions d x t b1 b2
in mm min. max.
6 x 18 30 750 7,8 22,2 0,80 6000.E0.06
8 x 24 50 1250 10,4 29,6 1,40 6000.E0.08
10 x 30 80 2000 13,0 37,0 2,20 6000.E0.10
13 x 39 125 3200 16,9 48,1 3,80 6000.E0.13
16 x 48 200 5000 20,8 59,2 5,70 6000.E0.16
18 x 54 250 6300 24,3 64,8 7,30 6000.E0.18
6003.E0 Stainless steel lifting gear chain, Chain MBL Load capacity Dimensions Weight Item no.
1.4404, similar DIN 5684 G5, tested, true to gauge dimensions in kN in kg in mm in kg/m
d x t in mm a* b** b1 b2
min. max.
5 x 15 20 500 400 6,0 16,9 0,54 6003.E0.05
6 x 18 30 750 600 7,2 20,2 0,80 6003.E0.06
7 x 21 40 1000 800 8,4 23,6 1,10 6003.E0.07
8 x 24 50 1250 1000 9,6 27,0 1,35 6003.E0.08
* for manual lifting gear
** for powered lifting gear 1Bm
6011. Stainless steel chain Chain MBL Dimension Weight Item no.
Material 1.4401, not tested, not true to gauge, short link, dimensions in kN b in mm in kg/m
must not be used for lifting purposes. d x t in mm
Dimensions similar to DIN 5685-2

2 x 12 20 3,5 0,07 6011.00.02
3 x 16 45 5,5 0,16 6011.00.03
4 x 19 80 7,0 0,30 6011.00.04
5 x 21 125 9,0 0,50 6011.00.05
6 x 24 160 11,0 0,73 6011.00.06
6021. Stainless steel chain Chain MBL Dimension Weight Item no.
Material 1.4401, not tested, not true to gauge, long link, dimensions in kN b in mm in kg/m
must not be used for lifting purposes. d x t in mm

2 x 22 25 3,5 0,06 6021.00.02
3 x 26 55 5,5 0,15 6021.00.03
4 x 32 100 7,0 0,27 6021.00.04
5 x 35 160 9,0 0,43 6021.00.05
6 x 42 200 11,0 0,63 6021.00.06
7 x 49 300 12,0 0,86 6021.00.07
8 x 52 400 14,0 1,10 6021.00.08
10 x 65 630 18,0 1,75 6021.00.10
5020.E0. Chain Load capacity Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

Stainless steel size in kg (WLL) dxtxb in kg
master link NAF, 1-leg,
with flattened section, 6 1000 13 x 110 x 60 0,34 5020.E0.07
grade 5, 1.4404 8 1250 16 x 110 x 60 0,53 5020.E0.12
10 2000 18 x 135 x 75 0,80 5020.E0.20
13 3200 22 x 160 x 90 1,50 5020.E0.32
16 5000 26 x 180 x 100 2,30 5020.E0.50

Stainless steel size in kg (WLL) dxtxb in kg
master link NAF, 2-leg,
with flattened section, 6 1000 13 x 110 x 60 0,34 5020.E0.07
grade 5, 1.4404 8 2000 18 x 135 x 75 0,80 5020.E0.20
10 3200 22 x 160 x 90 1,50 5020.E0.32
13 5000 26 x 180 x 100 2,30 5020.E0.50
16 7100 32 x 200 x 110 3,90 5020.E0.71
Chain Load capacity in kg Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

5040.E0. size (WLL) at angle dxtxb in kg
Stainless steel 0 - 45° 45 - 60°

master link NAFT, 4-leg, 6 1600 1120 A 18 x 135 x 75 1,20 5040.E0.16
B 13 x 54 x 25
with flattened section,
grade 5, 1.4404 8 2650 1800 A 22 x 160 x 90 2,30 5040.E0.26
B 16 x 70 x 34
10 4250 3000 A 26 x 180 x 100 3,56 5040.E0.42
B 18 x 85 x 40
13 6700 4750 A 32 x 200 x 110 6,05 5040.E0.67
B 22 x 115 x 50
16 10000 7500 A 36 x 260 x 140 10,00 5040.E1.00
B 26 x 140 x 65

Stainless steel size in kg (WLL) txb in kg
clevis shackle NGS,
grade 5, 1.4404 6 750 26 x 21 0,160 6561.E0.06
8 1250 30 x 24 0,230 6561.E0.08
10 2000 40 x 28 0,460 6561.E0.10
13 3200 44 x 34 0,675 6561.E0.13
16 5000 50 x 39 1,130 6561.E0.16

Stainless steel size in kg (WLL) txg in kg
clevis hook NGHF
with welded safety latch, 6 750 81 x 26 0,400 6550.E0.06
grade 5, 1.4404 8 1250 101 x 35 0,760 6550.E0.08
10 2000 121 x 39 1,440 6550.E0.10
13 3200 138 x 53 2,600 6550.E0.13
16 5000 176 x 69 4,900 6550.E0.16
6612.E0. Chain Load capacity in kg (WLL) Weight Item no.

Stainless steel size in kg
shortener, complete
with 2 clevis shackles, 6 750 0,205 6612.E0.06
grade 5, 1.4404 8 1250 0,345 6612.E0.08
10 2000 0,790 6612.E0.10
13 3200 1,230 6612.E0.13
16 5000 2,300 6612.E0.16
1102.0E. 1121.0E. 1122.0E. 1219.0E.

Wire rope sling Wire rope sling Wire rope sling 2-leg wire rope sling
with pressed with pressed loop with master link with safety hook
loops and safety hook and safety hook
Rope ø Load capacity 1 leg Item no. Item no. Item no. Load capacity 2 leg at angle Item no.
in mm single direct in kg
0-45° 45-60°
8 600 1102.0E.08 1121.0E.08 1122.0E.08 840 600 1219.0E.08
10 1000 1102.0E.10 1121.0E.10 1122.0E.10 1400 1000 1219.0E.10
12 1300 1102.0E.12 1121.0E.12 1122.0E.12 1800 1300 1219.0E.12
14 1800 1102.0E.14 1121.0E.14 1122.0E.14 2500 1800 1219.0E.14
16 2300 1102.0E.16 1121.0E.16 1122.0E.16 3200 2300 1219.0E.16
20 3600 1102.0E.20 1121.0E.20 1122.0E.20 5000 3600 1219.0E.20
1113.0E. 1149.0E. 1226.0E.

Wire rope sling Wire rope sling 2-leg wire rope
with pressed with 2 master sling with
loop and links master links
master link Please note that for
with loops (without
ment point must
have at least twice
the diameter of the
wire rope.
Rope ø Load capacity 1 leg single Item no. Item no. Load capacity 2 leg at angle Item no.
in mm direct in kg
0 - 45° 45 - 60°
8 600 1113.0E.08 1149.0E.08 840 600 1226.0E.08
10 1000 1113.0E.10 1149.0E.10 1400 1000 1226.0E.10
12 1300 1113.0E.12 1149.0E.12 1800 1300 1226.0E.12
14 1800 1113.0E.14 1149.0E.14 2500 1800 1226.0E.14
16 2300 1113.0E.16 1149.0E.16 3200 2300 1226.0E.16
20 3600 1113.0E.20 1149.0E.20 5000 3600 1226.0E.20
5021.E0. For wire rope slings Load Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.
Stainless steel 1-leg 2-leg capacity d t b in kg
master link NAG rope ø rope ø in kg
for 1- and 2-leg

wire rope slings, 8, 10 8 1000 13 110 60 0,34 5021.E0.10
no flattened section, 12 - 1250 16 110 60 0,53 5021.E0.12

grade 5, 1.4404 14 10, 12 2000 18 135 75 0,80 5021.E0.20
16 14 3200 22 160 90 1,50 5021.E0.32
20, 22 16, 20 5000 26 180 100 2,30 5021.E0.50
5180.0E. Load capacity Dimensions in mm Item no.

Stainless steel in kg t g b
safety hook NOHF, 750 102 26 24 5180.0E.07
1250 120 35 28 5180.0E.12
grade 5, with solid safety latch
2000 145 39 35 5180.0E.20
3200 175 53 45 5180.0E.32
5000 221 69 56 5180.0E.50
5670. Breaking Size Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

Stainless steel shackle, load in kg b1 d1 e in kg
material 1.4401 640 4 8 4 16 0,011 5670.00.04
1100 5 10 5 20 0,016 5670.00.05
1530 6 12 6 24 0,024 5670.00.06
2900 8 16 8 32 0,056 5670.00.08
4500 10 20 10 40 0,130 5670.00.10
6100 12 24 12 48 0,195 5670.00.12
11500 16 32 16 64 0,480 5670.00.16
15500 19 38 19 76 0,840 5670.00.19
17850 22 44 22 88 1,270 5670.00.22
20400 25 50 25 100 1,840 5670.00.25
22780 28 56 28 112 2,490 5670.00.28
26300 32 64 32 128 3,720 5670.00.32
Load capacity is approx. 25% of the breaking load
804. Rope ø Dimensions in mm Breaking load of Item no.

Pressed thimble, in mm pressed sleeve
b Ø d1 Ø d2 k in kN
thimble and sleeve of
stainless steel 1.4404 2 10 6,5 7 4 2 804-0200
3 13 9,5 9 5,5 4,5 804-0300
4 16 10,5 13 6,5 8,1 804-0400
5 20 12,5 15 8 12,6 804-0500
6 28 15,5 13 9 18,1 804-0600
8 40 17,5 16 12 32,2 804-0800
10 50 23,5 20 14 46,9 804-1000
12 60 25,5 24 20 67,6 804-1200
14 70 33,5 28 22 91,8 804-1400
16 80 36,5 32 24 119,7 804-1600
Stainless Steel Accessories
Turnbuckles of corrosion- and acid-resistant material
5780. with hook and eye, material 1.4401
Nominal size Breaking load Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

= thread in kg in kg
b e f l1 l2 m
M5 150 7 55 50 70 55 6 0,04 5780.00.70
M6 300 10 70 70 90 65 8 0,10 5780.00.90
M8 500 12 95 95 120 95 9 0,16 5780.01.20
M10 700 15 110 110 150 120 12 0,27 5780.01.50
M12 1500 19 140 140 200 165 13 0,56 5780.02.00
M16 3000 20 180 180 250 215 17 1,09 5780.02.50
M20 4200 28 195 190 305 250 20 1,73 5780.03.05
5781. with 2 eyes, material 1.4401

b e f l1 l2
M5 800 7 55 50 70 55 0,04 5781.00.70
M6 1000 10 70 70 90 65 0,10 5781.00.90
M8 2300 12 95 95 120 95 0,16 5781.01.20
M10 3300 15 110 110 150 120 0,26 5781.01.50
M12 4800 19 140 140 200 165 0,55 5781.02.00
M16 7000 20 180 180 250 215 1,34 5781.02.50
M20 10000 28 195 190 305 250 1,78 5781.03.05
5782. with 2 hooks, material 1.4401

e f l1 l2 m
M5 150 55 50 70 55 6 0,04 5782.00.70
M6 300 70 70 90 65 8 0,09 5782.00.90
M8 500 95 95 120 95 9 0,16 5782.01.20
M10 700 110 110 150 120 12 0,26 5782.01.50
M12 1500 140 140 200 165 13 0,53 5782.02.00
M16 3000 180 180 250 215 17 1,04 5782.02.50
M20 4200 195 190 305 250 20 1,83 5782.03.05
8712. Turnbuckle with 2 forks,

d
material 1.4401
f
b
Thread Dimensions in mm Item no.

b d g f
M6 180 5 7,5 12 8712-060
M8 214 6 10 13 8712-080
M10 238 8 11 15 8712-100
M12 308 12 14 25 8712-120
M16 388 14 22 31 8712-160
8856. Turnbuckle with 2 eyes,

material 1.4401
d1

b d1 g
M6 168 6,5 7,5 8856-060
M8 212 8,5 10 8856-080
M10 238 10,5 11 8856-100
M12 290 13 14 8856-120
M16 356 14,5 22 8856-160
8788. Turnbuckle with fork and eye,

d material 1.4401
d1
f
b

b d d1 g f
M6 174 5 6,5 7,5 12 8788-060
M8 213 6 8,5 10 13 8788-080
M10 238 8 10,5 11 15 8788-100
M12 299 12 13 14 25 8788-120
M16 372 14 14,5 22 31 8788-160
870. Turnbuckle with fork,

ød1
swaged, material 1.4401
a ød
g
f
b
Rope ø Dimensions Tensioning range Item no.

in mm in mm in mm
a b d d1 f g
2 M5 190 5 5 12,0 7,5 +26/-43 870-0200
3 M6 220 6 5 12,0 7,5 +28/-50 870-0300
4 M6 225 7 5 12,0 7,5 +28/-50 870-0400
4 M8 248 8 6 13,0 10,0 +34/-50 870-0401
5 M8 254 8 6 13,0 10,0 +34/-50 870-0500
6 M10 283 10 8 15,0 11,0 +30/-50 870-0600
8 M12 368 13 12 25,0 14,0 +46/-70 870-0800
10 M16 490 18 14 31,0 22,0 +48/-90 870-1000
12 M20 580 20 19 50,5 24,0 +60/-105 870-1200
16 M24 680 27 25 62,0 30,0 +90/-120 870-1600
889. Turnbuckle with eye,

swaged, material 1.4401
ød2
a d1
Rope ø Dimensions Tensioning range Item no.

in mm in mm in mm
a b d1 Ø d2
2 M5 193 5 5,5 +26/-43 889-0200
3 M6 215 6 6,5 +28/-50 889-0300
4 M6 220 7 6,5 +28/-50 889-0400
4 M8 248 8 8,5 +34/-50 889-02401
5 M8 254 8 8,5 +34/-50 889-0500
6 M10 288 10 10,5 +30/-50 889-0600
8 M12 368 13 13,0 +46/-70 889-0800
10 M16 490 18 14,5 +48/-90 889-1000
12 M20 570 20 19,5 +60/-105 889-1200
Stainless Steel Wire Ropes and Strands
0153. Rope ø Minimum breaking load Item no.

Stainless steel strand, in mm 1570 N/mm2
construction 1x19, kN kg
material 1.4401 2,0 3,3 337 0153.10.20
2,5 5,15 525 0153.10.25
3,0 7,42 757 0153.10.30
4,0 13,2 1350 0153.10.40
5,0 20,6 2100 0153.10.50
6,0 29,7 3030 0153.10.60
8,0 49,4 5040 0153.10.80
10,0 72,2 10000 0153.11.00
12,0 104,0 14500 0153.11.20
s lasts
Ropes and fittings up to 26 mm are available.
Stainles
longer!

Stainless steel wire rope, in mm 1570 N/mm2
material 1.4401 1,5 1,26 128 0155.10.15
2,0 2,24 228 0155.10.20
3,0 5,03 513 0155.10.30
4,0 8,94 912 0155.10.40
5,0 14,0 1430 0155.10.50
6,0 20,1 2050 0155.10.60
8,0 35,8 3650 0155.10.80
For smaller diameters

see page 317

Stainless steel wire rope, in mm 1570 N/mm2
material 1.44019 2,0 2,08 291 CG71.92.00
3,0 4,69 478 0160.10.30
4,0 8,34 850 0160.10.40
5,0 13,0 1330 0160.10.50
6,0 18,8 1920 0160.10.60
8,0 33,4 3410 0160.10.80
10,0 52,1 5310 0160.11.00
12,0 75,1 7660 0160.11.20
14,0 102,0 10100 0160.11.40
16,0 133,0 13600 0160.11.60
Stainless Steel Wire Ropes and Strands
Rope ø Minimum breaking load Item no. 0166.

in mm 1570 N/mm2 Stainless steel wire rope,
kN kg construction 7x37,
8,0 32,0 3260 0166.10.80 material 1.4401
10,0 50,0 5090 0166.11.00
12,0 72,0 7340 0166.11.20
14,0 98,0 9980 0166.11.40
16,0 128,0 13000 0166.11.60
18,0 162,0 16500 0166.11.80
20,0 200,0 20400 0166.12.00
22,0 241,0 24600 0166.12.20
24,0 288,0 29400 0166.12.40

kN kg construction 6x36WS+IWRC,
6,0 20,1 2048 0164.10.60 material 1.4401
8,0 35,7 3641 0164.10.80
10,0 55,9 5700 0164.11.00
12,0 80,5 8210 0164.11.20
14,0 110,0 11200 0164.11.40
16,0 143,0 14600 0164.11.60
18,0 181,0 18500 0164.11.80
20,0 224,0 22800 0164.12.00
22,0 271,0 27600 0164.12.20
24,0 322,0 32800 0164.12.40
26,0 354,0 36100 0164.12.60
s lasts
Stainles
longer!

kN kg construction 18x7+IWRC,
4,0 8,5 867 0169.10.40 material 1.4401
5,0 12,9 1320 0169.10.50
6,0 18,5 1890 0169.10.60
8,0 33,0 3370 0169.10.80
10,0 51,5 5250 0169.11.00
12,0 74,2 7570 0169.11.20
14,0 100,9 10289 0169.11.40
16,0 129,3 13179 0169.11.60
Stainless Steel Shackles
5670. Breaking load Size Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

Stainless steel shackle, in kg b1 d1 e in kg
material 1.4401 550 4 8 4 14 0,011 5670.00.04
1000 5 10 5 17,5 0,016 5670.00.05
1700 6 12 6 21 0,024 5670.00.06
2500 8 16 8 28 0,056 5670.00.08
4100 10 20 10 35 0,130 5670.00.10
5400 12 24 12 42 0,195 5670.00.12
8800 16 32 16 56 0,480 5670.00.16
10000 19 38 19 66,5 0,840 5670.00.19
19000 22 44 22 77 1,270 5670.00.22
21000 25 50 25 87,5 1,840 5670.00.25
23000 28 56 28 98 2,490 5670.00.28
26000 32 64 32 112 3,720 5670.00.32
5671. Breaking load Size Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

Stainless steel in kg A B R L1 in kg
bow shackle, 550 4 4 8 14 18 0,012 5671.00.04
material 1.4401 1000 5 5 10 17 23 0,018 5671.00.05
1700 6 6 12 21 27 0,028 5671.00.06
2500 8 8 16 28 37 0,064 5671.00.08
4100 10 10 20 34 46 0,150 5671.00.10
5400 12 12 24 42 55 0,223 5671.00.12
8800 16 16 32 56 74 0,550 5671.00.16
10000 19 19 38 66 87,5 0,966 5671.00.19
19000 22 22 44 77 99 1,455 5671.00.22
21000 25 25 50 87 112,5 2,110 5671.00.25
23000 28 28 56 98 126 2,852 5671.00.28
26000 32 32 64 112 128 3,262 5671.00.32
For other stainless steel shack-

les, please refer to our new
Stainless catalogue. Contact us
to order your free copy!
A wide range of stainless

steel fittings can be found
in our I-SYS catalogue.
Stainless Steel Shackles
ity
Load capacity Size Dimensions in mm Weight Item no. 5672. High strength
he r loa d capac rial
Hig e
in kg P B J L in kg stainless steel shackle,
to sp ecial mat
1000 10 10,0 8,0 16 32 0,085 5672.00.10 material 1.4542
due
2000 12,7 12,7 10 20 40 0,150 5672.00.13
3000 16 16 12,7 25 50 0,350 5672.00.16
5000 19 19 16 32 64 0,550 5672.00.19
7000 22,2 22,2 19 38 76 1,000 5672.00.22
9000 25,4 25,4 22,2 44 88 1,900 5672.00.25
11000 28,6 28,6 25,4 51 102 2,900 5672.00.29
13000 31,8 31,8 28,6 57 114 3,100 5672.00.32
15000 34,9 34,9 31,8 64 128 4,380 5672.00.35
18000 38 38 34,9 70 140 5,300 5672.00.38
in kg B J L in kg stainless steel D-shackle,
350 M6 6 13 25 0,048 5673.00.06 with nut and pin,
material 1.4401
500 M8 8 16 32 0,075 5673.00.08
800 M10 9,5 19 38 0,136 5673.00.10
1000 M12 11 22 44 0,212 5673.00.12
1800 M16 14,3 29 58 0,585 5673.00.16
2800 M20 16 32 64 0,760 5673.00.20
3300 M22 19 38 76 1,180 5673.00.22
4500 M24 22 44 88 1,750 5673.00.24
5000 M27 25,4 50 100 2,600 5673.00.27
in kg B J W L in kg stainless steel bow-shackle,
280 M6 6 13 19 28 0,052 5674.00.06 with nut and pin,
material 1.4401
400 M8 8 16 25 35 0,081 5674.00.08
500 M10 9,5 19 28 38 0,147 5674.00.10
800 M12 11 22 33 46 0,221 5674.00.12
1500 M16 14,3 29 43 60 0,635 5674.00.16
2500 M20 16 32 50 68 0,805 5674.00.20
3000 M22 19 38 58 76 1,250 5674.00.22
4000 M24 22 44 66 88 1,820 5674.00.24
4500 M27 25,4 50 76 100 2,700 5674.00.27
5970. Size Rope ø Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

Stainless steel in mm a b in kg
thimble, 2 2 12 8 0,003 5970.00.02
material 1.4401 3 3 16 10 0,004 5970.00.03
4 4 17 11 0,005 5970.00.04
5 5 20 13 0,006 5970.00.05
6 6 25 16 0,010 5970.00.06
7 7 28 18 0,012 5970.00.07
8 8 32 20 0,018 5970.00.08
10 10 40 26 0,029 5970.00.10
12 12 45 28 0,046 5970.00.12
14 14 56 34 0,090 5970.00.14
16 16 62 37 0,104 5970.00.16
18 18 65 42 0,171 5970.00.18
20 20 78 45 0,277 5970.00.20
22 22 88 50 0,297 5970.00.22
24 24 96 58 0,549 5970.00.24
5970. Size Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

Stainless steel a b1 b2 d h1 h2 l in kg
wire rope clip, 2 10 4 14 M 3 18 11 14 0,01 5870.00.02
material 1.4401 3 12 5 16 M 3 24 12 17 0,01 5870.00.03
4 13 6 18 M 4 24 14 19 0,02 5870.00.04
5 15 7 20 M 6 33 16 24 0,03 5870.00.05
6 15 8 22 M 6 33 18 28 0,04 5870.00.06
8 20 10 28 M 8 40 21 34 0,08 5870.00.08
d
10 28 12 35 M 10 50 24 45 0,15 5870.00.10
12 35 14 39 M 12 60 28 51 0,23 5870.00.12
14 40 16 45 M 12 65 33 53 0,27 5870.00.14
16 45 18 48 M 14 75 38 60 0,38 5870.00.16
19 50 20 53 M 14 80 40 62 0,44 5870.00.19
22 60 26 62 M 18 100 47 78 0,80 5870.00.22
25 65 29 68 M 18 110 52 86 1,08 5870.00.25
5855. Size Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

Stainless steel b1 b2 d h1 h2 l1 in kg
simplex clip, 2 4 12 M 4,0 5 14 15 0,46 5855.00.02
material 1.4301 3 6 14 M 4,0 7 14 17 0,72 5855.00.03
4 8 18 M 5,0 7 18 20 1,27 5855.00.04
5 10 20 M 5,0 8 18 25 1,46 5855.00.05
6 12 24 M 6,0 9 23 30 2,52 5855.00.06
8 17 30 M 8,0 13 25 37 5,42 5855.00.08
5865.
Stainless steel Size Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.
duplex clip, 2 bolts, b1 b2 d h1 h2 l2 in kg
material 1.4301
2 4 12 M 4,0 5 14 30 0,97 5865.00.02
3 6 14 M 4,0 7 14 35 1,41 5865.00.03
4 8 17 M 5,0 7 18 40 2,45 5865.00.04
5 10 20 M 5,0 8 18 50 2,91 5865.00.05
6 12 24 M 6,0 9 23 60 5,00 5865.00.06
8 17 30 M 8,0 13 25 75 10,63 5865.00.08
10 21 37 M 10,0 16 32 95 17,13 5865.00.10
Size Load capa- Dimensions in mm Weight Item no. 5340. Stainless steel
city in kg A B D L L1 M in kg safety hook,
1/4 300 20 12 7 119 22 16 0,190 5340.00.03 material 1.4401
5/16 500 28 14 8,5 141 28 19 0,330 5340.00.05
3/8 700 28 16 10 160 28 22 0,530 5340.00.07
1/2 1000 32 20 13 199 36 26 1,040 5340.00.10
Also available as eye hook
s lasts
Stainles
longer!
Breaking Size Dimensions in mm Weight Item no. 5545. Stainless steel

load in kg* A L B B1 L1 in kg swivel with 2 eyes,
1200 5 5 60 23 13 13 0,034 5545.00.50 material 1.4401
1300 6 6 65 26 15 15 0,051 5545.00.60
2300 8 8 90 35 20 22 0,131 5545.00.80
3100 10 10 115 44 24 27 0,260 5545.01.00
6400 13 13 154 57 32 35 0,580 5545.01.30
10300 16 16 188 71 39 45 1,050 5545.01.60
15500 19 19 231 84 41 50 2,200 5545.01.90
22500 22 22 254 95 47 52 2,850 5545.02.20
28600 25 25 295 115 63 67 4,550 5545.02.50
* Load capacity = 20% of breaking load
K G
555E. Stainless steel eye bolt type INOX-STAR
D C
50% higher load capacity than regular DIN eye bolts.
B
rma-
iled info
For deta page
L
se see
tion plea
E
M
365.
Type Nominal load Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

capacity F1 in t in kg
A B C D E G K L M SW
INOX-STAR M12 0,6 42 14 10 30 30 32 56 18 M12 8 0,2 5555.E0.12
INOX-STAR M16 1,2 49 16 12 35 35 37 65 24 M16 10 0,3 5555.E0.16
INOX-STAR M20 1,8 57 19 16 40 40 43 74 30 M20 12 0,6 5555.E0.20
INOX-STAR M24 2,6 69 24 19 48 50 53 92 35 M20 14 1,0 5555.E0.24
5551.6
Stainless steel eye bolt,
DIN 580, material A4, forged
Minimum breaking load Size Load capacity F1 Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.
in kN in kg in kg
B C D E
- M6 70 6 13 16 31 0,042 5551.60.06
8,4 M8 140 8 13 20 36 0,046 5551.60.08
13,8 M10 230 10 17 25 45 0,087 5551.60.10
19,8 M12 340 12 20,5 30 53 0,155 5551.60.12
41,4 M16 700 14 27 35 62 0,250 5551.60.16
70,8 M20 1200 16 30 40 71 0,390 5551.60.20
106 M24 1800 20 36 50 90 0,745 5551.60.24
188 M30 3200 24 45 60 109 1,660 5551.60.30
270 M36 4600 28 54 70 128 2,650 5551.60.36
5552.6
Stainless steel eye nut,
DIN 582, material A4, forged
Minimum breaking load Size Load capacity F1 Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.
in kN in kg in kg
B D E
- M6 70 6 16 31 0,035 5552.60.06
8,4 M8 140 8 20 36 0,040 5552.60.08
13,8 M10 230 10 25 45 0,076 5552.60.10
19,8 M12 340 12 30 53 0,134 5552.60.12
41,4 M16 700 14 35 62 0,210 5552.60.16
70,8 M20 1200 16 40 71 0,300 5552.60.20
106 M24 1800 20 50 90 0,610 5552.60.24
188 M30 3200 24 60 109 1,320 5552.60.30
270 M36 4600 28 70 128 2,080 5552.60.36
Size Dimensions in mm Weight Item no. 6585. Stainless steel

l b w d c ca. in kg quick link, material 1.4301
4 33 12 5,5 4 6,0 0,012 6585.00.04
Must not be used
5 41 14 6,5 5 7,0 0,021 6585.00.05
for lifting purposes!
6 45 15 9,0 6 9,0 0,035 6585.00.06
7 53 16 8,5 7 9,5 0,057 6585.00.07
8 57 20 10,0 8 11,0 0,080 6585.00.08
10 69 22 11,0 10 13,0 0,148 6585.00.10
Size Dimensions in mm Weight Item no. 5145. Stainless steel

b d l m w in kg snap hook, material 1.4401
50 x 5 8 5 50 7 7 0,017 5145.00.10
Must not be used
60 x 6 9 6 60 8 7 0,027 5145.00.15 for lifting purposes!
70 x 7 9 7 70 10 7,5 0,045 5145.00.23
80 x 8 12 8 80 10 8 0,065 5145.00.27
100 x 10 15 10 100 13 11 0,13 5145.00.40
120 x 11 20 11 120 16 14 0,196 5145.00.55
Breaking load Type L in mm for chain size Item no. 5385. Stainless steel
in kg anchor swivel, material 1.4401
4250 A 84 6-8 5385.00.10
6750 B 96 10 - 12 5385.00.20
Slings: Chain Slings
Chain slings
in one- and multiple leg version
Chain Slings Grade 120
Chain Slings Grade 100
Chain slings Grade 80
Chain slings ICE 120 Chain slings VIP Chain slings

Grade 120 Grade 100 Grade 80
Slings: Chain Slings
Comparison of load capacities of high strength chain slings:

Grade 80 according to EN 818, grade 100 according to PAS 1061 and grade 120
RUD chain slings Load capacities of 1- and multiple leg chain slings at different inclination angles and with all legs symmetrically loaded
Chain grades
Inclination angle β 0 0-45° 45-60° 0-45° 45-60°

Load factor 1 1,4 1,0 2,1 1,5
8 10 12
Grade Chain size (ø)
VIP-10 4 630 880 630 1320 950
GK-8 6 1120 1600 1120 2360 1680
VIP-10 6 1500 2100 1500 3150 2250
GK-8 8 2000 2800 2000 4250 3000
VIP-10 8 2500 3500 2500 5250 3750
ICE-12 8 3000 4250 3000 6300 4500
GK-8 10 3150 4250 3150 6700 4750
VIP-10 10 4000 5600 4000 8400 6000
ICE-12 10 5000 7100 5000 10600 7500
GK-8 13 5300 7500 5300 11200 8000
Chain slings ICE 120

VIP-10 13 6700 9500 6700 14000 10000
ICE-12 13 8000 11200 8000 17000 11800
Chain slings VIP

GK-8 16 8000 11200 8000 17000 11800
VIP-10 16 10000 14000 10000 21000 15000
Chain slings
GK-8 18 10000 14000 10000 21000 15000
grade 100
grade 120
grade 80
VIP-10 20 16000 22400 16000 33600 24000
GK-8 22 15000 21000 15000 31500 22400
VIP-10 22 20000 28000 20000 42000 30000
GK-8 26 21250 30000 21200 45000 31500
Asymmetric loading will reduce the capacity by 50%.
Choker hitch will reduce the capacity by 20%
Slings: Chain Slings Grade 120
= Innovative The first chain sling in grade 120!
= Chain ’t afford
cause you can
Be
= Evolution cheap“
12 to buy „
RUD is the first manufacturer to receive the D-approval stamp for grade Chain size Load capacity in kg
120 from the German BG (Employers’ Liability & Insurance Association), in mm Grade 80 ICE
and turns over a new leaf in sling and lashing chain technology.
8 - 3000
It is time now for all users still employing grade 80 chains to abandon this
obsolete technology once and for all – with ICE 120 – grade 120. 10 3150 5000
For the first time it is now possible to replace grade 80 chain slings 13 5300 8000
between 10 and 16 mm with the next smaller diameter: 16 8000 -
Your advantage: Weight reduction…

… of over 30%
ICE 120 offers the following advantages compared to a grade 80 chain of

the same load capacity:
• Easier handling due to reduced weight

• Up to 60% higher breaking load / load capacity
• Cheaper than a comparable grade 80 RUD chain sling
• Temperature resistant from -60°C to +300°C (-76°F to 572°F)
• Considerably enhanced durability and impact resistance >55 J at -60°C
(-76°F)
• Longer service life due to higher resistance against square edges (28%
higher surface hardness than grade 80: 460 HV)
Comparison chain sling with hook H1-V, length = 3000 mm
RUD - RUD – grade 80
12 8
Load capacity 8t 8t
Chain ø 13 mm 16 mm
Components IAK-SC-13 AK 1-16 + 3 links + VS-16 + 3 links + V16
ICE-chain; 13 x 39 Chain 16 x 48 GK 8
Length 3.000 mm Length 3.000 mm
ICE-STAR-hook 13 GSH 16
Weight 20,7 kg = 100 % 26,8 kg = 130 %
Price 100 % 130 %
The most important features of your new ICE 120 chain:
RUD is the first manufacturer to receive the Technical Committee Metal and
D-approval stamp for grade 120 from the German Surface Treatment, Testing and
BG Metall Nord (Employers’ Liability & Insurance Certification Centre at BG-PRÜF-
Association). ZERT PZNM
This is documented on the ice chains and fittings
by the newly created approval stamp D1-12.
12
Same resistance against hydrogen embrittlement Resistance against stress crack corrosion has
as grade 80. been proofed according to PAS 1061.
The top-quality ICE chains and fittings are finished Considerably improved surface protection due to
in a special ICE-pink powder-coating (RAL 4006 two-component system (pre-treatment and ICE
traffic purple). powder-coating) compared to bright or galvanised
chains.
Grade 80 120
Up to 25% lower weight than a grade 80 hook of
the next higher diameter and same opening width Chain ø 13 10
and base height due to FEM-aided optimised con- WLL/kg 5000 5000
struction. Opening width/mm 40 40
Base height/mm 37 37
Weight/kg 2,5 1,7
Foolproof: • Colour: ICE-pink - traffic purple
• Each chain link is stamped with ICE • Obvious difference to

• Every component has forged ICE markings VIP-magenta-Pink grade 100
and grade 80-red
The successful and often copied RUD clevis The new ICE connecting bolt cannot be mixed
system will be continued with ICE 120. Due to with other RUD grades due its oval shape!
being matched in dimension and colour the Foolproof!
system is foolproof and components cannot be
mixed.
• Master links with 40° inclined flattened ...only with ICE 120 – to mount ICE connector or
section … ICE shortening coupler!
• X –(ISO grade 120) shaped ...with integrated chain gauge!

identification tag …
Inspection/
Use testing See safe use instructions
for ICE chain slings grade 120
6101S0. ICE chain sling, 1-leg, without shortener,

with ICE Star Hook
Chain size in mm Load capacity Item no.

L 1-leg single direct in t
8 3,0 6101.S0.08
10 5,0 6101.S0.10
13 8,0 6101.S0.13

with ICE Star Hook
L Chain size in mm Load capacity in t Item no.

2-leg at angle
0 - 45° 45 - 60°
8 4,25 3,0 6201.S0.08
10 7,1 5,0 6201.S0.10
13 11,2 8,0 6201.S0.13

with ICE Star Hook
L
Chain size in mm Load capacity in t Item no.
4-leg at angle
0 - 45° 45 - 60°
8 6,3 4,5 6401.S0.08
10 10,6 7,5 6401.S0.10
13 17,0 11,8 6401.S0.13
3-leg chain slings and

endless chains are also
available at short notive!
6101S1. ICE chain sling, 1-leg, with shortener,

with ICE Star Hook
Chain size Load capacity Item no.
in mm 1-leg single direct in t
8 3,0 6101.S1.08
10 5,0 6101.S1.10
13 8,0 6101.S1.13 L

with ICE Star Hook
Chain size Load capacity in t Item no.
in mm 2-leg at angle
0 - 45° 45 - 60°
8 4,25 3,0 6201.S2.08 L
10 7,1 5,0 6201.S2.10
13 11,2 8,0 6201.S2.13

with ICE Star Hook
0 - 45° 45 - 60° L
8 6,3 4,5 6401.S4.08
10 10,6 7,5 6401.S4.10
13 17,0 11,8 6401.S4.13
6601S. ICE identification tag with integrated

chain gauge (no load capacity stamp)
Chain size Designation Item no.
in mm
8 IKZA-8 6601.S0.08
10 IKZA-10 6601.S0.10
13 IKZA-13 6601.S0.13
The new modular ICE 120 system

ICE master links
ICE connecting elements ICE-Shortening ICE connector

Coupler
Other components ICE self-locking ICE Star hook ICE-T-G

hook IAGH with clevis
connection
ICE 120 chain slings offer the following loaf capacites:

1-leg 2-leg 3- and 4-leg endless
Nominal size of chain sling

in mm Endless chain in choker hitch
Inclination angle β 0° 0-45° >45-60° 0-45° >45-60° -

Load factor 1 1,4 1 2,1 1,5 1,6
Ø8 3,0 4,25 3,0 6,3 4,5 4,8
Ø 10 5,0 7,1 5,0 10,6 7,5 8,0
Ø 13 8,0 11,2 8,0 17,0 11,8 12,8
Asymmetric loading
will reduce the capacity by 50%.
For lower or higher load capacities up to 54 ton please chose the suitable chain from the VIP grade 100 range.
Endless chain Choker hitch
Nominal size of chain sling

in mm
single double single double

Inclination angle ß 0-45° >45-60° 0-45° >45-60° 0° 0-45° >45-60°
Load factor 1,1 0,8 1,7 1,2 0,8 1,1 0,8
Ø8 3,3 2,4 5,1 3,6 2,4 3,3 2,4
Ø 10 5,5 4,0 8,5 6,0 4,0 5,5 4,0
Ø 13 8,8 6,4 13,6 9,6 6,4 8,8 6,4
Asymmetric loading
will reduce the capacity by 50%.
If chain slings are used above temperatures of 200°C (392°F) the load capacity has to be reduced.
Load capacities in % at a chain temperature of:
-60 to +200° C (-76 to +392°F) over 200 to 250° C (over 392 to 482°F) over 250 to 300° C (over 482 to 572°F)
100% 90% 60%
RUD ICE 120 chains and components are suitable for a dynamic load of 20000 duty cycles at 50% overload according to DIN EN 818 and 1677. The German BG stipulates: Under high
dynamic loads with a high number of duty cycles (non-stop operation) the load strain has to be reduced according to group 1Bm (M3 according to DIN EN 818-7), e.g.by using a bigger
chain diameter.
6554S. ICE self-locking hook AGH

Up to 30% weight reduction compared to a grade 80 hook
NEW!
of the same capacity due to its skeletal design
• Wear ribs to protect the first chain link
• Thickened hook tip to prevent potentially dangerous and incorrect loading of the hook tip
• Marker points to check mouth opening
• Patented wear marks indicate the replacement state without measuring!
• Slip-proof operation of the safety button without risk of injury
• Big mouth opening corresponding to a grade 80 hook of the same capacity
Chain Load Designation Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

size capacity in kg
in mm in t
A B C D E F F max. T
8 3,0 ICE-AGH 8* - - - - - - - - - 6554.S0.08
10 5,0 ICE-AGH 10 50 38 36 40 133 61 81 154 2,4 6554.S0.10
13 8,0 ICE-AGH 13* - - - - - - - - - 6554.S0.13
* Projected
6550S. ICE-SH Star Hook

Up to 25% weight reduction compared to a grade 80 hook of the same capacity due to its ground-
breaking skeletal design. The unmatched advantages of the VIP Cobra hook have been transferred and
further enhanced.
Chain Load Designation Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

size capacity in kg
in mm in t
A B C D F F max. G T
8 3,0 ICE-SH-8 45 23 20 29 36 58 112 110 1,1 6550.S0.08
10 5,0 ICE-SH-10 56 29 25 37 41 66 135 127 1,9 6550.S0.10
13 8,0 ICE-SH-13 85 38 31 48 50 80 163 153 3,5 6550.S0.13
6553S. ICE-SC Shortening Coupler

Optimised coupler system: Only 1 component in lightweight construction combines chain connection
and shortening element. Incorrect use of the connecting bolt is ruled out. Unintentional loosening also
with unloaded chain is avoided by an additional rubber locking.
Chain size Load capacity Designation Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

in mm in t A B C D T in kg
8 3,0 ICE-SC-8 54 75 23,5 150 44 1,0 6553.S0.08
10 5,0 ICE-SC-10 67 94 29 187 54 1,9 6553.S0.10
13 8,0 ICE-SC-13 87 122 38 244 72 4,1 6553.S0.13
6552S. ICE-C Connector

ICE connecting link for the original RUD ICE master links with 40° inclined flattened sections for easy
mounting of the connecting element. Also suitable to connect with clevises, flanges etc. from other manu-
facturers.
Chain size Load Designation Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

in mm capacity in kg
in t A B C D E F T
8 3,0 ICE-C-8 24 45 64 26 14 21 44 0,33 6552.S0.08

10 5,0 ICE-C-10 30 56 80 32 18 26 54 0,65 6552.S0.10
13 8,0 ICE-C-13 38 73 104 42 23 33 72 1,44 6552.S0.13
6510S0. ICE master link IAK-1 without shortener, 1-leg,

for standard crane hooks
in mm in t A B C T in kg
8 3,0 IAK-1-8 18 75 135 179 1,4 6510.S0.08
10 5,0 IAK-1-10 22 90 160 214 2,5 6510.S0.10
13 8,0 IAK-1-13 26 100 180 252 4,2 6510.S0.13
6510S1. ICE master link IAK-SC-1 with shortener, 1-leg,

8 3,0 IAK-SC-1-8 18 75 135 179 2,0 6510.S1.08
10 5,0 IAK-SC-1-10 22 90 160 214 3,6 6510.S1.10
13 8,0 IAK-SC-1-13 26 100 180 252 6,7 6510.S1.13
6509S0. ICE master link IBK-1 without shortener, 1-leg,

for smaller crane hooks
8 3,0 IBK-1-8 18 60 110 154 1,3 6509.S0.08
10 5,0 IBK-1-10 22 65 140 194 2,2 6509.S0.10
13 8,0 IBK-1-13 26 75 135 207 3,7 6509.S0.13
6509S1. ICE master link IBK-SC-1 with shortener, 1-leg,

for smaller crane hooks

8 3,0 IBK-SC-1-8 18 60 110 154 1,8 6509.S1.08
10 5,0 IBK-SC-1-10 22 65 140 194 3,3 6509.S1.10
13 8,0 IBK-SC-1-13 26 75 135 207 6,3 6509.S1.13
6516S0. ICE special master links

ISAK-1/140, 1/190, 1/250,
without shortener, 1-leg

in mm in t A B C D E F T in kg ISAK-1/140
8 3,0 ISAK-1-8/140 22 140 260 18 60 110 414 4,2 6516.S0.08
10 5,0 ISAK-1-10/140 26 140 260 22 65 140 455 6,7 6516.S0.10
13 8,0 ISAK-1-13/140 32 140 260 26 75 135 467 9,8 6516.S0.13

8 3,0 ISAK-1-8/190 26 190 350 18 60 110 504 6,3 6517.S0.08
10 5,0 ISAK-1-10/190 32 190 350 22 65 140 545 10,4 6517.S0.10
13 8,0 ISAK-1-13/190 36 190 350 26 75 135 557 14,3 6517.S0.13

8 3,0 ISAK-1-8/250 36 250 460 18 60 110 614 13,1 6518.S0.08
10 5,0 ISAK-1-10/250 36 250 460 22 65 140 655 14,7 6518.S0.10
13 8,0 ISAK-1-13/250 36 250 460 26 75 135 667 16,8 6518.S0.13

ISAK-SC-1/140, 1/190, 1/250,
with shortener, 1-leg

in mm in t A B C D E F T in kg ISAK-SC-1/140
8 3,0 ISAK-SC-1-8/140 22 140 260 18 60 110 414 4,7 6516.S1.08
10 5,0 ISAK-SC-1-10/140 26 140 260 22 65 140 455 7,8 6516.S1.10
13 8,0 ISAK-SC-1-13/140 32 140 260 26 75 135 467 12,3 6516.S1.13

8 3,0 ISAK-SC-1-8/190 26 190 350 18 60 110 504 6,9 6517.S1.08
10 5,0 ISAK-SC-1-10/190 32 190 350 22 65 140 545 11,5 6517.S1.10
13 8,0 ISAK-SC-1-13/190 36 190 350 26 75 135 557 16,7 6517.S1.13

8 3,0 ISAK-SC-1-8/250 36 250 460 18 60 110 614 13,7 6518.S1.08
10 5,0 ISAK-SC-1-10/250 36 250 460 22 65 140 655 15,8 6518.S1.10
13 8,0 ISAK-SC-1-13/250 36 250 460 26 75 135 667 19,2 6518.S1.13
6520S0. ICE master link IAK-2 without shortener,

2-leg, for standard crane hooks
Chain size Load capacity in t Designation Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

in mm at angle in kg
0-45° 45 - 60° A B C T
8 4,25 3,0 IAK-2-8 22 90 160 204 2,4 6520.S0.08
10 7,1 5,0 IAK-2-10 26 100 180 234 4,0 6520.S0.10
13 11,2 8,0 IAK-2-13 32 110 200 272 7,5 6520.S0.13
6520S1. ICE master link IAK-SC-2 with shortener,

2-leg, for standard crane hooks

0-45° 45 - 60° A B C T
8 4,25 3,0 IAK-SC-2-8 22 90 160 204 3,6 6520.S1.08
10 7,1 5,0 IAK-SC-2-10 26 100 180 234 6,3 6520.S1.10
13 11,2 8,0 IAK-SC-2-13 32 110 200 272 12,4 6520.S1.13
6519S0. ICE master link IBK-2 without shortener,

2-leg, for smaller crane hooks

0-45° 45 - 60° A B C T
8 4,25 3,0 IBK-2-8 18 60 110 154 1,6 6519.S0.08
10 7,1 5,0 IBK-2-10 22 65 140 194 2,1 6519.S0.10
13 11,2 8,0 IBK-2-13 26 75 135 207 5,1 6519.S0.13
6519S1. ICE master link IBK-SC-2 with shortener,

2-leg, for smaller crane hooks

0-45° 45 - 60° A B C T
8 4,25 3,0 IBK-SC-2-8 18 60 110 154 2,7 6519.S1.08
10 7,1 5,0 IBK-SC-2-10 22 65 140 194 4,5 6519.S1.10
13 11,2 8,0 IBK-SC-2-13 26 75 135 207 10,2 6519.S1.13

ISAK-2/140, 2/190, 2/250,
Chain size Load capacity in t at angle Designation Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.
in mm 0-45° 45 - 60° A B C D E F T in kg ISAK-2/140
8 4,25 3,0 ISAK-2-8/140 22 140 260 18 60 110 414 4,5 6526.S0.08
10 7,1 5,0 ISAK-2-10/140 26 140 260 22 65 140 455 7,4 6526.S0.10
13 11,2 8,0 ISAK-2-13/140 32 140 260 26 75 135 467 11,3 6526.S0.13
8 4,25 3,0 ISAK-2-8/190 26 190 350 18 60 110 504 6,6 6527.S0.08
10 7,1 5,0 ISAK-2-10-/190 32 190 350 22 65 140 545 10,1 6527.S0.10
13 11,2 8,0 ISAK-2-13/190 36 190 350 26 75 135 557 15,8 6527.S0.13
8 4,25 3,0 ISAK-2-8/250 36 250 460 18 60 110 614 13,5 6528.S0.08
10 7,1 5,0 ISAK-2-10/250 36 250 460 22 65 140 655 15,4 6528.S0.10
13 11,2 8,0 ISAK-2-13/250 36 250 460 26 75 135 667 18,2 6528.S0.13

ISAK-SC-2/140, 2/190, 2/250,
in mm 0-45° 45 - 60° A B C D E F T in kg ISAK-SC-2/140
8 4,25 3,0 ISAK-SC-2-8/140 22 140 260 18 60 110 414 5,7 6526.S1.08
10 7,1 5,0 ISAK-SC-2-10/140 26 140 260 22 65 140 455 9,7 6526.S1.10
13 11,2 8,0 ISAK-SC-2-13/140 32 140 260 26 75 135 467 16,2 6526.S1.13
8 4,25 3,0 ISAK-SC-2-8/190 26 190 350 18 60 110 504 7,8 6527.S1.08
10 7,1 5,0 ISAK-SC-2-10/190 32 190 350 22 65 140 545 13,3 6527.S1.10
13 11,2 8,0 ISAK-SC-2-13/190 36 190 350 26 75 135 557 20,6 6527.S1.13
8 4,25 3,0 ISAK-SC-2-8/250 36 250 460 18 60 110 614 14,5 6528.S1.08
10 7,1 5,0 ISAK-SC-2-10/250 36 250 460 22 65 140 655 17,6 6528.S1.10
13 11,2 8,0 ISAK-SC-2-13/250 36 250 460 26 75 135 667 23,1 6528.S1.13
6540S0. ICE master link IAK-4 without shortener, 4-leg,

in mm in t at angle in kg
0-45° 45 - 60° A B C D E F T
8 6,3 4,5 IAK-4-8 26 100 180 18 60 110 334 5,4 6540.S0.08
10 10,6 7,5 IAK-4-10 32 110 200 22 65 140 394 9,7 6540.S0.10
13 17,0 11,8 IAK-4-13 36 140 260 26 75 135 467 16,6 6540.S0.13
6540S1. ICE master link IAK-SC-4 with shortener, 4-leg,

in mm in t at angle in kg
0-45° 45 - 60° A B C D E F T
8 6,3 4,5 IAK-SC-4-8 26 100 180 18 60 110 334 7,7 6540.S1.08
10 10,6 7,5 IAK-SC-4-10 32 110 200 22 65 140 394 14,3 6540.S1.10
13 17,0 11,8 IAK-SC-4-13 36 140 260 26 75 135 467 26,8 6540.S1.13
6571S5. ICE-T-GAKO length adjustment 6571S6. ICE-T-GAKO-U length adjustment

with clevis connection at both ends with clevis connection at both ends
and rigid lever and foldable lever
closed
closed
open open
Chain size Lifting Lashing Designation L open L closed Tensioning Standard tensio- Weight Item no.
in mm WLL in t LC in daN in mm in mm range in mm ning force STF in kg ICE-T-
STF in daN GAKO
8 3,0 6000 ICE-T-G-8 GAKO 483 308 175 2800 3,2 6571.S5.08
10 5,0 10000 ICE-T-G-10 GAKO 495 320 175 2800 3,6 6571.S5.10
13 8,0 16000 ICE-T-G-13 GAKO 695 445 250 2800 7,5 6571.S5.13
Chain size Lifting Lashing Designation L open L closed Tensioning Standard tensio- Weight Item no.
in mm WLL in t LC in daN in mm in mm range in mm ning force STF in kg ICE-T-GAKO-
STF in daN U
8 3,0 6000 ICE-T-8 GAKO (-U) 483 308 175 2800 3,4 6571.S6.08
10 5,0 10000 ICE-T-10 GAKO (-U) 495 320 175 2800 3,8 6571.S6.10
13 8,0 16000 ICE-T-13 GAKO (-U) 695 445 250 2800 8,0 6571.S6.13

ISAK-4/140, 4/190, 4/250,
8 6,3 4,5 ISAK-4-8/140 26 140 260 18 60 110 414 6,1 6546.S0.08
10 10,6 7,5 ISAK-4-10/140 32 140 260 22 65 140 455 10,7 6546.S0.10
8 6,3 4,5 ISAK-4-8/190 32 190 350 18 60 110 504 9,8 6547.S0.08
10 10,6 7,5 ISAK-4-10/190 36 190 350 22 65 140 545 14,2 6547.S0.10
13 17,0 11,8 ISAK-4-13/190 40 190 350 26 75 135 557 20,7 6547.S0.13
8 6,3 4,5 ISAK-4-8/250 36 250 460 18 60 110 614 14,1 6548.S0.08
10 10,6 7,5 ISAK-4-10/250 36 250 460 22 65 140 655 16,6 6548.S0.10
13 17,0 11,8 ISAK-4-13/250 40 250 460 26 75 135 667 23,7 6548.S0.13

ISAK-SC-4/140, 4/190, 4/250,
8 6,3 4,5 ISAK-SC-4-8/140 26 140 260 18 60 110 414 8,4 6546.S1.08
10 10,6 7,5 ISAK-SC-4-10/140 32 140 260 22 65 140 455 15,3 6546.S1.10
8 6,3 4,5 ISAK-SC-4-8/190 32 190 350 18 60 110 504 12,1 6547.S1.08
10 10,6 7,5 ISAK-SC-4-10/190 36 190 350 22 65 140 545 18,8 6547.S1.10
13 17,0 11,8 ISAK-SC-4-13/190 40 190 350 26 75 135 557 30,6 6547.S1.13
8 6,3 4,5 ISAK-SC-4-8/250 36 250 460 18 60 110 614 14,1 6548.S1.08
10 10,6 7,5 ISAK-SC-4-10/250 36 250 460 22 65 140 655 21,2 6548.S1.10
13 17,0 11,8 ISAK-SC-4-13/250 40 250 460 26 75 135 667 33,6 6548.S1.13
Slings: VIP Chain Slings
Grade 100
VIP grade 100:
RUD has been approved as first
manufacturer according to PAS
1061 – prototype test by German
BG (Employersʼ Liability and Insu-
rance Association)
10 V=Fool-proof / I=in / P=Pink
Higher load capacity: Considera-

bly higher load capacity than the
formerly highest grade 80.
Material: CrNiMo-specially tempe-
red alloy steel, high durability, mini-
mum breaking elongation ≥25% in
natural black, ≥20% in pink powder-
coated. Less sensitive to notching
and hydrogen embrittlement than
grade 80. Bending tests according
to DIN EN 818-2, bending min f =
0,8 x d is by far exceeded. Ratio of
WLL : proof load : breaking load is
given by 1 : 2,5 : 4.
Owing to a special heat treatment
procedure developed by RUD, the
highly dynamic RUD –VIP-chains
are less sensitive to mechanical
abrasion and damage. Hence an
increased life expectancy is
achieved.
10
BG-tested:
The approval of RUD´s special
quality VIP by the German BG is
documented in short chain link in-
tervals with the following:
H1 referring to the manufacturer`s
number i.e 1 = RUD and 10 mea-
ning grade 100.
Verification of quality:
At regular intervals, the chains are
stamped with a serial and batch
number.
VIP stamp in each chain link:

VIP-stamped chains are powder-
coated in the special fluorescent
signal colour pink.
Chain size Load capacity Item no. 6101.V0

in mm 1-leg single direct in t 6101.V0 VIP chain sling,
1-leg, with VIP-Cobra hook
4 0,63 6101.V0.04
6 1,5 6101.V0.06
8 2,5 6101.V0.08
10 4 6101.V0.10 L
13 6,7 6101.V0.13
16 10 6101.V0.16
20* 16 6101.V0.20
22* 20 6101.V0.22
* Length = 2 m
Chain size Load capacity in t Item no. 6201.V0

in mm 2-leg at angle VIP chain sling, 2-leg,
0-45° 45-60° with VIP-Cobra hook
4 0,88 0,63 6201.V0.04
6 2,1 1,5 6201.V0.06
8 3,5 2,5 6201.V0.08 L
10 5,6 4 6201.V0.10
13 9,5 6,7 6201.V0.13
16 14 10 6201.V0.16
20* 22,4 16 6201.V0.20
22* 28 20 6201.V0.22
* Length = 2 m

in mm 4-leg at angle VIP chain sling, 4-leg,
0-45° 45-60° with VIP-Cobra hook
4 1,32 0,95 6401.V0.04
6 3,15 2,25 6401.V0.06 L
8 5,25 3,75 6401.V0.08
10 8,4 6 6401.V0.10
13 14 10 6401.V0.13
16 21 15 6401.V0.16
20* 33,6 24 6401.V0.20
22* 42 30 6401.V0.22
* Length = 2 m
VIP Cobra clevis hook

see page 254.
6101.V1. Chain size Load capacity Item no.

VIP chain sling, 1-leg,
with Multi shortening claw 4 - -
and Cobra hook 6 1,5 6101.V1.06
8 2,5 6101.V1.08
L 10 4 6101.V1.10
13 6,7 6101.V1.13
16 10 6101.V1.16
20 16 6101.V1.20
22 20 6101.V1.22
6201.V2. Chain size Load capacity in t Item no.

0-45° 45-60°
with Multi shortening claw 4 0,88 0,63 6201.V2.04
and Cobra hook 6 2,1 1,5 6201.V2.06
8 3,5 2,5 6201.V2.08
L 10 5,6 4 6201.V2.10
13 9,5 6,7 6201.V2.13
16 14 10 6201.V2.16
20 22,4 16 6201.V2.20
22 28 20 6201.V2.22
6401.V4 Chain size Load capacity in t Item no.

0-45° 45-60°
with Multi shortening claw
4 1,32 0,95 6401.V4.04
and Cobra hook 6 3,15 2,25 6401.V4.06
L 8 5,25 3,75 6401.V4.08
10 8,4 6 6401.V4.10
13 14 10 6401.V4.13
16 21 15 6401.V4.16
20 33,6 24 6401.V4.20
22 42* 30 6401.V4.22
* 56 ton with VIP balancer
6501.V1 VIP length adjustment VLE20 Chain size Load capacity L L1 Item no.
and VLE22 for chain size 20 and 22 mm in mm in t in mm in mm
20 16 300 140 6501.V1.20

22 20 300 140 6501.V1.22
Adjustment range
Chain size Load capacity Item no. 6101.V0

with grab hook
6 1,5 6101.V0.0106
8 2,5 6101.V0.0108
and Cobra hook
10 4 6101.V0.0110
L
13 6,7 6101.V0.0113
16 10 6101.V0.0116

0 - 45° 45 - 60°
with grab hook
6 2,1 1,5 6201.V0.0206
and Cobra hook
8 3,5 2,5 6201.V0.0208
10 5,6 4 6201.V0.0210
13 9,5 6,7 6201.V0.0213
L
16 14 10 6201.V0.0216

0 - 45° 45 - 60°
with grab hook
6 3,15 2,25 6401.V0.0406
8 5,25 3,75 6401.V0.0408
and Cobra hook
10 8,4 6 6401.V0.0410
L
13 14 10 6401.V0.0413
16 21 15 6401.V0.0416
6571.V
VIP compact tensioner
with axial lever VKSPS
Chain size Lifting Lashing Designation L open L closed Tensio- Standard Weight Item no.
in mm WLL LC in mm in mm ning tensioning in kg
in t in daN range force STF
L
in mm in daN (kp)
6 1,5 3000 VKSPS-6 323 204 120 1500 0,9 6571.V3.06

6 1,5 3000 VKSPS-R-6 323 204 120 1500 0,95 6571.V4.06
8 2,5 5000 VKSPS-8 518 308 210 2500 2,8 6571.V3.08
6571.V
8 2,5 5000 VKSPS-R-8 518 308 210 2500 3,2 6571.V4.08
VIP compact tensioner
10 4,0 8000 VKSPS-10 533 324 210 2800 3,1 6571.V3.10
with ratchet VKSPS-R *
10 4,0 8000 VKSPS-R-10 533 324 210 2800 3,6 6571.V4.10
13 6,7 13400 VKSPS-13 787 487 300 3600 7,6 6571.V3.13
13 6,7 13400 VKSPS-R-13 787 487 300 3600 8,0 6571.V4.13
16 10,0 20000 VKSPS-16 807 507 300 3600 8,8 6571.V3.16 L
16 10,0 20000 VKSPS-R-16 807 507 300 3600 9,3 6571.V4.16
* For exact length adjustment of chain slings
Slings: VIP Master Links
VIP master links in standard size
6510.V0 VIP master link 1-leg VAK 1


6 1,5 VAK 1-6 13 60 110 138 0,6 6510.V0.06
8 2,5 VAK 1-8 16 60 110 147 0,9 6510.V0.08
10 4,0 VAK 1-10 18 75 135 181 1,4 6510.V0.10
13 6,7 VAK 1-13 22 90 160 218 2,4 6510.V0.13
16 10,0 VAK 1-16 26 100 180 250 3,7 6510.V0.16
20 16,0 VAK 1-20 41 180 340 434 14,7 6510.V0.20
22 20,0 VAK 1-22 45 180 340 434 16,5 6510.V0.22


0-45° 45-60° A B C T
6 2,1 1,5 VAK 2-6 13 60 110 138 0,7 6520.V0.06
8 3,5 2,5 VAK 2-8 18 75 135 172 1,4 6520.V0.08
10 5,6 4,0 VAK 2-10 22 90 160 206 2,3 6520.V0.10
13 9,5 6,7 VAK 2-13 26 100 180 238 3,9 6520.V0.13
16 14 10 VAK 2-16 32 110 200 270 6,6 6520.V0.16
20 22,4 16 VAK 2-20 41 180 340 434 16 6520.V0.20
22 28 20 VAK 2-22 45 180 340 434 20 6520.V0.22


0-45° 45-60° A B C T
6 3,1 2,2 VAK 4-6 18 75 135 217 1,5 6540.V0.06
8 5,2 3,7 VAK 4-8 22 90 160 268 2,8 6540.V0.08
10 8,4 6,0 VAK 4-10 26 100 180 311 4,6 6540.V0.10
13 14 10 VAK 4-13 32 110 200 373 8,3 6540.V0.13
16 21 15 VAK 4-16 36 140 260 470 13,7 6540.V0.16
20 33,6 24 VAK 4-20 51 190 350 614 39 6540.V0.20
22 42 30 VAK 4-22 51 190 350 614 40,1 6540.V0.22
Slings: VIP Master Links
VIP special master links for bigger crane hooks
6516.V/6517.V/6518.V VIP special master link 1-leg VSAK 1

Chain Load Dimensions Weight Item no. Dimensions Weight Item no. Dimensions Weight Item no.
size capacity in mm in kg in mm in kg in mm in kg
in mm in t A B T A B T A B T
A
B
6 1,5 18 140 342 1,7 6516.V0.06 - - - - 6517.V0.06 - - - - -
T
8 2,5 22 140 367 3,1 6516.V0.08 22 190 457 4,0 6517.V0.08 - - - - -
10 4,0 26 140 391 4,4 6516.V0.10 26 190 481 6,0 6517.V0.10 36 250 590 12 6518.V0.10
13 6,7 32 140 433 7,6 6516.V0.13 32 190 523 9,9 6517.V0.13 36 250 634 13 6518.V0.13
16 10,0 32 140 471 8,1 6516.V0.16 36 190 560 13,5 6517.V0.16 36 250 670 14 6518.V0.16
20 16,0 - - - - - - - - - - 45 250 724 25 6518.V0.20
22 20,0 - - - - - - - - - - 51 250 754 33 6518.V0.22
6526.V/6527.V/6528.V VIP special master link 2-leg VSAK 2
Chain Load capacity Dimensions Weight Item no. Dimensions Weight Item no. Dimensions Weight Item no.
size in t at angle in mm in kg in mm in kg in mm in kg
in mm 0-45° 45-60° A B T A B T A B T
6 2,1 1,5 18 140 342 2,7 6526.V0.06 - - - - - - - - - -
8 3,5 2,5 22 140 367 3,2 6526.V0.08 22 190 457 4,2 6527.V0.08 - - - - -
10 5,6 4,0 26 140 391 4,5 6526.V0.10 26 190 481 6,2 6527.V0.10 36 250 591 12,8 6528.V0.10
13 9,5 6,7 32 140 433 7,8 6526.V0.13 32 190 523 10,5 6527.V0.13 36 250 634 14,9 6528.V0.13
16 14 10 32 140 471 9,5 6526.V0.16 36 190 560 14,5 6527.V0.16 40 250 671 20 6528.V0.16
20 22,4 16 - - - - - - - - - - 45 250 724 29 6528.V0.20
22 28 20 - - - - - - - - - - 51 250 754 42 6528.V0.22
6546.V/6547.V/6548.V VIP special master link 3- and 4-leg VSAK 4

Chain Load capacity Dimensions Weight Item no. Dimensions Weight Item no. Dimensions Weight Item no.
size in t at angle in mm in kg in mm in kg in mm in kg
in mm 0-45° 45-60° A B T A B T A B T
A
B
6 3,1 2,2 22 140 342 3,3 6546.V0.06 22 190 432 3,6 6547.V0.06 - - - - -
T
8 5,2 3,7 26 140 367 5,0 6546.V0.08 26 190 457 5,5 6547.V0.08 - - - - -
10 8,4 6,0 32 140 391 7,9 6546.V0.10 32 190 481 9,2 6547.V0.10 36 250 591 14,8 6548.V0.10
13 14 10 - - - - - 36 190 523 13,5 6547.V0.13 40 250 634 20,4 6548.V0.13
16 21 15 - - - - - - - - - - 51 250 671 34,5 6548.V0.16
20 33,6 24 - - - - - - - - - - 57 250 724 51 6548.V0.20
22 42 30 - - - - - - - - - - 57 250 764 53 6548.V0.22
6565.V Overload control VCG

ty
The Safe
Overload control VCG complete
Immediate permanent optical indication in case of overload – by the specially io n!
calibrated control link VCGH. Assembled stationary but easy to replace. Champ
Chain Load capacity Component Total length T Weight Item no.
size in t designation in mm in kg
in mm
6 1,5 115 0,3 6565.V0.06
8 2,5 VSV-V 151 0,5 6565.V0.08
10 4,0 VCG 198 1,0 6565.V0.10
13 6,7 3-Gld. Kette 232 2,1 6565.V0.13
16 10,0 VSV-V 291 3,8 6565.V0.16
Control link VCGH

Chain Load capacity Designation Initial dimension nom. Weight Item no.
size in t in mm in kg
in mm
6 1,5 VCG-6 4 0,06 6565.V1.06 nom.
8 2,5 VCG-8 6 0,10 6565.V1.08
10 4,0 VCG-10 7 0,20 6565.V1.10
13 6,7 VCG-13 10 0,40 6565.V1.13
16 10,0 VCG-16 11 0,80 6565.V1.16
Slings: VIP Accessories
6550.V0 Chain size Load capacity Designation Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.
VIP Cobra clevis hook in mm in t in kg
with safety latch VCGH A B C D E Fmax Max G T
6 1,5 VCGH 6 38 22 16 20 24 25 44,5 71 76 0,4 6550.V0.06
8 2,5 VCGH 8 50 28 20 28 32 30 52 94 97 0,9 6550.V0.08
10 4,0 VCGH 10 60 36 26 36 39 35 64,5 117 108 1,5 6550.V0.10
13 6,7 VCGH 13 76 46 30 37 48 40 72,5 133 126 2,7 6550.V0.13
16 10 VCGH 16 83 56 36 49 58 48 87 157 152 4,3 6550.V0.16
20 16 VCGH 20 112 68 50 69 78 63 114 218 195 10 6550.V0.20
22 20 VCGH 22 117 74 50 74 83 63 114 222 198 11,5 6550.V0.22
VIP self-locking hook VAGH in mm in t in kg
A B C D E F T
8 2,5 VAGH 8 36 22 25 31 81 43 111 0,9 6554.V0.08
10 4,0 VAGH 10 44 28 33 34 108 47 140 2,0 6554.V0.10
13 6,7 VAGH 13 58 36 38 44 138 64 164 3,4 6554.V0.13
VIP foundry hook VWH in mm in t in kg
Not allowed for lifting A B C D E F G T
over persons! 6 1,5 VWH 6 30 22 18 30 22 50 22 87 0,5 6559.V0.06
8 2,5 VWH 8 40 29 26 40 29 64 30 115 0,9 6559.V0.08
10 4,0 VWH 10 46 37 30 50 36 76 37 130 1,7 6559.V0.10
13 6,7 VWH 13 51 45 37 64 46 90 51 168 3 6559.V0.13
16 10 VWH 16 64 56 40 75 56 100 58 190 5,7 6559.V0.16
Also called container hook. With considerably larger opening than the VCGH but without safety latch. Only to be
used where unintentional unhooking is impossible. Not allowed for overhead lifting as it does not comply with
the EEC Machinery Directive 89/392/EWG I/4.4.1.
VIP Multi shortening claw in mm in t in kg
VMVK A B1 B2 T G
6 1,5 VMVK 6 34 37 44 66 38 0,65 6551.V0.06
8 2,5 VMVK 8 46 46 56 88 69 1,0 6551.V0.08
10 4,0 VMVK 10 58 60 75 110 66 1,5 6551.V0.10
13 6,7 VMVK 13 76 75 92 143 81 3,6 6551.V0.13
16 10 VMVK 16 94 93 115 176 99 6,2 6551.V0.16
20* 16 VV 20 110 100 137 209 123 11,5 6551.V0.20
22* 20 VV 22 125 129 - 140 90 8,3 6551.V0.22
* Different version similar to V
VIP shortening hook in mm in t in kg
100% load capacity A B C D E F T
6 1,5 VVH 6 31 18 20 43 7,5 23 50 0,25 6613.V0.06
8 2,5 VVH 8 38 22 25 54 9,5 33 64 0,35 6613.V0.08
10 4,0 VVH 10 47 28 31 68 12 42 80 0,80 6613.V0.10
13 6,7 VVH 13 60 36 40 87 15 47 103 2,20 6613.V0.13
16 10 VVH 16 75 45 50 108 18,5 57 125 2,90 6613.V0.16
Chain size Load Designation Dimensions in mm Weight Item no. 650PC.

in mm capacity in kg VIP Cobra eye hook with
in t A B C D E F G H T safety latch VCÖH
4 0,63 VCÖH 4 18 18 12 13 14 18 52 8 75 0,14 650P.C0.06
6 1,5 VCÖH 6 24 22 16 22 24 25 73 11 98 0,5 650P.C0.15
8 2,5 VCÖH 8 32 28 20 28 31 30 95 13 126 0,8 650P.C0.25
10 4,0 VCÖH 10 38 36 26 36 39 35 118 17 150 1,6 650P.C0.40
13 6,7 VCÖH 13 48 45 30 37 48 40 135 21 170 2,9 650P.C0.67
16 10 VCÖH 16 63 56 36 49 58 50 161 27 208 4,2 650P.C1.00
Chain size Load Designation Dimensions in mm Weight Item no. 6556.V1

in mm capacity in kg VIP chain connector
in t A1 A2 B C D T VVS-U
6 1,5 VVS 6 7 14 50 8,5 14 40 0,09 6556.V1.06
8 2,5 VVS 8 9 19 64 10 19 53 0,17 6556.V1.08
10 4,0 VVS 10 11 23 80 13 23 70 0,42 6556.V1.10
13 6,7 VVS 13 15 27 95 16 27 80 0,64 6556.V1.13
16 10 VVS 16 18 34 125 20 34 104 1,50 6556.V1.16
20 16 VVS 20 - 42 155 25 41 124 3,0 6556.V1.20
22 20 VVS 22 - 47 170 30 46 133 3,9 6556.V1.22

in mm capacity in kg VIP foolproof clevis
in t A B C D E F G T T1 SW shackle VV-GSCH
6 1,5 VV-GSCH 6 17 8 22 10 16 28 40 36 21 17 0,15 6561.V4.06
8 2,5 VV-GSCH 8 21 10 26 12 24 39 48 48 32 19 0,26 6561.V4.08
10 4,0 VV-GSCH 10 27 13 34 16 28 44 62 61 35 24 0,65 6561.V4.10
13 6,7 VV-GSCH 13 33 17 42 20 38 59 81 78 41 29 1,35 6561.V4.13
16 10 VV-GSCH 16 38 22 49 24 45 69 95 96 49 36 2,5 6561.V4.16
20 16 VV-GSCH 20 47 27 60 30 52 88 119 108 57 46 3,9 6561.V4.20
22 20 VV-GSCH 22 53 30 76 36 62 95 130 122 72 55 6,7 6561.V4.22

in mm capacity in kg VIP connector VRG
in t A B C D E T
6 1,5 VRG 6 17 30 37 16 7,5 28 0,07 6552.V0.06
8 2,5 VRG 8 23 40 50 22 10 37 0,2 6552.V0.08
10 4,0 VRG 10 28 50 60 26,5 12,5 46 0,3 6552.V0.10
13 6,7 VRG 13 36 64 75 32 16,5 58 0,7 6552.V0.13
16 10 VRG 16 45 75 92 40 20 74 1,1 6552.V0.16
20 16 VRG 20 58 92 118 52 28 94 3,1 6552.V0.20
22 20 VRG 22 62 102 124 52 28 94 3,5 6552.V0.22

in mm capacity in kg VIP universal swivel UW-PP
in t A T
4 0,63 UW PP-4 34 51 0,22 6569.V1.04
6 1,5 UW PP-6 39 65 0,43 6569.V1.06
8 2,5 UW PP-8 53 79 0,98 6569.V1.08
10 4,0 UW PP-10 68 97 1,9 6569.V1.10 T
13 6,7 UW PP-13 83 119 3,6 6569.V1.13
16 10 UW PP-16 88 132 4,8 6569.V1.16
20 16 VWA 20 100 147 6,5 6569.V1.20
22 20 VWA 22 102 147 6,8 6569.V1.22
A
Slings: VIP Mini Components
The first and only 4 mm chain in grade 100

The VIP Mini chain is an everyday tool like hammer or vice and belongs
to every lifting device. It covers 85% of all lifting operations with hoists
up to 1320 kg load capacity.
VIP master links for VIP chain slings
B 6510.V VIP master link VAK 1/2

A
for 1- and 2-leg VIP Mini chain slings, without shortener
T
in mm in kg
A B T
4 0,63 VAK 1/2-4 8 28 55 0,1 6510.V0.04
B
6530.V VIP master link VAK 3/4
A for 3- and 4-leg VIP Mini chain slings, without shortener
T Chain size Load capacity in t Designation Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.
in mm in kg
A B T
4 1,32 VAK 3/4-4 10 35 115 0,3 6530.V0.04
B 6583.V VIP Mini Lifter VML 1/2

A
for 1- and 2-leg VIP Mini chain slings, with shortener
T
in mm in kg
A B T
4 0,63/0,88 VML 2-4 10 30 66 0,26 6583.V1.04
B
6583.V VIP Mini Lifter VML 3/4
A
for 3- and 4-leg VIP Mini chain slings, without shortener

T
in mm in kg
A B T
4 1,32/0,95 VML 4-4 10 35 150 0,85 6583.V3.04
6561. VIP Mini clevis shackle

T in mm in kg
A
A B D T
D 4 0,63 VMKS-4 30 14 10 42 0,12 6561.V0.04

B
6550. VIP Mini hook with safety latch

Chain size Load capacity in t Designation Opening (MW) Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.
W
M
in mm in mm in kg
T
T H
4 0,63 VMH-4 18 56 13 0,12 6550.V0.04
H
6562. VIP end stop VEA-4

Chain size Load capacity in t Designation Weight Item no.
in mm in kg
4 0,63 VEA-4 0,05 6562.V0.04
Slings: VIP Endless Chains

VIP endless chain, single, in mm single
type VKRE 0-45° 45-60°
6 1,65 1,2 6204.V0.06
8 2,75 2 6204.V0.08
L
10 4,4 3,2 6204.V0.10
13 7,5 5,3 6204.V0.13
16 11 8 6204.V0.16
20 17,6 12,8 6204.V0.20
22 22 16 6204.V0.22

VIP endless chain, single, in mm single
with shortener, type VKREV 0-45° 45-60°
6 1,65 1,2 6205.V0.06
8 2,75 2 6205.V0.08
10 4,4 3,2 6205.V0.10 L
13 7,5 5,3 6205.V0.13
16 11 8 6205.V0.16
20 17,6 12,8 6205.V0.20
22 22 16 6205.V0.22

VIP endless chain, double, in mm single
type VKRD 0-45° 45-60°
6 2,55 1,8 6404.V0.06
8 4,25 3 6404.V0.08
L
10 6,8 4,8 6404.V0.10
13 11,2 8 6404.V0.13
16 17 12 6404.V0.16
20 27,2 19,2 6404.V0.20
22 34 24 6404.V0.22

VIP endless chain, double, in mm single
with 2 shorteners, 0-45° 45-60°
type VKRDV 6 2,55 1,8 6405.V0.06
8 4,25 3 6405.V0.08
L
10 6,8 4,8 6405.V0.10
13 11,2 8 6405.V0.13
16 17 12 6405.V0.16
20 27,2 19,2 6405.V0.20
22 34 24 6405.V0.22
6206.V1
NEW!
Chain size Load capacity Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.
VIP Dominator coupler link in mm in t in kg
to make endless chains in t c b
size 20 and 22 mm 20 16 86 26 85 1,2 6206.V1.20
22 20 92 33 95 1,8 6206.V1.22
6578. VIP insulating sling/VIP insulating clevis shackle VGIL + VVGSCH up to 1000 V
To be used when welding is carried out on suspended loads. It mimimises the danger of current flowing through
the sling to the crane. Max. operating temperature +80°C (176°F).

in mm in t in kg
L
6 1,5 VGIL-6 350 1,4 6578.V5.06
L 8 2,5 VGIL-8 425 2,4 6578.V5.08

10 4,0 VGIL-10 517 4,3 6578.V5.10
13 6,7 VGIL-13 632 8,2 6578.V5.13
16 10,0 VGIL-16 760 13,1 6578.V5.16
6577.V2. VIP balancer 2-leg, complete VWK-2S

*Increased load capacity. When using two 2-leg slings and one is equipped with a balancer (V-W) and both
master links are in the crane hook, the capacity calculation can be based on 4 load-bearing legs, provided the
load is symmetrical and the inclination angle is max. 45° (acc.to BGR 500).
L2
Chain size Load capacity in t Dimensions Dimensions Weight Item no.
in mm at inclination angle in mm master link in mm in kg
L1
0-45° L1 L2
6 4,2 224 138 13 x 60 x 110 1,5 6577.V2.06
8 7,0 288 172 18 x 75 x 135 2,8 6577.V2.08
10 11,2 354 206 22 x 90 x 160 6,8 6577.V2.10
13 19 428 238 26 x 100 x 180 10,7 6577.V2.13
16 28,0 507 270 32 x 110 x 200 20,2 6577.V2.16
20 45,0 682 434 40 x 180 x 340 35,3 6577.V2.20
22 56,0 726 434 45 x 180 x 340 50 6577.V2.22
VWK-2S consists of: 1 x VIP master link, 1 x VIP shackle, 1 x VIP balancer, 2 x VIP clevis shackle.
Chain length and 2-leg chain sling have to be ordered separately.
Application tip: Ideal with VIP Multi shortening claw in each leg.
Application:
*Increased load capacity
6554. VIP self-locking hook for skip bins VMAGH-13 Chain slings for skip bins
in special VIP grade 100.
Suitable for standard pins. Easy
A Up to 33% higher load capacity
handling of hook’s safety device. than grade 80
Foolproof chain conncetion. Connec-
ting bolt and tensioning sleeve are
pre-assembled.
E
D Please
us!
B contact
For chain size Load capacity Designation Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.
in mm in t in kg
A B C D E T
13 6,7 VMAGH-13 58 120 47 42 38 150 2,2 6554.VM.13
Slings: Accessories
6617. Skip bin hook type GCK

B
The GCK safety hook is equipped with a spring-loaded robust steel safety latch. This self-locking effect avoids
unintentional unhooking and minimizes the risk of accidents. The hook is suitable for all standard bins.
in mm in kg in kg L
B D G H L
13 5300 GKC-13 50 50 27 42 190 3 6617.00.50 D
6615. Skip bin hook for chain slings (skip bins according to DIN 30720) F
This safety hook for skip bins has been designed as a self-locking automatic hook. When loaded the hook closes
automatically and remains locked during the complete lifting procedure. Unintentional unhooking of the bin is E
excluded. The chain is connected at the clevis head of the hook. The hook corresponds to grade 80 according to
DIN 5691 and can be combined with all chain slings according to DIN EN 818. It is suitable for all standard bins.
L
in mm in kg in kg
L B E F G H
13 5300 BKGC-13-8 164 49 16 14,5 27 43 3,2 6615.00.13 H

16 8000 BKGC-16-8 160 49 19,5 17,4 27 43 3,4 6615.00.16 G B
6579. Suspension eye with forged safety latch and clevis connection
This suspension eye is equipped with a forged safety latch which opens and closes automatically when attached
to the skip bin’s pin. This is an original part used by many truck manufacturers. It is approved as a component for
chain slings according to DIN EN 818. Suitable for all standard bin types.
E
For chain size Load capacity Chain size Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.
in mm in kg in kg
E F B A
F
13 5300 13-8 141 57 65 125 1,8 6579.00.50
B
A
6566. VIP rhombic link VRH for skip bins

Suitable for standardised pins. Easy handling of the bolt and hook safety device. Foolproof chain connection.
Connecting bolt and tensioning sleeve are pre-assembled.
in mm in kg in kg
A B C D T
13 6700 VRH 13 34 67 130 25 121 1,5 6566.V0.13
Hooks and suspension elements also in special

VIP grade 100 see previous page.
Grade 80
This mark identifies the highly
dynamic, high-strength round
steel chain with manufacturer’s
number. (1) means here that as first
manufacturer RUD received the
official approval for production of
round steel chains according to
DIN 5687-7 from German BG
(Employers’ Liability Insurance
Association) in 1971. This mark can
be found on every tenth chain link.
Special product feature: Consi-
derably improved corrosion protec-
tion compared with bright DIN ver-
sions.
V
Special marking for foolproof,
A
highly dynamic chain slings,
which are manufactured with tigh-
ter tolerances (dimension bi). Com-
bined with RUD components an
absolutely foolproof chain connec-
tion is guaranteed.
V
Marking on every chain link.
A
Special product feature: longer
service life due to improved wear
area.
This lot number can be found on

every highly dynamic round steel
chain once per running metre. It
indicates the manufacturing and
proof test data of the chain.
Special product feature: Up to
20% harder than a DIN chain sling.
Chain size Load capacity 1-leg Item no. 6101.

in mm single direct in t Chain sling, 1-leg,
with safety hook GSH
6 1,12 6101.00.06
8 2 6101.00.08
10 3,15 6101.00.10 L
13 5,3 6101.00.13
16 8 6101.00.16
26 21,2 6101.J0.26
28 25 6101.J0.28
32 31,5 6101.J0.32
36 40 6101.J0.36
In welded version:
Chain size Load capacity 1-leg Item no.
in mm single direct in t
40 50 6101.J0.40
45 63 6101.J0.45
50 80 6101.J0.50
56 100 6101.J0.56
Chain size Load capacity in t Item no. 6201.

in mm 2-leg at angle Chain sling, 2-leg,
0-45° 45-60° with safety hook GSH
6 1,6 1,12 6201.00.06
8 2,8 2 6201.00.08
10 4,25 3,15 6201.00.10
L
13 7,5 5,3 6201.00.13
16 11,2 8 6201.00.16
26 30 21,2 6201.J0.26
28 33,5 25 6201.J0.28
32 45 31,5 6201.J0.32
36 56 40 6201.J0.36
In welded version:
0-45° 45-60°
40 71 50 6201.J0.40
45 90 63 6201.J0.45
50 112 80 6201.J0.50
56 140 100 6201.J0.56
Chain size Load capacity in t Item no. 6401.

in mm 4-leg at angle Chain sling, 4-leg,
0-45° 45-60° with safety hook GSH
6 2,36 1,7 6401.00.06
8 4,25 3 6401.00.08
L
10 6,7 4,75 6401.00.10
13 11,2 8 6401.00.13
16 17 11,8 6401.00.16
26 45 31,5 6401.J0.26
28 50 37,5 6401.J0.28
32 67 47,5 6401.J0.32
36 85 60 6401.J0.36
In welded version:
0-45° 45-60°
40 106 75 6401.J0.40
45 132 95 6401.J0.45
50 170 118 6401.J0.50
56 212 150 6401.J0.56
6108. Chain size Load capacity 1-leg Item no.

Chain sling, 1-leg, in mm single direct in t
with safety hook OBK
6 1,12 6108.00.06
8 2 6108.00.08
10 3,15 6108.00.10
L
13 5,3 6108.00.13
16 8 6108.00.16
High-strength chain slings

are specially suitable for
square-edged loads and
rough surfaces. At high
temperatures they can be
used up to 200°C (392°F)
without any loss of load
capacity. Up to 400°C
(752°F) they can be
used with a load capacity
reduced by 25%.
6208. Chain size Load capacity in t Item no.
Chain sling, 2-leg, in mm 2-leg at angle
with safety hook OBK 0-45° 45-60°

6 1,6 1,12 6208.00.06
8 2,8 2 6208.00.08
L 10 4,25 3,15 6208.00.10
13 7,5 5,3 6208.00.13
16 11,2 8 6208.00.16

with safety hook OBK 0-45° 45-60°
6 2,36 1,7 6408.00.06
L 8 4,25 3 6408.00.08
10 6,7 4,75 6408.00.10
13 11,2 8 6408.00.13
16 17 11,8 6408.00.16
For higher load capacities see the VIP range on page 248 and
following.
Chain size Load capacity 1-leg Item no. 6101.01.

in mm single direct in t
Chain sling, 1-leg,
with shortening claw and
6 1,12 6101.01.06
8 2 6101.01.08
safety hook GSH
10 3,15 6101.01.10 L
13 5,3 6101.01.13
16 8 6101.01.16
Chain size Load capacity in t Item no. 6201.02.

Chain sling, 2-leg,
0-45° 45-60°
with shortening claw
6 1,6 1,12 6201.02.06
8 2,8 2 6201.02.08
and safety hook GSH
10 4,25 3,15 6201.02.10 L
13 7,5 5,3 6201.02.13
16 11,2 8 6201.02.16
Chain size Load capacity in t Item no. 6401.04.

Chain sling, 4-leg,
0-45° 45-60°
with shortening claw and
6 2,36 1,7 6401.04.06
8 4,25 3 6401.04.08
safety hook GSH
L
10 6,7 4,75 6401.04.10
13 11,2 8 6401.04.13
16 17 11,8 6401.04.16
Chain size Load capacity Item no. 6207.

in mm in choker hitch
Endless chain, welded
in t
Available up to a chain ø
6 1,8 6207.00.06
of 50 mm
8 3,15 6207.00.08
L
10 5 6207.00.10
13 8,5 6207.00.13
16 12,5 6207.00.16
18 16 6207.00.18
6108.01. Chain size Load capacity Item no.

Chain sling, 1-leg, in mm 1-leg single direct in t
with shortening claw
and safety hook OBK 6 1,12 6108.01.06
8 2 6108.01.08
10 3,15 6108.01.10
L 13 5,3 6108.01.13
16 8 6108.01.16
6208.02. Chain size Load capacity in t Item no.

with shortening claw 0-45° 45-60°
and safety hook OBK 6 1,6 1,12 6208.02.06
8 2,8 2 6208.02.08
10 4,25 3,15 6208.02.10
L 13 7,5 5,3 6208.02.13
16 11,2 8 6208.02.16
6408.04. Chain size Load capacity in t Item no.

with shortening claw 0-45° 45-60°
and safety hook OBK 6 2,36 1,7 6408.04.06
8 4,25 3 6408.04.08
L 10 6,7 4,75 6408.04.10
13 11,2 8 6408.04.13
16 17 11,8 6408.04.16

Endless chain, single in mm single
0-45° 45-60°
6 1,23 0,9 6204.00.06
8 2,2 1,6 6204.00.08
10 3,6 2,6 6204.00.10
L 13 5,7 4,0 6204.00.13
16 9,0 6,4 6204.00.16
Slings: Master Links Grade 80
Chain size Dimensions in mm Weight in kg Item no. 6510.

in mm Master link 1-leg,
A B C T
grade 80, standard size
6 13 60 110 138 0,6 6510.00.06
8 16 60 110 147 0,9 6510.00.08
10 18 75 135 181 1,4 6510.00.10
13 22 90 160 218 2,4 6510.00.13
16 26 100 180 250 3,7 6510.00.16

in mm Master link 2-leg,
A B C T
6 13 60 110 138 0,7 6520.00.06
8 18 75 135 172 1,4 6520.00.08
10 22 90 160 206 2,3 6520.00.10
13 26 100 180 238 3,9 6520.00.13
16 32 110 200 270 6,6 6520.00.16

in mm Master link 3- and 4-leg,
A B C T
6 18 75 135 217 1,6 6540.00.06
8 22 90 160 268 3,0 6540.00.08
10 26 100 180 311 4,9 6540.00.10
13 32 110 200 373 8,9 6540.00.13
16 36 140 260 470 14,8 6540.00.16
Slings: Accessories Grade 80
6556. Chain size Load capacity Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

Chain connector in mm in kg in kg
C E F G K R L
6-8 1120 42 18 13 7 14 8 48 0,07 6556.00.10

F 7/8-8 2000 54 22 14 9 20 11 56 0,25 6556.00.20
G
10-8 3150 68 26 18 12 26 12,5 68 0,35 6556.00.32
13-8 5300 59 32 23 16 27 16 85 0,68 6556.00.50
E
16-8 8000 97 40 26 19 33 20 104 1,10 6556.00.80
L 18/20-8 12500 118 46 33 22 41 23 122 1,70 6556.01.25
22-8 15000 134 55 35 26 46 28 140 2,20 6556.01.50
R
26-8 21200 156 164 - 55 - - - 4,20 6556.J0.26
32-8 31500 192 192 - 65 - - - 7,19 6556.J0.32
K
C

Safety hook GSH in mm in kg in kg
A B C D E F G T
6 1120 27 22 16 20 24 25 74 75 0,33 6550.00.06

8 2000 38 28 20 28 32 30 98 97 0,8 6550.00.08
A B 10 3150 46 36 26 35 38 35 122 108 1,39 6550.00.10
13 5300 58 46 30 37 48 40 139 126 2,46 6550.00.13
16 8000 66 56 36 49 58 58 164 152 4,05 6550.00.16
F
T
D
E C
G

Eye hook with safety latch in mm in kg in kg
E D G ca. H C
26-8 21200 277 52 66 73 56 11,13 6550.J0.26
32-8 31500 320 64 75 84 64 15,83 6550.J0.32
36-8 40000 388 72 90 103 78 32,30 6550.J0.36
D
40-8 50000 442 84 103 116 89 47,00 6550.J0.40
G 45-8 63000 494 90 114 130 99 64,40 6550.J0.45
E
50-8 80000 610 102 131 145 110 81,90 6550.J0.50

Foundry hook WH in mm in kg in kg
A B C D E F G H T
6 1120 30 22 18 30 22 50 18 22 88 0,45 6559.00.06

D E 8 2000 40 29 26 40 29 64 26 30 115 0,9 6559.00.08
10 3150 46 37 30 50 36 76 30 37 130 1,7 6559.00.10
13 5300 51 45 37 64 46 90 37 51 168 3 6559.00.13
16 8000 64 56 40 75 56 102 40 58 190 5,7 6559.00.16
T
18 10000 54 51 - - 114 - - 218 8,8 6559.00.18

A
22 15000 60 56 - - 124 - - 237 12 6559.00.22

B
Also called container hook. With considerably larger opening but without safety latch. Only to be used where
H unintentional unhooking is impossible. Not allowed for overhead lifting as it does not comply with the EEC
C
Machinery Directive 89/392/EWG I/4.4.1.
Slings: Accessories Grade 80
Chain size Load capacity Dimensions Weight Item no. 6559.

in mm in kg in mm in kg Foundry eye hook
E D G H C
26-8* 21200 305 52 136 80 72 21,6 6559.J0.26
32-8* 31500 327 60 152 93 83 28 6559.J0.32
D
* Hammer-forged version
Also called container hook. With considerably larger opening but without safety latch. Only to be used where G E
unintentional unhooking is impossible. Not allowed for transport over persons as it does not comply with the EG
machinery directives 89/392/EWG I/4.4.1.
H
Chain size Load capacity Dimensions in mm Weight Item no. 6554.

in mm in kg in kg Self-locking hook AGH
A B C D E F T
6 1120 29 15 16 21 70 29 72 0,5 6554.01.06

8 2000 36 20 21 25 88 38 120 0,8 6554.01.08 A B
10 3150 46 25 27 32 108 47 140 1,5 6554.01.10
13 5300 59 32 32 40 138 55 181 2,8 6554.01.13
F
16 8000 72 39 40 55 172 68 216 5,8 6554.01.16
TD
E C
Chain size Load capacity Dimensions in mm Weight Item no. 6610.

in mm in kg a b c in kg Oval master link
26 21200 340 180 45 13 6610.J0.26 Form A
28 25000 340 180 45 13 6610.J0.28 for 1-leg chain slings
32 31500 350 190 50 17 6610.J0.32
36 40000 400 200 56 23 6610.J0.36
40 50000 430 220 63 32 6610.J0.40
45 63000 460 250 71 44 6610.J0.45
50 80000 500 270 80 62 6610.J0.50
56 100000 500 270 90 79 6610.J0.56
Chain size Dimensions in mm Weight Item no. 6620.

in mm a b c in kg Oval master link
26 350 190 50 17 6620.J0.26
Form A
28 350 190 50 17 6620.J0.28
for 2-leg chain slings
32 400 200 56 23 6620.J0.32
36 430 220 63 32 6620.J0.36
40 460 250 71 44 6620.J0.40
45 500 270 80 62 6620.J0.45
50 500 270 90 79 6620.J0.50
56 550 300 100 108 6620.J0.56
Chain size Dimensions in mm Weight Item no. 6630. Master link assembly
in mm a1 a2 b1 b2 c1 c2 d in kg Three-piece, for 3- and 4-leg
26 400 170 200 80 56 40 570 34 6630.J0.26 chain slings
28 430 180 220 90 63 45 610 47 6630.J0.28
32 460 200 250 100 71 50 660 65 6630.J0.32
36 500 250 270 125 80 63 750 103 6630.J0.36
40 500 250 270 125 90 63 750 121 6630.J0.40
45 550 280 300 140 100 71 830 167 6630.J0.45
50 550 280 350 140 112 75 830 209 6630.J0.50
56 650 320 400 160 125 85 970 304 6630.J0.56
Carl Stahl Chain Inspection Service
Carl Stahl
Chain Inspection Service 1 REGISTRATION
Inspection means safety and conservation of value! The Carl Stahl inspection servi-
ce offers you the complete safety service right on your premises. We inspect all your
slings according to the 6-step safety procedure on the right. Our skilled technicians
are trained specialists according to EN 473 and work with the latest testing equip-
ment. Inspection certificates according to BGR 500 chapter 2.8 and new EEC legis-
lation.
2
VISUAL INSPECTION
3 MEASURING
4CRACK TESTING
5 MAINTENANCE
VIP identification tag

with integrated chain gauge
6 CERTIFICATION
Testing: Testing: Testing:

Diameter wear Plastic elongation by overload Pitch elongation by diameter wear
Slings: Bulk Sling Chain
6000.V Sling chain DIN EN 818, PAS 1061* VIP grade 100
Surface powder-coated in magenta pink.
Must only be combined with original VIP components!
*Publicly available specification
Dimensions in mm Load capacity Minimum Weight Item no.

Nominal ø Pitch WLL in t breaking load in kg/m
d t in kN
4 12 0,63 25 0,36 6000.V0.04
6 18 1,5 60 0,85 6000.V0.06
8 24 2,5 100 1,5 6000.V0.08
10 30 4,0 160 2,4 6000.V0.10
13 39 6,7 265 4,0 6000.V0.13
16 48 10 400 6,0 6000.V0.16
20 60 16 600 9,5 6000.V0.20
22 66 20 800 12,3 6000.V0.22
6000S. Sling chain according to DIN EN 818

but with higher load capacity, ICE grade 120
Surface powder-coated in traffic purple
Must only be combined with original ICE components!

d t in kN
8 24 3,0 118 1,66 6000.S0.08
10 30 5,0 196 2,62 6000.S0.10
13 39 8,0 314 4,25 6000.S0.13
6002. Round steel link chain DIN EN 818-2

(formerly DIN 5687-8), tested, short link
Blue matt-finished, oil-polished

d t in kN
6 18 1,12 40 0,8 6002.00.06
8 24 2,0 80 1,4 6002.00.08
10 30 3,15 128 2,2 6002.00.10
13 39 5,3 200 3,7 6002.00.13
16 48 8,0 320 5,7 6002.00.16
18 54 10,0 400 7,2 6002.00.18
22 66 15,0 600 10,9 6002.00.22
6000. Round steel link chain DIN EN 818-2

(formerly DIN 5687-8), tested, short link
Rough surface

d t in kN
26 78 21,2 85 15,2 6000.J0.26
28 84 25 100 17,6 6000.J0.28
32 96 31,5 126 23,0 6000.J0.32
36 108 40 160 29,0 6000.J0.36
40 120 50 200 36,0 6000.J0.40
45 135 63 252 45,5 6000.J0.45
50 150 80 320 56,0 6000.J0.50
56 168 100 400 72,5 6000.J0.56
Slings: Bulk Chain
6070. Round steel link chain, DIN 5685, Dimensions in mm Breaking load Weight Item no.
form A, short link Nominal ø Pitch in kp in kg/100 m
d t
Untested, not true to gauge, galvanised
Must not be used for transport and lifting of loads! 2 12 125 7 6070.01.02
2,5 14 200 11 6070.01.25
3 16 280 16,5 6070.01.03
3,5 18 385 22,5 6070.01.35
4 19 500 30 6070.01.04
5 21 775 50 6070.01.05
6 24 1150 73 6070.01.06
7 28 1500 100 6070.01.07
8 32 2000 130 6070.01.08
10 40 3100 205 6070.01.10
Only available in 30 m lengths
6071. Round steel link chain, DIN 5685, Dimensions in mm Breaking load Weight Item no.
form C, long link Nominal ø Pitch in kp in kg/100 m
d t
Untested, not true to gauge, galvanised
Must not be used for transport and lifting of loads! 2 22 125 6 6071.01.02
2,5 24 200 10 6071.01.25
3 26 280 15 6071.01.03
3,5 28 385 20 6071.01.35
4 32 500 27 6071.01.04
5 35 775 43 6071.01.05
6 42 1150 63 6071.01.06
7 49 1500 86 6071.01.07
8 52 2000 110 6071.01.08
10 65 3100 175 6071.01.10
6020. Round steel link chain DIN 763 Dimensions in mm Minimum Weight Item no.
Nominal ø Pitch breaking load in kg/m
Long link, tested, galvanised
d ± 0,5 t in kp
Must not be used for transport and lifting of loads!
4 32 600 0,270 6020.00.04
5 35 1000 0,430 6020.00.05
6 42 1400 0,630 6020.00.06
7 49 1800 0,860 6020.00.07
8 52 2500 1,10 6020.00.08
10 65 4000 1,75 6020.00.10
6010. Round steel link chain DIN 766 Dimensions in mm Minimum Weight Item no.
Nominal ø Pitch breaking load in kg/m
Short link, tested, galvanised in kp
d ± 0,5 t
Must not be used for power-driven hoists and chain slings!
4 16 600 0,320 6010.00.04
5 18,5 1000 0,500 6010.00.05
6 18,5 1400 0,750 6010.00.06
7 22 1800 1,00 6010.00.07
8 24 2500 1,35 6010.00.08
10 28 4000 2,25 6010.00.10
13 36 6400 3,80 6010.00.13
Slings: Bulk Chain
Dimensions Minimum Load capacity according Weight Item no. HB.4177. Round steel link chain EN 818-7
in mm breaking to DIN in kg in kg/m (formerly DIN 5684-8), galvanised.
Nominal Pitch load in kN Power-driven Manual Please specify hoist type with your order.
ød t hoists hoists
ts
ual hois
4 12 20 400 500 0,35 HB41.77.01
For man
5 15 32 630 750 0,54 HB41.77.02
6 18 45 900 1120 0,8 HB41.77.04
7 21 60 1250 1500 1,1 HB41.77.09
8 24 80 1600 2000 1,4 HB41.77.16
9 27 100 2000 2500 1,8 HB41.77.17
10 30 125 2500 3200 2,2 HB41.77.20 Special chains for
11 33 150 3000 3750 2,7 HB41.77.23 power-driven hoists are
13 39 212 4250 5300 3,8 HB41.77.25
available at short notice!
Nominal chain ø Dimensions in mm Weight Item no. 6080.

in mm in kg/m Knotted link chains according to DIN 5868, galvanised
t b
1,0 14 4,5 0,20 6080.01.10

1,2 17 5,5 0,30 6080.01.12
1,4 20 6,5 0,40 6080.01.14
1,6 23 7 0,59 6080.01.16
1,8 25 8 0,73 6080.01.18
2,0 28 9 0,87 6080.01.20
2,2 31 10 1,08 6080.01.22
2,5 35 11 1,41 6080.01.25
2,8 39 12,5 1,70 6080.01.28 *Only available in 30 m lengths
3,1 41 14 2,10 6080.01.31
Chain Breaking Dimension Weight Item no. 6011. Stainless steel chain
dimensions load b in mm in kg/m
Material 1.4401, corrosion- and acid-resistant, short link,
d x t in mm in kN
must not be used for transport and lifting of loads.
2 x 12 20 3,5 0,07 6011.00.02
3 x 16 45 5,5 0,16 6011.00.03
4 x 19 80 7,0 0,30 6011.00.04
5 x 21 125 9,0 0,50 6011.00.05
6 x 24 160 11,0 0,73 6011.00.06
Chain Breaking Dimension Weight Item no.

dimensions load b in mm in kg/m
d x t in mm in kN 6021. Stainless steel chain
Material 1.4401, corrosion- and acid-resistant, long link,
2 x 22 25 3,5 0,06 6021.00.02 must not be used for transport and lifting of loads.
3 x 26 55 5,5 0,15 6021.00.03 Dimensions similar to DIN 5685-1
4 x 32 100 7,0 0,27 6021.00.04
5 x 35 160 9,0 0,43 6021.00.05
6 x 42 200 11,0 0,63 6021.00.06
7 x 49 300 12,0 0,86 6021.00.07
8 x 52 400 14,0 1,10 6021.00.08
10 x 65 630 18,0 1,75 6021.00.10
Nominal size Dimensions in mm Weight Item no. 6580. Quick link

b c ca. d l w in kg Galvanised steel.
4 10 6 4 33 5,5 0,012 6580.00.04 Must not be used for lifting purposes!
5 12 7 5 39 6,5 0,021 6580.00.05
6 13 8 6 45 7,5 0,035 6580.00.06
7 16 9 7 53 8,5 0,057 6580.00.07
8 16 11 8 59 10,0 0,080 6580.00.08
10 20 12 10 70 12,0 0,148 6580.00.10
12 22 15 12 82 14,0 0,235 6580.00.12
Slings: Chain Accessories
6040. Edge protection RSK

Flexible in all directions, movable on the chain by hand.
Max. length 2,0 m.
1 or 2 m lengths available only.
Chain size Designation Dimensions in mm Item no.

in mm
H B
6 RSK 6 27 27 6040.00.06
8 RSK 8 33 33 6040.00.08
10 RSK 10 38 38 6040.00.10
13 RSK 13 50 50 6040.00.13
18 RSK 18 74 74 6040.00.18
22 RSK 22 89 89 6040.00.22
VIP chain slings and lifting points CD-ROM

data
3D CAD This CD-ROM includes all important information about VIP chain slings and
lifting points:
• All components in special VIP grade 100

• Dialogue-based calculation programme for complete chain slings
• All RUD lifting points with selection assistant
• Downloadable CAD data (DXF format)
• Technical articles
and much more!
Item no. 6602.CD.00
5090. Lifting set in portable plastic case

For warehouse, assembly, repair, workshop.
Contents:
1 high strength, ageing resistant
2-leg chain sling,
Both legs can be shortened,
with safety hooks.
Usable length L1: 1500 mm L1 L1
Chain size: 6 mm
Load capacity: 0-45° = 1,6 t
45-60° = 1,12 t
1 polyester roundsling
Usable length L1:
1000 mm = circumference 2000 mm
Load capacity:
single direct 1000 kg
basket hitch 2000 kg
Item no. 5090.20.00
Slings: Combi Star Slings
5000.
Combi Star Slings
• No sliding of the 2 legs on
smooth surfaces
• Low weight, easy to handle and
minimised risk of injury
• Protects the load
• Special surface coating of the
belt material ensures long service
life even when working with rough
surfaces
• Chain sling according to
DIN EN 818-2
• Belt material according Depending on the
to DIN EN 1492-1 inclination angle the load
• Proven in hard use. capacity is reduced as follows:
Manufactured and marked 0-45° = 2100 kg
according to BGR 500. 45-60° = 1500 kg
Other lengths available!

Load capacity Length Item no.
in kg in m
3000 4 5000.00.50
3000 5 5000.00.51
3000 6 5000.00.52
1220. Original Kombi Sling

This ideal combination of wire rope and chain sling has been developed in
the Carl Stahl group and offers improved safety and long service life. Not
only in the construction industry!
Load capacity Length Wire Rope Chain length Item no.

in kg in m Ø in mm in m
2000 5,0 12 1,7 1220.01.12

3000 5,0 14 2,0 1220.01.14
4000 5,0 16 2,3 1220.01.16
Slings: Tensioning Chain Set, Engine Positioner
5000. Tensioning chain set for formwork

Consisting of:
2 hot-dip galvanised chains DIN 763 ø 8 mm, both ends with welded
hooks, length 2,5 m, 1 turnbuckle DIN1480 M12 with hook and eye.
Purchase quantity Item no.
10 5000.00.61
20 5000.00.62
6152. Engine positioner,

with self-impeding worm gear
Universal lifting device with inclination adjustment for mounting or
demounting of engines of all kind.
A
The necessary inclination can be adjusted by the endless hand chain.

The hand chain wheel is mounted movably so the operator can maintain
a safe distance to the load.
The hand chain can be operated from all angles without disruption.
The inclination adjusted by the hand chain is maintained by the self-

impeding worm gear, as soon as the hand chain is not moved any more.
The big gear ratio of the worm gear with highest possible efficiency
guarantees quick and easy handling in all positions.
B
Load capacity Type Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

in kg in kg
A B
500 3188 Car 280 750 13 6152.28.05

2000 3180 Truck 400 1300 35 6152.40.20
Slings: Textile Slings
Textile slings
Load capacities
from 500 kg to 100 t
Fibre rope slings

Webbing slings
Roundslings
Textile bridle slings
Slings: Polystar Slings
s
avy load
Even he ved
o
can be m safely!
nd
gently a
Polyester rope sling 3900.

type Polystar Polystar sling
Universal lifting sling for low and Your advantages:
medium duty applications. The • Smooth lifting
5 strand construction ensures round • Long service life
and full contact of the rope with the • Cut-proof
load and offers enhanced edge • Endlessly laid without slub
resistance. In extreme cases edge • 5-strand
protectors should be used. • With coloured capacity
If used in hot environments (welding identification thread
shop) these slings can also be
equipped as flame resistant based
on DIN 54333.
Rope ø Load capacity Item no.

in mm single direct in kg
16 500 3900.00.16
20 1000 3900.00.20
24 1500 3900.00.24
28 2000 3900.00.28
L
32 3000 3900.00.32
40 4000 3900.00.40
44 5000 3900.00.44
48 6000 3900.00.48
Slings: Fibre Rope Slings
3500. Hemp rope slings

According to DIN 1492-4, both ends with spliced eyes,
eye length = 15 x ø, made of hemp rope according to DIN EN 1261,
form A, 3-strand twisted.
Rope ø Load capacity in t Item no.

in mm single direct in choker hitch
16 0,25 0,2 3500.00.16

20 0,35 0,28 3500.00.20
24 0,5 0,4 3500.00.24
28 0,7 0,56 3500.00.28
32 0,9 0,72 3500.00.32
36 1,2 0,96 3500.00.36
40 1,4 1,1 3500.00.40
48 2,0 1,6 3500.00.48
ø 16-20 mm minimum length = 1 m

3600. Polyamide rope slings

According to DIN 1492-4, both ends with spliced eyes,
eye length = 15 x ø, made of polyamide rope according to DIN EN 696,
form A, 3-strand twisted.
Rope ø Load capacity in t Item no.

in mm single direct in choker hitch
16 0,68 0,54 3600.00.16

20 1,1 0,88 3600.00.20
24 1,5 1,2 3600.00.24
28 2,1 1,7 3600.00.28
32 2,6 2,1 3600.00.32
36 3,2 2,6 3600.00.36
40 4,5 3,0 3600.00.40
48 5,4 4,3 3600.00.48

Slings: Fibre Ropes
2100. 2200.
Hemp rope DIN EN 1261-B Polyamide rope
4-strands, twisted, made of 1st class DIN EN 696-A
hemp. Available as bundles, 220 m 3-strands, twisted, thermo-stabilised,
(722 ft) coils or on wooden reels. colour: grey. Available as bundles,
220 m (722 ft) coils or on wooden reels.
Core
Rope ø Weight in Minimum breaking load Item no. Rope ø Weight in Minimum breaking load Item no.
in mm kg/100 m in daN in mm kg/100 m in daN
8 4,7 450 2100.00.08 8 4 1320 2200.00.08
10 7,4 700 2100.00.10 10 6,2 2040 2200.00.10
12 11,1 1080 2100.00.12 12 8,9 2940 2200.00.12
16 18,5 1825 2100.00.16 16 15,8 5200 2200.00.16
20 28,5 2780 2100.00.20 20 24,5 8140 2200.00.20
24 41,0 3980 2100.00.24 24 35,5 11800 2200.00.24
30 64,0 6180 2100.00.30 30 55,5 17400 2200.00.30
36 93,0 8560 2100.00.36 36 80 24400 2200.00.36
2310. Polypropylen rope

grade 1 DIN 83329-A
3-strands, made of modified rope
yarn produced in bast spinning
method. Available as bundles,
220 m (722 ft) coils or on wooden
reels.
2210. Polyamide cord DIN 83307-E
8-strands, braided, colour: grey. Available on 100 m (328 ft)
wooden cross reel.
Rope ø Weight in Minimum breaking load Item no.

Rope ø Weight in Minimum breaking load Item no. in mm kg/100 m in daN
in mm kg/100 m in daN 1 0,07 30 2210.00.10
8 2,8 595 2310.00.08 1,5 0,13 40 2210.00.15
10 4,3 900 2310.00.10 2 0,18 100 2210.00.20
12 6,3 1340 2310.00.12 2,5 0,28 140 2210.00.25
16 10,4 2180 2310.00.16 3 0,51 180 2210.00.30
20 16,0 3420 2310.00.20 4 0,90 270 2210.00.40
24 23,0 4830 2310.00.24 6 2,00 610 2210.00.60
30 35,0 7300 2310.00.30 8 3,60 1000 2210.00.80
36 51,0 10400 2310.00.36 10 5,60 2400 2210.01.00
Slings: Fibre Ropes
2151. 2730. 2150. 2370.

Hemp slings Jute slings Jute slings Polypropylene slings
One end seized other end spliced One end seized other end spliced One end seized other end spliced Black, one end seized other end
eye, 4 strands, rope ø 18 mm. eye, 4 strands, rope ø 8 mm eye, 4 strands, rope ø 8 mm spliced eye, 3 strands, rope ø 8 mm
Length Item no. Length Item no. Length Item no. Length Item no.
in m in m in m in m
2,8 2151.00.28 2,0 2730.00.20 2,0 2150.00.20 2,5 2370.00.25
2,5 2730.00.25 2,5 2150.00.25
3,0 2730.00.30 3,0 2150.00.30
Length Item no. 2360.

in m Construction Hoist rope
10 2360.01.60.010000
Braided BIROTEX rope according to
15 2360.01.60.015000 DIN 83307, form H, PP multifil, high-
20 2360.01.60.020000 strength, twist-free, spliced thimble
25 2360.01.60.025000 with galvanised ring 10 x 70 and
30 2360.01.60.030000
snap hook 11 x 120, resistant against
putrescence and decay, individually
packaged. Any length available.
Contents Item no. 7531. Construction pulley

1 construction pulley complete with suspension hook and 7531.00.15
Latest design, easy moving,
20 m twist-free braided special rope, rope ø 20 mm,
with safe rope guide.
with spliced safety snap hook 160 x 13.
1 construction pulley with suspension hook (without rope) 7531.00.10
Rope ladders and rescue

ladders can be found in our
latest catalogue “Fall pro-
tection/Personal protective
equipment”.
Contents Item no. 2390. Special rope

1 rope ø 20 mm, twist-free, braided, 2390.10.20 for construction pulley
with spliced safety snap hook 160 x 13
Slings: Webbing Slings
ctive,
le, lo ad prote
Du ra b proved
SpanSet Power SHTHAHR
o no m ic , and ap
The quality webbing sling ec
rities.
for heavy duty use! by autho
Made of polyester according to DIN EN 1492-1, colour-

coded according to European standard with sewed-on load label. NEWted!with RFID
Fit IS”
Advantages of the PowerSTAR nder “EP
webbing sling: transpo d! See
ar
as stand tails.
The new, invisible protective PU Considerably enhanced
9 for de
coating guarantees a 3 times abrasion resistance due page 28
higher abrasion resistance of the to indestructible “intelli-
PowerSTAR sling. gent” loop protection.
Improved wear resistance by use of

abrasion-proof high-tech yarns as
edge protection.
Protective
tubing
Instruction label
Load label
Webbing insert
RFID Transponder "EPIS"
4430.1 Webbing sling with 2 reinforced loops, two-ply.

Heavy duty webbing
slings up to 20 ton capa-
city see page 284.
L
Webbing sling profile Load capacity in basket hitch Load capacity single direct Type Loop length Item no.
in mm in kg in kg in mm
30 x 5,6 2000 1000 PB 1000 STAR 300 4430.10.10
60 x 5,6 4000 2000 PB 2000 STAR 300 4430.10.20
90 x 6,0 6000 3000 PB 3000 STAR 400 4430.10.30
120 x 6,2 8000 4000 PB 4000 STAR 400 4430.10.40
150 x 6,4 10000 5000 PB 5000 STAR 500 4430.10.50
180 x 7,6 12000 6000 PB 6000 STAR 700 4430.10.60
240 x 7,6 16000 8000 PB 8000 STAR 800 4430.10.80
300 x 7,6 20000 10000 PB 10000 STAR 900 4430.11.00
4430.2 Webbing sling with 2 crane brackets
L
Webbing sling profile Load capacity in basket hitch Load capacity single direct Type Bracket size Item no.
30 x 5,6 2000 1000 PB 1000 DD STAR 65/120 4430.20.10
60 x 5,6 4000 2000 PB 2000 DD STAR 80/140 4430.20.20
90 x 6,0 6000 3000 PB 3000 DD STAR 100/180 4430.20.30
120 x 6,2 8000 4000 PB 4000 DD STAR 152/220 4430.20.40
150 x 6,4 10000 5000 PB 5000 DD STAR 187/250 4430.20.50
180 x 7,6 12000 6000 PB 6000 DD STAR 223/290 4430.20.60
240 x 7,6 16000 8000 PB 8000 DD STAR 290/370 4430.20.80
300 x 7,6 20000 10000 PB 10000 DD STAR 355/440 4430.21.00
SpanSet –secutex accesories

For permanent and reliable protection of your SpanSet Power SHTHAHR EPIS: Modern equipment management -
webbing slings when working with sharp edges or rough surfaces. fast, easy, comfortable. See page 289 for more information.
Protective tubing
Protective tubing Load capacity Item no.

for webbing sling type WLL in kg
PB 1000 STAR/STAR DD 1000 4SWS.00.30

Protective tubings for Power SHTHAHR webbing slings:
Abrasion protection PU Protective tubing SF-1, Protective tubing SF-2, Protective tubing SC
for rough surfaces one-sided, for sharp edges two-sided, for sharp edges as clip-on, exchangeable,
for sharp edges
Protective tubing for Dimensions in mm Item no. Dimensions in mm Item no. Dimensions in mm Item no. Dimensions in mm Item no.
webbing sling type Width Height Width Height Width Height Width Height
PB 1000 STAR 60 1,4 4PHB.10.10 48 25 4S10.10.30 48 26 4S20.10.30 48 26 4SC0.10.30
PB 2000 STAR 81 1,5 4PHB.10.20 75 20 4S10.10.60 75 25 4S20.10.60 75 25 4SC0.10.60
PB 3000 STAR 121 1,8 4PHB.10.30 110 20 4S10.10.90 110 25 4S20.10.90 110 25 4SC0.10.90
PB 4000 STAR 160 2,0 4PHB.10.40 140 20 4S10.11.20 140 25 4S20.11.20 140 25 4SC0.11.20
PB 5000 STAR 159 2,3 4PHB.10.50 170 20 4S10.11.50 170 25 4S20.11.50 170 25 4SC0.11.50
PB 6000 STAR 240 2,3 4PHB.10.60 200 25 4S10.11.80 200 30 4S20.11.80 200 30 4SC0.11.80
PB 8000 STAR 320 2,0 4PHB.10.80 265 30 4S10.12.40 265 35 4S20.12.40 265 35 4SC0.12.40
PB 10000 STAR 480 2,3 4PHB.11.00 330 28 4S10.13.00 300 30 4S20.13.00 330 30 4SC0.13.00
Protective tubing for Dimensions in mm Item no. Dimensions in mm Item no. Dimensions in mm Item no. Dimensions in mm Item no.
webbing sling type Width Height Width Height Width Height Width Height
PB 1000 DD STAR 60 1,4 4PHB.10.10 48 25 4S10.10.30 48 26 4S20.10.30 48 26 4SC0.10.30
NEWte!d with RFID

r your
tection fo
One side coated webbing slings Optimu m p ro = longer
d fo r your sling
load an Fit
nder “EP
IS”
life! transpo d! See
service ar
One side cut-proof, other side
as stand ils.
abrasion resistant.
ge 28 9 for deta
pa
Two different protective layers
SX combine both advantages:
Polyurethane on the load side
ensures extreme cut resistance
and Powerflex coating on the
back side provides high abrasion
resistance.
• Extra sturdy webbing belt • Tested and approved by

• Sling width reduced by up to German BG (Employers’
40% Insurance Liability Association)
• Loops protected by special black • The webbing slings are delivered
fabric completely with short safe use
• New sewed-in, undetachable instructions as stipulated by
safety label, with blank space for product liability law and with a
your own inspection notes. quality certificate.
4651.30. Webbing sling according to DIN EN 1492-1,

one side SX coated, with 2 reinforced crane loops.
30 x 13 2000 1000 PB 1000-SX 300 4651.30.10
60 x 13 4000 2000 PB 2000-SX 300 4651.30.20
90 x 13 6000 3000 PB 3000-SX 400 4651.30.30
120 x 13 8000 4000 PB 4000-SX 400 4651.30.40
150 x 13 10000 5000 PB 5000-SX 500 4651.30.50
180 x 13 12000 6000 PB 6000-SX 700 4651.30.60
240 x 13 16000 8000 PB 8000-SX 800 4651.30.80
300 x 13 20000 10000 PB 10000-SX 1000 4651.31.00

one side SX coated, with 2 crane brackets.
30 x 13 2000 1000 PB 1000-SX/DD 65/120 4654.30.10
60 x 13 4000 2000 PB 2000-SX/DD 80/140 4654.30.20
90 x 13 6000 3000 PB 3000-SX/DD 100/180 4654.30.30
120 x 13 8000 4000 PB 4000-SX/DD 152/220 4654.30.40
150 x 13 10000 5000 PB 5000-SX/DD 187/250 4654.30.50
180 x 13 12000 6000 PB 6000-SX/DD 223/290 4654.30.60
240 x 13 16000 8000 PB 8000-SX/DD 290/370 4654.30.80
300 x 13 20000 10000 PB 10000-SX/DD 355/440 4654.31.00
ugh
emely ro
For extr nd sharp
a
Two side coated webbing slings surfaces
Composition of two-sided edges!
Secutex coating
Power Plus webbing sling with
S2 two-sided polyurethane coating
and therefore extreme resistance
against cutting on both sides!
Flexible on the outside – hard as

steel on the inside! Armoured
surface!
The patented steel plate inlay

keeps sharp edges from cutting
into the load-bearing belt material
and at the same time maintains the
full flexibility of these protective
tubings.
In case of order please

indicate if you need steel
plate armour. Extra cost
20%.
Two-sided coating

two sides S2 coated, with 2 reinforced crane loops.
40 x 18 2000 1000 PB 1000-S2 300 4632.10.10
70 x 18 4000 2000 PB 2000-S2 300 4632.10.20
100 x 18 6000 3000 PB 3000-S2 400 4632.10.30
130 x 18 8000 4000 PB 4000-S2 400 4632.10.40
160 x 18 10000 5000 PB 5000-S2 500 4632.10.50
190 x 18 12000 6000 PB 6000-S2 700 4632.10.60
250 x 18 16000 8000 PB 8000-S2 800 4632.10.80
310 x 18 20000 10000 PB 10000-S2 1000 4632.11.00

two sides S2 coated, with 2 crane brackets.
40 x 18 2000 1000 PB 1000-S2/DD 65/120 4632.20.10
70 x 18 4000 2000 PB 2000-S2/DD 80/140 4632.20.20
100 x 18 6000 3000 PB 3000-S2/DD 100/180 4632.20.30
130 x 18 8000 4000 PB 4000-S2/DD 152/220 4632.20.40
160 x 18 10000 5000 PB 5000-S2/DD 187/250 4632.20.50
190 x 18 12000 6000 PB 6000-S2/DD 223/290 4632.20.60
250 x 18 16000 8000 PB 8000-S2/DD 290/370 4632.20.80
310 x 18 20000 10000 PB 10000-S2/DD 355/440 4632.21.00
es
4653. Both sid
Polyester webbing sling with crane bracket c ted!
prote
and C-hook, Secuflex-coated
Equipped with C-hook for choker hitch applications
Webbing sling profile Load capacity Load capacity Bracket width Bracket height Type Item no.
in mm single direct in kg in choker hitch in mm in mm
in kg
30 x 13 1000 800 65 120 PB 1000-SX-CD 4653.30.10

60 x 13 2000 1600 79 140 PB 2000-SX-CD 4653.30.20
90 x 13 3000 2400 100 180 PB 3000-SX-CD 4653.30.30
150 x 13 5000 4000 187 250 PB 5000-SX-CD 4653.30.50
4HB0. Liftfix webbing sling, 2-ply webbing sling • Fool-proof colour-coded according to European standard
with reinforced loops according to DIN EN 1492-1 • Reinforced crane loops
• Complies with current standards
• Quality tested
Webbing sling profile Load capacity Load capacity Loop size Type Item no.
in mm single direct in kg in basket hitch in mm
in kg
35 x 3,0 500 1000 150 HB 500 4HB0.00.05

30 x 5,2 1000 2000 300 HB 1000 4HB0.00.10
50 x 6,8 1500 3000 301 HB 1500 4HB0.00.15
60 x 5,0 2000 4000 302 HB 2000 4HB0.00.20
90 x 5,0 3000 6000 400 HB 3000 4HB0.00.30
120 x 6,8 4000 8000 401 HB 4000 4HB0.00.40
150 x 6,6 5000 10000 500 HB 5000 4HB0.00.50
180 x 7,2 6000 12000 700 HB 6000 4HB0.00.60
240 x 7,2 8000 16000 800 HB 8000 4HB0.00.80
300 x 7,4 10000 20000 1000 HB 10000 4HB0.01.00
4436. Heavy duty webbing sling “Powerband PCS”

Webbing sling according to DIN EN 1492-1 with 2 loops
in mm single direct in kg in basket hitch in mm
in kg
30 x 11,2 2000 4000 350 PCS 2000 4436.00.20

60 x 11,2 4000 8000 400 PCS 4000 4436.00.40
90 x 12,0 6000 12000 600 PCS 6000 4436.00.60
120 x 12,4 8000 16000 800 PCS 8000 4436.00.80
150 x 12,8 10000 20000 900 PCS 10000 4436.01.00
180 x 12,2 12000 24000 1100 PCS 12000 4436.01.20
240 x 15,2 16000 32000 1200 PCS 16000 4436.01.60
300 x 15,2 20000 40000 1400 PCS 20000 4436.02.00
4146. ASG (car safety belt) disposable belt slings

Load capacity 750 kg, with label according to DIN 60005 E.
Load capacity Length in m Item no.
750 0,300 4146.03.00

750 0,325 4146.03.25
750 0,400 4146.04.00
750 0,425 4146.04.25
Please contact us for larger quantities.

We would recommend concluding a blanket order.
ASG belt sling used as disposable lifting sling.
ainst
4641. Polyester webbing sling according to hly re sistant ag ue
Hig nd
d abrasio
DIN EN 1492-1 with Powerflex coating. wear an ng
l coati
This sling can be used with very rough surfaces as the Powerflex coating to specia
offers best protection against wear and abrasion. The sling is also protec-
ted against dirt and penetrating debris.
• Ideal for construction (precast concrete parts, steel pipes)
• Power for building construction (scaffolding parts, tube bundles, wood
parts or stones)
The webbing slings tighten closely around the load securing them (especi-
ally when the C-hook is used) without damaging the surface.
4641. Webbing sling with loop and C-hook
in mm single direct in choker hitch in mm
in kg in kg
30 x 7 1000 800 300 PB 1000-P2-C 4641.30.10

60 x 7 2000 1600 300 PB 2000-P2-C 4641.30.20
90 x 7 3000 2400 400 PB 3000-P2-C 4641.30.30
150 x 7 5000 4000 500 PB 5000-P2-C 4641.30.50
r
racket fo e
Crane b ugh us
ly ro
4641. Webbing sling extreme
with loop and C-hook H
Webbing sling profile Load capacity Load capacity Bracket width B Bracket height H Type Item no.
in mm single direct in choker hitch in mm in mm
in kg in kg
30 x 7 1000 800 65 120 PB 1000-P2-CD 4641.40.10

60 x 7 2000 1600 79 140 PB 2000-P2-CD 4641.40.20
90 x 7 3000 2400 100 180 PB 3000-P2-CD 4641.40.30
150 x 7 5000 4000 187 250 PB 5000-P2-CD 4641.40.50
Slings: Roundslings
rsion!
The new SupraPlus – New Ve
More compact and robust than ever!
All around the globe SupraPlus roundslings prove their quality each and Advantages of the new SupraPlus:
every day. Now SpanSet is proud to present a further development of this • More narrow and compact
top-of-the-line product based on today’s know-how. By optimising the • More wear-resistant due to textile wire reinforcement
manufacturing process the thickness could be reduced by 25% making and ribbed profile made of a special fibre
handling much easier. Also the reinforcement ribs have been improved: • New and extremely tear-resistant quality label
The use of a new extra strong special fibre further increases the service life • Permanent woven-in and raised load
of the new SupraPlus. Hidden within the tear-proof quality label the RFID capacity indication
transponder comes as standard. This allows the new SupraPlus to be • RFID transponder as standard
integrated directly in the EPIS equipment management system. (suitable for EPIS)
EPIS (Electronic
Product Information Sys-
tant tem), see page 289
4x resis
wear!
against ER
OK
For Joker hooks see
page 289
Protective tubing
Instruction
label
4501. SpanSet-SupraPlus
5t
60
LL
βʺ
5t
W
cu e
x
se ti
te
de an
ie ar
nt sg
ra id
45
Gailighe
βʺ
Webbing
7t
Ve
Polyester roundsling according
25
insert
51
4t
94
t
to DIN EN 1492-2 with raised gliding ribs.
10
5t
Load label
L
RFID Transponder
"EPIS"
Type Load capacity single direct Thickness under load Width under load in mm L min. L max. Item no.
in kg in mm in m in m
Supra Plus 500 500 5 36 0,5 8 4501.00.05

Supra Plus 1000 1000 6 36 0,5 20 4501.00.10
Supra Plus 2000 2000 8 37 0,5 20 4501.00.20
Supra Plus 3000 3000 10 44 0,5 30 4501.00.30
Supra Plus 4000 4000 12 52 0,5 30 4501.00.40
Supra Plus 5000 5000 13 59 0,75 30 4501.00.50
Supra Plus 6000 6000 14 65 1 60 4501.00.60
Supra Plus 8000 8000 17 68 1 60 4501.00.80
Protective tubings for SupraPlus roundslings: Figure 3 Figure 5
Abrasion protection Protective tubing SF-1 Protective tubing SF-2 Protective tubing Protective tubing
Powerflex** one-sided for sharp one-sided for sharp Clip-SC as clip-on, ex- Clip-SC as clip-on, ex-
for rough surfaces edges edges changeable, for sharp changeable, for sharp
accord. to figure 3 accord. to figure 3 accord. to figure 3 edges accord. to figure 3 edges accord. to figure 5
*Dimensions
in mm
width x height
Protective Dimensions* Item no. Dimensions* Item no. Dimensions* Item no. Dimensions* Item no. Dimensions* Item no.
tubing for type W H W H W H W H W H
Supra Plus 500 90 0,9 4PRS.00.05 70 22 4S10.30.50 70 22 4S20.30.50 70 22 4SC0.30.50 70 22 4SC0.50.50
**Abrasion protection Powerflex also available accord. to fig.5
Slings: Roundslings
r s
ndling fo m length
Easy ha Maximu !
heavy lo
ads! available
of 60 m
4501. Heavy duty roundsling SpanSet Magnum

Polyester roundsling according to DIN EN 1492-2 with extra thick sleeve.
Type Load capacity Thickness Width L min. L max. Item no.

single direct under load under load in m in m
in kg in mm in mm
Magnum 10000 10000 18 90 2,5 60 4501.01.00

Magnum 15000 15000 22 110 2,5 60 4501.01.50
Magnum 20000 20000 25 120 2,5 60 4501.02.00
Magnum 25000 25000 28 135 2,5 60 4501.02.50
Magnum 30000 30000 32 150 2,5 60 4501.03.00
Magnum 40000 40000 40 170 2,5 60 4501.04.00
Magnum 50000 50000 45 180 2,5 60 4501.05.00
Magnum 60000 60000 65 190 3,5 60 4501.06.00
MagnumPlus 80000 80000 70 210 3,5 60 4501.08.00
MagnumPlus 100000 100000 80 230 3,5 60 4501.10.00
oney.
Safety. Save m gs!
Enhance
pro tective tubin
utex
Use Sec
Protective tubings for Magnum roundslings: Figure 3 Figure 5
Abrasion protection Protective tubing SF-1 Protective tubing SF-2 Protective tubing Protective tubing
Powerflex** for rough one-sided for sharp one-sided for sharp Clip-SC as clip-on, Clip-SC as clip-on,
surfaces edges edges exchangeable, for exchangeable, for
accord. to fig. 3 accord. to fig. 3 accord. to fig. 3 sharp edges accord. to fig. 3 sharp edges accord. to fig. 5
*Dimensions
in mm
width x height
Protective tubing Dimensions* Item no. Dimensions* Item no. Dimensions* Item no. Dimensions* Item no. Dimensions* Item no.
for type W H W H W H W H W H
Magnum 10000 240 2,3 4PRS.01.00 220 35 4S10.32.00 220 35 4S20.32.00 220 35 4SC0.32.00 120 35 4SC0.51.00
Magnum 50000 – – – – – – – – – 520 75 4SC0.34.00 – – 4SC0.52.20
Magnum 60000 – – – – – – – – – 520 75 4SC1.32.50 – – –
MagnumPlus 80000 – – – – – – – – – 580 75 4SC2.32.50 – – –
MagnumPlus 100000 – – – – – – – – – 640 75 4SC2.32.80 – – –
**Abrasion protection Powerflex also available accord. to fig. 5
Slings: Roundslings
lue
4RS0. Liftfix roundslings: Great va
o ne y!
DIN-complying and more! for m
• Fool-proof colour-coded according to European standard
• Complies with current DIN standard
• Quality tested
Type Load capacity Thickness Width L min in m L max. in m Item no.

single direct under load under load
in kg in mm in mm
Liftfix 1000 1000 6 45 0,5 10 4RS0.00.10

Liftfix 2000 2000 7 48 0,5 10 4RS0.00.20
Liftfix 3000 3000 8 60 0,5 20 4RS0.00.30
Liftfix 4000 4000 10 65 0,75 20 4RS0.00.40
Liftfix 5000 5000 10 75 0,75 20 4RS0.00.50
Liftfix 6000 6000 13 80 1 60 4RS0.00.60
Liftfix 8000 8000 15 80 1 60 4RS0.00.80
Type Load capacity Thickness Width L min in m L max. in m Item no.

single direct under load under load
in kg in mm in mm
Liftfix 10000 10000 18 90 2,5 60 4RS0.01.00

Liftfix 15000 15000 22 110 2,5 60 4RS0.01.50
Liftfix 20000 20000 25 120 2,5 60 4RS0.02.00
Liftfix 25000 25000 28 135 2,5 60 4RS0.02.50
Liftfix 30000 30000 32 150 2,5 60 4RS0.03.00
Liftfix 40000 40000 40 170 2,5 60 4RS0.04.00
Liftfix 50000 50000 45 180 2,5 60 4RS0.05.00
Compact roundslings for special applications

in customised versions
• Load capacities from 10-50 t in lengths of 0,5* – 60 m
• Compact core minimises contact surface on the load
• Special webbing material for a long service life
• Manufactured according to DIN EN 1492-2
• Clearly legible load capacity patches even if sling is dirty
• Smallest possible length tolerances guarantee safe lifting
• Specially proven in mechanical engineering and automotive industry
If you appreciate these special features please contact us.

We will be pleased to advise you personally.
*applies for capacities 10 and 15 t
Slings: Accessories
E R
OK
Always be on
the winning side
with the
The detachable hook for textile slings.

Turn roundslings and webbing slings into a practical single or multi leg
sling in seconds
• Easy use
• Colours correspond to the CEN colour code for textile slings
• Permanent forged load capacity marking on the hook
• Anti-wear ribs on the hook protect the surface of roundslings and
webbing slings
• Durable drop-forged safety latch
• The hook opening and width fit the usual lifting points
Type Load capacity Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

in kg A B1 B2 F G H L in kg
L
ASH 1t 1000 84 27 32 30 20 25 112 0,6 4109.00.10
B1
ASH 2t 2000 110 33 42 36 20 25 134 1,7 4109.00.20
ASH 3t 3000 132 30 50 46 22 28 145 2,5 4109.00.30
ASH 4t 4000 130 49 60 55 31 35 180 3,2 4109.00.40
B2
ASH 5t 5000 130 49 60 55 31 35 180 3,3 4109.00.50
ASH 6t 6000 130 49 60 55 31 35 180 3,3 4109.00.60 H
G A
EPIS
(Electronic Product Information System)
NEW!
Modern equipment management – fast, easy and comfortable
Benefit from the new EPIS (Electronic Product Information System) with
RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) technology and manage your per-
sonal protective equipment, your cargo lashing and your lifting slings
from your PC in a very comfortable way. All your products can be retrofit-
ted with the suitable, very robust transponders. This saves you a lot of
time when planning and documenting the mandatory yearly inspection
of your equipment:
• Automatically reminds you of inspection and maintenance dates
• Full network capability and online access simplifies documentation
• Multiple customers can be managed at the same time (ideal for
inspection services)
• Photos, logos, spare parts and pricelists can be embedded in your
documents (Excel interface included)
• Intuitional work due to Windows-/Office desktop
Please contact us for details!
Slings: VarioWeb, VarioSling
4449. VarioWeb
The length-adjustable belt sling
se
rsatile u
More ve !
le slings
for texti
4449. Item no. Load capacity 1-leg Type L1-min Can be Weight 1st Weight add.
RSG 1-leg sling single direct shortened metre in kg metre in kg
1-leg sling in kg in mm to (in mm)
L 4449.10.10 1000 VW1-1000-1ASH 2000 820 2,5 0,2

4449.10.20 2000 VW1-2000-1ASH 2000 970 5,3 0,3
RSG 2-leg sling at angle 0-45° shortened metre in kg metre in kg
4449.20.14 1400 VW2-1400-2ASH 2000 820 4,6 0,5

4449.20.28 2800 VW2-2800-2ASH 2000 970 9,8 0,7
RSG 4-leg sling at angle 0-45° shortened metre in kg metre in kg
4449.40.21 2100 VW4-2100-4ASH 2000 980 9,2 1,2

4449.40.42 4200 VW4-4200-4ASH 2000 1150 20,2 1,6
while
Available 4503. VarioSling
st!
stocks la
Stepless length adjustment for roundslings
The new VarioSling for flexible lifting
In the past a roundsling could only be shortened by winding it around the
crane hook once or several times. This can be dangerous as only one
layer is allowed in the crane hook and otherwise the roundsling might be
damaged by squeezing or abrasion.
VarioSling
B1
B1
roundsling shortener
A
A
D
D
Item no. Load capacity VarioSling A B1 D Weight

up to 60° package in in mm in mm VarioSling in kg
in kg mm
4503.10.10 1000 1 x SupraPlus 1000, 1 x VarioSling 1000, 1 x ASH Joker hook 130 240 30 1,9
Slings: Textile Bridle Slings
andling,
w e ig ht, easy h and quality
SpanSet bridle slings with high strength Low ology
in techn
components according to EN 1677 perfect
with safety hook
Lengths up to 10 m available
as standard
Other hook types are available on request
Item no. Load capacity 1-leg single direct Type 4551./4511.

1-leg sling in kg RSG 1-leg
bridle sling
4551.00.10 1000 RSG-1-1000-LS
4551.00.20 2000 RSG-1-2000-LS
4551.00.30 3000 RSG-1-3000-LS
4551.00.40 4000 RSG-1-4000-LS
4551.00.50 5000 RSG-1-5000-LS
4551.00.60 6000 RSG-1-6000-LS L
4551.00.80 8000 RSG-1-8000-LS
4511.01.00 10000 RSG-1-10000-LS
4511.01.50 15000 RSG-1-15000-LS
4511.02.00 20000 RSG-1-20000-LS
4511.02.50 25000 RSG-1-25000-LS
4511.03.00 30000 RSG-1-30000-LS
Min. length 2,5 m without fittings from type RSG-1-10000-LS and bigger
Item no. Load capacity 2-leg at angle Type 4552./4512.

2-leg sling RSG 2-leg
0-45° 45-60° bridle sling
4552.00.10 1400 1000 RSG-2- 1400-LS
4552.00.20 2800 2000 RSG-2- 2800-LS
4552.00.30 4200 3000 RSG-2- 4200-LS
4552.00.40 5600 4000 RSG-2- 5600-LS
4552.00.50 7000 5000 RSG-2- 7000-LS
4552.00.60 8400 6000 RSG-2- 8400-LS
4552.00.80 11200 8000 RSG-2-11200-LS
4512.01.40 14000 10000 RSG-2-14000-LS
4512.02.10 21000 15000 RSG-2-21000-LS
4512.02.80 28000 20000 RSG-2-28000-LS
4512.03.50 35000 25000 RSG-2-35000-LS
4512.04.20 42000 30000 RSG-2-42000-LS
Item no. Load capacity 4-leg at angle Type 4554./4514.

4-leg sling RSG 4-leg
0-45° 45-60° bridle sling
4554.00.10 2100 1500 RSG-4- 2100-LS
4554.00.20 4200 3000 RSG-4- 4200-LS
4554.00.30 6300 4500 RSG-4- 6300-LS
4554.00.40 8400 6000 RSG-4- 8400-LS
4554.00.50 10500 7500 RSG-4-10500-LS
4554.00.60 12600 9000 RSG-4-12600-LS
4554.00.80 16800 12000 RSG-4-16800-LS
4514.02.10 21000 15000 RSG-4-21000-LS
4514.03.15 31500 22500 RSG-4-31500-LS
4514.04.20 42000 30000 RSG-4-42000-LS
4514.05.20 52500 37500 RSG-4-52500-LS
4514.06.30 63000 45000 RSG-4-63000-LS
Slings: Woven Wire Rope Slings
4380. Polyester webbing sling

with rope loops and choker bracket
These slings are a low cost alternative to webbing slings with ordinary
crane brackets. The rope loops are available in any length – even for
biggest crane hooks – and thus can be exactly adapted to your individual L2
requirements. The undetachable aluminium choker bracket protects L1
webbing and rope and avoids twisting of the sling.
ney with
Save mo !
ps
rope loo
Push the choker bracket forward … … slip rope loop through loop with … and the perfect choker hitch
choker bracket … is complete.
Load capacity Load capacity Length Webbing Rope loop L2 Rope Ø Weight Item no.
single direct in kg in choker hitch L1 width thickness in mm in mm 1st metre add. metre
in kg in m in mm in mm in kg in kg
1000 800 2,0 36 6 200 8 1,30 0,30 4380.01.10
1500 1200 2,0 65 6 200 8 1,60 0,50 4380.01.15
3000 2400 2,0 90 8 250 12 3,20 0,70 4380.01.30
4000 3200 2,0 120 8 300 16 5,80 0,90 4380.01.40
5000 4000 2,0 120 8 350 16 6,50 1,20 4380.01.50
4250.10. Woven wire rope sling, 4250.20. Woven wire rope sling,
galvanized with loop ends galvanized and vulcanised with loop ends
and flat pressed sleeve. BG-tested. and flat pressed sleeve. BG-tested.
Secutex-coated version available on request Secutex-coated version available on request
Load capacity Surface Sling profile Thickness of sleeve Loop length Item no.
in basket hitch in kg in mm in mm in mm
2000 galvanised 30 x 6 20 200 4250.10.07
2000 vulcanised 40 x 13 20 200 4250.20.07
3000 galvanised 45 x 6 24 200 4250.10.12
3000 vulcanised 55 x 16 24 200 4250.20.12
4000 galvanised 55 x 8 26 250 4250.10.20
4000 vulcanised 75 x 16 26 250 4250.20.20
6000 galvanised 65 x 8 26 250 4250.10.30
6000 vulcanised 85 x 16 26 250 4250.20.30
4306. Woven wire rope sling

With pressed sleeves and two crane brackets, galvanised and vulcanised.
Special sizes and widths available on request!
Total length = Ordering length
Load capacity Width Thickness Item no.

in basket hitch in kg in mm in mm
1500 50 12 4306.00.07
2500 50 12 4306.00.12
4000 70 15 4306.00.20
6000 80 15 4306.00.30

With pressed sleeves and crane and “Kombi” bracket, galvanised and
vulcanised. Special sizes and widths available on request!
Load capacity Load capacity Width Thickness Item no.

in basket hitch in kg in choker hitch in kg in mm in mm
1500 600 50 12 4316.00.07
2500 1000 50 12 4316.00.12
4000 1600 70 15 4316.00.20
6000 2400 80 15 4316.00.30
Woven wire rope slings are suitable for gentle lifting of sharp- All woven wire rope slings are available in galvanised, vulcanised
edged loads. They are unrivalled for their durability and or PU-coated version!
resistance against acids, leaches and other chemicals (stainless
steel version on request)

With 2 stranded loops and spring protection.
Special sizes and widths available on request!
Load capacity Size Width Thickness Item no.

1500 A 30 6 4330.00.07
2500 B 40 6 4330.00.12
4000 B 50 8 4330.00.20
6000 C 70 8 4330.00.30
12000 D 90 10 4330.00.60

With crane bracket and C-hook, galvanised and vulcanised.
Load capacity Width Thickness Item no.

1000 50 12 4351.00.10
1600 80 15 4351.00.16
2400 80 15 4351.00.24
4800 80 15 4351.00.48
4306. Woven wire rope slings, endless closed

Galvanised and additionally vulcanised or PU-coated.
Totally twist-free version.
Load Width x Thickness Weight in kg Item no.

capacity in mm per running metre 4361 - vulcanised
in kg vulc. or PU 4362 - PU-coated
1500 40 x 12 1,00 4....00.15

2500 50 x 12 1,30 4....00.25
4000 80 x 15 2,20 4....00.40
6000 80 x 15 2,50 4....00.60
12000 120 x 15 4,60 4....01.20
24000 150 x 25 7,60 4....02.40
34000 200 x 30 12,90 4....03.40
44000 230 x 35 15,90 4....04.40
56000 250 x 35 20,20 4....05.60
100000 350 x 40 33,60 4....10.00
4371./4372. Woven wire rope slings, 4373. Buckle suitable for woven wire rope slings
endless with buckle
Galvanised and additionally vulcanised or PU-coated.
Totally twist-free version.
Load Width x Thickness Weight in kg Item no. Load Item no.

capacity in mm per running metre 4371 - vulcanised capacity 4371 - vulcanised
in kg vulc. or PU 4372 - PU-coated in kg 4372 - PU-coated
1500 40 x 12 1,00 4....00.15 1500 4....00.15

2500 50 x 12 1,30 4....00.25 2500 4....00.25
4000 80 x 15 2,20 4....00.40 4000 4....00.40
6000 80 x 15 2,50 4....00.60 6000 4....00.60
12000 120 x 15 4,60 4....01.20 12000 4....01.20
24000 150 x 25 7,60 4....02.40 24000 4....02.40
34000 200 x 30 12,90 4....03.40 34000 4....03.40
44000 230 x 35 15,90 4....04.40 44000 4....04.40
56000 250 x 35 20,20 4....05.60 56000 4....05.60
100000 350 x 40 33,60 4....10.00 100000 4....10.00
Special sizes are available – please contact us
gs end-
n w ir e rope slin use
Wove le for
ith buck
less or w rning devices.
d tu
with loa
Slings: Edge Protectors
e
tects th
th e load – pro s ion .
Protects magnetic adhe Carl Stahl EDGE PROTECTORS
ith
sling. W offer you the following advantages:
Protects the sling = Safety

Protects the load = Cost reduction
Edge protectors with magnetic adhesion save time, money and trouble
and pay off within a short period of time. Your valuable slings are protec-
ted by smooth contact surfaces and do not touch the load.
Why you have to use Carl Stahl edge protectors:

According to BGR 500 edges are called “sharp” if the edge radius of the
load is smaller than the:
• Rope diameter
• Thickness of the webbing sling
• Nominal thickness/size of the chain
Photo: Employers’ Liability and Insurance Association (BG), Frankfurt
5082. 5081.
Edge protectors for ropes Edge protectors
• With magnetic adhesion for webbing slings and
• Made of abrasion-resistant round slings
hard rubber
• With magnetic adhesion
• Rigid version
• Made of aluminium
• Hinged version
For ropes Weight Item no. For ropes For chains Weight Item no.
in kg/pce in kg/pce
up to 25 mm 1,0 5082.00.25 up to 25 mm up to size 6 2,2 5081.00.25
up to 50 mm up to size 13 3,5 5081.00.50
up to 70 mm up to size 18 6,4 5081.00.70
5080. 5086.
Edge protectors Shipyard edge protectors
for ropes and chains for ropes
• With magnetic adhesion • With magnetic adhesion
• Made of aluminium • Suitable for 2 legs
• Hinged version • Special construction for 20 mm
metal sheet overhang
• Attachment angles can be
bigger or smaller than 90°
For webbing slings For round slings Weight Item no. Groove width for Side piece Side piece Width Height of Weight Item no.
in kg/pce rope ø up to mm length in mm width in mm in mm side piece in kg
up to 80 mm width up to 80 mm width 2,4 5080.00.80 in mm
up to 150 mm width up to 150 mm width 5,1 5080.01.50 70 125 295 365 105 15,5 5086.00.70
Slings: Carl Stahl Load Charts
Carl Stahl load charts

add to your safety!
In case of illegible or missing load Load capacity reductions by diffe-

labels or identification tags it is rent angles and hitches have been
sometimes only possible to estima- considered.
te the load capacity. Our poster-
size load charts are of great help A useful benefit for the safety of
in this situation. The load capaci- man and material!
ties for wire rope slings, textile
slings, high-strength chain slings or (Only available in German!)
lifting points are very easy to read.
Load chart Size in cm Item no.

for
Wire rope slings, textile slings, 841 x 594 mm 5100.10.20
high strength chain slings, lifting points (DIN A1 landscape)
d
r man an (DIN A1 landscape)
Safety fo ith Carl Stahl
lw
materia
rts!
load cha Pocket-size Size in cm Item no.
load chart for
Wire rope slings, chain slings, 27 x 16 5100.10.15
eye bolts, webbing slings, round slings
Slings: Accessories
9900. Identification tag, galvanised

Necessary to identify multi-leg rope slings according to current standards,
but also for 1-leg slings if the capacity determinable at site. The blank ver-
sion allows retrofitting existing slings with the required information.
Item no. 9900.01.61
9900. Identification tag in stainless steel
Item no. 9900.E1.61
Front Reverse
6600. Inspection data tag 6600. Lashing chain identification

and inspection tag
Item no. 6600.01.63 Item no. 6600.01.65
Front Reverse Front Reverse
5090. Marking set

If you are using slings without load labels, they can easily be retrofitted
with identification tags. This marking set comes with a carrying case of
impact-resistant polystyrene.
A load chart for clear determination of the load capacity is included.
Contents type A: Contents type B:

50 pcs blank identification tags 100 pcs blank identification tags
50 pcs wire rope segments 100 pcs wire rope segments
50 pcs wire rope sleeves 100 pcs wire rope sleeves
1 pce swaging tool 1 pce swaging tool
1 pce load chart 1 pce load chart
1 set punch numbers 0-9 1 set punch numbers 0-9
Item no. 5090.05.00 Item no. 5090.10.00
1 set punch numbers 0-9
Item no. 5090.03.00
Slings: Impact Protection
4905. Buffer pad profile SPL-F

secutex buffer pad with perforated steel plate insert – flat
The preferred design of the secutex buffer pad. The perforated steel plate
insert serves 2 purposes:
• It serves as reinforcement for the flexible secutex material;
the steel plate prevents vertical and horizontal expansion.
• Easy fastening by screws, rivets or nails.
Standard length 3 m. Cut to length at extra cost.
Thickness Item no. Item no. Item no. Item no. Item no. Item no.
in mm width 50 mm width 70 mm width 100 mm width 120 mm width 150 mm width 200 mm
10 4905.00.10 4907.50.10 4910.00.10 4912.50.10 4915.00.10 4920.00.10
15 4905.00.15 4907.50.15 4910.00.15 4912.50.15 4915.00.15 4920.00.15
20 4905.00.20 4907.50.20 4910.00.20 4912.50.20 4915.00.20 4920.00.20
30 4905.00.30 4907.50.30 4910.00.30 4912.50.30 4915.00.30 4920.00.30
Other measurements are available at short notice.
4009. Buffer pad profile

SPL-HP
Special versions of
secutex buffer pad with perforated secutex impact protec-
steel plate insert – hollow profile tion can be produced –
Technical details as with SPL-F. also in small quantities –
in almost all shapes and
sizes. Just send us your
sketch and we will come
back to you with our pro-
Standard length 3 m. Cut to length at extra cost. posal.
Designation Bore hole Height Width Weight in Item no.

Ø in mm in mm kg/m
in mm H
Ø
SPL-HP 2.20 20 40 60 2,77 4009.02.20
SPL-HP 3.20 20 40 90 4,20 4009.03.20 B
B
SPL-HP 4.20 20 40 120 5,64 4009.04.20
B
SPL-HP 2.30 30 50 80 4,00 4009.02.30 B
SPL-HP 3.30 30 50 120 6,06 4009.03.30 B
SPL-HP 4.30 30 50 160 8,12 4009.04.30

SPL-HP 3.40 40 60 150 8,08 4009.03.40
SPL-HP 4.50 50 70 240 13,71 4009.04.50
Other measurements are available at short notice.
Please order our free

catalogues!
4008. secutex layer (5 mm)

Buffer pad profile protects
SPL-F-Soft the very valuable and
secutex buffer pad with perforated highly elastic foam layer
steel plate insert – flat (20 or 30 mm) from
damage
Technical details as with SPL-F. the bottom side with per-
forated steel plate insert
(5 mm) for fastening with
Standard length 3 m. Cut to length at extra cost. screws or rivets
Thickness Item no. Item no. Item no. Item no. Item no. Item no.
in mm width 50 mm width 70 mm width 100 mm width 120 mm width 150 mm width 200 mm
20 4008.05.20 4008.07.20 4008.10.20 4008.12.20 4008.15.20 4008.20.20
30 4008.05.30 4008.07.30 4008.10.30 4008.12.30 4008.15.30 4008.20.30
Slings: Impact Protection
Collision and crash protection to save Collision and crash protection

corners, high rack warehouses, walls, save your facilities!
doors and your nerves. The whole
range is finished in signal colours and
is immediately visible from all directions.
Manufactured of sturdy polyurethane.
Please note: The ZH 1/428

of the German BG (Employ-
ers’ Liability Insurance
Association) regulations
stipulates mandatory colli-
sion protection at corners
and alongside indoor
thoroughfares.
Collision protection SAS-A, clear, for pallet racks
To be attached to the outer posts of the rack. Prevents the posts from
bending in.
Width in mm Length in mm Weight in kg Item no.
82 1000 11,0 4006.A0.01
87 1000 11,3 4006.A0.02
102 1000 16,2 4006.A0.03
112 1000 16,9 4006.A0.04
Collision protection SAS-B

SAS-B has a rounded profile. It facilitates manoeuvring between racks
especially in confined spaces.
Width in mm Length in mm Weight in kg Item no.
82 1000 9,2 4006.B0.01
87 1000 9,2 4006.B0.02
102 1000 15,3 4006.B0.03
112 1000 16,4 4006.B0.04
Collision protection SAS-C

Extra sturdy version for heavy duty operation.
Description Weight in kg Item no.

Collision protection SAS-C 10,0 4006.C0.01
SPL hollow profile 2,9 4006.C0.02
Steel base 7,1 4006.C0.03
Collision protection SAS-D

Protects free-standing pillars or concrete supports.

Collision protection SAS-D 8,7 4006.D0.01
SP special profile 2,7 4006.D0.02
Steel base 5,2 4006.D0.03
Fastening plate 0,4 4006.D0.04
Collision protection SAS-E

For forklift and pallet truck traffic.

Collision protection SAS-E 8,9 4006.E0.01
SP special profile 2,7 4006.E0.02
Steel base 5,4 4006.E0.03
Fastening plate 0,4 4006.E0.04
Slings: Fork Protection
Fork extension Ideal fork extension with low self weight. Without any tools it can be simp-
with or without coating ly slid over the prong and is secured by bolt and pin.
Optional secutex coating available according to your requirements. In
case of coated top side the perforated steel plate insert avoids detach-
ment of the coating. Thickness and width of the fork extension are deter-
mined by the prong profile and the load capacity.
Length starting from 1,20 m, suitable for all common prong profiles.
Special dimensions are also available.
GVO standard, open bottom, without coating

Suitable for prong profiles in mm Item no.
80 x 30, 80 x 35, 80 x 40 4002.01.00

100 x 30, 100 x 35, 100 x 40 4002.02.00
100 x 45, 100 x 50 4002.03.00
120 x 40 4002.04.00
120 x 45, 125 x 40, 125 x 45, 120 x 50 4002.05.00
secutex-GVO standard, open bottom, top side with secutex coating

80 x 30, 80 x 35, 80 x 40 4003.01.00

100 x 30, 100 x 35, 100 x 40 4003.02.00
tters:
ngth ma 100 x 45, 100 x 50 4003.03.00
When le sion with 120 x 40 4003.04.00
n
Fork exte ong protec- 120 x 45, 125 x 40, 125 x 45, 120 x 50 4003.05.00
x pr
secute
tion
Special fork extension for areas where the prongs have to be protected
from all sides from penetrating debris. Optionally also available with secu-
Fork extension, closed all around, tex coating. This coating is extremely sturdy and impact resistant, sound
with or without coating absorbing and slip-proof. It is simply slid over the prong and is secured by
bolt and pin.
GVG, closed all around, without secutex coating

80 x 30, 85 x 35 4004.01.00
100 x 30, 100 x 35, 100 x 40 4004.02.00
100 x 45, 105 x 45 4004.03.00
The maximum allowable
120 x 40, 120 x 45, 120 x 50 4004.04.00
extension length = exi-
sting fork length x 1,65! 125 x 50 4004.05.00
e.g. Fork length 1200 secutex-GVG Standard, closed all around,

mm Max. fork extension
length 2000 mm top side with secutex coating
80 x 30, 85 x 35 4005.01.00
100 x 30, 100 x 35, 100 x 40 4005.02.00
100 x 45, 105 x 45 4005.03.00
120 x 40, 120 x 45, 120 x 50 4005.04.00
125 x 50 4005.05.00
Slings: Fork Protection
4706. secutex fork protection SZ-S

secutex fork protection shoe (detachable)
This is a special version within the secutex range of impact protection for
use with forklift prongs.
• secutex protects the load

• secutex prevents the load from slipping
• secutex is sound absorbing
Width Item no.

in mm
80 4706.00.80
100 4706.01.00
120 4706.01.20
Other measurements on request.
Long or short: secutex direct coating is the solution!

That’s for sure:
Prongs with direct coating are ideal for continuous heavy duty use! Slip-
proof, sound absorbing, cushioning and wear-resistant! The prong tip is
equipped with a preformed steel cross bar that prevents the coating from
being peeled off. The rounded and slanted profile facilitates the picking-up
of pallets.
Fork protection as direct coating

Best protection for load and lifting device with minimum
space requirement. The direct coating is permanently attached to the
prong, the perforated steel plate insert prevents detachment from the
prong.
Prong width Item no.

in mm
80 4705.00.80
90 4705.00.90
100 4705.01.00
110 4705.01.10
120 4705.01.20
New high-quality prongs

with and without direct coating available on request.
Submersible Pumps
Submersible sewage pumps

With their slim and compact design the submersible pumps from AURAS –
a Carl Stahl Company – are even suitable for the most unfavourable condi-
tions.
• Short term delivery from stock

• Extremely wear-resistant
• Robust pump housing
• Diffuser with abrasion-proof synthetic rubber
• Base plate and screen of stainless steel
• Impeller of CrNi steel
• Motor overload protection by thermal sensors
• Low weight
• Compact dimensions
Modular design:
All parts of the pump have been designed to the modular principle sim-
plifying maintenance and stockkeeping of spares.
Automatic system for all pump sizes*:

Without any moving parts, well protected inside the pump housing.
Switchable from continuous to automatic operation.
All these advantages add to your benefit as they ensure a high reliabi-
lity and a long service life.
*except type P 40 CS
Flow rate charts for AURAS pumps:
Submersible sewage pump Submersible sewage pump Submersible sewage pump

P 20 + P 220 P 30 P 40 ND + HD
16 32 32
14 28 28
12 24 24
Water column in m
HD
Water column in m
Water column in m
10 20 20
8 16 16 ND
6 12 12
4 8 8
2 4 4
0 0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 400 800 1200 1600 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400
l-in min l-in min l-in min
Submersible sewage pump Submersible wastewater pump

P 60 ND + HD P 40 CS
These charts illustrate how the
80 32
flow rate (l/min) changes with
70 28 increasing delivery height (water
column in m).
60 24
HD
Water column in m
Water column in m
50 20
40 16
30 12
ND
20 8
Please see page 304 for
10 4 our extensive range of
0
accessories.
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0 400 800 1200 1600
l-in min l-in min
Submersible Pumps
Type P20 P220 P30 P40ND P40HD P60ND P60HD P40CS

Weight in kg 23 22 37 44 44 128 128 61,5
Ø in mm 210 210 246 246 246 350 350 420
Height in mm 510 510 540 620 620 910 910 670
Hose connection 2“ 2“ 3“ 4“ 3“ 6“ 4“ 4“
Voltage in V 400 230 400 400 400 400 400 400
Frequency in Hz 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Fuses in A 10 16 16 25 25 63 63 25
Nominal current in A 2,6 6,4 5,7 7,7 7,7 20,9 20,9 5,2
Power input in kW 1,3 1,45 3,5 4,7 4,7 13,5 13,5 2,8
Cable in m/mm² 10 / 4x1,5 10 / 3x1,5 15 / 4x1,5 15 / 4x2,5 15 / 4x2,5 15 / 4x6 15 / 4x6 15 / 4x2,5
Item no. w/o automatic AP60.20.00 AP60.10.00 AP60.30.00 AP60.40.00 AP61.40.00 AP60.50.00 AP61.50.00 AP60.60.20CS
Item no. with automatic AP60.20.0A AP.60.10.0A AP60.30.0A AP60.40.0A AP61.40.0A AP60.50.0A AP61.50.0A –
92Z0.
Synthetic fire hose with polyester jacket,
inside rubber lined, complete with couplings
Size Inside ø in mm Length in m Item no.
C 52 20 92Z0.05.2C
B 75 20 92Z0.07.5B
A 100 20 92Z0.10.0A
F 150 20 92Z0.15.0F
92KE.
Tested pump lifting chain for exact positioning,
securing and lifting of a submersible pump.
Made of stainless steel (material 1.4404),
chain ø 5 mm to 13 mm, with welded-in master links,
standard length 5 m.
1000 mm
Chain size Master link Load capacity Item no.

in mm dimensions in mm WLL in kg
5 x 15 10 x 65 x 20 450 92KE.00.05
6 x 18 13 x 110 x 60 750 92KE.00.06
8 x 24 16 x 110 x 60 1250 92KE.00.08
10 x 30 18 x 135 x 75 2000 92KE.00.10
13 x 39 22 x 160 x 50 3200 92KE.00.13
Submersible Pumps
AP60. Suction base plate

For lowering the water level to the
bottom of the pump
For pumps Item no.

P220 + P220A AP60.11.20
P20 + P20A AP60.21.20
92Z1. Aluminium
suction coupling
Size Hose Item no.
92Z2.
C 52 92Z1.05.2C
Aluminium hose sleeves
B 75 92Z1.07.5B
A 100 92Z1.10.0A Size Hose Item no.
F 150 92Z1.15.0F C 52 92Z2.05.2C
B 75 92Z2.07.5C
92Z3. Aluminium
female adaptor
Size Thread Item no.
in “
C 2 92Z3.I0.2C
92Z1.
B 2 1/2 92Z3.I0.2B
Aluminium reducer
B 3 92Z3.I0.3B Size Item no.
A 4 92Z3.I0.4A C/B 92Z1.00.CB
F 6 92Z3.I0.6F A/B 92Z1.00.AB
F/A 92Z1.00.FA
92Z3. Aluminium
male adaptor
Size Thread Item no. 92Z0.
in “ Aluminium cap
C 2 92Z3.A0.2C
Size Item no.
B 2 1/2 92Z3.A0.2B
C 92Z0.00.0C
B 3 92Z3.A0.3B
B 92Z0.00.0B
A 4 92Z3.A0.4A
A 92Z0.00.0A
92Z1. Aluminium
basket type strainer 92Z0.
Aluminium gated manifold
Size Item no.
Size Item no.
C 92Z1.00.0C
B / C-C 92Z0.0B.CC
B 92Z1.00.0B
A / B-B 92Z0.0A.BB
A 92Z1.00.0A
92Z2. Aluminium straight 92Z3.

stream nozzle Coupling spanner
Size Item no. Size Item no.
C 92Z2.00.0C A/B/C 92Z3.0A.BC
Steel Wire Ropes
Steel Wire Ropes

Crane and industrial
wire ropes
Round strand wire ropes
Spiral ropes
Ropes for theatre
and stage technology
Photos: Wolffkran Group
Steel Wire Ropes: Crane Rope Types
Crane ropes for the following tower cranes:
Liebherr PKZ Our product Hoist ropes

MAN Wolff Condecta range includes: Trolley ropes
Potain Arcomet Assembly ropes
Terex-Peines Ferro Holding ropes
Cadillon Terex-Comedil Bracing ropes
Important terms and abbreviations out of DIN EN 12385

Core types: Lays and Lay Directions:
C = Core z = Right hand lay
FC = Fibre Core s = Left hand lay
NFC = Natural Fibre Core sZ = Right hand ordinary lay
SFC = Synthetic Fibre Core zS = Left hand ordinary lay
WC = Steel Core zZ = Right hand langs lay
IWRC = Independent Wire Rope Core sS = Left hand langs lay
WSC = Wire Strand Core aZ = Right hand alternate lay
aS = Left hand alternate lay
Stranding types: Compaction:

S = Seale K = Compacted
W = Warrington (K in front of strand = compacted strand,
F = Filler K in front of rope = compacted rope)
WS = Warrington-Seale
M = Cross-Lay
N = Compound Lay
Steel Wire Ropes: Wire Rope Accessories
Wire rope terminations:
Pressed thimble DIN 6899-B Pressed Loop Cast socket (incl. synthetic Pointed end
resin casting material)
Rope ø Item no. Item no. Item no. Item no.

in mm pressed thimble pressed loop cast socket pointed end
5 PKZ0.00.50 PSZ0.00.50 – 1130.00.50
6 PKZ0.00.60 PSZ0.00.60 – 1130.00.60
7 PKZ0.00.70 PSZ0.00.70 – 1130.00.70
8 PKZ0.00.80 PSZ0.00.80 – 1130.00.80
9 PKZ0.00.90 PSZ0.00.90 – 1130.00.90
10 PKZ0.01.00 PSZ0.01.00 VE00.01.00 1130.01.00
11 PKZ0.01.10 PSZ0.01.10 VE00.01.10 1130.01.10
12 PKZ0.01.20 PSZ0.01.20 VE00.01.20 1130.01.20
13 PKZ0.01.30 PSZ0.01.30 VE00.01.30 1130.01.30
14 PKZ0.01.40 PSZ0.01.40 VE00.01.40 1130.01.40
16 PKZ0.01.60 PSZ0.01.60 VE00.01.60 1130.01.60
18 PKZ0.01.80 PSZ0.01.80 VE00.01.80 1130.01.80
20 PKZ0.02.00 PSZ0.02.00 VE00.02.00 1130.02.00
22 PKZ0.02.20 PSZ0.02.20 VE00.02.20 1130.02.20
24 PKZ0.02.40 PSZ0.02.40 VE00.02.40 1130.02.40
500S. Rope lubricant

DUOTAC cog wheel spray is a bitumen-free special lubricant based on
mineral oil with adhesives and effective additives including the solid lubri-
cant graphite.
DUOTAC cog wheel spray is used for lubricating ropes, open cog wheels,
gears and chains.
DUOTAC cog wheel spray offers a solution for ropes, chains and open
gears which are infrequently lubricated or in dusty environments not at all.
It creates a firm but elastic and dust dry lubricating film and can even
meet long term requirements.
After the included solvents have evaporated, DUOTAC cog wheel spray
creates:
• A highly adhesive lubricating film, which will even resist high surface
pressures on the cog flanks.
• A bending resistant lubricating film which even remains elastic under
low outside temperatures.
• A dry lubricating film which will hardly absorb any dirt or dust, which
protects against corrosion and acts wear- and sound reducing
• A water resistant lubricating film which is even resistant against hot or
salty water.
Description Content Item no.
DUOTAC cog wheel spray 400 ml spray can 500S.00.01 Equipment treated with DUOTAC cog wheel spray should only be put into
(12 spray cans in box) operation when the solvents have dissipated and the lubricating film has
DUOTAC F 315 L 20 l can 500S.00.02 become nearly dry. It can be used in a temperature range between -20°C
DUOTAC F 315 L 205 l returnable barrel 500S.00.03 (-4°F) and +120°C (248°F). Beyond that the solid lubricating film remains
stable even at temperatures of 300°C (572°F) and more.
Steel Wire Ropes: Crane Ropes
Rope ø Minimum breaking load Weight Item no.

in mm (tensile strength 1770 N/mm²) in kg/m
kN t
8 51,1 5,20 0,290 1841.20.80
9 66,0 6,71 0,372 1841.20.90
10 80,2 8,15 0,461 1841.21.00
1841. Turboplast 11 97,1 9,87 0,555 1841.21.10

12 115,1 11,70 0,658 1841.21.20
Is an 8-strand rope made out of
13 136,6 13,89 0,778 1841.21.30
compacted outer strands. It is fully
14 157,9 16,05 0,897 1841.21.40
lubricated. It has a plastic layer
between the steel core and the 15 183,1 18,62 1,035 1841.21.50
outer strands, giving the rope a 16 207,2 21,06 1,179 1841.21.60
high structural stability. Internal 17 230,6 23,46 1,326 1841.21.70
destruction of the rope is avoided 18 260,2 26,46 1,469 1841.21.80
and the steel core is protected
19 292,1 29,71 1,644 1841.21.90
against corrosion. This rope has a
very high breaking load and a good 20 321,0 32,64 1,833 1841.22.00
resistance against drum crushing. 21 350,8 35,68 1,974 1841.22.10
22 391,7 39,83 2,191 1841.22.20
Applications: Derricking and 23 425,7 43,30 2,393 1841.22.30
boom rope for mobile cranes and
24 464,5 47,24 2,606 1841.22.40
grabs. Hoist rope for container-,
floating-, dockside-, gantry cranes 25 504,2 51,28 2,820 1841.22.50
etc. in multi-fall operation and 26 548,9 55,82 3,066 1841.22.60
smaller lifting heights. With 2 ropes 27 584,9 59,49 3,309 1841.22.70
in right and left hand lay for high 28 629,6 64,04 3,525 1841.22.80
lifting heights. Holding and closing
29 678,8 69,03 3,793 1841.22.90
rope for grabs.
30 727,1 73,94 4,096 1841.23.00
21 776,8 79,00 4,370 1841.23.10
32 828,0 84,21 4,643 1841.23.20
33 875,2 89,00 4,975 1841.23.30
34 936,4 95,23 5,232 1841.23.40
36 1040,1 105,77 5,834 1841.23.60

kN t
8 47,2 4,800 0,283 1831.20.80
9 60,0 6,100 0,363 1831.20.90
10 74,0 7,350 0,444 1831.21.00
1831. Stratoplast 11 88,5 9,000 0,552 1831.21.10
Is an 8-strand rope made out of 12 106,6 10,840 0,643 1831.21.20
conventional strands. It is fully 13 125,5 12,760 0,746 1831.21.30
lubricated. It has a plastic layer 14 144,6 14,710 0,864 1831.21.40
between the steel core and the
15 166,3 16,910 1,007 1831.21.50
outer strands, giving the rope a
high structural stability. Internal 16 189,0 19,220 1,140 1831.21.60
destruction of the rope is avoided 17 211,5 21,510 1,284 1831.21.70
and the steel core is protected 18 239,8 24,380 1,437 1831.21.80
against corrosion. Stratoplast is a 19 264,5 26,900 1,633 1831.21.90
hoist rope for container-, floating-,
20 295,3 30,030 1,802 1831.22.00
dockside-, gantry cranes etc. in
multi-fall operation and smaller 21 324,2 32,970 1,999 1831.22.10
lifting heights. With 2 ropes in right 22 356,2 36,230 2,186 1831.22.20
and left hand lay for high lifting 23 386,8 39,340 2,379 1831.22.30
heights. Holding and closing rope 24 423,4 43,060 2,579 1831.22.40
for grabs.
For stainless steel micro cables see page 316 and following.
For stainless steel chains and accessories see page 223 and
following.

kN t
4 11,7 1,19 0,071 1891.20.40
4,5 15,1 1,53 0,089 1891.20.45
5 19,0 1,94 0,109 1891.20.50
5,5 23,6 2,40 0,139 1891.20.55
1891. Alphalift
6 28,5 2,89 0,163 1891.20.60 Is an 8-strand rope in non
6,5 34,2 3,48 0,199 1891.20.65 interfering double parallel lay
7 38,5 3,92 0,225 1891.20.70
construction made out of con-
ventional strands. It is fully lubri-
7,5 44,8 4,55 0,267 1891.20.75
cated, very flexible and has a
8 49,6 5,05 0,294 1891.20.80 high breaking load.
8,5 53,0 5,39 0,327 1891.20.85
9 65,0 6,61 0,378 1891.20.90 Applications: Hoist rope for
10 75,8 7,71 0,461 1891.21.00
electric hoists and lifting devices
with multi-fall operation if not –
11 92,9 9,45 0,566 1891.21.10
due to high lifting heights,
12 111,3 11,32 0,667 1891.21.20 unguided load or small number
13 129,4 13,16 0,775 1891.21.30 of falls - it is mandatory to use a
14 150,3 15,29 0,891 1891.21.40 rotation-resistant rope.
16 196,1 19,94 1,175 1891.21.60
18 246,9 25,11 1,494 1891.21.80
20 308,6 31,38 1,859 1891.22.00
22 370,6 37,69 2,272 1891.22.20
24 435,7 44,31 2,665 1891.22.40
25 483,8 49,20 2,879 1891.22.50
26 519,7 52,85 3,109 1891.22.60
27 557,3 56,67 3,356 1891.22.70
Cable socks for installing

the ropes can be found on
pages 324/325.
A works test certificate for

your steel wire rope is available
on request.
Photos: Wolffkran Group

kN t
7 34,1 3,47 0,225 1801.20.70
8 44,5 4,53 0,328 1801.20.80
9 55,4 5,63 0,367 1801.20.90
1801. Starlift 10 69,2 7,04 0,465 1801.21.00
11 83,1 8,45 0,560 1801.21.10
Special hoist rope, ungalvanised,
12 99,9 10,16 0,665 1801.21.20
rotation-resistant, flexible with high
breaking load, fully lubricated, with 13 117,3 11,92 0,782 1801.21.30
compacted steel core avoiding 14 135,9 13,83 0,904 1801.21.40
crossovers between the strands 15 156,3 15,89 1,044 1801.21.50
and reducing the danger of internal
16 178,1 18,11 1,190 1801.21.60
rope destruction. Very suitable for
17 200,1 20,35 1,330 1801.21.70
most electric cranes and elevators.
The smooth surface spares pulleys 18 222,6 22,64 1,490 1801.21.80
and drums. The service life is 19 250,9 25,52 1,679 1801.21.90
increased compared to standard 20 277,7 28,24 1,845 1801.22.00
ropes; trouble-free operation is 21 306,3 31,15 2,040 1801.22.10
guaranteed..
22 337,0 34,27 2,250 1801.22.20
23 366,5 37,28 2,441 1801.22.30
24 400,5 40,73 2,664 1801.22.40
25 431,9 43,93 2,879 1801.22.50
26 469,2 47,71 3,123 1801.22.60
27 508,3 51,69 3,356 1801.22.70
28 548,8 55,81 3,619 1801.22.80
29 585,8 59,57 3,892 1801.22.90
30 627,1 63,77 4,183 1801.23.00

kN t
10 81,9 8,33 0,490 1941.21.00
11 99,5 10,12 0,593 1941.21.10
12 118,2 12,10 0,705 1941.21.20
1941. Eurolift 13 139,0 14,14 0,821 1941.21.30
14 161,7 16,50 0,949 1941.21.40
Rotation-resistant, flexible hoist
15 184,5 18,80 1,091 1941.21.50
rope made out of compacted outer
strands and a compacted steel 16 209,4 21,29 1,257 1941.21.60
core. Fully lubricated. High brea- 17 235,9 23,99 1,406 1941.21.70
king load and good resistance 18 266,9 27,15 1,601 1941.21.80
against drum crushing. Core in
19 297,1 30,30 1,768 1941.21.90
special design, avoiding crossovers
20 329,3 33,49 1,956 1941.22.00
between the strands and preven-
ting internal rope destruction. 21 362,3 36,84 2,142 1941.22.10
22 398,5 40,60 2,373 1941.22.20
23 431,5 43,88 2,609 1941.22.30
24 474,3 48,30 2,813 1941.22.40
25 512,8 52,30 3,076 1941.22.50
26 555,0 56,60 3,285 1941.22.60
27 598,3 60,85 3,530 1941.22.70
28 643,7 65,60 3,846 1941.22.80
29 690,2 70,19 4,062 1941.22.90
30 738,1 75,30 4,347 1941.23.00
Available in:
Ordinary lay or langs lay 32 843,4 85,74 5,011 1941.23.20
34 950,8 96,69 5,640 1941.23.40
36 10,70,0 109,10 6,327 1941.23.60
38 1191,0 121,50 7,081 1941.23.80
40 1360,0 138,00 7,831 1941.24.00
Steel Wire Ropes: Ropes for Theatre and Stage Technology
1551. 1601.
Round strand rope Round strand rope
with black surface with black surface
and steel core and steel core
Construction 6x7 WSC, Construction 6x19 WSC,

type Black Star, according to type Black Star, according to
DIN EN 12385-4 (DIN 3055) DIN EN 12385-4 (DIN 3060)
Application: Application:
Theatre and stage technology Theatre and stage technology
Rope ø Minimum breaking load Weight Item no. Rope ø Minimum breaking load Weight Item no.
in mm (tensile strength 1960 N/mm2) in kg/m (tensile strength 1960 N/mm2) in kg/m
in mm
kN t kN t
1,5 1,57 0,160 0,0089 1551.30.15BS 3,0 5,86 0,598 0,0342 1601.30.30BS
2,0 2,81 0,287 0,0157 1551.30.20BS 4,0 10,4 1,060 0,0609 1601.30.40BS
2,5 4,39 0,448 0,0246 1551.30.25BS 5,0 16,3 1,660 0,0952 1601.30.50BS
3,0 6,32 0,646 0,0354 1551.30.30BS 6,0 23,5 2,390 0,1380 1601.30.60BS
4,0 11,3 1,140 0,0629 1551.30.40BS 7,0 31,9 3,260 0,1870 1601.30.70BS
5,0 17,6 1,800 0,0983 1551.30.50BS 8,0 41,6 4,240 0,2430 1601.30.80BS
1K13. Accessories for black ropes:

Round strand rope
with black surface
and steel core
Construction 17x7 WSC,

type Black Star, according to
DIN EN 12385-4
Application: Thimbles Wire rope clips

Theatre and stage technology

in mm (tensile strength 1960 N/mm2) in kg/m
kN
4 13,6 0,0643 1K13.7B.311040 Turnbuckles
5 21,2 0,1 1K13.7B.311050
6 30,5 0,145 1K13.7B.311060
7 41,6 0,197 1K13.7B.311070
8 54,3 0,257 1K13.7B.311080
Snap hooks Quick link
Bow shackle Dee shackle
Steel Wire Ropes: Round Strand Ropes

kN t
1,5 1,81 0,185 0,0121 0552.20.15
2 2,35 0,239 0,0143 0552.20.20
3 5,29 0,538 0,0322 0552.20.30
0552. 4 9,41 0,957 0,0572 0552.20.40
Round strand rope, 5 14,7 1,500 0,0894 0552.20.50
galvanised, with fibre core 6 21,1 2,150 0,129 0552.20.60

7 28,8 2,930 0,175 0552.20.70
Construction 6x7 FC according
8 37,6 3,830 0,229 0552.20.80
to DIN EN 12385-4 (DIN 3085)

kN t
2,5 3,76 0,383 0,0220 0602.20.25
3 4,9 0,498 0,0311 0602.20.30
4 8,7 0,885 0,0554 0602.20.40
0602. 5 13,6 1,380 0,0865 0602.20.50

8 34,8 3,540 0,221 0602.20.80
Construction 6x19 Standard FC,
9 44,1 4,480 0,280 0602.20.90
(DIN 3060) 10 54,4 5,530 0,346 0602.21.00
12 78,3 7,940 0,498 0602.21.20
13 91,9 9,350 0,585 0602.21.30
14 107 10,800 0,678 0602.21.40
16 139 14,200 0,886 0602.21.60
18 176 17,900 1,12 0602.21.80
20 218 22,100 1,38 0602.22.00

kN t
6 18,8 1,91 0,125 0662.20.60
7 25,6 2,60 0,170 0662.20.70
8 33,4 3,40 0,221 0662.20.80
0662. 9 42,3 4,30 0,280 0662.20.90
Construction 6x37 Standard FC, 12 75,1 7,64 0,498 0662.21.20

according to DIN EN 12385-4 13 88,2 8,97 0,585 0662.21.30
(DIN 3066) 14 102 10,40 0,678 0662.21.40
16 134 13,60 0,886 0662.21.60
18 169 17,20 1,12 0662.21.80
20 209 21,20 1,38 0662.22.00
22 253 25,70 1,67 0662.22.20
24 301 30,60 1,99 0662.22.40
26 353 35,90 2,34 0662.22.60
28 409 41,60 2,71 0662.22.80
32 534 54,30 3,54 0662.23.20
36 676 68,80 4,48 0662.23.60
40 835 84,90 5,54 0662.24.00
For stainless steel micro cables see page 316 and following.
For stainless steel chains and accessories see page 223 and A works test certificate for
following. your steel wire rope is available
on request.
1621. Round strand rope, 1671.

ungalvanised Round strand rope,
ungalvanised
Construction 8x19 Seale WC,
according to DIN EN 12385-4 Construction 8x36 Warrington-
(DIN 3062) Seale WC, according to
DIN EN 12385-4 (DIN 3067)
Application: Elevators, excavators,
Application: Elevators, excavators,
EOT cranes, scrapers, winches
EOT cranes, scrapers, winches
kN t
kN t
10 59,9 6,100 0,417 1621.21.00
16 153 15,600 1,07 1671.21.60
11 72,5 7,380 0,505 1621.21.10
18 194 19,700 1,35 1671.21.80
12 86,3 8,780 0,601 1621.21.20
20 239 24,300 1,67 1671.22.00
13 101 10,300 0,705 1621.21.30
22 290 29,300 2,02 1671.22.20
14 117 11,900 0,817 1621.21.40
24 345 35,100 2,40 1671.22.40
15 135 13,700 0,938 1621.21.50
26 405 41,100 2,82 1671.22.60
16 153 15,600 1,07 1621.21.60
28 469 47,700 3,27 1671.22.80
17 173 17,600 1,21 1621.21.70
32 613 62,300 4,27 1671.23.20
18 194 19,800 1,35 1621.21.80
19 216 22,000 1,51 1621.21.90
20 240 24,400 1,67 1621.22.00
0642. 1642.
Round strand rope, Round strand rope,
galvanised galvanised
Construction 6x36 Warrington- Construction 6x36 Warrington-
Seale FC, according to DIN EN Seale WC, according to DIN EN
12385-4 (DIN 3062) 12385-4 (DIN 3064)
Application: Elevators, excavators, Application: Elevators, excavators,

EOT cranes, scrapers, winches EOT cranes, scrapers, winches
in mm (tensile strength 1770 N/mm²) in kg/m in mm (tensile strength 1770 N/mm²) in kg/m
kN t kN t
12 84,0 8,56 0,547 0642.21.20 12 89,9 9,16 0,602 1642.21.20
13 98,3 10,02 0,643 0642.21.30 13 106 10,80 0,707 1642.21.30
14 114 11,62 0,745 0642.21.40 14 124 12,64 0,820 1642.21.40
16 149 15,18 0,973 0642.21.60 16 161 16,41 1,07 1642.21.60
18 189 19,26 1,23 0642.21.80 18 204 2079 1,35 1642.21.80
20 234 23,84 1,52 0642.22.00 20 252 25,68 1,67 1642.22.00
22 282 28,74 1,84 0642.22.20 22 304 30,98 2,02 1642.22.20
24 336 34,24 2,19 0642.22.40 24 363 36,99 2,41 1642.22.40
26 395 40,25 2,57 0642.22.60 26 425 43,31 2,83 1642.22.60
28 458 46,67 2,98 0642.22.80 28 493 50,24 3,28 1642.22.80
32 598 60,94 3,89 0642.23.20 32 644 65,62 4,28 1642.23.20
36 797 81,21 4,93 0642.23.60 36 816 83,15 5,42 1642.23.60
40 934 95,17 6,08 0642.24.00 40 983 100,17 6,69 1642.24.00
r all
l wire ropes fo
Specia ilable
pes ava
crane ty

kN t
4 10,70 1,09 0,0643 1692.30.40
5 16,67 1,7 0,1 1692.30.50
6 23,45 2,4 0,145 1692.30.60
6,5 27,42 2,8 0,163 1692.30.65
1692.
7 32,66 3,33 0,197 1692.30.70
Spiral round strand rope 8 41,67 4,25 0,257 1692.30.80
According to DIN EN 12385-4 (Sim- 9 52,78 5,38 0,326 1692.30.90
plex, similar DIN 3069), galvanised 10 65,74 6,7 0,402 1692.31.00
with steel core, multi-layer, rotation-
11 79,53 8,11 0,486 1692.31.10
resistant round strand rope for elec-
tric hoists and winches. Excellent 12 95,90 9,78 0,579 1692.31.20
operating characteristics, extra long 13 111,95 11,42 0,679 1692.31.30
service life. 14 129,17 13,17 0,788 1692.31.40
Rope ø in mm Minimum breaking load Weight Item no.

nominal/outer (tensile strength 1770 N/mm2) in kg/m
kN t
3,0/5,0 4,90 0,510 0,048 0330.30.50
6,0/8,0 19,6 2,420 0,168 0330.60.80
8,0/10,0 34,8 3,660 0,260 0330.80.00
0330. 10,0/12,0 54,4 5,720 0,395 0330.00.02
Steel wire rope 12,0/14,0 78,3 8,230 0,550 0330.02.04
Construction 6x19 Standard FC, 14,0/16,0 107 11,200 0,740 0330.04.06

clear PVC coated, according to
DIN EN 12385-4

kN t
2,0 / 3,0 2,35 0,240 0,020 0310.20.30
2,5 / 3,5 3,63 0,370 0,030 0310.25.35
3,0 / 4,0 5,29 0,530 0,040 0310.30.40
0310.
3,0 / 4,5 5,29 0,530 0,044 0310.30.45
Steel wire rope
3,0 / 5,0 5,29 0,530 0,049 0310.30.50
Construction 6x7 FC, clear PVC 4,0 / 5,0 9,41 0,950 0,067 0310.40.50
coated, according to DIN EN 4,0 / 6,0 19,41 0,950 0,078 0310.40.60
12385-4
5,0 / 7,0 14,7 1,470 0,114 0310.50.70
6,0 / 8,0 21,1 2,120 0,158 0310.60.80
Drilling ropes in special

3-strand construction
made out of bright steel For stainless steel micro cables see page 316 and following.
wires with a tensile For stainless steel chains and accessories see page 223 and
strength of 1770 N/mm² following.
(180 kp/mm²) are also
available at short notice. Packaging:
Your valuable crane wire rope can
be delivered either as coil or on
disposable wooden reel.
1582. 1522.
Round strand rope, Spiral rope, galvanised
galvanised Construction 1x7 according to
Construction 6x19 Seale IWRC, DIN 3052
according to DIN 12385-4 (DIN 3058)
Application: Forestry winches
in mm (tensile strength 1960 N/mm2) in kg/m in mm (tensile strength 1770 N/mm2) in kg/m
kN t kN kg
10 66 6,78 0,410 1582.31.00 0,6 0,347 35,3 0,00181 1522.20.06
11 80 8,20 0,496 1582.31.10 0,8 0,617 62,7 0,00321 1522.20.08
12 96 9,75 0,590 1582.31.20 1,0 0,963 98,6 0,00502 1522.20.10
13 112 11,44 0,693 1582.31.30 1,5 2,17 221 0,0113 1522.20.15
14 130 13,22 0,803 1582.31.40 2,0 3,85 392 0,0201 1522.20.20
16 170 17,33 1,050 1582.31.60
0621. 1532.
ungalvanised Construction 1x19
Construction 8x19 Seale FC, according to DIN 3053
Application: Elevators
kN t kN kg
8 28,8 2,93 0,223 0621.20.80 1,0 0,930 94,5 0,00495 1532.20.10
9 36,5 3,72 0,282 0621.20.90 1,5 2,09 213 0,0111 1532.20.15
10 45,1 4,60 0,348 0621.21.00 2,0 3,72 378 0,0198 1532.20.20
11 54,5 5,55 0,422 0621.21.10 2,5 5,81 591 0,0310 1532.20.25
12 64,9 6,61 0,502 0621.21.20 3,0 8,37 851 0,0446 1532.20.30
13 76,1 7,75 0,589 0621.21.30 3,5 11,4 1160 0,0607 1532.20.35
14 88,3 9,00 0,683 0621.21.40 4,0 14,9 1510 0,0793 1532.20.40
16 115,0 11,72 0,892 0621.21.60 5,0 23,2 2360 0,124 1532.20.50
1621. 1542.
ungalvanised Construction 1x37
Construction 8x19 Seale IWRC, according to DIN 3054
Application: Elevators
kN t kN kg
8 34,1 3,47 0,22 1621.20.80 3,0 8,16 830 0,0440 1542.20.30
9 43,1 4,39 0,344 1621.20.90 4,0 14,5 1480 0,0782 1542.20.40
10 53,2 5,42 0,417 1621.21.00 5,0 22,7 2310 0,122 1542.20.50
11 64,3 6,55 0,505 1621.21.10 6,0 32,7 3320 0,176 1542.20.60
12 76,6 7,81 0,601 1621.21.20 7,0 44,4 4520 0,240 1542.20.70
13 89,8 9,15 0,705 1621.21.30 8,0 58,1 5900 0,313 1542.20.80
14 104,0 10,60 0,817 1621.21.40 9,0 73,5 7470 0,396 1542.20.90
16 136,0 13,86 1,07 1621.21.60 10,0 90,7 9220 0,489 1542.21.00
your
c ontact us for uirements!
Please l wire rope req
a
individu
TechnoCables
TechnoCables
Technical ropes and strands in stainless steel and
galvanised from 0,09 to 8 mm diameter in different
constructions
Pressed standard fittings in brass, galvanised steel
and stainless steel
Die-cast standard terminals in high quality zinc
cast alloy
Wide range of accessories like pulleys, flat- and
round wire spirals, wire rope sleeves, fork heads,
adjustment screws, thimbles etc.
Some typical
applications
Contact
Phone: +49 7162 4007 2223

E-Mail: technocables@carlstahl.com
Order our free Techno-
Cables catalogue!
TechnoCables
Stainless steel wire rope Stainless steel wire rope

AISI 316, construction 7x7 AISI 316, construction 7x19
Rope ø MBL at t/s 1770 N/mm² Weight kg‰m Item no. Rope ø MBL at t/s 1770 N/mm² Weight kg‰m Item no.
in mm in mm
0,27 59 0,290 CG07.70.27 0,45 153 0,810 CG71.90.45

0,36 103 0,520 CG07.70.36 0,60 270 1,440 CG71.90.60
0,45 162 0,800 CG07.70.45 0,75 417 2,100 CG71.90.75
0,54 235 1,200 CG07.70.54 0,90 613 3,500 CG71.90.90
0,63 324 1,600 CG07.70.63 1,00 765 4,400 CG71.91.00
0,72 422* 2,100 CG07.70.722 1,20 1079 5,600 CG71.91.20
0,81 530* 2,600 CG07.70.81 1,35 1373 7,100 CG71.91.35
0,90 647 3,200 CG07.70.90 1,50 1668 9,000 CG71.91.50
1,00 785 3,900 CG07.71.00 1,75 2099 13,500 CG71.91.75
1,20 1128 5,000 CG07.71.20
1,35 1452 7,200 CG07.71.35
1,50 1864 9,200 CG07.71.50
*Only available in AISI 304
Stainless steel wire rope Stainless steel wire rope

AISI 316, construction 7x7, AISI 316, construction
PA coated 7x19, PA coated
Nominal ø Outer ø MBL at t/s 1770 N/mm² Item no. Nominal ø Outer ø MBL at t/s 1770 N/mm² Item no.
in mm in mm in mm in mm
0,27 0,36 59 U077.27.36 0,45 0,61 153 U719.45.61

0,36 0,45 103 U077.36.45 0,60 0,80 270 U719.60.80
0,45 0,61 162 U077.45.61 0,75 1,00 417 U719.75.10
0,54 0,70 235 U077.54.70 0,90 1,10 613 U719.90.11
0,63 0,80 324 U077.63.80 1,00 1,25 765 U719.10.12
0,72 0,90 422* U077.72.90 1,20 1,50 1079 U719.12.15
0,81 1,00 530 U077.81.10 1,35 1,65 1373 U719.13.16
0,90 1,20 647 U077.90.12 1,50 1,75 1668 U719.15.17
1,00 1,60 785 U077.10.16 2,00 2,40 2845 U719.20.24
1,20 1,80 1128 U077.12.18
1,50 2,00 1864 U077.15.20
1,80 2,50 2551 U077.18.25
2,00 3,00 3237 U077.20.30
*Only available in AISI 304
TechnoCables
Select the right pulley:
Operational demands
Recommended pulley
low medium high
3 BP-pulley
3 MP-pulley
Ropes up to 3 mm ø
3 UP-pulley
3 SP-pulley
3 LP pulley without bearing
Ropes up to 8 mm ø
3 LP pulley with plain bearing
3 LP pulley with needle roller bearing
Pulley type BP
The chemical composition, regular
structure, and high crystallinity of Del-
rin® give Carl Stahl BP pulleys a com-
bination of physical properties not
available with either metals or plastics
such as:
• High mechanical strength
and rigidity
• Fatigue endurance unmatched by
other plastics
• Natural lubricity
• Excellent resistance to moisture,
gasoline, sunlight, solvents, and
many other neutral chemicals
• Excellent dimensional stability and
wide useful temperature range
up to 110°C (230°F)
Minimum order quantity: 5 pcs.
For rope ø Dimensions in mm Item no.
up to mm A B C E R
+ 0,17 ± 0,5 ± 0,5 + 0,20
- 0,10 - 0,30
0,80 3,20 8,0 9,5 2,4 0,4 BPU0.80.32

1,20 3,20 11,0 13,0 3,2 0,6 BPU1.10.32
1,20 3,20 16,0 19,0 4,0 0,6 BPU1.60.32
1,20 4,80 20,5 25,5 4,3 0,6 BPU2.05.48
1,60 4,80 27,0 32,0 5,6 0,8 BPU2.70.48
2,40 6,40 32,0 38,0 7,2 1,2 BPU3.20.64
3,00 6,40 35,0 44,0 7,2 1,6 BPU3.50.64
TechnoCables
Pulley type MP
These polyamide pulleys feature a
bushing of sintered self-lubricating
bronze which is oil-impregnated,
increasing the working life. Sintered
bronze is highly corrosion and wear
resistant.

up to mm A B C D E R
+ 0,07 ± 0,5 ± 0,5 + 0 20 + 0,20
- 0,08 - 0,30 - 0,30
1,20 3,20 16,0 19,5 4,8 4,0 0,60 MPU1.60.32

1,20 4,80 22,5 27,0 6,4 5,6 0,60 MPU2.25.48
1,20 6,40 22,5 27,0 6,4 5,6 0,60 MPU2.25.64
1,60 4,80 27,0 32,0 6,4 5,6 0,75 MPU2.70.48
1,80 6,40 27,0 32,0 6,4 5,6 0,75 MPU2.70.64
2,40 6,40 32,0 38,0 8,0 7,2 1,10 MPU3.20.64
2,40 9,60 32,0 38,0 8,0 7,2 1,10 MPU3.20.96
3,00 6,40 35,0 44,5 8,0 7,2 1,60 MPU3.50.64
3,00 9,60 35,0 44,5 8,0 7,2 1,60 MPU3.50.96
Pulley type UP
Carl Stahl UP pulleys have the
following features:
• Standard polyamide pulley for
universal applications
• With open-type precision
machined ball bearing
• For moderate load and speed
applications

up to mm A B C D E R Dynamic load
± 0,10 ± 0,30 ± 0,30 ± 0,30 ± 0,30 capacity
at 500 rpm in N
1,20 3,2 11,0 13,0 4,0 3,2 0,64 45 UPU1.10.32

0,80 3,2 13,0 16,0 4,0 3,2 0,38 45 UPU1.30.32
1,20 3,2 16,0 19,0 4,0 4,0 0,64 45 UPU1.60.32
1,20 4,8 22,5 27,0 6,4 5,5 0,64 150 UPU2.25.48
1,60 4,8 27,0 32,0 6,4 5,5 0,89 200 UPU2.70.48
1,20 6,4 22,5 27,0 6,4 5,5 0,64 150 UPU2.25.64
1,60 6,4 27,0 32,0 6,4 5,5 0,89 200 UPU2.70.64
2,20 6,4 32,0 38,0 8,0 7,2 1,16 350 UPU3.20.64
3,00 6,4 35,0 44,5 8,0 7,2 1,60 350 UPU3.50.64
3,00 9,6 35,0 44,5 8,0 7,2 1,60 300 UPU3.50.96
TechnoCables
Pulley type SP
This range of pulleys has the load capacity can be calculated
following features: with the following multiplication
• Polyamide pulley for highest factors:
operational demands
• Precise shielded bearing with RPM n ( 1 ) Multiplication factor
tight tolerances, lubrication and min.
protection against grime 50 2,5
• High rpm and load capacity 100 1,9
300 1,23
The loads indicated in the chart be- 800 0,83
low represent approximate dynamic 1000 0,76
load capacities of the bearing under
normal conditions, with constant
load and speed, at an average wor-
king life of 2500 hrs. assuming cor-
rect installation, clean working con-
ditions and proper lubrication.
For speeds other than 500 rpm the

For rope ø Dimensions in mm Dynamic load capacity Item no.
up to mm A B C D E R at 500 rpm in N
± 0,01 ± 0,38 ± 0,3 + 0,25 ± 0,13
0,80 3,175 8,0 9,5 2,8 2,4 0,40 45 SPU0.78.32
1,20 3,175 11,0 13,0 4,0 3,2 0,60 45 SPU1.10.32
0,80 3,175 13,0 16,0 4,0 3,2 0,40 45 SPU1.27.32
1,20 3,175 16,0 19,0 4,0 4,0 0,60 45 SPU1.60.32
1,20 4,763 22,5 27,0 6,4 5,6 0,60 400 SPU2.25.48
1,20 6,350 22,5 27,0 7,2 5,6 0,60 400 SPU2.25.64
1,60 4,763 27,0 32,0 6,4 5,6 0,90 400 SPU2.70.48
2,40 6,350 32,0 38,0 7,2 7,2 1,10 400 SPU3.20.64
3,20 6,350 35,0 44,5 7,2 7,2 1,70 400 SPU3.50.64
Pulley type LP
of high strength Poly-
amide, without bearing
On lightly loaded applications
where the working load is less than
10% of the maximum load it is
possible to use LP pulleys without
bearings.
Analyzing the wear characteristics

it was found that pressure and sur-
face velocity have a decisive influ-
ence on the wear.
For best results use shafts of

hardened steel with a surface
hardness of 0,4-0,8 Ra (μm).
For rope ø Dimensions in mm Maximum load capacity Item no.
up to mm A B C E R in N*
± 0,01 ± 0,3 ± 0,5 ± 0,15
2,00 - 2,50 10 56,0 63,5 6,4 1,27 880 LPB0.56.10
2,00 - 3,00 12 63,5 76,0 11,2 2,80 3550 LPB0.63.12
3,00 - 4,00 12 76,0 89,0 12,2 2,80 3550 LPB0.76.12
4,00 - 6,00 18 98,5 114,5 12,2 3,50 6220 LPB0.98.18
4,00 - 6,00 18 111,0 127,0 12,2 3,50 6220 LPB1.11.18
6,00 - 8,00 20 133,5 152,5 15,8 4,30 7110 LPB1.33.20
*The maximum load capacity indicates the permissible load in static operation. For a long service life in continuous operation a load of less than 10% of
the maximum load is recommended.
TechnoCables
Pulley type LP
with sintered bronze
bushing
These LP pulleys have a plain bea-
ring which is 25% oil-impregnated.
The oil impregnation lasts for the
whole life of the pulley.
LP pulleys with sinter bronze bea-

rings have the following features:
Friction coefficient
of oil lubrication: 0,05-0,10
Friction coefficient
of dry lubrication: 0,15-0,25
Maximum velocity: 5 m/s
Maximum
temperature: 90°C (194°F)

up to mm A B C D E R in N*
Ø E8 ± 0,3 + 0,5 h14 ± 0,15
2,00 - 2,50 10 56,0 63,5 8,0 6,4 1,27 880 LPG0.56.10
2,00 - 3,00 10 63,5 76,0 12 11,2 2,80 3550 LPG0.63.10
3,00 - 4,00 10 76,0 89,0 12 12,2 2,80 3550 LPG0.76.10
4,00 - 6,00 16 98,5 114,5 14 12,2 3,50 6220 LPG0.98.16
4,00 - 6,00 16 111,0 127,0 14 12,2 3,50 6220 LPG1.11.16
6,00 - 8,00 18 133,5 152,5 16 15,8 4,30 7110 LPG1.33.18
Pulley type LP
of high strength polyamide
with needle roller bearing
LP pulleys are also available with
needle roller bearings. This gives
them a longer working life especially
at higher velocities and improves
their wear resistance if the recom-
mended maximum load is not excee-
ded.

up to mm A B C D E R in N*
F8 ± 0,3 ± 0,5 - 0,2 ± 0,15
2,00 - 2,50 8 56,0 63,5 8 6,4 1,27 880 LPN0.56.08
2,00 - 3,00 10 63,5 76,0 12 11,2 2,80 3550 LPN0.63.12
3,00 - 4,00 10 76,0 89,0 12 12,2 2,80 3550 LPN0.76.10
4,00 - 6,00 16 98,5 114,5 16 12,2 3,50 6220 LPN0.98.16
4,00 - 6,00 16 111,0 127,0 16 12,2 3,50 6220 LPN1.11.16
6,00 - 8,00 18 133,5 152,5 16 15,8 4,30 7110 LPN1.33.18
Steel Wire Ropes: Accessories
5090. Wire rope and cable cutter

Material is cut smoothly without crushing. Handles forged of light alloy,
hand grips plastic coated.
May be used for cutting wire ropes, steel rods, wires of all kind and wire
mesh.
Type Max. cutting capacity ø in mm Length Weight Item no.

Steel wire ropes Electrical cables in cm in kg
up to with steel core
1700 N/mm2 (aluminium or
copper)
C 7 5 7 19 0,270 5090.00.20
C 9 7 9 32,5 0,750 5090.00.30
C 12 8 12 50 1,500 5090.00.31
C 16 14 16 63 2,300 5090.00.32
Type C7 Type C9 Type C12 Type C16
5090. Hand swaging tools

for mechanical swaging
Hand swaging tools: Replacement swaging die:
of aluminium sleeves
Rope ø Length Weight Item no. Rope ø Item no.
in mm in mm in kg in mm
1 625 2,5 5090.00.40 1 5090.01.40
1,5 625 2,5 5090.00.41 1,5 5090.01.41
2,0 625 2,5 5090.00.42 2 5090.01.42
2,5 625 2,5 5090.00.43 2,5 5090.01.43
3,0 625 2,5 5090.00.44 3 5090.01.44
3,5 625 2,5 5090.00.45 3,5 5090.01.45
4 1000 8 5090.00.46 4 5090.01.46
4,5 1000 8 5090.00.47 4,5 5090.01.47
5 1000 8 5090.00.48 5 5090.01.48
6 1000 8 5090.00.49 6 5090.01.49
Aluminium sleeves
Rope ø Item no.
in mm
1 T100.54.30
1,2-1,5 T151.20.42
1,6-2,0 T201.60.42
2,5 P500.00.25
3 P500.00.30
3,5 P500.00.35
4 P500.00.40
4,5 P500.00.45
5 P500.00.50
6 P500.00.60
8 P500.00.80
10 P500.01.00
12 P500.01.20
Steel Wire Ropes: Accessories
Oval Savapress loop sleeves

For self assembly of loops.
For rope ø Min.order Material Suitable Item no.

in mm qty. swaging
0,45 - 0,60 100 brass T185 TM45.58.65

0,63 - 0,68 100 brass T185 TM63.68.65
0,72 - 1,00 100 zinc-plated copper T185 TK72.10.70
1,2 - 1,5 100 zinc-plated copper T185 / T188 TK12.15.10
1,8 - 2,0 100 zinc-plated copper T185 / T188 TK18.20.10
3,0 50 zinc-plated copper T188 TK30.01.90
CGT0.
Swaging tools for oval Savapress loop sleeves
Destructive tests proved a pull-off force of 70% to 100% of the rope’s
minimum breaking load. Due to the tolerances in rope diameters it is
recommendable to verify the actual pull-off force by trials. In case of
strand constructions (1x7, 1x19) it is advisable to use 2 sleeves.
Suitable Type Length Weight Shape of Item no.

swaging in mm in kg swage
0,45 - 2,0 T185 220 0,4 hexagonal CGT0.01.85
1,2 - 5,0 T188 510 2,27 round CGT0.01.88
6,0 T3060 465 2,6 round CGT0.01.91
7,0 T3070 840 6,46 round CGT0.01.94
8,0 T3080 840 6,46 round CGT0.01.97
Type T185
Type T188 Type T3060/70/80

“Go” gauge included “Go” gauge included
Applies to all swaging tools:

• Swaging jaws of chrome alloy steel
• Hand grips are plastic coated
Accessories: Cablegrips
ks,
able soc gers”
– als o called c e se Fin
s in
Cablegri
p
s lee v es or “Ch electrical
lling port
cable pu to pull and sup
- are us
ed
o isting ropes
h
pipes or
cables,
Cablegrip type K I Cablegrip type K II

With single eye or pressed thimble With double eyes or pressed thimbles
For quick and flexible fastening of cables, ropes or pipes free of damage The type K II may not only be used for towing cables and pipes. It can
to a traction or winch rope for towing in cable trenches, tubes etc. also be moved alongside the cable due to its open front end for readjust-
(Type K I-k ideal for use with swivel connectors) ment.
For rope ø Total Permissible Thimble Weight Item no. Item no. For rope ø Total length Permissible load Thimble Item no. Item no.
in mm length load in kN Ø in kg in mm in mm in kN Ø with with
in mm in mm with eye with thimble in mm 2 eyes 2 thimbles
8-15 1400 5,9 18 0,2 1010.10.15 101K.10.15 8-15 1400 5,9 16 1020.10.15 102K.10.15
15-20 1400 9,1 18 0,5 1010.10.20 101K.10.20 15-20 1400 9,1 16 1020.10.20 102K.10.20
20-30 1450 13,2 18 0,7 1010.10.30 101K.10.30 20-30 1450 13,2 18 1020.10.30 102K.10.30
30-40 1450 17,6 18 0,9 1010.10.40 101K.10.40 30-40 1450 17,6 18 1020.10.40 102K.10.40
40-50 1500 17,6 18 1,3 1010.10.50 101K.10.50 40-50 1500 17,6 18 1020.10.50 102K.10.50
50-60 1500 31,2 20 1,8 1010.10.60 101K.10.60 50-60 1500 31,2 20 1020.10.60 102K.10.60
60-70 1750 39,0 24 2,2 1010.10.70 101K.10.70 60-70 1750 39,0 20 1020.10.70 102K.10.70
70-80 1750 39,0 24 2,5 1010.10.80 101K.10.80 70-80 1750 39,0 24 1020.10.80 102K.10.80
80-90 1750 46,8 32 3,3 1010.10.90 101K.10.90 80-90 1750 46,8 28 1020.10.90 102K.10.90
90-100 1750 54,6 32 3,7 1010.11.00 101K.11.00 90-100 1750 54,6 30 1020.11.00 102K.11.00
100-120 1750 62,4 32 4,6 1010.11.20 101K.11.20 100-120 1750 62,4 30 1020.11.20 102K.11.20
Cablegrip type K N Cablegrip type K O

With double eyes or pressed thimbles, Open ended
open sided with lace-up strand
This type is used for joining 2 cables or ropes. It is indispensable when

replacing hoisting or elevator ropes. Use only if there is not too much
This open sided lace up type can be fitted anywhere along the cable, rope torsion on the rope.
or pipe length. After the open side has been stitched together with the
enclosed strand the cablegrip is ready for use.
For rope ø Total length Permissible load Item no.

For rope ø Total length Permissible load Thimble Item no. Item no. in mm in mm in kN
in mm in mm in kN Ø with with
in mm 2 eyes 2 thimbles 6-10 1000 2,8 101Z.10.10
8-15 1400 5,9 18 102N.10.15 102M.10.15 8-15 1500 5,9 101Z.10.15
15-20 1400 9,1 18 102N.10.20 102M.10.20 15-20 1500 9,1 101Z.10.20
20-30 1450 13,2 18 102N.10.30 102M.10.30 20-30 1500 13,2 101Z.10.30
30-40 1450 17,6 18 102N.10.40 102M.10.40 30-40 1500 17,6 101Z.10.40
40-50 1500 17,6 18 102N.10.50 102M.10.50 40-50 1500 17,6 101Z.10.50
50-60 1500 31,2 20 102N.10.60 102M.10.60 50-60 1500 31,2 101Z.10.60
60-70 1750 39,0 24 102N.10.70 102M.10.70 60-70 2000 39,0 101Z.10.70
70-80 1750 39,0 24 102N.10.80 102M.10.80 70-80 2000 39,0 101Z.10.80
80-90 1750 46,8 32 102N.10.90 102M.10.90 80-90 2000 46,8 101Z.10.90
90-100 1750 54,6 32 102N.11.00 102M.11.00 90-100 2000 54,6 101Z.11.00
100-120 1750 62,4 32 102N.11.20 102M.11.20 100-120 2000 62,4 101Z.11.20
Accessories: Cablegrips
Cablegrip type K F ø x length / Max. load Weight Item no. 5888.

With pressed or spliced loop fork width in kN in kg Swivel
in mm connector
25 x 110 / 10 10 0,3 5888.25.10 for stringing of
overhead lines
30 x 125 / 12 20 0,5 5888.30.12
35 x 125 / 12 25 0,7 5888.35.12
40 x 150 / 14 35 1,0 5888.40.14
The cablegrips type K F are specially suitable for stringing of overhead
lines (copper, aluminium and steel cables). The three-stepped mesh ensu- 50 x 200 /20 40 2,3 5888.50.20
res an uniformly distributed load transmission. The type K F-S with spliced
loop is ideal for towing over pulleys or reels.
For rope Outer ø Max. load Weight Item no.. 5889.

For cable For cable Total Permissible Item no. Item no. ø in mm in mm in kN in kg End socket
ø ø length load
with swivel
in mm in inches in mm in kN pressed loop spliced loop
4-5 20 10 0,2 5889.20.05 for wrinch
6-8 26 20 0,3 5889.26.08 ropes
6-12 3/8 1000 12 101P.10.12 101S.10.12 6-8 35 30 0,8 5889.35.08
11-19 5/8 1150 18 101P.10.20 101S.10.20
for stringing of
8-9 43 40 1,3 5889.43.09 overhead lines
17-25 7/8 1250 24 101P.10.25 101S.10.25 10-11 43 40 1,3 5889.43.11
24-33 1 1/8 1400 31 101P.10.35 101S.10.35
30-40 1 3/8 1550 42 101P.10.40 101S.10.40
35-45 1 5/8 1700 53 101P.10.45 101S.10.45
45-55 2 1900 66 101P.10.55 101S.10.55
Image
similar
Cablegrip types KH I, KH II, KH I-k, KH II-k,

KH I M, KH II M Cablegrip for fibre optic cables type K I-L
This extra flexible type is suitable for fibre optic cables. Other versions
(loop type and size) are also available.
For cable ø Total length Permissible Item no.

in mm in mm load in kN
8-15 720 2,9 101L.10.15

15-20 720 4,6 101L.10.20
20-30 950 6,6 101L.10.30
30-40 950 8,8 101L.10.40
Cablegrips in other versions (e.g. loop type and size) and in other
materials (e.g. stainless steel) are available on request.
1H10. -with single loop 1H2K. -with double thimble

1H20. -with double loop 1H1M. -with thimble open sided
1H1K. -with single thimble 1H2M. -with 2 thimbles open sided
For cable Total length Mesh length Permissible load Item no. Item no. Item no. Item no. Item no. Item no.
ø in mm in mm in mm in kN single single open sided open sided
loop thimble 2 loops 2 thimbles with thimble with 2 thimbles
8-15 300 200 2,0 1H10.10.15 1H1K.10.15 1H20.10.15 1H2K.10.15 1H1M.10.15 1H2M.10.15
15-20 400 250 3,0 1H10.10.20 1H1K.10.20 1H20.10.20 1H2K.10.20 1H1M.10.20 1H2M.10.20
20-30 500 300 4,4 1H10.10.30 1H1K.10.30 1H20.10.30 1H2K.10.30 1H1M.10.30 1H2M.10.30
30-40 600 400 5,9 1H10.10.40 1H1K.10.40 1H20.10.40 1H2K.10.40 1H1M.10.40 1H2M.10.40
40-50 700 500 5,9 1H10.10.50 1H1K.10.50 1H20.10.50 1H2K.10.50 1H1M.10.50 1H2M.10.50
50-60 750 500 10,4 1H10.10.60 1H1K.10.60 1H20.10.60 1H2K.10.60 1H1M.10.60 1H2M.10.60
Accessories: Rope Clips
5830. Nominal size Rope ø Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

Wire rope clip in mm a b1 b2 d h1 h2 l in kg% pcs
5,0 13 7 13 M5 25 13 25 2,08 5830.00.50
According to
DIN EN 13411-5 6,5 17 8 16 M6 32 14 30 4,00 5830.00.65
8,0 20 10 20 M8 41 18 39 8,20 5830.00.80
10,0 24 12 20 M8 46 21 40 9,20 5830.01.00
12,0 24 14 24 M10 56 25 50 17,10 5830.01.20
13,0 30 15 28 M 12 64 29 55 27,50 5830.01.30
14,0 31 16 28 M12 66 30 59 33,70 5830.01.40
b1 h1 16,0 35 18 32 M 14 76 35 64 43,00 5830.01.60
h2 19,0 36 22 32 M 14 83 40 68 49,00 5830.01.90
a 22,0 40 24 34 M 16 96 44 74 68,00 5830.02.20
26,0 50 26 38 M 20 111 51 84 117,00 5830.02.60
d b2
l Please note that wire rope slings assembled with wire rope clips according to DIN EN 13411-5 must only be
used once. Minimum rope ø 8 mm! Available up to a rope ø 40 mm.
Nominal Tightening torque Necessary number of

Usage of wire rope clips Advice for the usage of wire
The first clip has to be attached rope clips according to Size in Nm wire rope clips
close to the thimble. The distance DIN EN 13411-5 with spiral ropes 2 3
5
between the wire rope clips has to For assembly of rope terminations
6,5 3,5 3
be at least the width of a wire rope with wire rope clips according to
8 6 4
clip. The brackets have to be on DIN EN 13411-5 please note:
the unstressed rope end. 1. Increase the number of wire 10 9 4
rope clips by 2 12 20 4
2. Increase the tightening torque 13 33 4
for sizes up to 34 mm by 10% 14 33 4
16 49 4
19 68 4
22 107 5
5820. Nominal size Nominal size Weight Item no.

Wire rope clip Rope ø in mm in inches in kg
3 1/8'' 0,011 5820.00.03
Light version.
Material: body: 5 3/16'' 0,016 5820.00.05
malleable cast 6,5 1/4'' 0,020 5820.00.06
iron, bracket: 8 5/16'' 0,032 5820.00.08
steel ST 37.11, 10 3/8'' 0,075 5820.00.10
galvanised.
11 7/16'' 0,080 5820.00.11
13 1/2'' 0,140 5820.00.13
14 9/16'' 0,140 5820.00.14
16 5/8'' 0,220 5820.00.16
19 3/4'' 0,300 5820.00.19
22 7/8'' 0,430 5820.00.22
26 1'' 0,500 5820.00.26
30 1 1/8'' 0,780 5820.00.30
34 1 1/4'' 1,070 5820.00.34
40 1 1/2'' 1,130 5820.00.40
5840. Nominal size Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

Egg shaped Rope ø in mm b d h1 h2 l in kg
wire rope clip 2 15 M5 11 13 28 0,020 5840.00.02
3 15 M5 12 13 28 0,021 5840.00.03
Material: GTW-40, 4 20 M6 14 18 34 0,039 5840.00.04
galvanised
5 21 M6 15 18 34 0,040 5840.00.05
6 25 M6 15 18 35 0,048 5840.00.06
Accessories: Rope Clips
Nominal size Dimensions in mm Weight Item no. 5860.

Rope ø in mm b1 b2 d h1 h2 l2 in kg%pcs Duplex wire rope clip
2 4 12 M 3,5 5 14 30 0,97 5860.00.02
With 2 screws
3 6 14 M 4,0 7 14 35 1,41 5860.00.03
4 8 18 M 5,0 7 18 40 2,45 5860.00.04
5 10 20 M 5,0 8 18 50 2,91 5860.00.05
6 12 24 M 6,0 9 23 60 5,00 5860.00.06
8 17 35 M 8,0 13 25 75 10,63 5860.00.08
10 21 37 M 10,0 16 32 95 17,13 5860.00.10

Rope ø in mm b1 b2 d h1 h2 l1 in kg%pcs Simplex wire rope clip
2 4 12 M4 5 14 15 0,46 5850.00.02
With 1 screw.
3 6 14 M4 7 14 17 0,72 5850.00.03
Material ST 37, galvanised
4 8 18 M5 7 18 20 1,27 5850.00.04
5 10 20 M5 8 18 25 1,46 5850.00.05
6 12 24 M6 9 23 30 2,52 5850.00.06
8 17 35 M8 13 25 37 5,42 5850.00.08

Rope ø in mm RW c l in kg Nylon thimble
3 3 6 9 0,004 5950.00.03
Material: Polyamide
4 4 9 13 0,006 5950.00.04
6 6 12 18 0,018 5950.00.06
7 7 14 21 0,027 5950.00.07
9 9 20 29 0,046 5950.00.09
12 12 24 42 0,100 5950.00.12
13 13 26 45 0,126 5950.00.13
16 16 30 49 0,170 5950.00.16
18 18 36 53 0,280 5950.00.18
20 20 36 54 0,295 5950.00.20
Accessories: Thimbles
5980. Nominal size Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

Solid Rope ø in mm a b d1 c l in kg
thimble 8 9 15,0 14 40 66 0,181 5980.00.08
according 10 11 17,5 18 50 82 0,318 5980.00.10
to DIN 3091 12 13 20,0 21 60 98 0,515 5980.00.12
14 14 23,5 25 70 114 0,799 5980.00.14
16 16 26,0 28 80 130 0,895 5980.00.16
18 18 28,5 31 90 145 1,211 5980.00.18
20 20 31,0 35 100 161 1,610 5980.00.20
22 22 33,5 38 110 177 2,110 5980.00.22
24 24 36,0 41 120 193 2,710 5980.00.24
26 26 39,5 44 130 209 3,550 5980.00.26
28 28 42,0 47 140 224 4,200 5980.00.28
32 32 47,0 53 160 256 6,300 5980.00.32
36 36 53,0 59 180 288 8,840 5980.00.36
40 40 58,0 65 200 320 11,000 5980.00.40
44 44 63,0 70 220 352 15,000 5980.00.44
48 48 69,0 76 240 384 20,000 5980.00.48
52 52 74,0 81 260 416 25,000 5980.00.52
56 56 80,0 86 280 448 32,000 5980.00.56
64 64 90,0 95 320 512 46,000 5980.00.64
72 72 101,0 104 360 576 66,000 5980.00.72
80 80 112,0 112 400 640 90,000 5980.00.80
5960. Nominal size Dimensions in mm Weight in Item no.

Thimble Rope ø in mm RW c l s kg%pcs
according to 4 5 10 20 2,1 1,2 5960.00.04
DIN EN 13411-1 6 7 15 30 2,6 2,8 5960.00.06
(formerly 8 9 20 40 4,0 5,7 5960.00.08
DIN 3090), 10 11 25 50 5,0 15,2 5960.00.10
hot-dip 12 13 30 60 6,0 24,0 5960.00.12

14 16 35 70 7,0 38,0 5960.00.14
calvanised
16 18 40 80 8,0 52,0 5960.00.16
18 20 45 90 9,0 66,0 5960.00.18
20 22 50 100 10,0 88,0 5960.00.20
22 24 55 110 10,0 104,0 5960.00.22
24 26 60 120 11,0 129,0 5960.00.24
26 29 65 130 12,0 260,0 5960.00.26
28 31 70 140 12,0 277,0 5960.00.28
32 35 80 160 14,0 440,0 5960.00.32
36 40 90 180 16,0 460,0 5960.00.36
40 44 100 200 18,0 770,0 5960.00.40
44 48 110 220 20,0 1000,0 5960.00.44
48 53 120 240 22,0 1200,0 5960.00.48
52 57 130 260 25,0 - 5960.00.52
56 62 140 280 25,0 - 5960.00.56
Accessories: Thimbles

Rope ø in mm RW c l s in kg Thimble
2,5 3 12 19 1,2 0,005 5910.00.03 similar to
3,5 4 13 21 1,2 0,008 5910.00.04 DIN 6899
4,0 5 14 23 1,7 0,010 5910.00.05 form B
5,0 6 16 25 2,2 0,016 5910.00.06
6,0 7 18 28 2,2 0,019 5910.00.07
7,0 8 20 32 2,7 0,030 5910.00.08
9,0 10 24 38 2,9 0,047 5910.00.10
11,0 12 28 45 3,2 0,068 5910.00.12
13,0 14 32 51 3,5 0,100 5910.00.14
15,0 16 36 58 3,8 0,145 5910.00.16
16,0 18 40 64 4,2 0,190 5910.00.18
18,0 20 45 72 5,2 0,290 5910.00.20
20,0 22 50 80 5,2 0,320 5910.00.22
22,0 24 56 90 6,2 0,500 5910.00.24
24,0 26 62 99 6,5 0,590 5910.00.26
26,0 28 70 112 7,3 0,820 5910.00.28
28,0 30 75 120 8,0 1,000 5910.00.30
30,0 32 80 128 8,0 1,300 5910.00.32
32,0 34 95 152 8,0 1,600 5910.00.34
34,0 36 100 160 8,0 1,700 5910.00.36
36,0 38 110 176 8,5 1,800 5910.00.38
38,0 40 115 184 10,5 2,750 5910.00.40
40,0 42 120 192 10,5 3,000 5910.00.42
42,0 45 150 240 10,5 3,500 5910.00.45

Rope ø in mm RW c l s in kg Thimble
2,0 2,5 9 20,0 0,5 0,0013 5930.00.02 DIN 65457,
2,5 3 10 21,5 0,5 0,0015 5930.00.03 galvanised
3,0 3,5 11 23,5 0,75 0,0021 5930.00.35 (formerly
3,5 4 12 26,5 0,75 0,0031 5930.00.04 DIN 6899)
4,0 5 13 28,5 0,75 0,0039 5930.00.05 form A
5,0 6 14 30,0 1,0 0,0066 5930.00.06
6,0 7 15 33,0 1,0 0,0084 5930.00.07
7,0 8 16 35,0 1,0 0,0122 5930.00.08
8,0 9 18 39,0 1,25 0,0188 5930.00.09
9,0 10 20 43,0 1,25 0,0230 5930.00.10
10,0 11 22 47,5 1,5 0,0356 5930.00.11
11,0 12 24 51,5 1,5 0,0370 5930.00.12
12,0 13 26 56,5 1,75 0,0513 5930.00.13
13,0 14 28 61,0 2,0 0,0721 5930.00.14
15,0 16 32 69,5 2,5 0,1103 5930.00.16
16,0 18 35 78,0 3,0 0,168 5930.00.18
18,0 20 40 86,5 3,5 0,244 5930.00.20
20,0 22 44 95,0 4,0 0,343 5930.00.22
24,0 26 48 100,0 4,0 0,430 5930.00.26
Accessories: Turnbuckles
Turnbuckles similar DIN 1480, standard length, galvanised
5710. with hook and eye

Items subject to change without notice
Nominal size Thread Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

l1 l2 b e f m in kg
6 M6 110 86 8,5 85 80 8,5 0,095 5710.00.06
8 M8 110 80 11 85 84 11 0,165 5710.00.08
10 M 10 125 89 13,5 112 105 13,5 0,29 5710.00.10
12 M 12 125 83 16 117 115 15,5 0,43 5710.00.12
14 M 14 140 96 18 122 122 18,5 0,62 5710.00.14
16 M 16 170 116 22 138 165 19 0,92 5710.00.16
20 M 20 200 132 24 170 167 20,5 1,63 5710.00.20
24 M 24 255 177 27 205 205 26 3,00 5710.00.24
30 M 30 255 165 31 225 255 33 4,60 5710.00.30
36 M 36 295 185 43 255 276 44 7,68 5710.00.36
5711. with 2 eyes

Items subject to change without notice
Nominal size Thread Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

l1 l2 b e f m in kg
6 M6 110 86 8,5 85 80 8,5 0,09 5711.00.06
8 M8 110 80 11 85 84 11 0,155 5711.00.08
10 M 10 125 89 13,5 112 105 13,5 0,27 5711.00.10
12 M 12 125 83 16 117 115 15,5 0,41 5711.00.12
14 M 14 140 96 18 122 122 18,5 0,60 5711.00.14
16 M 16 170 116 22 138 165 19 1,00 5711.00.16
20 M 20 200 132 24 170 167 20,5 1,54 5711.00.20
24 M 24 255 177 27 205 205 26 2,70 5711.00.24
30 M 30 255 165 31 225 255 33 4,35 5711.00.30
36 M 36 295 185 43 255 276 44 7,25 5711.00.36
Turnbuckles with extra long adjustment range
5731. with hook and eye 5732. with 2 eyes
J open J open
K closed K closed
R R
D A
A
S S
F
BB BB
E closed X closed X closed

M open M open
N closed N closed
Nominal size Load capacity Dimensions in mm Weight Item no. Item no.
in inches in t* A D E** F J open K closed M open N closed R S X** BB in kg
5731. 5732. 5731 5732 5731 5732 5731 5732 5731 5732
1/4 x 4 0,18 0,23 6,35 11,4 40,4 32,3 198 300 189 198 307 311 205 210 19,8 8,64 44,4 102 0,14 5731.14.04 5732.14.04
5/16 x 4 1/2 0,32 0,36 7,94 12,7 49,3 38,1 221 344 221 230 342 359 241 244 23,9 11,2 53 114 0,21 5731.51.04 5732.51.04
3/8 x 6 0,45 0,54 9,53 14,2 58,0 45,0 279 444 279 292 456 461 303 309 28,5 13,5 64 152 0,34 5731.38.06 5732.38.06
1/2 x 6 0,68 1,00 12,7 16,8 74,5 58,0 316 485 316 332 500 507 347 355 36,6 18,3 82 152 0,73 5731.12.06 5732.12.06
1/2 x 9 0,68 1,00 12,7 16,8 74,5 58,0 392 637 392 408 652 659 423 431 36,6 18,3 82 229 0,83 5731.12.09 5732.12.09
1/2 x 12 0,68 1,00 12,7 16,8 74,5 58,0 485 789 469 485 804 812 502 507 36,6 18,3 82 305 0,94 5731.12.12 5732.12.12
5/8 x 6 1,02 1,59 15,9 21,3 93,5 71,0 355 525 355 373 545 551 393 398 44,5 22,2 99,1 152 1,25 5731.58.06 5732.58.06
5/8 x 9 1,02 1,59 15,9 21,3 93,5 71,0 431 677 431 449 698 703 469 475 44,5 22,2 99,1 229 1,42 5731.58.09 5732.58.09
5/8 x 12 1,02 1,59 15,9 21,3 93,5 71,0 507 830 507 525 850 856 545 551 44,5 22,2 99,1 305 1,59 5731.58.12 5732.58.12
3/4 x 6 1,36 2,36 19,1 24,9 115 85,0 397 569 397 416 596 600 443 448 53 25,4 119 152 1,76 5731.34.06 5732.34.06
3/4 x 9 1,36 2,36 19,1 24,9 115 84,5 492 721 473 492 748 752 519 524 53 25,4 119 229 2,09 5731.34.09 5732.34.09
3/4 x 12 1,36 2,36 19,1 24,9 115 84,5 549 873 549 569 901 905 596 600 53 25,4 119 305 2,46 5731.34.12 5732.34.12
3/4 x 18 1,36 2,36 19,1 24,9 115 84,5 1159 1178 702 721 1205 1210 748 752 54 25,4 119 457 3,29 5731.34.18 5732.34.18
7/8 x 12 1,81 3,27 22,2 28,7 132 96,0 630 897 579 592 938 935 633 630 60,5 31,8 130 305 3,67 5731.78.12 5732.78.12
7/8 x 18 1,81 3,27 22,2 28,7 132 96,0 1188 1202 731 745 1242 1240 785 783 60,5 31,8 130 457 4,51 5731.78.18 5732.78.18
1x6 2,27 4,54 25,4 31,8 148 108 630 660 478 507 691 704 538 552 76 36,6 162 152 4,23 5731.10.06 5732.10.06
1 x 12 2,27 4,54 25,4 31,8 148 108 1015 964 630 660 996 1015 691 704 76 36,6 162 305 5,41 5731.10.12 5732.10.12
1 x 18 2,27 4,54 25,4 31,8 148 108 1240 1269 782 812 1300 1314 843 857 76 36,6 162 457 6,35 5731.10.18 5732.10.18
1 x 24 2,27 4,54 25,4 31,8 148 108 1009 1574 935 965 1605 1619 996 1009 76 36,6 162 610 7,82 5731.10.24 5732.10.24
1 1/4 x 12 2,27 6,89 31,8 38,1 183 130 1068 1024 689 719 1068 1081 764 776 90,5 46 196 305 8,62 5731.14.12 5732.14.12
1 1/4 x 18 2,27 6,89 31,8 38,1 183 130 1299 1329 842 872 1373 1386 916 929 90,5 46 196 457 10,4 5731.14.18 5732.14.18
1 1/4 x 24 2,27 6,89 31,8 38,1 183 130 1024 1634 994 1024 1678 1691 1068 1081 90,5 46 196 610 12,3 5731.11.24 5732.11.24
1 1/2 x 12 3,40 9,71 38,1 47,8 212 146 1060 1080 755 775 1136 1143 831 838 103 54 219 305 12,3 5731.11.12 5732.11.12
1 1/2 x 18 3,40 9,71 38,1 47,8 212 146 1364 1384 907 927 1441 1448 983 991 103 54 219 457 14,1 5731.11.18 5732.11.18
1 1/2 x 24 3,40 9,71 38,1 47,8 212 146 1060 1689 1060 1080 1745 1753 1136 1143 103 54 219 610 17 5731.12.24 5732.12.24
1 3/4 x 18 - 12,70 44,5 - - - - 1457 - 1000 - 1534 - 1077 117 60,5 254 457 23,8 5731.13.18 5732.13.18
**geschlossen
1 3/4 x 24 - 12,70 44,5 - - - - 1762 - 1153 - 1839 - 1229 117 60,5 254 610 26,3 5731.13.24 5732.13.24
2 x 24 - 16,78 51,0 - - - - 1923 - 1313 - 2011 - 1402 146 68,5 333 610 38,7 5731.20.24 5732.20.24
2 1/2 x 24 - 26,22 63,5 - - - - 1997 - 1387 - 2099 - 1489 165 79,5 350 610 65 5731.21.24 5732.21.24
2 3/4 x 24 - 34,02 70,0 - - - - 2057 - 1448 - 2172 - 1562 178 82,5 387 610 88 5731.23.24 5732.23.24
* Proof load is twice the load capacity. Minimum breaking load is 5 times the load capacity.
Turnbuckles with 2 hooks are also available at short

notice!!!
5733. with fork and eye 5734. with 2 forks
J open J open
K closed G K closed
G R
A A
B S B
BB BB
E closed X closed E closed
M open M open
N closed N closed
Nominal size Load capacity Dimensions in mm Weight Item no. Item no.
in inches in t* in kg
5733 5734 A B E** G J open K closed M open N closed R S X** BB 5733 5734
5733 5734 5733 5734 5733 5734 5733 5734
1/4 x 4 0,23 0,23 6,35 11,4 40,1 15,7 288 277 187 175 307 302 205 201 19,8 8,65 44,5 101 0,14 0,16 5733.14.04 5734.14.04
3/8 x 6 0,54 0,54 9,65 13,7 54,0 22,1 427 410 275 258 451 441 299 289 28,4 13,4 64 152 0,36 0,37 5733.38.06 5734.38.06
1/2 x 6 1,00 1,00 12,7 16,5 70,0 26,9 490 470 312 292 520 508 342 330 36,5 18,2 82 152 0,68 0,71 5733.12.06 5734.12.06
1/2 x 9 1,00 1,00 12,7 16,5 70,0 26,9 642 622 388 368 673 660 419 406 36,5 18,2 82 228 0,78 0,79 5733.12.09 5734.12.09
1/2 x 12 1,00 1,00 12,7 16,5 70,0 26,9 795 775 465 445 825 813 495 483 36,5 18,2 82 304 0,94 1,09 5733.12.12 5734.12.12
5/8 x 6 1,59 1,59 16,0 20,1 89,0 33,3 533 509 349 325 572 562 388 378 44,4 22,3 99 152 1,07 1,23 5733.58.06 5734.58.06
5/8 x 9 1,59 1,59 16,0 20,1 89,0 33,3 686 662 425 401 725 715 464 454 44,4 22,3 99 228 1,44 1,56 5733.58.09 5734.58.09
5 /8 x 12 1,59 1,59 16,0 20,1 89,0 33,3 838 814 501 478 877 867 541 530 44,4 22,3 99 304 1,64 1,77 5733.58.12 5734.58.12
3/4 x 6 2,36 2,36 19,1 23,9 106 38,1 576 546 386 356 625 612 435 422 53 25,4 119 152 1,81 1,86 5733.34.06 5734.34.06
3/4 x 9 2,36 2,36 19,1 23,9 106 38,1 729 699 462 432 777 765 511 498 53 25,4 119 228 2,15 2,48 5733.34.09 5734.34.09
3/4 x 12 2,36 2,36 19,1 23,9 106 38,1 881 851 538 508 930 917 587 574 53 25,4 119 304 2,69 2,98 5733.34.12 5734.34.12
3/4 x 18 2,36 2,36 19,1 23,9 106 38,1 1186 1156 691 660 1235 1222 739 726 53 25,4 119 457 3,18 3,64 5733.34.18 5734.34.18
7/8 x 12 3,27 3,27 22,4 28,7 123 44,5 917 892 567 542 973 967 624 618 60,4 31,7 130 304 3,79 3,71 5733.78.12 5734.78.12
7/8 x 18 3,27 3,27 22,4 28,7 123 44,5 1221 1197 720 695 1278 1272 776 770 60,4 31,7 130 457 4,42 4,89 5733.78.18 5734.78.18
1x6 4,54 4,54 25,4 34,0 140 52,5 669 628 466 425 734 713 531 510 76 36,5 162 152 4,05 4,62 5733.10.06 5734.10.06
1 x 12 4,54 4,54 25,4 34,0 140 52,5 974 933 618 577 1039 1018 683 662 76 36,5 162 304 5,08 5,53 5733.10.12 5734.10.12
1 x 18 4,54 4,54 25,4 34,0 140 52,5 1279 1237 771 729 1343 1322 835 814 76 36,5 162 457 6,03 6,87 5733.10.18 5734.10.18
1 x 24 4,54 4,54 25,4 34,0 140 52,5 1583 1542 923 882 1648 1627 988 967 76 36,5 162 609 7,71 8,20 5733.10.24 5734.10.24
1 1/4 x 12 6,89 6,89 31,8 44,5 183 71,5 1050 1012 681 644 1132 1119 763 750 90,5 46 196 304 8,81 9,34 5733.14.12 5734.14.12
1 1/4 x 18 6,89 6,89 31,8 44,5 183 71,5 1354 1317 834 796 1424 1423 916 903 90,5 46 196 457 11 11,2 5733.14.18 5734.14.18
1 1/4 x 24 6,89 6,89 31,8 44,5 183 71,5 1659 1622 986 948 1741 1728 1072 1055 90,5 46 196 609 12,9 12,8 5733.11.24 5734.11.24
1 1/2 x 12 9,71 9,71 38,1 52,3 200 71,5 1105 1054 724 673 1200 1181 819 800 103 54 219 304 13,1 13,9 5733.11.12 5734.11.12
1 1/2 x 18 9,71 9,71 38,1 52,3 200 71,5 1410 1359 876 826 1505 1486 972 953 103 54 219 457 15,9 16,7 5733.11.18 5734.11.18
1 1/2 x 24 9,71 9,71 38,1 52,3 200 71,5 1715 1664 1029 978 1810 1791 1124 1105 103 54 219 609 17,8 18,9 5733.12.24 5734.12.24
1 3/4 x 18 12,70 12,70 44,5 66,0 239 86,0 1407 1356 949 899 1518 1503 1061 1046 117 60,4 254 457 24,4 24,5 5733.13.18 5734.13.18
1 3/4 x 24 12,70 12,70 44,5 66,0 239 86,0 1711 1661 1102 1051 1823 1808 1214 1198 117 60,4 254 609 27,5 28,7 5733.13.24 5734.13.24
2 x 24 16,78 16,78 51,0 66,5 301 93,5 1845 1766 1235 1157 1980 1949 1370 1339 146 68,3 333 609 40,4 42,8 5733.20.24 5734.20.24
2 1/2 x 24 26,22 26,22 63,5 76,5 344 113 1925 1854 1316 1244 2093 2087 1483 1478 165 79 350 609 68 75 5733.21.24 5734.21.24
2 3/4 x 24 34,02 34,02 70,0 92,2 387 106 1978 1899 1369 1289 2172 2172 1562 1562 178 82,5 387 609 83 90 5733.23.24 5734.23.24
* Proof load is twice the load capacity. Minimum breaking load is 5 times the load capacity.
**closed
Turnbuckle according to DIN 1478, pipe body type

Material: Body seamless steel pipe. Hook, eyes and stub ends steel ST 37, galvanised
5721. Form B with 2 stub ends
Nominal size Thread Dimensions in mm Weight form B Item no.

in kg
l1 l2 b e f m with 2 stub ends
6 M6 110 120 10 84 75 9 0,155 5721.00.06

8 M8 110 120 10 85 80 10 0,210 5721.00.08
10 M 10 125 150 13 95 95 11 0,340 5721.00.10
12 M 12 125 150 17 110 100 15 0,490 5721.00.12
16 M 16 170 200 19 140 130 19 1,020 5721.00.16
20 M 20 200 220 24 175 150 22 1,650 5721.00.20
24 M 24 255 260 27 205 190 27 2,760 5721.00.24
30 M 30 255 260 32 225 195 31 3,500 5721.00.30
36 M 36 295 300 39 260 230 44 6,800 5721.00.36
42 M 42 330 350 - - - - 11,660 5721.00.42
48 M 48 355 380 - - - - 15,880 5721.00.48
56 M 56 355 380 - - - - 21,500 5721.00.56
64 M 64 425 420 - - - - 30,800 5721.00.64
5722. Form C with hook and eye 5724. Form C with 2 eyes
Nominal size Thread Dimensions in mm Weight form C Item no. Item no.
in kg
l1 l2 b e f m with hook and eye with 2 eyes
6 M6 110 120 10 84 75 9 0,150 5722.00.06 5724.00.06

8 M8 110 120 10 85 80 10 0,200 5722.00.08 5724.00.08
10 M 10 125 150 13 95 95 11 0,335 5722.00.10 5724.00.10
12 M 12 125 150 17 110 100 15 0,475 5722.00.12 5724.00.12
16 M 16 170 200 19 140 130 19 0,950 5722.00.16 5724.00.16
20 M 20 200 220 24 175 150 22 1,550 5722.00.20 5724.00.20
24 M 24 255 260 27 205 190 27 2,630 5722.00.24 5724.00.24
30 M 30 255 260 32 225 195 31 3,900 5722.00.30 5724.00.30
36 M 36 295 300 39 260 230 44 6,800 5722.00.36 5724.00.36
42 M 42 330 350 - - - - - 5722.00.42 5724.00.42
48 M 48 355 380 - - - - - 5722.00.48 5724.00.48
56 M 56 355 380 - - - - - 5722.00.56 5724.00.56
64 M 64 425 420 - - - - - 5722.00.64 5724.00.64
Accessories: Fittings
5765. Open swage socket 5775. Closed swage socket

• Forged from special bar quality carbon steel, suitable for cold forming • Forged from special bar quality carbon steel, suitable for cold forming
• Hardness controlled by spheroidize annealing • Hardness controlled by spheroidize annealing
• Swage socket terminations have an efficiency rating of 100% based • Swage socket terminations have an efficiency rating of 100% based
on the catalogue strength of wire rope on the catalogue strength of wire rope
Open swage socket
Rope ø Before swage dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

in mm E F H L M N A B C D in kg
6 6,86 54 17,5 102 9,65 38,1 122 12,7 35,0 17,5 0,24 5765.00.06
8 8,64 81 20,6 135 11,9 44,5 158 19,6 41,1 20,6 0,51 5765.00.08
9-10 10,3 81 20,6 135 11,9 44,5 158 19,6 41,1 20,6 0,57 5765.09.10
11-12 12,3 108 25,4 170 14,3 51,0 198 24,9 50,8 25,4 0,94 5765.11.12
13 13,9 108 25,4 170 14,3 51,0 198 24,9 50,8 25,4 0,94 5765.00.13
14 15,5 135 31,8 206 16,7 57,0 241 31,9 60,3 30,2 2,03 5765.00.14
16 10,4 135 31,8 206 16,7 57,0 241 31,9 60,3 30,2 2,15 5765.00.16
18-20 20,2 162 28,1 254 17,3 70,0 293 39,2 70,0 34,9 3,62 5765.18.20
22 23,8 189 44,5 295 19,1 82,5 340 43,2 79,5 41,3 5,13 5765.00.22
24-26 27,0 216 51,0 340 22,2 95,5 392 50,0 93,5 51,0 8,07 5765.24.26
28 30,2 243 57,0 381 25,4 108 439 57,0 103 57,0 12,5 5765.00.28
32 33,7 270 63,5 419 28,6 122 484 64,1 114 63,5 16,2 5765.00.32
36 36,9 297 63,5 460 28,6 133 531 71,0 127 63,5 19,8 5765.00.36
40 40,0 324 76,0 502 30,2 146 581 78,0 140 70,0 27,1 5765.00.40
44 47,2 378 89,0 584 39,7 171 676 86,0 170 89,0 40,3 5765.00.44
48-52 53,5 432 102 683 50,0 203 799 100 203 95,5 66 5765.48.52
56-57 60,0 490 108 705 65,0 171 832 113 222 108 93 5765.56.57
62-64 67,5 502 108 749 65,0 171 876 125 222 108 103 5765.62.64
Closed swage socket
Rope ø Before swage dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

in mm A B C D E F H L in kg
6 109 12,7 35,0 19,1 6,86 54 12,7 89 0,17 5775.00.06
8 138 19,6 41,1 22,4 8,64 81 17,0 114 0,35 5775.00.08
9-10 138 19,6 41,1 22,4 10,4 81 17,0 114 0,33 5775.09.10
11-12 175 24,9 50,8 26,9 12,2 105 21,8 146 0,64 5775.11.12
13 175 24,9 50,8 26,9 14,0 107 21,0 146 0,61 5775.00.13
14 219 31,8 60,3 31,8 15,5 134 28,7 184 1,32 5775.00.14
16 219 31,8 60,3 31,8 17,0 134 28,7 184 1,29 5775.00.16
18-20 261 39,4 73,0 36,6 20,3 162 33,3 219 2,22 5775.18.20
22 303 43,2 79,0 42,9 23,9 188 38,1 257 3,00 5775.00.22
24-26 344 50,0 92,0 52,0 26,9 215 44,5 292 4,70 5775.24.26
28 381 57,0 102 58,5 30,2 242 51,0 323 6,60 5775.00.28
32 430 64,0 114 65,0 33,8 270 57,0 365 9,40 5775.00.32
36 473 71,0 127 65,0 36,8 296 57,0 400 12,7 5775.00.36
40 511 78,0 140 71,5 40,1 296 63,5 431 16,3 5775.00.40
44 598 86,0 159 90,5 47,2 323 76,0 508 23,1 5775.00.44
48-52 701 100 184 96,5 54,0 377 82,5 584 40,5 5775.48.52
Accessories: Rope Socket with Shackle
5570. Rope socket with shackle

Material: wear-resistant special steel
5570. Rope socket (1)
Nominal size Load capacity Rope ø Min. sheave ø Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.
in kg in mm in mm a d e f g r in kg
1 1500 10 315 69,0 12 48 12 11,75 195 0,30 5570.00.01
2 2000 11+12 400 78,5 14 56 15,5 13,75 195 0,42 5570.00.02
3 2500 13+14 450 90,5 16 64 17,5 15,75 220 0,67 5570.00.03
4 3000 15+16 500 102,5 18 70 19,5 17,75 220 0,95 5570.00.04
5 4000 18 560 114,0 20 84 21 19,50 245 1,30 5570.00.05
6 4500 19+20 630 129,0 22 84 23 21,50 310 1,60 5570.00.06
7 6500 22+24 710 140,0 26 100 26 23,50 310 2,40 5570.00.07
8 8000 26 800 158,0 29 100 28 25,50 350 2,60 5570.00.08
9 9000 28 900 171,0 31 120 31 27,50 350 3,60 5570.00.09
10 12500 32 1000 190,0 35 120 32 29,00 445 4,40 5570.00.10
11 14000 35 1120 203,0 37 142 36 31,00 445 6,00 5570.00.11
12 16000 36 1120 225,0 40 142 39 35,00 495 7,50 5570.00.12
13 18000 40 1250 242,0 43 166 43 37,00 555 9,00 5570.00.13
14 21500 44 1400 265,0 47 166 47 41,00 595 11,50 5570.00.14
15 25000 48 1600 286,0 51 166 49 43,00 595 12,50 5570.00.15
5575. Shackle (2)
Nominal size Load capacity Rope ø Min. sheave ø Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.
in kg in mm in mm b c h k in kg
1 1500 10 315 48 12 49 14 0,3 5575.00.01
2 2000 11+12 400 56 14 58 18 0,4 5575.00.02
3 2500 13+14 415 64 16 66 20 0,6 5575.00.03
4 3000 15+16 500 72 18 74 22 0,9 5575.00.04
5 4000 18 560 80 20 82 24 1,4 5575.00.05
6 4500 19+20 630 88 22 90 26 1,7 5575.00.06
7 6500 22+24 710 96 24 100 30 2,1 5575.00.07
8 8000 26 800 104 26 106 32 3,1 5575.00.08
9 9000 28 900 112 28 116 34 3,5 5575.00.09
10 12500 32 1000 120 30 124 36 4,8 5575.00.10
11 14000 35 1120 136 33 136 40 6,1 5575.00.11
12 16000 36 1120 144 36 148 44 7,2 5575.00.12
13 18000 40 1250 156 39 162 48 8,8 5575.00.13
14 21500 44 1400 168 42 174 52 11,0 5575.00.14
15 25000 48 1600 180 45 184 54 13,4 5575.00.15
Accessories: Eye bolts
5551. Nominal Load capacity Load capacity for Dimensions in mm Item no.
Eye bolt according to size F1 in kg 2 eye bolts
DIN 580, galvanised at angle 45° B C D E
M8 140 100 8 13 20 36 5551.50.08
Material: C15E
Please follow the mounting M10 230 170 10 17 25 45 5551.50.10
instructions according to DIN 580! M12 340 240 12 20,5 30 53 5551.50.12
M16 700 500 14 27 35 62 5551.50.16
M20 1200 860 16 30 40 71 5551.50.20
M24 1800 1290 20 36 50 90 5551.50.24
M30 3200 2300 24 45 60 109 5551.50.30
M36 4600 3300 28 54 70 128 5551.50.36
M42 6300 4500 32 63 80 147 5551.50.42
M48 8600 6100 38 68 90 168 5551.50.48
M56 11500 8200 42 78 100 187 5551.50.56
M64 16000 11000 48 90 110 208 5551.50.64
Danger at diagonal pull! All these items are also

available with special
threads.
5552. Nominal Load capacity Load capacity Dimensions in mm Item no.

Eye nut according to size F1 in kg for 2 eye bolts
DIN 582, galvanised at angle 45° B C D E
M8 140 100 8 - 20 36 5552.50.08
Material: C15E
Please follow the mounting M10 230 170 10 - 25 45 5552.50.10
instructions according to DIN 582! M12 340 240 12 - 30 53 5552.50.12
M16 700 500 14 - 35 62 5552.50.16
M20 1200 860 16 - 40 71 5552.50.20
M24 1800 1290 20 - 50 90 5552.50.24
M30 3200 2300 24 - 60 109 5552.50.30
M36 4600 3300 28 - 70 128 5552.50.36
M42 6300 4500 32 - 80 147 5552.50.42
M48 8600 6100 38 - 90 168 5552.50.48
M56 11500 8200 42 - 100 187 5552.50.56
M64 16000 11000 48 - 110 208 5552.50.64
5802. Rope tensioning clip

For wire ropes
Forged steel, galvanised
Size 4-10 with round eye
Size 16-38 with oval eye For stainless steel eye
bolts and eye nuts see
page 232.
Rope ø Nominal Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

in mm size b c d h l w in kg
1-4 4 36 15 19 47-51 124 19 0,25 5802.00.04
3-8 8 47 21 20 76-82 169 20 0,85 5802.00.08
5-10 10 44 24 18 80-88 195 18 1,10 5802.00.10
8-16 16 54 25 30 83-97 245 39 1,80 5802.00.16
12-26 26 62 31 29 107-130 265 38 3,50 5802.00.26
20-36 38 62 36 29 126-153 286 38 6,50 5802.00.38
Accessories: Wedge Sockets
5880. Wedge socket

according to DIN 43148
(Sizes for rope ø 12-15 and bigger
are non standard)
Material: Body up to rope ø 12-15:
GTW-40 (malleable cast iron) accor-
ding to DIN 1692. From rope ø 16-20:
GS 60.1 according to DIN 1681.
Wedge: GTW-40 according to DIN
1692. All parts hot dip galvanised.
Not suitable for elevators!
Load Nominal size Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

capacity in kg rope ø in mm a b c d e f g h in kg
50 2-4 8 15 27 7,5 16 13 16,5 66 0,08 5880.02.04
250 4-5 12 23 37 12 31 23 27,5 108 0,36 5880.04.05
500 6-7 14 26 61,5 14 35 30 39 150 0,75 5880.06.07
500 8 14 26 61,5 14 35 30 39 150 0,69 5880.00.08
500 9-12 14 26 61,5 14 35 30 39 150 0,65 5880.09.12
1000 10-12 17 31 66 17 37 32 47 163 0,82 5880.10.12
1000 12-14 17 31 66 17 37 32 47 163 0,78 5880.12.14
2500 12-15 20 40 99 20 54 44 65 220 2,56 5880.12.15
5500 16-17 24 52 138 25 76 54 89 275 6,30 5880.16.17
5500 16-20 24 52 138 25 76 54 89 275 6,30 5880.16.20
8000 19-20 29 63 138 25 77 67 97 276 7,50 5880.19.20
6800 21-26 30 66 175 33,5 80 69 124 370 12,90 5880.21.26
6800 24-26 30 66 175 33,5 80 69 124 370 12,90 5880.24.26
10000 27-32 37 91 199 48,5 112 82 135 486 27,00 5880.27.32
5885. Wedge socket

according to DIN 15315
(Sizes 25-40 are non standard)
Material: Body:
Size 5-14: GTW-40 (malleable
cast iron) acc. to DIN 1692
Size 17-20: GTS-25 according to
DIN 1692
Size 25-40: E-GS-52 according to
DIN 1692
Wedge: Finish natural, material
GG-18 according to DIN 1691
Rope ø Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

in mm b c d h1 s r1 r2 h2 in kg
4-5 12 33 10 110 3 2,5 9,5 68 0,17 5885.00.05
5-6,5 10 35 10 100 4 3,25 9 58 0,21 5885.00.06
6-8 14 45 12 150 4 4 12,5 92 0,50 5885.00.08
9-11 17 60 16 190 6 5,5 16 117 1,04 5885.00.11
12-14 22 78 18 230 8 7 19 141 2,07 5885.00.14
15-17 25 92 22 260 10 8,5 23 162 3,66 5885.00.17
18-20 27 106 25 300 12 10 26 186 5,35 5885.00.20
21-25 32 108 42,5 284 12 13 30 182 6,22 5885.00.25
26-30 38 127 52 335 14* 15 30 180 10,10 5885.00.30
31-35 44 174 55 390 27* 18 34 203 23,64 5885.00.35
36-40 50 189 60 460 29* 21 35 227 33,22 5885.00.40
Accessories: Spelter Sockets
5891. Open spelter socket

according to DIN 83313 Form B
without bolt
5892. Open spelter socket

according to DIN 83313 Form C
with bolt, nut and pin
Material: GS-45.1
Finish: natural
Load capa- Nominal for rope ø Dimensions in mm Weight in kg Item no. Item no.
city in kg size in mm b1 b2 c d3 d4 e h 5891 5892
1600 1,6 12-14 37 27 12 M20 20 55 147 0,9 1,1 5891.00.16 5892.00.16
2500 2,5 14-18 45 33 14 M24 24 67 175 1,4 1,8 5891.00.25 5892.00.25
3150 3,0 16-20 50 38 16 M27 27 73 195 1,8 2,4 5891.00.31 5892.00.31
4000 4,0 18-22 54 42 18 M30 30 81 212 2,4 3,2 5891.00.40 5892.00.40
5000 5,0 20-24 60 47 20 M36 36 88 237 3,7 5 5891.00.50 5892.00.50
6300 6,0 22-28 67 53 23 M39 39 94 262 5,0 6,7 5891.00.63 5892.00.63
8000 8,0 26-30 73 60 26 M45 45 104 289 7,0 9,5 5891.00.80 5892.00.80
10000 10,0 28-34 80 66 29 M48 48 116 320 10,0 13 5891.01.00 5892.01.00
12500 12,0 32-38 89 73 32 M52 52 130 356 13,0 17 5891.01.25 5892.01.25
16000 16,0 36-44 100 81 35 M60 60 143 397 18,0 24 5891.01.60 5892.01.60
20000 20,0 40-50 110 90 40 M68 68 157 435 23,0 31 5891.02.00 5892.02.00
25000 25,0 44-54 120 100 43 M72x6 72 179 480 31,0 41 5891.02.50 5892.02.50
31500 32,0 50-62 132 110 48 M80x6 80 191 525 42,0 55 5891.03.15 5892.03.15
40000 40,0 58-72 150 125 54 M90x6 90 218 595 60,0 80 5891.04.00 5892.04.00
50000 50,0 61-76 165 140 60 M100x6 100 238 655 80,0 105 5891.05.00 5892.05.00
5890.Closed spelter
socket according to
DIN 83313 Form A
Material: GS-45.1
Finish: natural
Load capacity Nominal for rope ø Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

in kg size in mm b c d1 d2 e f h l in kg
1600 1,6 12-14 37 12 17 55 76 19 155 15 0,7 5890.00.16
2500 2,5 14-18 45 14 20 62 89 24 182 19 1,2 5890.00.25
3150 3,0 16-20 50 16 22 69 98 26 202 21 1,5 5890.00.31
4000 4,0 18-22 54 18 24 76 106 30 220 24 2,0 5890.00.40
5000 5,0 20-24 60 20 27 85 117 34 245 27 3,1 5890.00.50
6300 6,0 22-28 67 23 30 94 131 38 275 30 4,2 5890.00.63
8000 8,0 26-30 73 26 33 103 143 42 300 33 5,8 5890.00.80
10000 10,0 28-34 80 29 36 112 160 45 330 36 8,0 5890.01.00
12500 12,0 32-38 89 32 40 125 179 51 370 41 11,0 5890.01.25
16000 16,0 36-44 100 35 45 140 200 56 415 46 15,0 5890.01.60
20000 20,0 40-50 110 40 50 156 224 62 460 50 20,0 5890.02.00
25000 25,0 44-54 120 43 55 173 246 69 505 55 27,0 5890.02.50
31500 32,0 50-62 132 48 60 188 270 76 555 61 35,0 5890.03.15
40000 40,0 58-72 150 54 68 212 308 85 630 68 50,0 5890.04.00
50000 50,0 62-76 165 60 75 235 339 94 695 75 67,0 5890.05.00
Accessories: Plate Hooks, Split Hooks
Load capacity Dimensions in mm Weight Item no. 5471. Plate hook for
per hook in kg A B C D E F in kg inclination angle 0°-15°,
500 170 80 70 16 50 10 0,8 5471.00.05 grade 80
1000 210 90 90 20 60 15 1,4 5471.00.10
1500 240 110 105 23 70 15 2,3 5471.00.15
2000 275 125 110 25 80 20 3,4 5471.00.20
3000 380 185 135 35 100 20 7,0 5471.00.30
4000 450 220 145 35 115 25 10,0 5471.00.40
5000 520 260 160 40 130 25 15,0 5471.00.50
6000 580 300 170 45 145 30 20,0 5471.00.60
7500 650 340 180 50 160 30 26,0 5471.00.75
Other load capacities and dimensions available.
Plate and split hooks have the following specific features which distinguish them from regular hooks:
• Plate and split hook must only be used in pairs. • For transport of long and slim materials it is
• The indicated inclination angles have to be advisable to work with a spreader beam and 4
kept, as otherwise the hooks will be detached plate or split hooks.
from under the load by the leverage effect. • The load has to rest on the full length of the
hook. The hooks must not be loaded on the
tips only!
Load capacity Dimensions in mm Weight Item no. 5472. Plate hook for
per hook in kg A B C D E F in kg inclination angle 15°-30°,
500 200 100 80 16 50 10 1,2 5472.00.05 grade 80
1000 230 115 90 20 60 15 2,3 5472.00.10
1500 250 125 100 23 70 20 4,0 5472.00.15
2000 280 140 110 25 80 20 5,2 5472.00.20
3000 320 160 130 35 100 25 9,0 5472.00.30
4000 350 175 140 35 120 25 12,0 5472.00.40
5000 380 190 150 40 140 30 19,0 5472.00.50
6000 400 200 160 45 150 30 21,0 5472.00.60
7500 440 220 180 50 160 35 30,0 5472.00.75
Other load capacities and dimensions available.
Load capacity Dimensions in mm Weight Item no. 5475. Split hook for
per hook in kg A B C D E in kg inclination angle 0°-20°,
500 180 50 80 18 150 1,3 5475.00.05 grade 80
1000 210 60 95 20 170 1,8 5475.00.10
1500 240 70 105 22 200 2,2 5475.00.15
2000 280 80 115 26 220 3,3 5475.00.20
3000 400 120 140 32 320 8,3 5475.00.30
4000 530 160 180 36 420 13,5 5475.00.40
5000 660 200 210 40 520 19,0 5475.00.50
6000 800 250 250 50 640 33,0 5475.00.60
7500 980 300 300 60 760 60,0 5475.00.75
Load capacites 3000 kg and bigger with stud link. Other load capacities and dimensions available.
Load capacity Dimensions in mm Weight Item no. 5476. Split hook for
per hook in kg A B C D E in kg inclination angle 15°-30°,
500 200 100 80 20 170 1,8 5476.00.05 grade 80
1000 230 115 90 22 200 2,3 5476.00.10
1500 250 125 100 26 220 3,5 5476.00.15
2000 280 140 110 32 240 6,0 5476.00.20
3000 320 160 130 36 280 10,0 5476.00.30
4000 380 190 150 45 320 18,0 5476.00.40
5000 440 220 175 50 380 27,0 5476.00.50
6000 500 250 200 55 430 37,0 5476.00.60
7500 560 280 225 60 490 50,0 5476.00.75
Load capacites 3000 kg and bigger with stud link. Other load capacities and dimensions available.
Accessories: Masterlinks, Container Hooks
5020. Masterlink For wire rope slings type N Nominal Size Dimensions Weight Item no.
capacity in mm in kg
Material: 1.6753, grade 80
in kg
Finish: red dipped 1 leg rope ø 2 legs rope ø a b c
8, 10 8 1000 6-8 110 60 13 0,34 5020.00.10

12, 14 10 2000 8-8 110 60 16 0,53 5020.00.20
16, 18 12, 14 3200 10-8 135 75 18 0,83 5020.00.32
20, 22 16, 18 5000 13-8 160 90 22 1,45 5020.00.50
24, 26, 28 20, 22 8000 16-8 180 100 26 2,33 5020.00.80
- 24, 26 10000 18-8 200 110 32 3,94 5020.01.00
32 28 15000 22-8 260 140 36 6,16 5020.01.50
36, 40, 44 32 20000 26-8 340 180 45 12,50 5020.02.00
5030. Masterlink assembly For wire rope slings type N Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.
3 and 4 leg A link Intermediate link in kg
3 piece, grade 80.
For all 3 and 4 leg wire rope slings axbxc axbxc
according to prEN 13414. 8 110 x 60 x 16 110 x 60 x 16 1,6 5030.00.10
10 135 x 75 x 18 110 x 60 x 16 1,9 5030.00.20
12 160 x 90 x 22 135 x 75 x 18 3,2 5030.00.32
b
14 160 x 90 x 22 135 x 75 x 18 3,2 5030.00.32
16 180 x 100 x 26 160 x 90 x 22 5,4 5030.00.50
18 180 x 100 x 26 160 x 90 x 22 5,4 5030.00.50
a c 20 200 x 110 x 32 180 x 100 x 26 8,7 5030.00.63
ca 22 260 x 140 x 36 200 x 110 x 32 14,0 5030.00.85
24 340 x 180 x 45 300 x 160 x 40 30,0 5030.01.50
26 340 x 180 x 45 340 x 180 x 45 37,5 5030.01.70
b 28 340 x 180 x 45 340 x 180 x 45 37,5 5030.01.70
32 350 x 190 x 50 340 x 180 x 45 41,8 5030.02.12
36 350 x 190 x 50 340 x 180 x 45 41,8 5030.02.12
40 400 x 200 x 56 400 x 200 x 56 – –
max.
250 mm
Masterlinks with an inner width up to 250 mm for big crane

hooks are available at short notice.
Please indicate size of crane hook (width measured at hook
base).
Load capacities 1000 kg to 45000 kg
5270. Container hook

Type CH-3
Load capa- Type Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

city in t* L B G H F E in kg
12,5 CH-3 straight 192 70 47 46 25 75 4,0 5270.01.25
12,5 CH-3 45° left 192 70 47 46 25 75 4,0 5270.L1.25
12,5 CH-3 45° right 192 70 47 46 25 75 4,0 5270.R1.25
*Safety factor 4:1
Caution: CH-3 is only suitable for vertical lifting

CH-3 left and right must only be used in pairs
Observe the inclination angles
Unintentional unhooking not possible with both versions.
Accessories: Hooks
Load capa- Dimensions in mm Weight Item no. Item no. 5430. High strength 5431. High strength
city in kg a b c d in kg round steel S-hook round steel S-hook
130 8 80 25 28 0,07 5430.00.01 5431.00.01 with closed eye
200 10 100 30 35 0,14 5430.00.02 5431.00.02
350 13 130 40 45 0,30 5430.00.03 5431.00.03
500 16 160 50 56 0,57 5430.00.05 5431.00.05
700 18 180 55 63 0,80 5430.00.07 5431.00.07
850 20 200 60 70 1,10 5430.00.08 5431.00.08
1000 22 220 65 77 1,46 5430.00.10 5431.00.10
1400 26 260 80 91 2,42 5430.00.14 5431.00.14
2000 32 320 95 112 4,50 5430.00.20 5431.00.20
2750 36 360 110 126 6,40 5430.00.27 5431.00.27
3500 40 400 120 140 8,80 5430.00.35 5431.00.35
4300 45 450 135 158 12,50 5430.00.43 5431.00.43
Subject to alterations. Other sizes available.
S-hooks are also availa-

ble in stainless steel.
Load capacity Dimensions in mm Weight Item no. 5140. Snap hook

in kg lxdØ a m in kg
Similar DIN 5299, Form C,
100 40 x 4 7 6 0,010 5140.00.40 galvanised
120 50 x 5 8 7 0,016 5140.00.50
120 60 x 6 9 8 0,022 5140.00.60
230 80 x 8 12 10 0,067 5140.00.80
350 100 x 10 15 11 0,133 5140.01.00
450 120 x 11 18 16 0,190 5140.01.20
510 140 x 12 20 19 0,250 5140.01.40
600 160 x 13 22 23 0,350 5140.01.60
650 180 x 14 22 33 0,460 5140.01.80
700 200 x 15 24 33 0,490 5140.02.00
Caution! This hook must

not be used for lifting!
Load capacity Size Dimensions in mm Weight Item no. 5141. Snap hook
in kg d1 d2 f l m in kg with safety screw
120 60 x 6 6 9 5 60 8 0,029 5141.00.60 Galvanised
180 70 x 7 7 10 8 70 8 0,046 5141.00.70
230 80 x 8 8 10 8 80 9 0,069 5141.00.80
350 100 x 10 10 15 10 100 12 0,134 5141.01.00
450 120 x 11 11 18 11 120 16 0,190 5141.01.20
510 140 x 12 12 20 13 140 19 0,265 5141.01.40
Caution! This hook must

Accessories: Hooks
5150. Automatic Self closing and locking.

safety hook BK Material according to grade 80, tempered. Finish: painted red.
Load Capacity Type Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

in t L B E F G H in kg
1,1 5/6-8 109 28 22 10 14 19 0,5 5150.00.10
2,0 7/8-8 137 36 25 11 17 23 0,8 5150.00.20
3,2 10-8 168 44 32 13 25 29 1,5 5150.00.32
5,4 13-8 208 54 40 16 28 38 2,8 5150.00.50
8,0 16-8 254 63 50 20 37 49 5,6 5150.00.80
12,5 18/20-8 290 68 60 22 42 57 7,9 5150.01.20
15,0 22-8 320 80 70 24 47 62 11,2 5150.01.50
21,6 26-8 345 100 80 25 50 68 14,5 5150.02.10
25,0 28-8 400 120 90 27 62 81 22,0 5150.02.50
5151. Automatic With improved safety latch

safety hook OBK and locking notch
Load Capacity Type Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

in t L B E F G H in kg
1,1 OBK-6-8 103 26 22 9 14 18 0,4 5151.00.10
2,0 OBK-7/8-8 129 34 25 10 17 20 0,7 5151.00.20
3,2 OBK-10-8 162 42 32 13 21 25 1,2 5151.00.32
5,4 OBK-13-8 195 50 40 15 26 30 2,0 5151.00.50
8,0 OBK-16-8 237 60 50 19 30 38 4,1 5151.00.80
12,5 OBK-18/20-8 293 73 60 22 37 48 8,2 5151.01.20
15,0 OBK-22-8 335 87 70 24 40 57 11,0 5151.01.50
5190. Automatic Material according to grade 80, tempered.

safety hook BKL Finish: painted red
with swivel Load Capacity Nominal size Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.
in t a b c d1 e f m1 in kg
1,12 BKL-6-8 11 21 15 23 149 33 28 0,6 5190.00.10
2,0 BKL-7/8-8 12 23 17 27 183 36 37 1,1 5190.00.20
3,15 BKL-10-8 15 30 21 36 218 42 44 2,0 5190.00.32
5,3 BKL-13-8 19 39 30 47 280 48 54 3,8 5190.00.50
8,0 BKL-16-8 22 49 37 67 343 61 62 7,1 5190.00.80
12,5 BKL 18/20-8 26 56 42 80 367 74 69 10,8 5190.01.25
5210. Material according to grade 80, tempered.

Foundry hook Finish: painted red
Load Capacity Nominal Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.
in t size b g k l x t in kg
2,0 2 63 18 26 126 11 25 0,64 5210.00.20
3,2 3,2 76 23 30 150 14 32 1,1 5210.00.32
5,0 5 90 32 38 182 18 40 2,3 5210.00.50
8,0 8 102 40 45 215 22 50 3,8 5210.00.80
12,5 12,5 114 46 50 247 26 60 6,0 5210.01.25
20,0 26-8 136 72 80 305 34 52 21,6 5210.02.00
32,0 32-8 152 83 93 327 38 60 28,0 5210.03.20
Also called container hook. With considerable bigger opening but without safety latch.
Use only where unintentional unhooking is not possible!
Not for overhead lifting!
Does not correspond to the EEC Machinery Directive 89/392 EWG I/4.4.1
Accessories: Hooks
5180.
Safety eye hook
Material: 1.0412
Finish: painted red
Safety latch galvanised
Nominal size stamped
Load capacity Nominal size Dimensions in mm Weight in kg Item no.

in kg d1 d l m e
500 0,5 25 13,5 130 20 93 0,5 5180.00.05
630 0,63 26 10 133 22 95 0,6 5180.00.06
1000 1 27 13 147 24 105 0,8 5180.00.10
1250 1,25 28 13 149 24 109 0,9 5180.00.12
1600 1,6 28 14 160 28 115 1,0 5180.00.16
2000 2 32 14 169 29 123 1,1 5180.00.20
2500 2,5 34 16 190 34 137 1,5 5180.00.25
3200 3,2 34 17 195 34 138 1,6 5180.00.32
4000 4 40 20 227 40 164 2,8 5180.00.40
5000 5 50 23 255 45 188 3,6 5180.00.50
6300 6,3 52 24 288 50 213 4,5 5180.00.63
8000 8 54 26 299 57 216 5,4 5180.00.80
10000 10 60 34 329 61 234 8,1 5180.01.00
5186/5187.
Safety hook with swivel
With wide opening
and extra sturdy safety latch
Material: 1.6541, tempered,
manufactured according to
DIN 5691
Finish: painted red
Safety latch galvanised
With ball bearing With plain bearing

Load capacity Nominal Dimensions in mm Weight Item no. Item no.
in kg size b c m h t l d s in kg
1120 6-8 34 25 19 27 137 177 13 21 0,6 5186.00.10 5187.00.10
1500 7-8 36 31 24 30 160 205 15 27 1,2 5186.01.16 5187.01.16
2000 8-8 38 31 28 32 178 226 16 30 1,4 5186.00.20 5187.00.20
3150 10 - 8 42 33 33 42 200 260 18 31 2,5 5186.00.32 5187.00.32
5300 13 - 8 64 55 44 47 281 352 23 42 5,5 5186.00.50 5187.00.50
5188.
Safety hook
with shank type SHS
With extra strong safety latch, pain-
ted red, safety latch galvanised.
Shank type hooks must only be

loaded in straight pull. During
assembly the thread must not be
prestressed.
Load capacity Nominal Thread Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

in kg size d l t c h1 h2 s m d1 in kg
1120 6-8 M12 140,0 75 25,0 37,0 27 21 19 12,7 0,4 5188.00.11
1500 7-8 M14 161,5 89 24,5 39,5 30 27 24 15,0 0,8 5188.00.15
2000 8-8 M16 180,0 101 28,7 46,0 32 30 28 17,0 0,9 5188.00.20
3150 10-8 M20 210,0 116 33,0 51,0 42 31 33 21,3 1,5 5188.00.32
5300 13-8 M24 275,0 152 49,1 75,0 47 42 44 25,5 3,3 5188.00.50
Accessories: Hooks
5320. Applications:
Weld-on hook Hydraulic excavators,
lifting and spreader beams

in kg in kg
B C D E F
1000 25 24 6 76 90 0,4 5320.00.10
3000 35 29 8 105 130 1,25 5320.00.30
5000 45 37 10 132 160 2,35 5320.00.50
8000 50 47 10 138 170 3,6 5320.00.80
10000 50 34 9 133 172 3,7 5320.01.00
5160. Material: SAE 8620

Safety eye hook Finish: painted
Load capacity Nominal Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

A
in kg size A B D E G H K L R T O in kg
1250 1,25 37,5 19,1 73 24 19 20,5 16 110 82 20,5 22 0,26 5160.00.12
B 1600 1,6 44,5 23 81 26 21,5 24 18 125 93 20,5 24,5 0,31 5160.00.16
O 2500 2,5 52 28,6 92 27 25,5 29,5 22 141 104 21,5 25,5 0,50 5160.00.25
H
R L 3200 3,2 61 32 104 31 28,5 33,5 24 163 119 30 28,5 0,84 5160.00.32
5400 5,4 75 40 125 38 36,5 41,5 33 201 146 35 34 1,69 5160.00.54
T K 8000 8 97 51 165 48 46 52 43 256 187 45 43 3,72 5160.00.80
11500 11,5 119 62 192 57 57 67 48 316 230 54 52 6,50 5160.01.15
G 16000 16 137 72 221 64 66 75 56 354 256 65 57 9,50 5160.01.60
22000 22 168 89 279 86 76 89 68 434 318 73 76 17,00 5160.02.20
D
5170. Material: SAE 8620

Safety swivel hook Finish: painted

in kg size A B C D E L O R S T in kg
1250 1,25 50,8 23,8 31,8 73,0 23,9 141 22,3 114 9,53 20,6 0,34 5170.00.12
1600 1,6 63,5 33,3 38,1 81,0 26,2 168 24,6 134 12,70 20,6 0,57 5170.00.16
2500 2,5 76,2 41,3 44,5 92,0 27,0 194 25,4 153 15,90 21,4 1,02 5170.00.25
3200 3,2 76,2 39,7 44,5 104,0 31,0 206 28,6 162 15,90 30,2 1,17 5170.00.32
5400 5,4 88,9 44,5 51,0 125,0 38,1 244 34,1 188 19,10 34,9 2,22 5170.00.54
8000 8 114,3 59,0 64,0 165,0 47,6 315 42,9 244 25,40 45,2 4,67 5170.00.80
11500 11,5 127,0 60,0 70,0 192,0 57,0 368 52,0 283 28,60 54,0 7,37 5170.01.15
16000 16 142,9 68,0 79,0 221,0 64,0 403 57,0 306 31,80 65,0 10,60 5170.01.60
22000 22 177,8 106,0 102,0 279,0 86,0 535 76,0 421 38,10 73,0 22,60 5170.02.20
5310. Material: 25CrMo4, tempered

Choker hook Finish: painted red
Load capacity Nominal For rope ø in mm Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

in kg size a b c in kg
1250 1,25 9-13 70 128 19 0,7 5310.00.12
2000 2,00 14-16 80 147 22 1,0 5310.00.20
3000 3,00 17-19 103 174 30 1,8 5310.00.30
5000 5,00 20-26 133 210 40 3,4 5310.00.50
Accessories: Swivels
Swivels with tapered roller thrust bearing 5501. Swivel 5502. Swivel
• Suitable for frequent rotation under load with jaw and hook with 2 jaws
• All swivels individually proof tested with certification
• All hooks furnished with latches assembled
• All jaws complete with bolts, nuts and cotter pins
• Pressure lube fitting provided
• Not to be used on demolition (wrecking) balls
5503. Swivel 5504. Swivel 5505. Swivel 5506. Swivel

with jaw and eye with eye and jaw with 2 eyes with eye and hook
Jaw and hook 2 jaws Jaw and eye Eye and jaw 2 eyes Eye and hook
Load capacity Weight Item no. Weight Item no. Weight Item no. Weight Item no. Weight Item no. Weight Item no.
in t in kg in kg in kg in kg in kg in kg
3 4,31 5501.00.30 4,20 5502.00.30 4,08 5503.00.30 4,08 5504.00.30 3,86 5505.00.30 4,08 5506.00.30
5 7,48 5501.00.50 6,46 5502.00.50 6,12 5503.00.50 6,24 5504.00.50 5,56 5505.00.50 6,92 5506.00.50
8,5 15,20 5501.00.85 13,27 5502.00.85 13,27 5503.00.85 13,15 5504.00.85 13,27 5505.00.85 14,51 5506.00.85
10 21,21 5501.01.00 20,75 5502.01.00 19,73 5503.01.00 19,96 5504.01.00 19,05 5505.01.00 20,64 5506.01.00
15 33,45 5501.01.50 33,45 5502.01.50 28,46 5503.01.50 27,67 5504.01.50 27,67 5505.01.50 33,57 5506.01.50
25 63,50 5501.02.50 63,50 5502.02.50 61,23 5503.02.50 61,23 5504.02.50 58,97 5505.02.50 61,23 5506.02.50
35 99,79 5501.03.50 70,31 5502.03.50 68,04 5503.03.50 68,04 5504.03.50 65,77 5505.03.50 97,52 5506.03.50
45 113,40 5501.04.50 106,59 5502.04.50 102,06 5503.04.50 102,06 5504.04.50 97,52 5505.04.50 122,17 5506.04.50
Individually proof tested to twice the working load limit. Minimum breaking load is 5 times the working load limit.
Load capacity Rope ø Dimensions in mm

in t in mm A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T V
3 13 289 236 237 239 291 125 70 19,1 22,4 41,2 35,1 34,0 33,3 36,6 19,1 26,2 28,5 31,8 28,5
5 16 338 262 256 249 332 165 76 22,4 25,4 57,0 45,2 42,9 41,2 46,0 25,4 32,5 31,8 31,8 35,1
8,5 19 418 321 311 302 408 192 102 25,4 39,6 71,5 54,0 52,5 54,0 57,0 31,8 35,8 41,2 38,1 41,2
10 22 501 425 409 394 485 221 114 38,1 44,5 86,0 65,0 57,0 89,0 66,0 42,9 42,9 70,0 47,8 49,3
15 26 559 435 525 416 549 279 127 38,1 44,5 86,0 73,0 76,0 89,0 76,0 49,3 51,5 70,0 54,0 60,5
25 - 680 527 546 565 699 346 152 51,0 51,0 117 87,5 92,0 94,0 93,0 57,0 58,5 98,5 60,5 76,0
35 - 760 527 546 556 780 357 165 51,0 51,0 117 98,5 95,5 94,0 116 57,0 58,5 98,5 60,5 81,0
45 - 891 641 657 673 907 392 178 57,0 63,5 127 121 108 102 129 63,5 64,5 102 76,0 82,5
Accessories: Hooks
5470. Light plate hook

Load capacity Type Length Width Thickness Pin Ø Weight Item no.
in kg in mm in mm in mm in mm in kg
1000 CSPH 1 176 80 36 7 0,425 5470.00.10
5240. Foundry hook with safety latch

Load capacity Type Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.
in kg in kg
A B C D E F G L
1500 WHS 1,5 62 65 25 11 28 148 175 214 1,2 5240.00.15
3000 WHS 3 73 80 32 14 33 164 216 263 2,3 5240.00.30
5115. Rope connecting hook (C hook)

For rope Type Load capacity Load capacity Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.
ø in mm in kg safety in kg safety in kg
factor 6:1 factor 4:1 B C C’ E H L S W
8 C8SL 500 750 18 18 15 17 100 68 12 50 0,2 5115.00.05
12 C12SL 1000 1500 18 18 15 17 110 68 20 58 0,4 5115.00.10
16 C16SL 2000 3000 26 23 19 21 144 89 28 71 0,8 5115.00.20
20 C20SL 4000 6000 34 30 25 25 170 110 32 88 1,7 5115.00.40
5SKI. Insulated roller bearing swivel type SKLI

The insulated swivel SKLI with axial roller bearing prevents damage from crane ropes or crane electrics up to a
voltage of 1000 V, coming from high amperages when welding suspended loads. This is effected by interrupting
the current flow. The swivel is equipped with master link and safety hook.
Load capacity Type Length Weight Item no.

in kg in mm in kg
2,0 SKLI - 7/8 - 8 264 1,3 5SKI.00.20
3,15 SKLI - 10 - 8 338 2,6 5SKI.00.32
5,3 SKLI - 13 - 8 406 4,9 5SKI.00.54
8,0 SKLI - 16 - 8 499 8,6 5SKI.00.80
12,5 SKLI - 18/20 - 8 560 14,1 5SKI.01.25
Safety latches for dif-

ferent hook types are
available.
Please contact us.
Accessories: Hooks
5325. Automatic safety hook

• Prevents accidents as it fully
automatically hooks up the load,
safety locks and releases it.
Loads can be picked up by the
crane operator without helpers.
• Improved safety as no persons
need to be close to the load
• Durable due to its rugged design
and use of high grade alloy steel er
manpow
• Easy to operate
Saves time and n
operatio
• Highly reliable
in crane
Type Load capacity in t at safety factor Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

4:1 5:1 A B C D E F G in kg
2 2 1,6 310 280 60 340 80 20 42 3 5325.00.20
5 5 4,2 360 325 50 430 90 32 54 6,7 5325.00.50
10 10 8 490 425 65 580 110 44 58 15 5325.01.00
15 15 12 525 460 80 625 115 54 72 24 5325.01.50
20 20 16 580 500 80 700 130 65 83 37 5325.02.00
5580C. Swivel eye bolt with ring

360° rotation under load, safety factor 4, compact design, German BG
(Employers’ Liability Insurance Association) tested and approved
Load capacity Thread Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

in t D x L in mm A B C E H SW D1 in kg
0,3 M10 x 18 30 13 46 50 105 30 38 0,480 5580.C0.03
0,5 M12 x 18 30 13 46 50 105 30 38 0,500 5580.C0.05
1 M16 x 20 30 13 46 50 105 30 38 0,530 5580.C0.10
2 M20 x 30 34 16 57 61 131 40 50 1,050 5580.C0.20
3 M24 x 30 40 19 70 68 153 48 58 1,630 5580.C0.30
5 M30 x 35 40 20 65 80 165 65 75 2,230 5580.C0.50
8 M36 x 54 50 22 90 95 205 75 85 4,720 5580.C0.80
10 M42 x 63 50 22 90 95 205 75 85 4,940 5580.C1.00
15 M56 x 78 70 30 120 130 280 95 120 10,000 5580.C1.50
A
Sling configuration
Number of legs 1 2 1 2 2 2 3 und 4
Inclination angle 0° 0° 90° 90° 0-45° 45-60° 0-45° 45-60° C

B
M10 x 18 0,6 1,2 0,3 0,6 0,42 0,3 0,63 0,45

H
M12 x 18 1 2 0,5 1 0,75 0,5 1,1 0,75
M16 x 20 2 4 1,12 2 1,5 1,12 2,36 1,6 E
M20 x 30 4 8 2 4 2,8 2 4 3 SW
M24 x 30 6,3 12,5 3,15 6,3 4,25 3,15 6,3 4,75
M30 x 35 10,6 21,2 5,3 10,6 7,1 5,3 11,2 8 L
M36 x 54 12,5 25 8 16 11,2 8 16,8 12
M42 x 63 15 30 10 20 14 10 21,2 15 D D1
M56 x 78 25 50 15 30 21 15 31,5 22,5
Accessories: Hooks
le hook:
single to doub 8 and 10 t
From s 5370.
rn hook version
Ramsho Ramshorn hook
If thick wire or fibre ropes (slings) or • Uniform load distribution with multi
thick, large masterlinks do not fit in the strand slings thanks to pivoting effect.
normal single hooks (crane hook), the • Rounded support surfaces for optimal
new CondorLift ramshorn hook offers placement of textile slings.
the following advantages: • 2 forged safety latches with ergonomi-
cally formed finger recess. Safety latch
• Specially suitable to handle heavy loads engages in the hook tip and thus is pro-
with synthetic belts or slings. tected against lateral bending.
• Greatest possible safety due to drop for-
ged shape with rounded edges manu-
factured from high strength material.
1, 3.2 and 6.4 t version
Load capacity Dimensions in mm Opening X R in Width X1 Weight Item no.

in t A B C D E1 E2 in mm mm in mm in kg
1 175 80 55 75 115 150 27 32 20 1,0 5370.CL.0010
3,2 220 100 80 120 160 220 32 37 24 2,6 5370.CL.0032
6,4 255 135 95 120 165 230 40 55 31 3,75 5370.CL.0064
8,0 594 330 140 230 320 - - - - - 5370.00.80
10,0 650 355 160 260 355 - - - - - 5370.01.00
6104. Reducer assembly

It’s prohibited to place single slings in a • Easy to attach with 2 masterlinks or 2
double crane hook as this would result in a rope loops
tilted position and involve the danger of the • The load is distributed uniformly on the
sling slipping out of the hook. In this case double hook
From double the reducer assembly offers 3 unmatched • The single hook (at the bottom of the
to single hook: advantages: reducer assembly) connects safely with
bly the sling
Reducer assem
Load capacity Length Inner clearance of Item no.
in t in mm master link in mm
1000 282 110 x 60 x 13 6104.00.06
2000 302 110 x 60 x 13 6104.00.08
3200 348 110 x 60 x 16 6104.00.10
5000 424 135 x 75 x 18 6104.00.13
8000 501 160 x 90 x 22 6104.00.16
10000 634 180 x 100 x 26 6104.00.18
Accessories: Shackles
h
ckle wit
The sha t load
6561. es
the high E
!
Foolproof shackle VV-SCH capacity
High tensile, patented version with
an integrated safety thread in the
shackle body. Full surface support
of the bolt in the body on both si- T
des. The bolt is turnable. No load on
the thread (securing function only).
D
Pre-assembled with split pin.
A
B
SW
G
C
Load capacity Designation Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

in t A B C D E G SW T in kg
1,5 VV-SCH 6 14 8 20 10 8 36 17 30 0,1 6561.V3.06
2,5 VV-SCH 8 17 10 24 12 10 44 19 36 0,2 6561.V3.08
4,0 VV-SCH 10 21 13 32 16 13 56 24 49 0,4 6561.V3.10
6,5 VV-SCH 13 27 17 40 20 17 75 29 63 0,8 6561.V3.13
10,0 VV-SCH 16 33 21 48 24 21 90 36 73 1,5 6561.V3.16
14,0 VC-SCH 4,0 42 27 60 30 29 96 - 91 2,7 6561.V1.40
22,4 VC-SCH 5,0 47 30 72 36 33 107 - 111 4,4 6561.V1.50
28,0 VC-SCH 6,0 53 34 78 39 37 121 - 120 5,9 6561.V1.60
5156. Jaw end swivel
Nominal size
without bearing B
(not intended to rotate

under load)
A
D
I F
E
C
Nominal size Load capacity* Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

in mm in t A B C D E F G H I J in kg galvanised
6 0,39 17,5 19,1 17,5 17,5 11,9 7,88 22,4 6,35 67 86 0,11 5156.00.60
8 0,57 20,8 25,4 20,6 20,8 12,7 9,65 22,4 7,87 74,5 98,5 0,17 5156.00.80
10 1,02 23,9 31,8 25,4 25,4 16,0 12,7 26,9 9,65 92 121 0,32 5156.01.00
13 1,63 33,3 38,1 33,3 38,1 19,1 16,0 33,3 12,7 114 154 0,65 5156.01.30
16 2,36 39,6 44,5 41,4 41,4 23,9 19,1 38,1 16 135 186 1,12 5156.01.60
19 3,27 44,5 51,0 47,8 47,8 28,7 22,4 44,5 19,1 154 211 1,76 5156.01.90
22 4,54 52,5 57,0 54,0 54,0 30,2 25,4 52,5 22,4 178 242 2,61 5156.02.20
25 5,67 58,5 63,5 67,0 60,5 44,5 28,7 71,5 28,7 217 297 4,65 5156.02.50
32 8,16 68,5 79,5 79,5 76,0 52,5 38,1 71,5 35,1 240 334 7,14 5156.03.20
38 20,50 106,0 107,0 143,0 102,0 73,0 57,0 113,0 57 374 529 24,8 5156.03.80
* Minimum breaking load is 5 times the load capacity.
Shackles
Shackles VIP Grade 100
High Strength Shackles
Shackles Grade 4
Wide Body Shackles
Sheet Pile Shackles
5610. Dee shackle with screw pin,

similar DIN 82101 Form A, grade 4
Minimum breaking load is 4 times the WLL (working load limit),
surface galvanised.
Shackles similar DIN

82101 Form B available on
request.

in kg d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 b1 h1 in kg
100 4 5 10 M 5 5 7 15,5 0,017 5610.00.10
160 5 6 12 M 6 6 8 18,0 0,024 5610.00.16
250 7 8 16 M 8 8 11 24,0 0,054 5610.00.25
400 8 10 20 M 10 10 14 30,0 0,097 5610.00.40
630 10 12 24 M 12 12 17 36,0 0,18 5610.00.63
1000 13 16 32 M 16 15 21 49,0 0,3 5610.01.00
1600 17 20 40 M 20 19 27 61,0 0,57 5610.01.60
2000 19 22 44 M 22 21 30 67,0 0,975 5610.02.00
2500 21 24 48 M 24 23 33 73,0 1,3 5610.02.50
3150 24 27 54 M 27 26 38 83,5 1,85 5610.03.15
4000 27 30 60 M 30 29 42 91,0 2,53 5610.04.00
5000 30 36 72 M 36 33 47 111,0 4 5610.05.00
6300 34 39 78 M 39 37 53 119,5 5,3 5610.06.30
8000 38 45 90 M 45 41 60 139,5 7,9 5610.08.00
10000 42 48 96 M 48 45 66 147,0 10 5610.10.00
12500 47 52 104 M 52 50 73 158,0 13,5 5610.12.50
16000 52 60 120 M 60 55 81 185,0 19,2 5610.16.00
20000 58 68 136 M 68 61 90 211,0 28 5610.20.00
25000 63 72 144 M 72 67 100 221,0 34 5610.25.00
5616. Dee shackle with screw pin, nut and cotter pin,
similar DIN 82101 Form C, grade 4
surface galvanised.
This type is recommended for permanent connections (e.g. with load
suspension equipment or hoists). After assembly the bolt is secured by the
cotter pin against unintentional loosening. This shackle type offers
enhanced safety as the bolt has full surface contact on both sides of the
body. Breaking of the bolt at the thread lug is virtually impossible.

in kg d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 b1 h1 in kg
400 8 10 20 M 10 10 14 30,0 0,113 5616.00.04
630 10 12 24 M 12 12 17 36,0 0,2 5616.00.06
1000 13 16 32 M 16 15 21 49,0 0,37 5616.00.10
1600 17 20 40 M 20 19 27 61,0 0,686 5616.00.16
2000 19 22 44 M 22 21 30 67,0 1,125 5616.00.20
2500 21 24 48 M 24 23 33 73,0 1,5 5616.00.25
3150 24 27 54 M 27 26 38 83,5 2,15 5616.00.31
4000 27 30 60 M 30 29 42 91,0 2,93 5616.00.40
5000 30 36 72 M 36 33 47 111,0 4,7 5616.00.50
6300 34 39 78 M 39 37 53 119,5 6,33 5616.00.63
8000 38 45 90 M 45 41 60 139,5 8,5 5616.00.80
10000 42 48 96 M 48 45 66 147,0 10,8 5616.01.00
12500 47 52 104 M 52 50 73 158,0 14,4 5616.01.25
16000 52 60 120 M 60 55 81 185,0 20,5 5616.01.60
20000 58 68 136 M 68 61 90 211,0 29,5 5616.02.00
25000 63 72 144 M 72 67 100 221,0 36 5616.02.50
Accessories: High Strength Shackles Grade 6
5630.
High strength dee shackle with screw pin,
according to EN 13889, grade 6
surface galvanised
Load capacity Nominal size Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

in kg in inches d1 d2 d3 Inches b1 b2 h1 h2 in kg
d4
500 1/4 6,5 8 17 5/16 12 20 - 28 0,05 5630.00.05
750 5/16 8 10 21 3/8 13 21 26 31 0,09 5630.00.07
1000 3/8 10 11 25 7/16 16 26 31 36 0,14 5630.00.10
1500 7/16 11 13 27 1/2 18 29 36 42 0,19 5630.00.15
2000 1/2 13 16 30 5/8 21 33 41 48 0,32 5630.00.20
3250 5/8 16 19 40 3/4 27 43 51 60 0,54 5630.00.32
4750 3/4 19 22 48 7/8 32 51 60 71 0,87 5630.00.47
6500 7/8 22 25 54 1 36 58 71 84 1,34 5630.00.65
8500 1 25 29 60 1 1/8 43 68 81 95 2,08 5630.00.85
9500 1 1/8 29 32 67 1 1/4 46 74 90 108 2,77 5630.00.95
12000 1 1/4 32 35 76 1 3/8 52 82 100 119 3,72 5630.01.20
13500 1 3/8 35 38 84 1 1/2 57 92 113 133 5,14 5630.01.35
17000 1 1/2 38 41 92 1 5/8 60 98 124 146 6,85 5630.01.70
25000 1 3/4 44 51 110 2 73 127 146 178 11,45 5630.02.50
35000 2 51 57 127 2 1/4 83 146 171 197 16,86 5630.03.50
55000 2 1/2 63 70 152 2 3/4 105 184 203 267 32,65 5630.05.50
5650.
High strength bow shackle with screw pin,
according to EN 13889, grade 6
surface galvanised

in kg in inches d1 d2 d3 Inches b1 b2 h1 h2 in kg
d4
500 1/4 6,5 8 17 5/16 12 20 - 28 0,05 5650.00.05
750 5/16 8 10 21 3/8 13 21 26 31 0,1 5650.00.07
1000 3/8 10 11 25 7/16 16 26 31 36 0,14 5650.00.10
1500 7/16 11 13 27 1/2 18 29 36 42 0,19 5650.00.15
2000 1/2 13 16 30 5/8 21 33 41 48 0,36 5650.00.20
3250 5/8 16 19 40 3/4 27 43 51 60 0,63 5650.00.32
4750 3/4 19 22 48 7/8 32 51 60 71 1,01 5650.00.47
6500 7/8 22 25 54 1 36 58 71 84 1,5 5650.00.65
8500 1 25 29 60 1 1/8 43 68 81 95 2,21 5650.00.85
9500 1 1/8 29 32 67 1 1/4 46 74 90 108 3,16 5650.00.95
12000 1 1/4 32 35 76 1 3/8 52 82 100 119 4,31 5650.01.20
13500 1 3/8 35 38 84 1 1/2 57 92 113 133 5,55 5650.01.35
17000 1 1/2 38 41 92 1 5/8 60 98 124 146 7,43 5650.01.70
25000 1 3/4 44 51 110 2 73 127 146 178 12,84 5650.02.50
35000 2 51 57 127 2 1/4 83 146 171 197 18,15 5650.03.50
55000 2 1/2 63 70 152 2 3/4 105 184 203 267 37,6 5650.05.50
Shackles similar NEN 964, bow shackles similar to NEN 965, shackles
according to U.S. Federal Specification RR-C-271 and “large dee shack-
les” according to B.S. 3032 table 2 are also available at short notice.
Accessories: High Strength Shackles Grade 6
Shackles with nut and cotter pin

This type is recommended for permanent connections (e.g. with load
suspension equipment or hoists). After assembly the bolt is secured by
the cotter pin against unintentional loosening. This shackle type offers
enhanced safety as the bolt has full surface contact on both sides of the
body. Breaking of the bolt at the thread lug is virtually impossible.
5640.
High strength dee shackle with bolt,
nut and cotter pin according to EN 13889,
grade 6
surface galvanised

in kg in inches d1 d2 d3 Inches d4 b1 b2 h1 h2 in kg
1000 3/8 10 12 26 1/2 16 26 31 36 0,15 5640.00.10
2000 1/2 13 16 30 5/8 21 33 41 48 0,39 5640.00.20
3250 5/8 16 19 40 3/4 27 43 51 60 0,67 5640.00.32
4750 3/4 19 22 48 7/8 32 51 60 71 1,08 5640.00.47
6500 7/8 22 25 54 1 36 58 71 84 1,66 5640.00.65
8500 1 25 29 60 1 1/8 43 68 81 95 2,46 5640.00.85
9500 1 1/8 29 32 67 1 1/4 46 74 90 108 3,4 5640.00.95
12000 1 1/4 32 35 76 1 3/8 52 82 100 119 4,51 5640.01.20
13500 1 3/8 35 38 84 1 1/2 57 92 113 133 6,1 5640.01.35
17000 1 1/2 38 41 92 1 5/8 60 98 124 146 7,63 5640.01.70
25000 1 3/4 44 51 110 2 73 127 146 178 13,25 5640.02.50
35000 2 51 57 127 2 1/4 83 146 171 197 18,53 5640.03.50
55000 2 1/2 63 70 152 2 3/4 105 184 203 267 35,33 5640.05.50
5660.
High strength bow shackle with bolt, nut and
cotter pin according to EN 13889, grade 6
surface galvanised

in kg in inches d1 d2 d3 Inches d4 b1 b2 h1 h2 in kg
1000 3/8 10 12 26 1/2 16 26 31 36 0,16 5660.00.10
2000 1/2 13 16 30 5/8 21 33 41 48 0,42 5660.00.20
3250 5/8 16 19 40 3/4 27 43 51 60 0,74 5660.00.32
4750 3/4 19 22 48 7/8 32 51 60 71 1,18 5660.00.47
6500 7/8 22 25 54 1 36 58 71 84 1,77 5660.00.65
8500 1 25 29 60 1 1/8 43 68 81 95 2,58 5660.00.85
9500 1 1/8 29 32 67 1 1/4 46 74 90 108 3,66 5660.00.95
12000 1 1/4 32 35 76 1 3/8 52 82 100 119 4,91 5660.01.20
13500 1 3/8 35 38 84 1 1/2 57 92 113 133 6,54 5660.01.35
17000 1 1/2 38 41 92 1 5/8 60 98 124 146 8,19 5660.01.70
25000 1 3/4 44 51 110 2 73 127 146 178 14,22 5660.02.50
35000 2 51 57 127 2 1/4 83 146 171 197 19,85 5660.03.50
55000 2 1/2 63 70 152 2 3/4 105 184 203 267 39,59 5660.05.50
Green Pin® polar shackles for extreme climatic conditions, DNV approved,
according to EN 13889 and U.S. Federal Specification RR-C-271, temperature
range -40°C to +200°C (-40°F to +392°F), are available in capacities 2-85 t.
vy duty
For hea 5680. Wide body shackle
ons!
applicati
Grade 8, minimum breaking load is 5 times the WLL (working load limit),
body and pin are quenched and tempered, bolt painted,
temperature range -20°C to +200°C (-4°F to +392°F).
H F
I E
D
B A B
Wide body shackles are available from 55 t to 1500 t capacity.
Load capacity Dimensions in mm Weight in kg Item no.

in t A B C D E F G H I
75 105 54,0 70 121 295,0 120 93,0 313 465 67 5680.00.75
125 130 65,0 80 145 365,0 150 110,0 380 576 110 5680.01.25
200 150 85,0 105 185 480,0 205 138,0 495 758 220 5680.02.00
300 185 101,5 134 235 606,5 265 175,0 630 976 350 5680.03.00
400 220 131,0 160 280 575,0 320 185,0 690 985 635 5680.04.00
500 250 143,0 180 318 630,0 340 225,0 840 1085 803 5680.05.00
5605. Sheet pile shackles

With patented quick release fastener. Material: body: steel C35,
bolt: 42CrMo4, finish: painted green, bolt natural

in kg size d1 d2 w h in kg
2500 2,5 25 30 50 250 4,8 5605.00.25
3000 3 30 30 50 250 5,0 5605.00.30
5000 5 36 30 50 250 5,9 5605.00.50
10000 10 50 50 110 400 22,5 5605.01.00

in mm capacity in kg Foolproof
in t A B C D E F G T T1 SW
VIP clevis shackle
6 1,5 VV-GSCH 6 17 8 22 10 16 28 40 36 21 17 0,15 6561.V4.06 VV-GSCH, grade 100
8 2,5 VV-GSCH 8 21 10 26 12 24 39 48 48 32 19 0,26 6561.V4.08
10 4,0 VV-GSCH 10 27 13 34 16 28 44 62 61 35 24 0,65 6561.V4.10
13 6,5 VV-GSCH 13 33 17 42 20 38 59 81 78 41 29 1,35 6561.V4.13
16 10,0 VV-GSCH 16 38 22 49 24 45 69 95 96 49 36 2,5 6561.V4.16
20 16,0 VV-GSCH 20 47 27 60 30 52 88 119 108 57 46 3,9 6561.V4.20
22 20,0 VV-GSCH 22 53 30 76 36 62 95 130 122 72 55 6,7 6561.V4.22
To be used when welding is carried Chain size Load Designation Dimensions Weight Item no. 6578.
out on suspended loads. It mimimi- in mm capacity in mm in kg VIP insulating
ses the danger of current flowing
through the sling to the crane.
in t T1 T2 clevis shackle VGIL,
Max. operating temperature +80°C 6 1,5 VGIL-6 64 28 0,15 6578.V1.06 grade 100
(176°F). 8 2,5 VGIL-8 85 37 0,26 6578.V1.08
10 4,0 VGIL-10 108 47 0,65 6578.V1.10
13 6,5 VGIL-13 132 54 1,35 6578.V1.13
16 10,0 VGIL-16 166 70 2,5 6578.V1.16
T1
For VIP insulating chain
slings see page 258.
T2
Chain size Load Nominal size Dimensions in mm Weight Item no. 6561.
in mm capacity in kg Special fork shackle
in t E D C F B1 B2
10 3,15 10-8 64 16 32 36 21 47 0,61 6561.80.10
13 5,3 13-8 83 20 40 49 27 61 1,13 6561.80.13
16 8 16-8 99 24 48 56 33 75 1,95 6561.80.16
18 10 18-8 115 30 60 63 42 100 3,9 6561.80.18
E
F
D
C
B1
B2
Chain size Load Nominal size Dimensions in mm Weight Item no. 6561.
in mm capacity E D C F B1 B2 in kg Fork shackle
in t
10 3,15 10-8 64 16 32 36 21 47 0,62 6561.90.10

13 5,3 13-8 83 20 40 49 27 61 1,16 6561.90.13
16 8 16-8 99 24 48 56 33 75 2,14 6561.90.16
18 10 18-8 115 30 60 63 42 100 4,2 6561.90.18
E
F
D
C
B1
B2
Accessories: Lifting Points
Lifting Points
Screw-on Lifting Points

Weld-on Lifting Points
Load Capacities 0,3 – 150 t
Thread sizes M6 – M150
Accessories
Accessories: Lifting Points
Select the right lifting points

When selecting the capacity, please be aware that in most
cases the load is lifted with multi leg slings. Depending on
the inclination angle of the sling the stress on the lifting
point will increase. For load capacities please refer to the
load chart. In case of 4 leg slings and symmetrical load
only 3 legs are assumed as load-bearing.
Also see EN 818-6. inclination angle

Rule of thumb: The capacity of the single lifting point (also
in case of multi leg slings) must correspond to the total
weight of the load.
For the selection of the

correct lifting point you load = 1000 kg
may also use the CD-
ROM described on page
373.
555A. Thread adapter for RUD lifting points
For all applications where loads only have bore holes for old DIN eye bolts The thread adapters are fitted with:
and modern high strength lifting points are to be used. In comparison the • Spanner flat >B< for open-ended spanners
modern lifting points will be oversized and quite expensive due to the big- • Notch >G< for hook spanners
ger thread size of the DIN eye bolts. This thread adapter is the solution! • Bore >ø F< for mounting pin
• Permanently marked thread sizes
The load capacity corresponds to the RUD lifting point mounted in the
internal thread of the adapter. Also available with fine pitch and imperial thread
Length of engagement = 1,2 x external thread
Thread size outside/inside Type Dimensions in mm Weight in kg Item no.

E/D AØ B C FØ G T
M16/M8 ASP-A 35 30 20 5 6 8 0,07 555A.16.08
M20/M10 ASP-A 38 32 24 5 6 9 0,11 555A.20.10
M24/M12 ASP-A 42 36 28 5 6 9 0,15 555A.24.12
M30/M16 ASP-A 51 46 36 6 7 10 0,27 555A.30.16
M36/M20 ASP-A 65 55 43 6 8 12 0,48 555A.36.20
M42/M24 ASP-A 82 70 50 8 10 16 0,8 555A.42.24
M48/M24 ASP-A 82 70 58 8 10 16 1,1 555A.48.24
M56/M30 ASP-A 100 90 67 8 10 16 1,75 555A.56.30
M64/M36 ASP-A 110 95 77 8 10 16 2,3 555A.64.36
M72/M42 ASP-A 110 95 86 8 10 16 2,8 555A.72.42
M80/M48 ASP-A 110 95 96 8 10 16 3,4 555A.80.48
M90/M48 ASP-A 120 100 108 8 10 16 5 555A.90.48
Accessories: Screw-on Lifting Points
Screw-on Lifting Points
4
n
Desig
c t o r
fa
y
in an !
e c ti on
dir
Maximum transport weight G in t with different lifting methods
WBG-V
Thread sizes PP-S (Vario) PP-B (Vario) PP-VIP (Vario) VLBG Lifting ring (Vario)
Lifting ring
PowerPoint-Star PowerPoint-B PowerPoint-VIP
M 6- (Vario)
M150
Imperial threads
(UNC etc.),
special lengths
LBG(3) M16 RS 1t
LBG(3) M20 RS 2t
VLBG 7 t Sond.
WBG-V 0,45 t
VLBG 0,63 t
WBG-V 0,3 t
WBG-V 0,6 t
WBG-V 1,3 t
WBG-V 3,5 t
PP-S 0,63 t
VLBG 0,3 t
VLBG 1,5 t
VLBG 2,5 t
VLBG 10 t
VLBG 15 t
VLBG 20 t
PP-S 1,5 t
PP-S 2,5 t
WBG-V 2 t
WBG-V 5 t
VLBG 1 t
VLBG 4 t
VLBG 4 t
VLBG 5 t
VLBG 8 t
PP-S 4 t
PP-S 5 t
PP-S 8 t
Number of legs
Type
Inclination angle
M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M
Thread
12 16 20 24 30 36 8 10 12 16 20 24 27 30 36 36 42 42 48 16 20 8 10 12 16 20 24 30
1 0° 0,6 1,5 2,5 4 6,7 10 0,3 0,6 1 1,5 2,5 4 4 5 7 8 10 15 20 1 2 0,6 0,9 1,2 2,6 4 7 10
2 0° 1,2 3 5 8 13,4 20 0,6 1,2 2 3 5 8 8 10 14 16 20 30 40 2 4 1,2 1,8 2,4 5,2 8 14 20
G 1 90° 0,6 1,5 2,5 4 5 8 0,3 0,6 1 1,5 2,5 4 4 5 7 8 10 15 20 1 2 0,3 0,45 0,6 1,3 2 3,5 5
(0,4) (0,6) (0,7) (1,5) (2,5) (4) (6)
2 90° 1,2 3 5 8 10 16 0,6 1,2 2 3 5 8 8 10 14 16 20 30 40 2 4 0,6 0,9 1,2 2,6 4 7 10

(0,8) (1,2) (1,5) (3) (5) (8) (12)
0-
2 0,8 2,1 3,5 5,6 7,1 11,2 0,4 0,8 1,4 2,1 3,5 5,6 5,6 7 9,8 11,2 14 21 28 1,4 2,8 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,8 2,8 4,9 7
45°
2 45- 0,6 1,5 2,5 4 5 8 0,3 0,6 1 1,5 2,5 4 4 5 7 8 10 15 20 1 2 0,3 0,4 0,6 1,3 2 3,5 5
60°
asymmetric
2 0,6 1,5 2,5 4 5 8 0,3 0,6 1 1,5 2,5 4 4 5 7 8 10 15 20 1 2 0,3 0,4 0,6 1,3 2 3,5 5
0-
3+4 45° 1,3 3,2 5,3 8,4 10,5 16,8 0,6 1,3 2,1 3,1 5,2 8,4 8,4 10,514,716,8 21 31,5 42 2,1 4,2 0,6 0,9 1,2 2,7 4,2 7,3 10,5
45-
3+4 60° 0,9 2,2 3,8 6 7,5 12 0,4 0,9 1,5 2,2 3,7 6 6 7,5 10,4 12 15 22,5 30 1,5 3 0,4 0,6 0,9 1,9 3 5,2 7,5
asymmetric
3+4 0,6 1,5 2,5 4 5 8 0,3 0,6 1 1,5 2,5 4 4 5 7 8 10 15 20 1 2 0,3 0,4 0,6 1,3 2 3,5 5
Special version lifting

points (e.g. screw-on lif-
ting points with a load
capacity of 80000 kg,
adjustable in the direc-
tion of pull.
Application: A rotor of a
rolling-mill motor is bol-
ted on frontally to an
auxiliary shaft.
WBG Starpoint VRS RS & RM VRBG

WBG Lifting ring (Vario) INOX- High Strength Eye Bolt/Eye Nut Lifting ring
Eye Bolt STAR
Starpoint
VRM
Eye Nut
WBG 6 - Special
WBG 10-Special
WBG 15-Special
WBG 35-Special
WBG 8- Special
INOX M12
INOX M16
INOX M20
INOX M24
INOX M30
VRBG 10 t
VRBG 16 t
VRBG 30 t
VRBG 50 t
VRBG 80 t
VRM M10
VRM M12
VRM M16
VRM M20
VRM M24
VRM M30
WBG 10 t
WBG 10 t
WBG 15 t
WBG 15 t
WBG 25 t
WBG 30 t
WBG 35 t
VRS M10
VRS M12
VRS M16
VRS M20
VRS M24
VRS M30
VRS M36
VRS M42
VRS M48
VRM M8
WBG 8 t
RS M10
RS M12
RS M14
RS M16
RS M20
RS M24
RS M30
RS M36
RS M42
RS M48
RBG 3 t
VRS M8
RS M6
RS M8
2x 4x 4x 6x 8x 8x
M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M
33 36 39 42 48 42-52 56 64 56-85 72-76 80-85 90 90-150 8 10 12 16 20 24 30 36 42 48 12 16 20 24 30 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 30 36 42 48 16 20 30 36 50
12,512,512,5 16 16 16 25 25 25 35 35 35 35 1 1 2 4 6 8 12 16 24 32 1,2 2,4 3,6 5,2 - 0,4 0,8 1 1,6 3 4 6 8 12 16 24 32 3 10 16 30 50 80
25 25 25 32 32 32 50 50 50 70 70 70 70 2 2 4 8 12 16 24 32 48 64 2,4 4,8 7,2 10,4 - 0,8 1,6 2 3,2 6 8 12 16 24 32 48 64 6 20 32 60 100 160
6 8 8 10 10 10 15 15 15 25 30 35 35 0,4 0,4 0,7 1,5 2,3 3,2 4,5 7 9 12 0,6 1,2 1,8 2,6 - 3 10 16 30 50 80
(7,5) (10) (10) (12,5)(12,5)(12,5) (18) (18) (18) (30) (35) (40) (40)
12 16 16 20 20 20 30 30 30 50 60 70 70 0,8 0,8 1,5 3 4,6 6,4 9 14 18 24 1,2 2,4 3,6 5,2 - 6 20 32 60 100 160
(15) (20) (20) (25) (25) (25) (36) (36) (36) (60) (70) (80) (80)
mend
We recomither
to use e int"
8,4 11,211,2 14 14 14 21 21 21 35 42 49 49 0,56 0,56 1 2,1 3,2 4,5 6,3 9,8 12,616,8 0,8 1,7 2,5 3,6 - 4,2 14 22,4 42 70 112
(10,5) (14) (14) (17,5)(17,5)(17,5)(25,2)(25,2)(25,2) (42) (49) (56) (56)
rpo
"VRS Sta Point“
e r
6 8 8 10 10 10 15 15 15 25 30 35 35 0,4 0,4 0,7 1,5 2,3 3,2 4,5 7 9 12 0,6 1,2 1,8 2,6 -
or „Pow n be 3 3 10 16 30 50 80
(7,5) (10) (10) (12,5)(12,5)(12,5) (18) (18) (18) (30) (35) (40) (40)
c a
which o the
t
6 8 8 10 10 10 15 15 15 25 30 35 35 0,4 0,4 0,7 1,5 2,3 3,2 4,5 7 9 12 0,6 1,2 1,8 2,6 - adjusted pull! 3 8 3 10 16 30 50 80
o f
direction
(7,5) (10) (10) (12,5)(12,5)(12,5) (18) (18) (18) (30) (35) (40) (40)
12,6 16,8 16,8 21 21 21 31,5 31,5 31,5 52,5 63 73,5 73,5 0,8 0,8 1,5 3,1 4,8 6,7 9,4 14,7 18,9 25 1,3 2,5 3,8 5,5 - 25 6,3 21 33,6 63 105 168
(15,7) (21) (21) (26,2)(26,2)(26,2) (38) (38) (38) (63) (73,5) (84) (84)
9 12 12 15 15 15 22,5 22,5 22,5 37,5 45 52,5 52,5 0,6 0,6 1,1 2,2 3,4 4,8 6,7 10,5 13,5 18 0,9 1,8 2,7 3,9 - 10,5 4,5 15 24 45 75 120
(11,2) (15) (15) (18,8)(18,8)(18,8) (27) (27) (27) (45) (52,5) (60) (60)
6 8 8 10 10 10 15 15 15 25 30 35 35 0,4 0,4 0,7 1,5 2,3 3,2 4,5 7 9 12 0,6 1,2 1,8 2,6 - 7 3 3 10 16 30 50 80
(7,5) (10) (10) (12,5)(12,5)(12,5) (18) (18) (18) (30) (35) (40) (40)
4
n
5566. Desig
Lifting ring VLBG t o r
fac
Safety Instructions:
y
BG (Employers’ Liability Insurance in an ! Adjustable in the direction of
c ti on
Association) proof test number dire pull. A plane bolting surface
005151. Patented lifting point with must be guaranteed. The mate-
crack tested hexagonal nut, BG- rial to which the lifting point is
tested, hinged load bracket, 360° attached should be of adequate
rotation, full WLL in all load strength to withstand forces
directions, only 1 tapped hole or during lifting without deforma-
through hole required. tion. The German testing autho-
rity BG, recommends the follo-
wing lengths of engagement:
1 x M in steel (minimum quality
S235JR [1.0037])
1,25 x M in cast iron (for example
For temperature range GG 25)
see below or safe use 2 x M in aluminium alloys
instructions. 2,5 x M in aluminium-magne-
sium alloys
Max. With patented captive screw,
length 100% crack tested!
360°
with
rotation The German BG stipulates:
washer
and nut For frequent rotation only use the
Standard
ball bearing types WBG, WBGV
or PP. Only use genuine bolts
supplied by the manufacturer.
Maximum transport weight G in t with different lifting methods.
Lifting method
Number of legs 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 3+4 3+4 3+4
Inclination angle β 0° 0° 90° 90° 0-45° 45-60° asymmetric 0-45° 45-60° asymmetric
VLBG 0,3 t M8 0,3 0,6 0,3 0,6 0,4 0,3 0,3 0,6 0,4 0,3
VLBG 0,63 t M10 0,6 1,2 0,6 1,2 0,8 0,6 0,6 1,3 0,9 0,6
VLBG 1 t M12 / 1/2” 1,0 2,0 1,0 2,0 1,4 1,0 1,0 2,1 1,5 1,0
VLBG 1,5 t M16 1,5 3,0 1,5 3,0 2,1 1,5 1,5 3,1 2,2 1,5
VLBG 2,5 t M20 / 3/4” /7/8” 2,5 5,0 2,5 5,0 3,5 2,5 2,5 5,2 3,7 2,5
VLBG 4 t M24 / 1” 4,0 8,0 4,0 8,0 5,6 4,0 4,0 8,4 6,0 4,0
VLBG 4 t M27 4,0 8,0 4,0 8,0 5,6 4,0 4,0 8,4 6,0 4,0
VLBG 5 t M30 / 1 1/4” 5,0 10,0 5,0 10,0 7,0 5,0 5,0 10,5 7,5 5,0
VLBG 7 t M36 7 14,0 7 14,0 9,8 7 7 14,7 10,4 7
VLBG 8 t M36 8,0 16,0 8,0 16,0 11,2 8,0 8,0 16,8 12,0 8,0
VLBG 10 t M42 10,0 20,0 10,0 20,0 14,0 10,0 10,0 21,0 15,0 10,0
VLBG 15 t M42 15,0 30,0 15,0 30,0 21,0 15,0 15,0 31,5 22,5 15,0
VLBG 20 t M48 20,0 40,0 20,0 40,0 28,0 20,0 20,0 42,0 30,0 20,0
Direction of pull:
d!
de
Allowed
en
m
om
till contact
ec
tr
with load
Temperature range:
No
The load capacities of the lifting rings VLBG have to be reduced

corresponding to the tensile strength of the screws:
100°C to 200°C (212 °F to 392 °F) – 15% –

200°C to 250°C (392 °F to 482 °F) – 20% –
250°C to 350°C (482 °F to 662 °F) – 25% –
Use at temperatures of over 350°C (662 °F) is prohibited.
5566. Lifting rings (metric thread)

Type Load Dimensions in mm Max. Weight Item no.
capacity tightening in kg
in t A B C D E F G H H J K L L M N SW R T DB torque
Stand. max. Stand. max.
VLBG 0,3 t M 8 0,3 30 54 34 35 40 10 29 11 76 75 45 40 105 8 5 13 32 75 24 30 Nm 0,3 5566.V0.03
VLBG 0,63 t M10 0,63 30 54 34 36 39 10 29 16 96 75 45 45 125 10 6 17 32 75 24 60 Nm 0,32 5566.V0.06
VLBG 1 t M12 1 32 54 34 37 38 10 29 21 116 75 45 50 145 12 8 19 32 75 26 100 Nm 0,33 5566.V0.10
VLBG 1,5 t M16 1,5 33 56 36 46 39 13,5 36 24 149 87 47 60 185 16 10 24 38 85 30 150 Nm 0,55 5566.V0.15
VLBG 2,5 t M20 2,5 50 82 54 55 55 16,5 43 32 187 113 64 75 230 20 12 30 48 110 45 250 Nm 1,3 5566.V0.25
VLBG 4 t M24 4 50 82 54 58 66 18 43 37 222 130 78 80 265 24 14 36 48 125 45 350 Nm 1,5 5566.V0.40
VLBG 4 t M27** 4 60 103 65 78 69 22,5 61 39 - 151 80 100 - 27 - 41 67 147 60 400 Nm 3,1 5566.V0.406
VLBG 5t M30 5 60 103 65 80 67 22,5 61 49 279 151 80 110 340 30 17 46 67 147 60 500 Nm 3,1 5566.V0.50
VLBG 7 t M36* 7 60 103 65 72 74 22,5 55 52 - 151 80 107 - 36 - 55 67 146 60 700 Nm 3,3 5566.V0.70
VLBG 8 t M36 8 77 122 82 100 97 26,5 77 63 223 205 110 140 300 36 22 55 85 197 70 800 Nm 5,8 5566.V0.80
VLBG 10 t M42 10 75 145 80 103 94 26,5 77 73 273 205 80 150 350 42 24 65 85 197 70 1000 Nm 6,4 5566.V1.00
VLBG 15 t M42 15 95 156 100 113 110 36 87 63 263 230 130 150 350 42 24 65 100 222 85 1500 Nm 11,2 5566.V1.50
VLBG 20 t M48 20 95 156 100 117 105 36 87 73 303 230 130 160 390 48 27 70 100 222 85 2000 Nm 11,2 5566.V2.00
Fast moving sizes also available with imperial thread
*Special construction – non-exchangeable screw **Non-captive screw
Lifting rings (imperial thread)

Type Load Dimensions in mm Max. Weight
capacity A B C D E F G H H J K L L M N SW R T DB tightening in kg
in t Stand max. Stand. max. torque
VLBG-Z 1 t 1/2” - 13UNC 1 32 54 34 38 37 10 29 22 - 75 45 51 - 1” - 3/4“ 32 75 26 100 Nm 0,3

VLBG-Z 1,5 t 1/2” - 11UNC 1,5 33 56 36 47 38 13,5 36 24 - 87 47 60 - 5/8” - 15/16“ 38 85 30 150 Nm 0,5
VLBG-Z 2,5 t 3/4” - 10UNC 2,5 50 82 54 56 54 16,5 43 28 - 113 64 71 - 3/4” - 1 1/8“ 48 110 45 250 Nm 1,1
VLBG-Z 2,5 t 7/8” - 9UNC 2,5 50 82 54 58 52 16,5 43 27 - 113 64 70 - 7/8” - 1 5/16“ 48 110 45 300 Nm 1,1
VLBG-Z 4 t 1” - 8UNC 4 50 82 54 61 64 16,5 43 41 - 130 78 84 - 1” - 1 1/2“ 48 125 45 400 Nm 1,6
VLBG-Z 5 t 11/4”- 8UNC 5 60 103 65 83 64 22,5 61 41 - 151 80 102 - 1 1/4” - 1 7/8“ 67 147 60 500 Nm 3
5568. Stainless steel lifting rings

Type Load Dimensions in mm Max. Weight Item no.
capacity tightening in kg
in t A B C D E F G H H J K L L M N SW R T DB torque
Stand. max. Stand. max.
LBG (3) M16 RS 1t 1 50 85 50 45 43 16,5 38 25 - 95 45 64 - 16 - 24 46 88 45 100 Nm 1 5568.30.16
LBG (3) M20 RS 2t 2 50 85 50 45 43 16,5 38 26 - 95 45 63 - 20 - 30 46 88 45 200 Nm 1,1 5568.30.20
n lifting
Screw-o le
ith doub
points w g. Suitable
180° slewable rin
ball bea s.
plication
for all ap
650P.
A
PowerPoint-Star
B • Double ball bearing for smooth tilting, rotating and turning

C
E • Suitable for all slings, be it hooks, eyes or loops
• No protruding hook tip
• Forged and tempered safety latch which locks in the hook tip
• 3 times wound, stainless steel double leg spring
FVario
G
• Thickened hook tip to prevent improper use
• Wear indicators on both sides and measurable overload indicator
SW
F
M
M Tightening torque according
D
4
to safe use instructions. n
360° rotation Desig
r
facto
y
in an !
irection
d
650P.0 PP-S universal connector with safety hook
Type Load Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

capa- in kg
city (stan- Please always indicate
A B C D E F F G H M SW
in t dard) type, thread size and
Stan- vario
Fvario with your order.
dard
PP-S-0,63t-M12 0,63 13 75 18 40 116 18 19-145 41 33 12 36 0,4 650P.00.06

PP-S-1,5t-M16 1,5 20 97 25 46 147 24 26-180 50 40 16 41 1,0 650P.00.15
PP-S-2,5t-M20 2,5 28 126 30 61 187 30 31-200 61 47 20 55 1,7 650P.00.25
PP-S-4t-M24 4 36 150 35 78 227 36 37-255 77 60 24 70 3,5 650P.00.40
PP-S-5t-M30 5,0 (6,7) 37 174 40 95 267 45 46-330 93 71 30 85 7,2 650P.00.50
PP-S-8t-M36 8 (10) 49 208 48 100 310 54 55-300 102 76 36 90 9,2 650P.00.80
( ) higher load capacity in right angle to mounting surface
A
B
F
SW
M
D
360° rotation
650P.5 PP-B universal connector with oblong ring

capacity in kg
in t A B C D E F G M SW
PP-B-0,63t-M12 0,63 9 65 35 40 105 18 41 12 36 0,35 650P.50.06

PP-B-1,5t-M16 1,5 11 65 35 46 115 24 50 16 41 0,6 650P.50.15
PP-B-2,5t-M20 2,5 13 75 40 61 135 30 61 20 55 1,1 650P.50.25
PP-B-4t-M24 4 16 95 45 78 172 36 77 24 70 2,4 650P.50.40
PP-B-5t-M30 5 (6,7) 21 130 60 95 223 45 93 30 85 5,2 650P.50.50 Imperial threads
PP-B-8t-M36 8 (10) 24 140 65 100 242 54 102 36 90 6,3 650P.50.80
PP-VIP universal connector for direct VIP chain connection

360° rotation
capacity A VIP chain D F G M SW in kg
A
in t connection
PP-VIP4-0,63t-M12 0,63 4 40 18 41 12 36 0,25 650P.60.06
PP-VIP6-1,5t-M16 1,5 6 46 25 50 16 41 0,45 650P.60.15
PP-VIP8-2,5t-M20 2,5 8 61 30 61 20 55 0,95 650P.60.25
G
PP-VIP10-4t-M24 4 10 78 36 77 24 70 2,2 650P.60.40
PP-VIP13-5t-M30 5 (6,7) 13 95 45 93 30 85 3,5 650P.60.50
PP-VIP16-8t-M36 8 (10) 16 100 54 102 36 90 5,2 650P.60.80
ØD
M
SW
PP-S/PP-B/PP-VIP
All types in special lengths with washer and 100% crack-tested nut.
Please indicate type, thread size and Fvario!
Type Load capacity in t VIP chain connection in mm Thread size Fvario

PP-S/PP-B/PP-VIP 0,6 4 M12 19-145
PP-S/PP-B/PP-VIP 1,3 6 M16 26-180
PP-S/PP-B/PP-VIP 2,5 8 M20 31-200
FVario
PP-S/PP-B/PP-VIP 3,5 10 M24 37-255
PP-S/PP-B/PP-VIP 5 13 M30 46-330 M
PP-S/PP-B/PP-VIP 8 16 M36 55-300

PP-S PP-B PP-VIP
Maximum transport weight G in t for all PowerPoint types with different lifting methods
Lifting method
Number of legs 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 3+4 3+4 3+4
PP-..-0,63t-M12 0,6 1,2 0,6 1,2 0,8 0,6 0,6 1,3 0,9 0,6
PP-..-1,5t-M16 1,5 3,0 1,5 3,0 2,1 1,5 1,5 3,2 2,2 1,5
PP-..-2,5t-M20 2,5 5,0 2,5 5,0 3,5 2,5 2,5 5,3 3,8 2,5
PP-..-4t-M24 4,0 8,0 4,0 8,0 5,6 4,0 4,0 8,4 6,0 4,0
PP-..-5t-M30 6,7 13,4 5,0 10,0 7,1 5,0 5,0 10,5 7,5 5,0
PP-..-8t-M36 10,0 20,0 8,0 16,0 11,2 8,0 8,0 16,8 12,0 8,0
5555./5557. High strength eye bolt RS/high strength eye nut RM

Corresponds to grade 80
Thread Load capacity in t Dimensions in mm Weight Item no. Item no.

size in kg eye bolt eye nut
A B C ØD ØM ØE
M 6 0,4 0,8 35 10 12 25 6 25 0,1 5555.00.06 5557.00.06
M 8 0,8 1,6 35 10 12 25 8 25 0,1 5555.00.08 5557.00.08
M 10 1 2 35 10 15 25 10 25 0,1 5555.00.10 5557.00.10
M 12 1,6 3,2 41 12 18 30 12 30 0,2 5555.00.12 5557.00.12
High strength eye bolt RS
M 14 3 6 48 14 21 35 14 35 0,25 5555.00.14 5557.00.14
M 16 4 (3,2) 8 48 14 24 35 16 35 0,3 5555.00.16 5557.00.16
M 20 6 12 55 16 30 40 20 40 0,45 5555.00.20 5557.00.20
M 24 8 16 70 20 36 50 24 50 0,7 5555.00.24 5557.00.24
M 30 12 24 85 24 45 60 30 60 1,6 5555.00.30 5557.00.30
M 36 16 32 130 38 54 90 36 100 6,0 5555.00.36 5557.00.36
M 42 24 48 130 38 53 90 42 100 6,2 5555.00.42 5557.00.42
M 48 32 64 130 38 68 90 48 100 6,4 5555.00.48 5557.00.48
High strength eye nut RM
5555.V Starpoint eye bolt in pink, type VRS 5556.V Starpoint eye bolt in pink, type VRS-F
without key plate, star-shaped design with key plate, star-shaped design
Shape: Star-shaped – and therefore easily distinguishable from
DIN 580 eye bolts
Finish: Striking fluorescent pink powder coated
4
n
Marking: Clearly marked load capacity for all load directions F Desig
c t o r
(not allowed with DIN 580) fa
• Forged, material 1.6541, high strength tempered, 100% electro- y
in an !
magnetic crack-tested according to DIN EN 1677-1 c ti on
• Safety factor 4, mounting material ≥ St37, countersinking of the dire
thread bore = nominal thread ø. Ensure tight fit of the hexagon
socket screw when mounting. VRS must rotate freely through
360° after screw is tightened.
• Adjustable in pull direction, therefore no unintentional loosening
or overtightening
• 100% crack-tested, captive hexagon socket screw. This part is
patented: EP 654 611
For mounting without any tools the Starpoint eye bolt is also
available with a tempered key plate: Type VRS-F
The application is simple: Just insert key plate in hexagon socket –

turn – ready! The Starpoint can be screwed in and out by hand.
Disengage the key plate: VRS will rotate through 360°.
360° rotation
Type Load capacity F1 Dimensions in mm Weight Item no. Item no.

in t in kg without with
A B C D E G K L M N S key plate key plate
VRS-M 8 0,4 34 11 8,5 25 25 28 47 15 8 6 16 0,1 5555.V0.08 5556.V0.08

VRS-M 10 0,4 34 11 8,5 25 25 28 47 15 10 6 15 0,1 5555.V0.10 5556.V0.10
VRS-M 12 0,75 42 13 10 30 30 34 56 18 12 8 18 0,2 5555.V0.12 5556.V0.12
VRS-M 16 1,5 49 15 14 35 35 40 65 24 16 10 22 0,3 5555.V0.16 5556.V0.16
VRS-M 20 2,3 57 17 16 40 40 50 75 30 20 12 27,5 0,5 5555.V0.20 5556.V0.20
VRS-M 24 3,2 69 21 19 48 48 60 90 36 24 14 33 0,9 5555.V0.24 5556.V0.24
VRS-M 30 4,5 86 26 24 60 60 75 112 45 30 17 41,5 1,7 5555.V0.30 5556.V0.30
VRS-M 36 7 103 32 29 72 75 90 135 54 36 22 49,5 2,9 5555.V0.36 5556.V0.36
VRS-M 42 9 120 38 34 82 85 105 158 63 42 24 58 4,6 5555.V0.42 5556.V0.42
VRS-M 48 12 137 43 38 94 100 120 180 72 48 27 66 7,0 5555.V0.48 5556.V0.48
Also available with imperial threads. Please contact us!
Lifting method
Number of legs 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 3+4 3+4
VRS/VRM-M 8 1 2 0,4 0,8 0,56 0,4 0,4 0,8 0,6 0,4

VRS/VRM-M 10 1 2 0,4 0,8 0,56 0,4 0,4 0,8 0,6 0,4
VRS/VRM-M 12 2 4 0,7 1,5 1 0,7 0,7 1,5 1,1 0,7
VRS/VRM-M 16 4 8 1,5 3 2,1 1,5 1,5 3,1 2,2 1,5

VRS/VRM-M 20 6 12 2,3 4,6 3,2 2,3 2,3 4,8 3,4 2,3
VRS/VRM-M 24 8 16 3,2 6,4 4,5 3,2 3,2 6,7 4,8 3,2
VRS/VRM-M 30 12 24 4,5 9 6,3 4,5 4,5 9,4 6,7 4,5

VRS/VRM-M 36 16 32 7 14 9,8 7 7 14,7 10,5 7
VRS/VRM-M 42 24 48 9 18 12,6 9 9 18,9 13,5 9
VRS/VRM-M 48 32 64 12 24 16,8 12 12 25 18 12
4
n
Desig
r
facto
5557.V
y
Starpoint eye nut in pink, in an !
irection
type VRM d
• Body of the eye nut Starpoint

must rotate freely through 360°
after tightening of the screw.
Before attaching the sling adjust
the eye nut in the direction of
pull.
• Ensure plane mounting surface
(E). The internal thread has to be
100% engaged in the bolt
thread. The threaded stud must
guarantee that the plane area of
the eye nut rests perfectly flat on
the work piece.
• Load capacity indications are
only valid with screws of at least
grade 10.9
• For dimensions of VRM see dra-
wing of the Starpoint eye bolt.
Dimension “L” must be the mini-
mum length of the screw.
• Patented
Please refer to the
safe use instructions!

Capacity in kg
in t A B C D E G H K L M Rmax S SW
VRM-M8 0,4 34 11 8,5 25 25 28 20 47 14 8 20 16 12 0,1 5557.V0.08

VRM-M10 0,4 34 11 8,5 25 25 28 20 47 14 10 20 16 12 0,1 5557.V0.10
VRM-M12 0,75 42 13 10 30 30 34 25 56 17 12 24 20 14 0,2 5557.V0.12
VRM-M16 1,5 51 15 14 35 35,5 40 30 65 21 16 30 22(35,5) 19 0,3 5557.V0.16
VRM-M20 2,3 57 17 16 40 40 50 34 75 23 20 37 29 24 0,5 5557.V0.20
VRM-M24 3,2 69 21 19 48 50 60 40 90 29 24 45 35 30 0,9 5557.V0.24
VRM-M30 4,5 86 26 24 60 60 75 52 112 34 30 56 44 36 1,5 5557.V0.30
555E. Stainless steel eye bolt type INOX-STAR

50% higher load capacity than DIN eye bolts in all directions
• Pentagonal design - clearly distinctive in comparison to the

DIN 580 eye bolt
• 360° rotation, adjustable in the direction of pull K G
• Clearly marked load capacity for all load directions F1. Safety D C
factor 4 against breaking B
• Forged ring body
• Material of body and screw: Duplex steel 1.4462 (High resistance
against sea water and in environments with a high concentration
A
of chlorine ions)
• 100% crack-tested
• Captive screw
• Patented wear indicators on the ring body
L
• When using an allen key or an adapter piece only torque hand
tight. Do not use an extension. M E
• After screw is tightened INOX-STAR must rotate through 360° 360° rotation
Adj
• Adjust in the direction of pull before loading usta
ble in the direction of pull
• Complies with EEC Machinery Directive 98/37/CE
• Patented: EP 654611
Please refer to the

safe use instructions!

Capacity in kg
in t A B C D E G K L M SW
INOX-STAR M12 0,5 42 14 10 30 30 32 56 18 M12 8 0,2 5555.E0.12

INOX-STAR M16 1,0 49 16 12 35 35 37 65 24 M16 10 0,3 5555.E0.16
INOX-STAR M20 2,0 57 19 16 40 40 43 74 30 M20 12 0,6 5555.E0.20
INOX-STAR M24 2,5 69 24 19 48 50 53 92 35 M20 14 1,0 5555.E0.24
4
n
Desig
180° o r
5581. Lifting ring WBG-V fa c t
slewable
with ball bearing in an !
y
c ti on
360° rotation, 180° slewable dire
Swivelling lifting point.
• Can be loaded in all directions with a safety factor of 4.
• Rotates under load
• Simple mounting. A tapped bore is sufficient.
• Different thread lengths available (vario)
• Suitable for through-holes
• Bolts are 100% crack-tested
• High strength, tested suspension eye according to
DIN EN 1677-4 360°
• Finish: red powder coated and galvanised rotation
• Type vario comes with washer and 100% crack-tested nut
X Z
* Y
Direction of pull Type vario with
washer and 100%
tested nut
(without thread)
*Caution: The WBG-V/WBG

are designed to rotate and turn
under load and therefore can
engage in any position. The
indicated WLL is based on the
worst case situation (figure
X). If the ring is manually adju-
Nominal Manually sted in the direction of pull
capacity – adjusted – (figure Y) the higher values in
not adjusted higher load brackets ( ) can be used.
Vertical pull –
in the direction capacity in
twice the
of pull brackets ( )
nominal capacity
F* = Standard length F = individual length

vario
Type Load Dimensions in mm Weight Standard Item no. F* Max. Item no.
capacity in t in kg thread thread length Fvario
A B C D E G M SW X with F* length F* Fvario
in mm in mm
WBG-V 0,3-M 8 0,3 (0,4) 8 33 29 36 76 36 8 28 18 0,25 13 5581.V0.08 102 5581.V1.08

WBG-V 0,45-M10 0,45 (0,6) 8 33 29 36 78 38 10 30 19 0,3 17 5581.V0.10 122 5581.V1.10
WBG-V 0,6-M12 0,6 (0,75) 10 51 35 42 105 45 12 36 19 0,5 21 5581.V0.12 140 5581.V1.12
WBG-V 1,3-M16 1,3 (1,5) 10 47 35 48 114 54 16 41 28 0,6 25 5581.V0.16 180 5581.V1.16
WBG-V 2,0-M20 2,0 (2,5) 13 56 35 64 135 65 20 55 30 1,1 33 5581.V0.20 223 5581.V1.20
WBG-V 3,5-M24 3,5 (4,0) 18 68 40 81 172 87 24 70 25 2,7 40 5581.V0.24 255 5581.V1.24
WBG-V 5,0-M30 5,0 (6,0) 22 93 50 99 220 105 30 85 32 5,5 50 5581.V0.30 330 5581.V1.30
Lifting method
Number of legs 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 3+4 3+4
WBG-V 0,3-M 8 0,6 1,2 0,3 (0,4) 0,6 (0,8) 0,4 0,3 (0,4) 0,3 0,6 0,4 0,3
WBG-V 0,45-M10 0,9 1,8 0,45 (0,6) 0,9 (1,2) 0,6 0,45 (0,6) 0,4 0,9 0,6 0,4
WBG-V 0,6-M12 1,2 2,4 0,6 (0,7) 1,2 (1,5) 0,8 0,6 (0,75) 0,6 1,2 0,9 0,6
WBG-V 1,3-M16 2,6 5,2 1,3 (1,5) 2,6 (3) 1,8 1,3 (1,5) 1,3 2,7 1,9 1,3
WBG-V 2,0-M20 4 8 2 (2,5) 4 (5) 2,8 2 (2,5) 2 4,2 3 2
WBG-V 3,5-M24 7 14 3,5 (4) 7 (8) 4,9 3,5 (4) 3,5 7,3 5,2 3,5
WBG-V 5,0-M30 10 20 5 (6) 10 (12) 7 5 (6) 5 10,5 7,5 5
WBG M36 – M150 see following page.
5580. Lifting ring WBG

X 180°
with ball bearing ** Y
Direction of pull
Z
slewable
For rotating and turning heavy
loads.
• Equipped with ball bearing,
360° rotation under load
• Can be loaded in all directions
with a safety factor of 4.
• Suspension eye manufactured
grade 80 (100% crack-tested
and proof-loaded)
4
n
Desig
c t o r
fa Nominal capacity – Manually adjusted –
y
in an ! not adjusted in the higher load capacity Vertical pull –
c ti on direction of pull in brackets ( ) see page 359
dire
360° rotation
Type Load Dimensions in mm Tightening Weight Item no.

capacity torque in kg
in t A B C ØD E F F vario G M SW in Nm
WBG 8 - M 36 8 (10) 22 87 50 90 210 54 - 95 36 80 4,6 5580.10.80

WBG 8 - Special thread* 8 (10) 22 87 50 90 210 - 50-300 95 36-39 80 - 5580.10.85
WBG 10 - M 42 10 (12,5) 26 112 65 98 240 63 - 100 42 85 6,3 5580.11.00
according to safe use instructions

WBG 10 - M 48 10 (12,5) 26 112 65 98 240 68 - 100 48 85 6,5 5580.11.10
WBG 10 - Special thread* 10 (12,5) 26 112 65 98 240 - 60-300 100 42-52 85 - 5580.11.05
WBG 15 - M 56 15 (18) 32 120 70 120 280 84 - 130 56 95 11,3 5580.11.50
WBG 15 - M 64 15 (18) 32 120 70 120 280 94 - 130 64 95 11,6 5580.11.56
WBG 25 - M 72 25 (30) 40 125 80 160 332 108 - 163 72-85 130 27 5580.12.50
WBG 25 - Special thread* 25 (30) 40 125 80 160 332 - 100-300 163 72 130 - 5580.12.55
WBG 30 - M 80 30 (35) 40 125 80 170 332 120 - 163 80 130 28,7 5580.13.00
WBG 35 - M 90 35 (40) 40 170 80 170 345 135 - 165 90 130 30,7 5580.13.50
* Minimum order quantity: 4 pcs/size

** Caution: The WBG-V/WBG are designed to rotate and turn under load and therefore can engage in any position. The indicated WLL is based on the
worst case situation (figure X). If the ring is manually adjusted in the direction of pull (figure Y) the higher values in brackets ( ) can be used.

Z X (Y)
Lifting method
Number of legs 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 3+4 3+4
WBG 8 – M 36 12,5 25 8 (10) 16 (20) 11,2 (14) 8 (10) 8 (10) 16,8 (21) 12 (15) 8 (10)
WBG 8 – Special thread 12,5 25 8 (10) 16 (20) 11,2 (14) 8 (10) 8 (10) 16,8 (21) 12 (15) 8 (10)
WBG 10 – M 42 16 32 10 (12,5) 20 (25) 14 (17,5) 10 (12,5) 10 (12,5) 21 (26,2) 15 (18,8) 10 (12,5)
WBG 10 – M 48 16 32 10 (12,5) 20 (25) 14 (17,5) 10 (12,5) 10 (12,5) 21 (26,2) 15 (18,8) 10 (12,5)

WBG 10 – Special thread 16 32 10 (12,5) 20 (25) 14 (17,5) 10 (12,5) 10 (12,5) 21 (26,2) 15 (18,8) 10 (12,5)
WBG 15 – M 56 25 50 15 (18) 30 (36) 21 (25,2) 15 (18) 15 (18) 31,5 (38) 22,5 (27) 15 (18)
WBG 15 – M 64 25 50 15 (18) 30 (36) 21 (25,2) 15 (18) 15 (18) 31,5 (38) 22,5 (27) 15 (18)
WBG 15 – Special thread 25 50 15 (18) 30 (36) 21 (25,2) 15 (18) 15 (18) 31,5 (38) 22,5 (27) 15 (18)
WBG 25 - M 72 35 70 25 (30) 50 (60) 35 (42) 25 (30) 25 (30) 52 (63) 37 (45) 25 (30)
WBG 30 - M 80 35 70 30 (35) 60 (70) 42 (49) 30 (35) 30 (35) 63 (73) 45 (52) 30 (35)

WBG 35 – M 90 35 70 35 (40) 70 (80) 49 (56) 35 (40) 35 (40) 73,5 (84) 52,5 (60) 35 (40)
WBG 35 – Special thread 35 70 35 (40) 70 (80) 49 (56) 35 (40) 35 (40) 73,5 (84) 52,5 (60) 35 (40)
tented
With pa s
relief lug
s!
5565. For load t
0
Ringbock-Gewinde - RBG/VRBG up to 15
• Marking and drilling according to the tolerance range for RBG
• After longer usage make sure that screws are still tightened securely
• Smaller thread diameters, very low height thanks to hinged construction!
• Favourable force distribution
• The included bolts are 100% crack-tested
• Mounting material ≥ 1.0037 (St37-2)
4
n
Desig
r
facto
y
in an !
tion
direc
RBG 3 t Type Load Tightening Weight Item no.

in t in Nm
RBG 3 3 120 Nm 0,9 5565.00.32
VRBG 10/16 t Typ Load Tightening Weight Item no.

in t in Nm
VRBG 10 10 300 Nm 4,1 5565.V1.00

VRBG 16 16 600 Nm 7,8 5565.V1.60
VRBG 30/50/80 t Typ Load Tightening Weight Item no.

in t in Nm
VRBG 30 30 900 Nm 67 5565.V3.00

VRBG 50 50 1000 Nm 206 5565.V5.00
VRBG 80 80 - - 5565.V8.00
Load capacities up to 150 t are available on request.
Lifting method
Number of legs 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3+4 3+4
RBG 3 3 6 3 6 4,2 3 3 6,3 4,5 3

VRBG 10 10 20 10 20 14 10 10 21 15 10
VRBG 16 16 32 16 32 22,4 16 16 33,6 24 16
VRBG 30 30 60 30 60 42 30 30 63 45 30
VRBG 50 50 100 50 100 70 50 50 105 75 50
VRBG 80 80 160 80 160 112 80 80 168 120 80
RBG 3 t
180° slewable
4
n
Desig
t o r
fac
y
in an !
tion
direc
VRBG 10/16 t VRBG 30/50/80 t
180° slewable
Type Load Dimensions in mm

capa- A B C D E F G H J K L M N O P R S T U V W W X Y
city ±0,5 ±0,4 min. H1 max. DIN
in t 2 463
RBG 3 3 34 16 5 48 22 92 6 18 30 1 178 16 71 17 12 20 84 67 53 24 25 30-160 17 M16x50

RBG 10 10 120 22 6 65 143 78 8 30 50 - 213 20 100 25 - - - - - 54 45 - - M20x70-12.9
VRBG 16 16 170 30 8 90 198 104 10 46 70 - 270 30 134 32 - - - - - 67 57 - - M30x90-12.9
VRBG 30 30 180 42 - 130 75 120 - - - - 400 30 195 42 - - - - - 163 46 - - 6xM30x100-12.9
VRBG 50 50 270 70 - 230 100 200 - - - - 650 36 340 60 - - - - - 220 58 - - 8xM36x120-12.9
VRBG 80 80 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Load capacities up to 150 t are available on request.
5363V. VIP screw-on hook

F
VABH-B
A
B Screw-on hook as lifting point on
G
MW
spreader beams. Suitable for wire
rope slings, round slings and slings
with loop or master link.
• Possible use area: 120°
D
• Admissible lateral pull: 45°

• Solid safety latch
C
H
• Special screws included are
100% crack-tested
• No protruding hook tip
• Thickened hook tip to prevent
improper use
12
0°
• Patented wear indicators

I
L • Measurable overload indicator
45°
45° • Can also be used as excavator
hook
s Reading Point Overload
s Wear Indicators
Type Load capacity Dimensions in mm RUD Weight Item no.

in 120° range universal in kg
in t MW A B C F G H I L screw
VABH-B 1,5t 1,5 25 6,5 78 117 70 48 60 38 15 4 x M10 0,78 5363.V0.15

VABH-B 2,5t 2,5 30 7,5 101 148 85 60 75 49 18 4 x M12 1,73 5363.V0.25
VABH-B 4t 4 35 10 122 171 104 70 90 59 25 4 x M16 3 5363.V0.40
VABH-B 6,7t 6,7 40 12 156 208 120 85 110 70 30 4 x M20 5,6 5363.V0.65
5362V. VIP screw-on hook

A
VCGH-G
MW Screw-on hook as lifting point on
L spreader beams. Suitable for wire
Possible use area 45°, admissible
lateral pull ±15°
H
D
C
• Special screws included are

100% crack-tested and specially
corrosion protected
• If possible mount in the direction
of pull
I
45°
15° 15°
F
B G
Type Load capaci- Dimensions in mm RUD Weight Item no.

ty in 45° universal in kg
range in t MW A B C D F G H I L screw
VCGH-G16 10 48 15 141 200 220 120 170 (100) 150 70 50 4 x M24 6,4 5362.V0.16
VCGH-G20 16 63 20 187 272 288 150 210 (120) 228 87 50 6 x M24 10,4 5362.V0.20
VCGH-G22 20 63 20 195 276 292 150 240 (120) 220 92 50 6 x M24 17,5 5362.V0.22
Accessories: Safe Use Instructions for Lifting Points
Safe use instructions Number of load bearing legs:

for weld-on and screw-on
symmetric asymmetric
lifting points: 2 legs 2 1
3 or 4 legs 3 2
1. Reference should be made to BGR 500 (statutory regulations). 6. Temperature range

Installation must be carried out by competent and skilled persons The weld-on lifting points LBS, RBS and RBK may be annealed
only. several times stress-free together with the work piece.
2. In regular intervals, before mounting and use, the lifting points Temperature ≤ 600°C (1112°F).
must be visually inspected paying special attention to tight fit of
the screws, excess corrosion, wear, weld cracks, deformations For the screw-on lifting points the load capacities have to be
etc. reduced according to the chart below:
3. The mounting position must be determined in a way that the
induced forces are absorbed by the work piece without deforma-
tion. Reduction of load capacity for:
4. The lifting points must be positioned on the work piece in a way
that improper strain due to twisting or turning is avoided. VLBG/WBG-V/VRS/RBG RS/WBG/PP
a.) For single leg lift, the lifting point must be positioned vertically 100°-200°C (212°-392°F) -15% 200°-300°C (212°-572°F) -10%
above the centre of gravity of the work piece. 200°-250°C (212°-482°F) -20% 300°-400°C (572°-752°F) -25%
250°-350°C (482°-662°F) -25%
b.) For two leg lift, the lifting points must be positioned on both sides
and above the centre of gravity of the work piece.
c.) For three and four leg lift, the lifting points must be positioned
7. The welding spots for the lifting/lashing points must be marked
symmetrically around the centre of gravity in the same level.
in colour for easy identification.
5. Load symmetry
8. When handling the sling no squeezing, shearing, catching and
The required WLL of the individual lifting point must be calculated
impact spots must occur. Any damage to the lifting sling and
based on the following physical formulas for symmetrical and
lifting points by sharp edges must be avoided.
asymmetrical loading:
9. For mounting of the lifting points, please refer to the safe use
instructions enclosed.
WLL = required load capacity of the

G single lifting point/leg (kg)
WLL G = load weight (kg)
n x cos β n = number of load bearing legs
β = angle of inclination of the single leg
For welding
For screwing
Please note the following points when welding:

l The screwing position must be determined in a way that the
induced forces are absorbed by the work piece without deforma- l All welding has to be carried out by a qualified welder acc. to DIN
tion. The BG recommends the following minimum engagement EN 287-1.
lengths
l Material of welding block is St 52-3 N (1.0570).
1xM in steel (M = thread size, e.g. M 20)
1,25 x M in cast iron l The welding surfaces have to be free from dirt, oil, paint etc.
2xM in aluminium
l Do not weld at the red powder coated and tempered lifting ring.
l In case of shock loadings, twisting or vibrations, especially with
through bolts with nuts, unintentional loosening may occur. l The complete construction may be annealed stress-free several
Securing methods: Either use liquid thread lockers e.g. Loctite times at ≤ 600°C without any reduction of WLL.
(refer to the safe use instructions) or positive locking of screws
e.g. by crown nuts with cotter pin, counter nut etc. l The welding spot has to be suitable to absorb the induced forces.
l With light metals, non-ferrous metals and cast iron the thread size l The distance lugs serve as spacers to achieve the required air gap
has to be selected in a way that the WLL of the thread corre- for the root weld (approx. 3 mm).
sponds with that of the respective work piece material.
Important:
l RUD will accept no warranty if any screws are used which have By this welding pattern (HV throughout) the following requirements
not been supplied by RUD! Minimum material quality must be are met:
1.0037 (St 37).
DIN 18800 for steel structures stipulates:
l Mounting or fitting of the different screw lengths for the type Outdoors on buildings or in areas with a particular risk of corrosion
WBG-V must exclusively be carried out by the manufacturer. the welds should only be carried out as continuous closed fillet
welds.* This corresponds to a closed weld.
l For types PP, WBG-V and WBG check maximum backlash
between upper and lower part. For dimension "s" please refer to * A continuously welded seam at the LBS/RBS meets this require-
chart. When maximum backlash has been exceeded WBG and ment.
WBG-V must not be used any more.
These parts must not be loaded to proof load.
Accessories: Weld-on Lifting Points
Weld-on
4
n
Desig
c t o r
fa
Lifting Points in an !
y
c ti on
dire
Maximum transport weight “G” in t with different lifting methods
WPP-Series WPPH-Series VLBS VRBS

PowerPoint PowerPoint weld-on lifting ring weld-on lifting ring
rotating fixed
LIFTING
POINTS
number of legs
all versions all versions

Inclination angle
LBS(1) RS 0,5 t
LBS(3) RS 1 t
LBS(5) RS 2 t
WPPH 0,63 t
WPPH 1,5 t
WPPH 2,5 t
WPP 0,63 t
VRBS 6,7 t
VLBS 1,5 t
VLBS 6,7 t
VRBS 10 t
VRBS 16 t
VRBS 30 t
VRBS 50 t
WPP 1,5 t
WPP 2,5 t
VLBS 10 t
VLBS 16 t
WPPH 4 t
WPPH 5 t
WPPH 8 t
VRBS 4 t
VLBS 4 t
WPP 4 t
WPP 5 t
WPP 8 t
Type
1 0° 0,6 1,5 2,5 4 6,7 10 0,6 1,5 2,5 4 6,7 10 1,5 4 6,7 10 16 0,5 1 2 4 6,7 10 16 30 50
2 0° 1,2 3 5 8 13,4 20 1,2 3 5 8 13,4 20 3 8 13,4 20 32 1 2 4 8 13,4 20 32 60 100
G 1 90° 0,6 1,5 2,5 4 5 8 0,6 1,5 2,5 4 5 8 1,5 4 6,7 10 16 0,5 1 2 4 6,7 10 16 30 50
2 90° 1,2 3 5 8 10 16 1,2 3 5 8 10 16 3 8 13,4 20 32 1 2 4 8 13,4 20 32 60 100
0-
2 0,8 2,1 3,5 5,6 7,1 11,2 0,8 2,1 3,5 5,6 7,1 11,2 2,1 5,6 9,38 14 22,4 0,7 1,4 2,8 5,6 9,38 14 22,4 42 70
45°
45-
2 0,6 1,5 2,5 4 5 8 0,6 1,5 2,5 4 5 8 1,5 4 6,7 10 16 0,5 1 2 4 6,7 10 16 30 50
60°
asymmetric
2 0,6 1,5 2,5 4 5 8 0,6 1,5 2,5 4 5 8 1,5 4 6,7 10 16 0,5 1 2 4 6,7 10 16 30 50
0-
3+4 1,3 3,2 5,3 8,4 10,5 16,8 1,3 3,2 5,3 8,4 10,5 16,8 3,15 8,4 14,1 21 33,6 1,05 2,1 4,2 8,4 14,1 21 33,6 63 105
45°
45- 0,9 2,2 3,8 6 7,5 12 0,9 2,2 3,8 6 7,5 12 2,25 6 10,1 15 24 0,75 1,5 3 6 10,1 15 24 45 75
3+4
60°
asymmetric
3+4 0,6 1,5 2,5 4 5 8 0,6 1,5 2,5 4 5 8 1,5 4 6,7 10 16 0,5 1 2 4 6,7 10 16 30 50
Welding HV HV HV HV HV HV HV HV HV HV HV HV HV HV HV HV HV HV HV HV HV HV
3,5 4,5 3+4,5 3+5 3+8 3+10 3,5 4,5 3+5 3+6 3+8 3+10 5+3 8+3 12+4 16+4 25+6 5+3 8+3 12+4 4+3 5,5+3 8,5+4 8,5+4 15+4 25+8
seam
VRBSS
lifting ring
VRBK
lifting ring
CD-ROM...
with spring for edges … to select the correct lifting point.
More than 250 tested lifting points, 200 screw-

on and 56 weld-on, can be selected from this
CD to suit your individual requirements. The
calculation is based on load weight, number of
lifting points, and the inclination angles of the
slings. s
data file
The load capacities of all lifting points can be
displayed with just one mouse click for 14 dif- 3D CAD
ferent lifting methods.
Pre-selection is possible by key word search
(e.g. thread size) or by browsing the directory.
Selected products can be put in your shopping
cart which can be updated and printed.
Over 600 different drawings can be exported as
DXF-files. They can be used by the construc-
tion engineer as 2D or new: as 3D data files in
VRBSS 6,7 t
VRBSS 10 t
VRBSS 16 t
VRBK 6,7t
VRBK 10t
VRBK 4 t
JGES format on the operating surface of his

CAD system.
Item no.: 6602.CD.00
6,7 10 16 4 6,7 10
13,4 20 32 8 13,4 20
6,7 10 16 4 6,7 10
13,4 20 32 8 13,4 20
9,38 14 22,4 5,6 9,38 14
6,7 10 16 4 6,7 10
6,7 10 16 4 6,7 10
14,1 21 33,6 8,4 14,1 21
10,1 15 24 6 10,1 15
6,7 10 16 4 6,7 10
HV HV HV HV HV HV
5,5+3 6+4 8,5+4 4+3 5+3 8+3
-WPP-..-
651P. PowerPoint, weld-on lifting points,
type WPP, 360° rotation, double ball bearing
▼
A
651P. PowerPoint WPP-S

Weld-on, universal connector for slings with master link, eye or loop.
B
Double ball bearing, 360° rotation!

C
E
Type Load Dimensions in mm Welding Weight Item no.

capacity seam in kg
A B C D E G
G
in t
WPP-S-0,63 t 0,63 13 75 18 40 115 40 3,5 0,4 651P.00.06

ØD WPP-S-1,5 t 1,5 20 97 25 46 147 50 4,5 1,0 651P.00.15
WPP-S-2,5 t 2,5 28 126 30 61 187 61 HV3+4,5 1,5 651P.00.25
WPP-S-4 t 4 36 150 35 78 227 77 HV3+5 3,3 651P.00.40
WPP-S-5 t 5 (6,7) 37 174 40 95 267 93 HV3+8 7,1 651P.00.50
WPP-S-8 t 8 (10) 49 208 48 100 310 102 HV3+10 8,2 651P.00.80
( ) higher load capacity in 90° angle to mounting surface.
651P. PowerPoint WPP-B

▼
Weld-on, universal connector with oblong ring for slings with hook. Double
C
ball bearing, 360° rotation!
Type Load capacity Dimensions in mm Welding Weight Item no.

in t A B C D E G seam in kg
B
WPP-B-0,63 t 0,63 9 65 35 40 105 40 3,5 0,35 651P.50.06

E
WPP-B-1,5 t 1,5 11 65 35 46 115 50 4,5 0,6 651P.50.15

WPP-B-2,5 t 2,5 13 74 40 61 135 61 HV3+4,5 1,0 651P.50.25
G
WPP-B-4 t 4 16 95 45 78 172 77 HV3+5 2,3 651P.50.40

WPP-B-5 t 5 (6,7) 19 130 60 95 223 93 HV3+8 4,7 651P.50.50
ØD WPP-B-8 t 8 (10) 24 140 65 100 242 102 HV3+10 5,3 651P.50.80
651P. PowerPoint WPP-VIP

▼
Weld-on, universal connector for direct VIP chain connection.

Double ball bearing, 360° rotation!

A capacity A VIP chain D G seam in kg
in t connection
WPP-VIP4-0,63 t 0,63 4 40 40 3,5 0,25 651P.60.06
WPP-VIP6-1,5 t 1,5 6 46 50 4,5 0,45 651P.60.15
WPP-VIP8-2,5 t 2,5 8 61 61 HV3+4,5 0,85 651P.60.25
G
WPP-ViP10-4 t 4 10 78 77 HV3+5 2,1 651P.60.40

WPP-VIP13-5 t 5 (6,7) 13 95 93 HV3+8 3,4 651P.60.50
ØD WPP-VIP16-8 t 8 (10) 16 100 102 HV3+10 4,5 651P.60.80
-WPPH-..- ...fixed
652P. Powerpoint, weld-on lifting points,
type WPPH, fixed
A
652P.0 Weld-on lifting point, fixed,
PowerPoint Star type WPPH-S
The universal connector for slings with master link, eye or loop.
B C
E
capacity seam in kg
in t A B C D E G
G
WPPH-S-0,63t 0,63 13 75 18 34 109 34 3,5 0,35 652P.00.06
WPPH-S-1,5t 1,5 20 97 25 40 141 44 4,5 0,95 652P.00.15
ØD
WPPH-S-2,5t 2,5 28 126 30 53 179 53 HV3+5 1,4 652P.00.25
WPPH-S-4t 4,0 36 150 35 68 217 66 HV3+6 3,2 652P.00.40
WPPH-S-5t 5,0 (6,7) 37 174 40 83 253 79 HV3+8 6,9 652P.00.50
WPPH-S-8t 8,0 (10) 49 208 48 88 296 88 HV3+10 8,0 652P.00.80
652P. Weld-on lifting point, fixed,

PowerPoint Star type WPPH-B
C
The universal connector for slings with hook.

capacity seam in kg
B
in t A B C D E G
E
WPPH-B-0,63t 0,63 9 65 35 34 99 34 3,5 0,3 652P.50.06
WPPH-B-1,5t 1,5 11 65 35 40 109 44 4,5 0,5 652P.50.15
G
WPPH-B-2,5t 2,5 13 74 40 53 127 53 HV3+5 0,9 652P.50.25
WPPH-B-4t 4,0 16 95 45 68 163 66 HV3+6 2,2 652P.50.40
WPPH-B-5t 5,0 (6,7) 19 130 60 83 209 79 HV3+8 4,5 652P.50.50 ØD
WPPH-B-8t 8,0 (10) 24 140 65 88 228 88 HV3+10 5,1 652P.50.80
652P. Weld-on lifting point, fixed,

PowerPoint Star type WPPH-VIP
The universal connector for direct VIP chain connection
Type Load Dimensions in mm Welding Weight Item no. A

capacity A VIP chain D G seam in kg A
in t connection
WPPH-VIP4-0,63t 0,63 4 34 34 3,5 0,2 652P.60.06
WPPH-VIP6-1,5t 1,5 6 40 44 4,5 0,35 652P.60.15
G
WPPH-VIP8-2,5t 2,5 8 53 53 HV3+5 0,75 652P.60.25

WPPH-VIP10-4t 4,0 10 68 66 HV3+6 2,0 652P.60.40
WPPH-VIP13-5t 5,0 (6,7) 13 83 79 HV3+8 3,2 652P.60.50 ØD
WPPH-VIP16-8t 8,0 (10) 16 88 88 HV3+10 4,3 652P.60.80
5563.VIP weld-on
180° slewable lifting ring VLBS
• Quick and easy mounting
• Up to 50% higher load capacity
• 2 internal patented distance lugs
enhance the seat of the hook
and support the springs
• Design factor 4 in all directions
• High dynamic and static strength
• 100% magnetic particle inspec-
ted
• The welding block is forged out
of a good welding material
1.0577+N (St 52-3)
• With the type VLBS-U a protec-
ted spring holds the ring bracket
in any desired position
• The spring also reduces vibrati-
on induced noise
4
n
Desig
r
facto
y
in an !
irection
d
Load Designation Welding Dimensions in mm Weight Item no. Designation Item no.
capacity in t seam A B C D E ØF G H I T in kg
1,5 VLBS 1,5 u HV 5+3 32 66 38 25 40 13,5 33 87 14 65 0,35 5563.V0.015 VLBS 1,5 OF 5563.V2.015
4 VLBS 4 u HV 8+3 42 87 51 32 52 16,5 46 112 18 84 0,8 5563.V0.040 VLBS 4 OF 5563.V2.040
10 VLBS 10 u HV 16+4 75 129 67 55 71 26,5 60 173 26,5 126 2,9 5563.V0.100 VLBS 10 OF 5563.V2.100
16 VLBS 16 OF HV 25+6 95 190 100 69 105 26 90 243 40 174 6,8 - VLBS 16 OF 5563.V2.160
5563. Weld-on stainless steel lifting ring LBS, material 1.4571
Load Designation Welding Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

capacity in seam in kg LBS
t A B C D E G H stainless steel
0,5 LBS (1) RS 0,5t HV 5+3 32 65 36 25 39 33 85 0,3 5563.10.05

1 LBS (3) RS 1t HV 8+3 42 85 50 31 50 46 108 0,6 5563.10.10
2 LBS (5) RS 2t HV 12+4 61 110 65 44 72 60 155 1,6 5563.10.20
Lifting method
Number of legs 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 3+4 3+4
VLBS-1,5 1,5 3 1,5 3 2,1 1,5 1,5 3,15 2,25 1,5

VLBS-4 4 8 4 8 5,6 4 4 8,4 6 4
VLBS-6,7 6,7 13,4 6,7 13,4 9,38 6,7 6,7 14,1 10,1 6,7
VLBS-10 10 20 10 20 14 10 10 21 15 10
VLBS-16 16 32 16 32 22,4 16 16 33,6 24 16
LBS RS 0,5 0,5 1 0,5 1 0,7 0,5 0,5 1,05 0,75 0,5
LBS RS 1 1 2 1 2 1,4 1 1 2,1 1,5 1
LBS RS 2 2 4 2 4 2,8 2 2 4,2 3 2
5560. VIP
180° slewable
weld-on lifting ring VRBS
• Even distribution of induced for-
ces due to 2-point anchoring
• Design factor 4 in all directions
• Forged ring bracket according to
DIN EN 1677-1
• No protruding parts, minimised
risk of accidents
• Low profile
• High dynamic and static strength
• The welding block is forged out
of a good welding material Welding seam layout
1.0577+N (St 52-3)
Distance lugs
4
n
Desig
c t o r
fa
y
in an !
e c ti on
dir
Caution!
Please refer to welding instructions!
*5560. Weld-on
lifting ring RBSB Load Desig- Thickness Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.
Weld-on lifting ring capa- nation of welding in kg
with support for city seam A B C D E F O P Q X T
containers. Limit in t HV+ a
stops keep the ring
4 VRBS 4 HV 4 + 3 62 16 28 48 135 135 17 - 77 14 65 0,8 5560.V0.40
bracket in a 45°
angle to the welding 5 RBSB 5* HV 5 + 3 80 20 36 60 164 92 23 21 - - 84 1,8 5560.10.50
surface and thus 6,7 VRBS 6,7 HV 5,5 + 3 88 20 39 60 170 91 23 - 101 15 84 1,8 5560.V0.67
simplify hooking. 10 VRBS 10 HV 6 + 4 100 22 46 65 195 100 28 - 106 22 95 2,8 5560.V1.00
16 VRBS 16 HV 8,5+4 130 30 57 90 266 134 35 - 147 28 127 6,6 5560.V1.60
30 VRBS 30 HV 15+4 160 42 78 130 375 195 47 - 220 37 178 19,0 5560.V3.00
50 VRBS 50 HV 25+8 240 70 120 230 620 340 65 - 380 - 313 85,0 5560.V5.00
5561. VIP weld-on Load Desig- Thickness Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.
lifting ring VRBSS capa- nation of welding in kg
with spring city seam A B C D E F G H X T
in t HV+ a
A protected spring holds the ring
bracket in any desired position. 6,7 VRBSS 6,7 HV 5,5 + 3 88 20 39 60 170 91 92 7 15 84 1,8 5561.V0.67
The spring also reduces vibration 10 VRBSS 10 HV 6 + 4 100 22 46 95 195 100 104 7 22 95 2,8 5561.V1.00
induced noise. 16 VRBSS 16 HV 8,5+4 130 30 57 90 266 134 148 10 28 127 6,6 5561.V1.60
Lifting method
Number of legs 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 3+4 3+4
VRBS-4 4 8 4 8 5,6 4 4 8,4 6 4

VRBS-6,7 6,7 13,4 6,7 13,4 9,38 6,7 6,7 14,1 10,1 6,7
VRBS-10 10 20 10 20 14 10 10 21 15 10
VRBS-16 16 32 16 32 22,4 16 16 33,6 24 16

VRBS-30 30 60 30 60 42 30 30 63 45 30
VRBS-50 50 100 50 100 70 50 50 105 75 50
VRBSS-6,7 6,7 13,4 6,7 13,4 9,38 6,7 6,7 14,1 10,1 6,7
VRBSS-10 10 20 10 20 14 10 10 21 15 10
VRBSS-16 16 32 16 32 22,4 16 16 33,6 24 16
5364V. VIP weld-on hook

A F VABH-W
Weld-on hook as lifting point on
W
M rope slings, round slings and slings
• Possible use area: 120°
• Admissible lateral pull: 45°
C

• If possible mount in the
direction of pull
120
• No protruding hook tip –

°
no unintentional hooking
I • Surface phosphatised
• Thickened hook tip to prevent
45°
B 45° improper use
s Reading Point Overload • Patented wear indicators
• Measurable overload indicator
s Wear Indicators • Can also be used as excavator
hook
Type Load capacity in Dimensions in mm Thickness Weight Item no.

120° range of fillet weld in kg
in t MW A B C F I
VABH-W 1,5t 1,5 25 7,5 78 117 70 38 3 0,8 5364.V0.15

VABH-W 2,5t 2,5 30 8,5 101 148 85 49 3 1,8 5364.V0.25
VABH-W 4t 4 35 11 122 171 104 59 4 3,1 5364.V0.40
VABH-W 6,5t 6,5 40 13 156 208 120 70 5 5,9 5364.V0.65
5322. VIP weld-on hook

G
MW
A VCGH-S
Weld-on hook as lifting point on
• Possible use area 45°
D
C
• Admissible lateral pull ±15°

• If possible mount in the direction
of pull
• No protruding hook tip –
no unintentional hooking
45° I • Thickened hook tip to prevent
Please note the welding
B 15° 15°
improper use
instructions on the follo-
• Measurable overload indicator
wing page.
• Surface phosphatised
Type Load capacity Dimensions in mm Thickness Weight Item no.

in 45° range of fillet weld in kg
in t MW A B C D G I
VCGH-S16 10 48 15 141 200 220 100 70 8 5 5322.V0.16

VCGH-S20 16 63 20 187 272 288 120 87 8 8,4 5322.V0.20
VCGH-S22 20 63 20 195 276 292 120 92 8 14,5 5322.V0.22
5562. VIP weld-on lifting ring for edges with

moveable high strength tempered ring bracket
Forged ring bracket according to DIN EN 1677-1
• Magnetic particle inspected
• Pink powder coated
• Can be loaded in all directions
4
n
• Safety factor 4 against breaking Desig
r
• Even distribution of induced forces due to 2-point anchoring f cto
a
• Very low profile due to slewable construction (270°) y
• The welding block is forged out of a good welding material in an !
rection
1.0577+N (St 52-3) di
Load capacity Designation Welding seam Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

in t thickness in kg
A B C D E F T
4 VRBK 4 HV 4 +3 30 16 28 48 135 30 65 0,9 5562.V0.40

6,7 VRBK 6,7 HV 5+3 37 20 35 60 174 34 83 1,3 5562.V0.67
10 VRBK 10 HV 8+3 52 22 50 65 208 46 100 4,3 5562.V1.00
ble
slewa
270°
Lifting method
Number of legs 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 3+4 3+4
VRBK-4 4 8 4 8 5,6 4 4 8,4 6 4

VRBK-6,7 6,7 13,4 6,7 13,4 9,38 6,7 6,7 14,1 10,1 6,7
VRBK-10 10 20 10 20 14 10 10 21 15 10
For all weldable lifting points please refer to the welding

instructions.
For your workshop detailed welding instructions are also

available as posters.
Please note the following points when welding:

• All welding has to be carried out by a qualified welder acc. to
DIN EN 287-1.
• Material of welding block is St 52-3 N (1.0570).
• The welding surfaces have to be free from dirt, oil, paint etc.
• Do not weld at the red powder coated and tempered lifting
ring.
• The complete construction may be annealed stress-free
several times at ≤ 600°C without any reduction of WLL.
• The welding spot has to be suitable to absorb the induced
forces.
Accessories: Heavy Duty Roller Chains
Heavy duty roller chains,

American type DIN 8188 – ANSI B 29.1
- Connecting links in straight and offset version
- Roller chains according to works standard available on request
- Wide range of reliable products
R620. Single strand roller chains (Simplex)

Type Pitch p Inner Roller ø Pin ø Link plate Item no.
in mm width d1 max. d2 max. height
b1 min. in mm in mm g max.
in mm in mm
25* 6,35 3,18 3,30 1 2,30 5,8 R620.00.25

35* 9,525 4,68 5,08 1 3,59 8,3 R620.00.35
40 12,7 7,85 7,95 3,96 11,8 R620.00.40
41 12,7 6,4 7,77 3,58 9,8 R620.00.41
50 15,875 9,4 10,16 5,08 15 R620.00.50
60 19,05 12,57 11,91 5,94 18 R620.00.60
80 25,4 15,75 15,88 7,92 24 R620.00.80
100 31,75 18,9 19,05 9,53 30 R620.01.00
d2
d1
b1
120 38,1 25,22 22,23 11,10 36 R620.01.20

140 44,45 25,22 25,4 12,7 42 R620.01.40
160 50,8 31,55 28,58 14,27 48 R620.01.60
* Bushing chain
g
1) Bushing ø
p p
R620. Double strand roller chains (Duplex)

d2 in mm in mm
d1
b1
40-2 12,7 7,85 7,5 3,96 11,8 R620.04.02

50-2 15,875 9,4 10,16 5,08 15 R620.05.02
60-2 19,05 12,57 11,91 5,94 18 R620.06.02
g
80-2 25,4 15,75 15,88 7,92 24 R620.08.02

p p 100-2 31,75 18,9 19,05 9,53 30 R620.10.02
120-2 38,1 25,22 22,23 11,10 36 R620.12.02
140-2 44,45 25,22 25,4 12,70 42 R620.14.02
160-2 50,8 31,55 28,58 14,27 48 R620.16.02
R620. Triple strand roller chains (Triplex)

in mm in mm
40-3 12,7 7,85 7,95 3,96 11,8 R620.04.03
d1 50-3 15,875 9,4 10,16 5,08 15 R620.05.03

b1
d2
60-3 19,05 12,57 11.91 5,94 18 R620.06.03
80-3 25,4 15,75 15,88 7,92 24 R620.08.03
100-3 31,75 18,9 19,05 9,53 30 R620.10.03
120-3 38,1 25,22 22,23 11,10 36 R620.12.03
g
140-3 44,45 25,22 25,4 12,70 42 R620.14.03

p p
160-3 50,8 31,55 28,58 14,27 48 R620.16.03
Accessories: Heavy Duty Roller Chains
Heavy duty roller chains,

European type DIN 8187 – ANSI R 606 B
- Highly wear resistant
- Connecting links in straight and offset version
- Machined and unmachined sprocket wheels available
- Stainless steel roller chains are available on request
R600. Single strand roller chains (Simplex)

in mm in mm
04 B-1 6 2,8 4 1,85 5 R600.04.B1

05 B-1 8 3,0 5 2,31 7,1 R600.05.B1
06 B-1* 9,525 5,72 6,35 3,28 8,2 R600.06.B1
081 12,7 3,3 7,75 3,66 9,9 R600.00.81
082 12,7 2,38 7,75 3,66 9,9 R600.00.82
083 12,7 4,88 7,75 4,09 10,3 R600.00.83
085 12,7 6,38 7,77 3,58 9,9 R600.00.85
d2
d1
b1
08 B-1 12,7 7,75 8,51 4,45 11,8 R600.08.B1
10 B-1 15,875 9,65 10,16 5,08 14,7 R600.10.B1
12 B-1 19,05 11,68 12,07 5,72 16,1 R600.12.B1
16 B-1 25,4 17,02 15,88 8,28 21 R600.16.B1
g
20 B-1 31,75 19,56 19,05 10,19 26,4 R600.20.B1
24 B-1 38,1 25,4 25,4 14,63 33,4 R600.24.B1 p p
28 B-1 44,45 30,99 27,94 15,90 37 R600.28.B1

32 B-1 50,8 30,99 29,21 17,81 42,2 R600.32.B1
R600. Double strand roller chains (Duplex)

in mm in mm
05 B-2 8 3 5 2,31 7,1 R600.05.B2

d2
06 B-2* 9,525 5,72 6,35 3,28 8,2 R600.06.B2 d1
b1
08 B-2 12,7 7,75 8,51 4,45 11,8 R600.08.B2
10 B-2 15,875 9,65 10,16 5,08 14,7 R600.10.B2
12 B-2 19,05 11,68 12,07 5,72 16,1 R600.12.B2
g
16 B-2 25,4 17,02 15,88 8,28 21 R600.16.B2
20 B-2 31,75 19,56 19,05 10,19 26,4 R600.20.B2 p p
24 B-2 38,1 25,4 25,4 14,64 33,4 R600.24.B2
28 B-2 44,45 30,99 27,94 15,90 37 R600.28.B2
32 B-2 50,8 30,99 29,21 17,81 42,2 R600.32.B2
R600. Triple strand roller chains (Triplex)

in mm in mm
06 B-3* 9,525 5,72 6,35 3,28 8,2 R600.06.B3

08 B-3 12,7 7,75 8,51 4,45 11,8 R600.08.B3
d1
b1
10 B-3 15,875 9,65 10,16 5,08 14,7 R600.10.B3 d2
12 B-3 19,05 11,68 12,07 5,72 16,1 R600.12.B3

16 B-3 25,4 17,02 15,88 8,28 21 R600.16.B3
20 B-3 31,75 19,56 19,05 10,19 26,4 R600.20.B3
g
24 B-3 38,1 25,4 25,4 14,63 33,4 R600.24.B3

28 B-3 44,45 30,99 27,94 15,90 37 R600.28.B3 p p
32 B-3 50,8 30,99 29,21 17,81 42,2 R600.32.B3
* Only available with straight links
Hydraulic Lifting and Transport Devices
Hydraulic Lifting
and Transport devices
Hydraulic Cylinders
Hydraulic Pumps
Nut Splitters
Hydraulic Cutters
Machine Jacks
• Heavy Duty Skates
Accessories
All Carl Stahl Hi-Force hydraulic products are designed and manufactured according to ISO 9001:2000 and
comply with CE standards. All products are delivered with a test certificate according to national and international
plete standards and bear an individual serial number.
The com ange
cr
hydrauli
78HVL. Single acting

very low height pancake • Stroke length 6 mm
cylinders • No spring assisted return
• Surface treated piston rod
• Working pressure up to 700 bar • Types HVL 10 to HVL 50
• Capacities from 10 to 104 t with adapter coupler
Type Capacity Stroke Height Oil capa- Cylinder Weight Item no.
in t in in mm city in Ø in kg
mm cm3 in mm
HVL 10 10 6 28 9 87 1,6 78HV.L0.10

HVL 20 20 6 32 17 104 2,6 78HV.L0.20
HVL 30 32 6 34 27 120 3,0 78HV.L0.30
HVL 50 50 6 45 43 158 7,2 78HV.L0.50
HVL 100 104 6 65 88 200 15,6 78HV.L1.00
78HPS. Single acting

low height pad cylinders • Stroke length 6 to 16 mm
• Spring assisted return
• Working pressure up to 700 bar • Surface treated piston rod
• Capacities from 4,5 to 147 t • Collar threads withstand full load
mm cm3 in mm
HPS 50 4,5 6 32 4 60 0,8 78HP.S0.050

HPS 51 4,5 16 42 10 60 0,9 78HP.S0.051
HPS 100 10 10 45 14 81 1,6 78HP.S0.100
HPS 200 20 11 52 31 100 2,6 78HP.S0.200
HPS 300 32 12 59 55 115 4,2 78HP.S0.300
HPS 500 50 15 67 107 140 6,6 78HP.S0.500
HPS 750 73 16 81 164 165 10,4 78HP.S0.750
HPS 1000 109 16 91 245 215 23,2 78HP.S1.000
HPS 1500 147 16 100 330 215 28,5 78HP.S1.500
78HLS. Single acting

low height cylinders • Stroke length 25 to 60 mm
• Working pressure up to 700 bar • Surface treated piston rod
• Capacities from 10 to 147 t • Collar threads withstand full load
mm cm3 in mm
HLS 101 10 40 95 58 70 2,4 78HL.S0.101

HLS 201 20 44 102 126 90 4,8 78HL.S0.201
HLS 301 32 25 83 114 102 5,0 78HL.S0.301
HLS 302 32 60 119 274 102 7,0 78HL.S0.302
HLS 501 50 25 91 178 127 8,4 78HL.S0.501
HLS 502 50 60 126 428 127 10,4 78HL.S0.502
HLS 1001 109 25 108 384 178 19,8 78HL.S1.001
HLS 1002 109 60 143 921 178 24,0 78HL.S1.002
HLS 1501 147 25 130 516 216 37,0 78HL.S1.501
HLS 1502 147 50 155 1031 216 42,0 78HL.S1.502
Type Capacity Stroke Height Oil Inlet thread Cylinder Piston Weight Item no. 78HSS. Single acting
in t in in mm capacity specification ø in mm ø in mm in kg multi purpose cylinders
mm in cm3 in inches
• Working pressure up to 700 bar
HSS 51 4,5 25 107 16 1,1/2'' Un 38 24 1,0 78HS.S0.051 • Capacities from 4,5 to 109 t
HSS 52 4,5 50 132 32 1,1/2'' Un 38 24 1,2 78HS.S0.052 • Stroke length 25 to 330 mm
HSS 53 4,5 75 157 48 1,1/2'' Un 38 24 1,4 78HS.S0.053 • Spring assisted return
HSS 54 4,5 100 182 64 1,1/2'' Un 38 24 1,5 78HS.S0.054
• Surface treated piston rod
• Collar threads withstand full load
HSS 55 4,5 125 207 80 1,1/2'' Un 38 24 1,8 78HS.S0.055
• Base and piston rod mounting
HSS 101 10 25 100 36 2,1/4'' Un 57 35 1,8 78HS.S0.101 on most models
HSS 102 10 56 131 81 2,1/4'' Un 57 35 2,4 78HS.S0.102 • Mounting thread in the base
HSS 104 10 100 175 144 2,1/4'' Un 57 35 3,0 78HS.S0.104 plate
HSS 106 10 150 225 217 2,1/4'' Un 57 35 4,2 78HS.S0.106
• Capacities 50 t and over with
carrying handle
HSS 108 10 206 281 297 2,1/4'' Un 57 35 5,0 78HS.S0.108
HSS 1010 10 250 325 361 2,1/4'' Un 57 35 5,4 78HS.S1.010
HSS 1012 10 305 379 440 2,1/4'' Un 57 35 6,2 78HS.S1.012
HSS 152 14,5 50 154 101 2,3/4'' Un 70 41 3,4 78HS.S0.152
HSS 154 14,5 100 204 203 2,3/4'' Un 70 41 5,0 78HS.S0.154
HSS 156 14,5 150 254 304 2,3/4'' Un 70 41 6,6 78HS.S0.156
HSS 1510 14,5 250 354 507 2,3/4'' Un 70 41 8,8 78HS.S1.510
HSS 252 25 51 174 178 3,5/16'' Un 86 54 6,5 78HS.S0.252
HSS 254 25 102 225 356 3,5/16'' Un 86 54 8,0 78HS.S0.254
HSS 256 25 150 273 524 3,5/16'' Un 86 54 9,6 78HS.S0.256
HSS 2510 25 250 374 874 3,5/16'' Un 86 54 12,6 78HS.S2.510
HSS 308 29 205 374 860 3,5/16'' Un 102 57 18,6 78HS.S0.308
HSS 502 50 51 150 364 5’’ Un 127 79 13,0 78HS.S0.502
HSS 504 50 102 201 728 5'' Un 127 79 16,8 78HS.S0.504
HSS 506 50 152 251 1084 5'' Un 127 79 20,0 78HS.S0.506
HSS 5013 50 330 429 2354 5'' Un 127 79 33,6 78HS.S5.013
HSS 756 73 152 272 1561 5,3/4'' Un 146 95 31,0 78HS.S0.756
HSS 1004 109 102 223 1565 6,7/8'' Un 185 114 41,6 78HS.S1.004
HSS 1006 109 153 274 2347 6,7/8'' Un 185 114 49,8 78HS.S1.006
78HHS. Single acting hollow piston cylinders

• Capacities from 11 to 102 t • Spring assisted return
• Stroke length 25 to 152 mm • Other features as with HSS-series
Type Capacity Stroke Height Oil Inlet thread Cylinder Piston Through Weight Item no.
in t in in mm capacity specification ø in mm ø in mm hole in mm in kg
mm in cm3 in inches
HHS 101 11 25 110 39 2,3/4'' UN 70 38 20 2,8 78HH.S0.101

HHS 102 11 50 140 79 2,3/4'' UN 70 38 20 3,0 78HH.S0.102
HHS 106 11 152 297 240 2,3/4'' UN 70 38 20 10,2 78HH.S0.106
HHS 202 23 50 160 167 3,7/8'' Un 100 51 30 7,0 78HH.S0.202
HHS 206 23 150 306 500 3,7/8'' Un 100 51 30 13,8 78HH.S0.206
HHS 302 33 50 165 233 4,1/2'' Un 115 60 35 10,6 78HH.S0.302
HHS 306 33 152 320 710 4,1/2'' Un 115 60 35 19,2 78HH.S0.306
HHS 603 61 76 226 651 6,1/4'' Un 160 92 55 28,0 78HH.S0.603 Double action cylinders
HHS 606 61 150 315 1285 6,1/4'' Un 160 92 55 40,6 78HH.S0.606 and heavy duty cylinders
HHS 1003 102 76 276 1088 8,3/8'' Un 213 127 81 64,0 78HH.S1.003 (up to 2000 t capacity)
HHS 1006 102 150 350 2147 8,3/8'' Un 213 127 81 75,0 78HH.S1.006
are available on request.
78HP. Hand pumps for single acting cylinders

Hydraulic pumps 700 bar Type Valve Displacement per Usable oil Weight Item no.
type stroke in cm3 capacity in kg
• Single or two speed operation
1st stage 2nd stage in litres
• 2- or 4-way valves (D-types)
HP 145 2-way 2,4 - 0,45 4,6 78HP.01.45
HP 110 2-way 2,4 - 1,00 5,6 78HP.01.10
HP 227 2-way 11,7 2,3 2,30 10,5 78HP.02.27
HP 232 2-way 14,2 2,0 2,00 6,9 78HP.02.32
HP 257 2-way 11,7 2,3 5,00 15,2 78HP.02.57
HP 252 2-way 14,2 2,0 5,00 11,6 78HP.02.52
HP 235 2-way 100,0 4,0 10,00 27,5 78HP.02.35
Hand pumps for double acting cylinders

Type Valve Displacement per Usable oil Weight Item no.
type stroke in cm3 capacity in kg
1st stage 2nd stage in litres
HP 232D 4-way 14,2 2,0 2,00 8,7 78HP.02.32D

HP227FP
HP 257D 4-way 13,0 2,3 5,00 17,2 78HP.02.57D
HP 252D 4-way 14,2 2,0 5,00 13,6 78HP.02.52D
HP 235D 4-way 100,0 4,0 10,00 28,2 78HP.02.35D
78AHP. • Working pressure up to 700 bar

Air driven pumps • Internal safety valve against overload
• Reservoir oil level sight gauge
• Max. air consumption 9,44 l/s at 7 bar
• Max. flow rate 0,8 l/min
• Air connection ¼“
Type Valve Usable oil capacity Weight Item no. HAP21042
type in litres in kg
AHP1120 2-way 2,4 4,70 78AH.P1.120
AHP1121 2-way 5,0 9,00 78AH.P1.121
AHP1122 2-way 10,0 17,80 78AH.P1.122 Other air driven pumps
AHP1141 4-way 5,0 9,50 78AH.P1.141 are available on request.
AHP1142 4-way 10,0 18,30 78AH.P1.142
78HEP1. Type Valve Maximum flow Weight Item no.

Electric driven two stage type rate in l/min in kg
compact pumps
1st 2nd
stage stage
• Working pressure up to 700 bar
• Two stage – automatic HEP103242LS 2-way solenoid 2,5 0,35 19,2 78HE.P1.03242LS
changeover at 70 bar HEP103242S 2-way solenoid 2,5 0,35 20,5 78HE.P1.03242S
• With manual or solenoid valves HEP103342 3-way manual 2,5 0,35 18,1 78HE.P1.03342
• Oil capacity 4 litres
HEP103442 4-way manual 2,5 0,35 18,1 78HE.P1.03442
• Voltage 240 V – 1 phase
• Power output 450 W HEP103442LS 4-way solenoid 2,5 0,35 20,5 78HE.P1.03442LS
• Standard version with pressure LS versions are fitted with solenoid valve and hold function.
gauge and remote control S versions are fitted with solenoid valve and auto retract.
Configuration example:
HEP 207322 = 7 l/min, 3-way valve, 25 litres
For single action cylinders 2- or 3-way valves usable oil capacity, 240 V motor
For double action cylinders 4-way valves
Type Flow rate Flow rate Valve type Usable Motor voltage Item no.
2nd stage 1st stage (optional) oil capacity (optional)
(fixed) (optional) (optional)
05 07 10 12 17 2 3 4 1 2 4 1 2 4
HEP 2 0,65 l/min 110 V 240 V 380 V 78HE.P2.00
10 l/min
12 l/min
17 l/min
10 litres
25 litres
40 litres
5 l/min
7 l/min
2-way
3-way
4-way
HEP 3 1,00 l/min 110 V 240 V 380 V 78HE.P3.00

HEP 5 2,00 l/min 110 V 240 V 380 V 78HE.P5.00
HEP510462
Suffix L = load holding feature,
HEP103442LS suffix S = solenoid valve with remote control 24 V
78PC. Hydraulic sets Set Contents Item no.

Set 1 1 x Low height cylinder 10 t x 40mm stroke, type HLS 101 78PC.S0.01
1 x Low height pad cylinder 20 t x 11 mm stroke, type HPS 200
1 x Hand pump 1 litre, type HP 110
1 x Hydraulic hose, length 2 m with coupler, type HC 2
1 x Carrying case
Set 2 1 x Multi purpose cylinder 10 t x 150mm stroke, type HSS 106 78PC.S0.02
1 x Low height cylinder 20 t x 44 mm stroke, type HLS 201
1 x Carrying case
1 x Multi purpose cylinder 25 t x 44 mm stroke, type HSS 256
1 x Carrying case
1 x Hollow piston cylinder 11 t x 50 mm stroke, type HHS 102
1 x Carrying case
78HH. Hydraulic hoses 78HC. Hydraulic hoses

with threaded ends with one male coupler
Type Length Item no. Type Length Item no.

in m in m
HH 1 1 78HH.00.01 HC 1 1 78HC.00.01
HH 2 2 78HH.00.02 HC 2 2 78HC.00.02
HH 3 3 78HH.00.03 HC 3 3 78HC.00.03
HH 4 4 78HH.00.04 HC 4 4 78HC.00.04
HH 5 5 78HH.00.05 HC 5 5 78HC.00.05
78HG. Pressure gauges 78HM. Manifolds
NEW!
Type Reading inner scale Gauge ø Weight Item no. Type Design Connections Weight Item no.
in bar in mm in kg in kg
HG 1 0 - 700 100 0,9 78HG.00.01 HM2 manifold 1 x in, 2 x out 1,0 78HM.00.20
HG 1G* 0 - 700 100 1,0 78HG.00.01G HM4 manifold 1 x in, 4 x out 1,5 78HM.00.40
HG 63G* 0 - 700 63 0,2 78HG.00.63G HM2C controlled manifold 1 x in, 2 x out 2,0 78HM.00.2C
* filled with glycerine HM4C controlled manifold 1 x in, 4 x out 3,5 78HM.00.4C
78HGA. Gauge mounting blocks Other manifolds available on request
Type Length For Weight Item no.

in mm pressure gauge in kg
HGA 1 75 HG1/HG1G 0,25 78HG.A0.01
HGA 2 170 HG1/HG1G 0,85 78HG.A0.02
HGA1-25 75 HG63G 0,25 78HG.A1.25
Type Capacity in t Stroke Closed Weight Item no. 78JAH. Aluminium jacks
in mm height in kg • Lightweight aluminium
piston claw in mm construction
JAH 620 20 - 152 263 10,9 78JA.H0.620 • Available as plain ram jack, claw
jack or “failsafe” locking ring
JAH 620 C 20 8 152 276 14,5 78JA.H0.620C
design
JAH 620 SR 20 - 152 289 12,5 78JA.H0.620SR
• Can be used vertically or hori-
JAH 1220 20 - 305 438 16,7 78JA.H1.220 zontally
JAH 1220 C 20 8 305 452 22,2 78JA.H1.220C • Internal safety valve against
JAH 1220 SR 20 - 305 464 18,0 78JA.H1.220SR overload
JAH 630 30 - 152 263 15,4 78JA.H0.630
JAH 630 C 30 12 152 281 20,3 78JA.H0.630C
JAH 630 SR 30 - 152 292 16,5 78JA.H0.630SR
JAH 1230 30 - 305 451 23,4 78JA.H1.230
JAH 1230 C 30 12 305 470 31,0 78JA.H1.230C
JAH 1230 SR 30 - 305 479 24,5 78JA.H1.230SR
JAH 660 60 - 152 293 27,4 78JA.H0.660
JAH 660 C 60 24 152 327 43,1 78JA.H0.660C
JAH 660 SR 60 - 152 330 30,0 78JA.H0.660SR
JAH 1260 60 - 305 500 43,7 78JA.H1.260
JAH 1260 C 60 24 305 533 64,9 78JA.H1.260C
JAH 1260 SR 60 - 305 536 44,0 78JA.H1.260SR
Type Capacity Stroke Closed height Weight Item no. 78JAS. Aluminium multi
in t in mm in mm in kg purpose jacks
JAS 103 10 75 131 4,35 78JA.S1.03 • Lightweight construction
JAS 105 10 125 181 5,70 78JA.S1.05 • Operates in any position
• Integral stop ring
• Internal safety valve against
overload
Type Capacity Stroke Closed height Weight Item no. 78JSL.

in t in mm in mm in kg Compact jack
JSL 10 10 38 76 4,4 78JS.L0.10 • Pumping mechanism rotates
through 360°
• Operates in any position
Type Capacity Stroke Closed height Weight Item no. 78JAL. Compact jacks
in t in mm in mm in kg • Pumping mechanism rotates
JAL 10 10 38 79 3,2 78JA.L0.10 through 360°
JAL 20 20 44 99 5,0 78JA.L0.20 • Operates in any position
Type Capacity Stroke Closed height Weight Item no. 78JSS. Steel bottle jacks
in t in mm in mm in kg • Suitable for industrial and
JSS 35 3,5 130 195 4,0 78JS.S0.035 automotive use
JSS 55 5 130 200 4,8 78JS.S0.055 • Capacities 16 t and over with
carrying handle
JSS 106 10 160 245 8,0 78JS.S0.106
• Capacities up to 16 t with screw
JSS 166 16 160 250 11,6 78JS.S0.166
extension to span the gap
JSS 207 20 195 285 15,8 78JS.S0.207 between the piston ram cap and
JSS 327 32 180 290 23,0 78JS.S0.327 the load
JSS 507 50 180 300 35,4 78JS.S0.507
JSS 1007 100 180 350 104,0 78JS.S1.007
Hydraulic Tools
78NS.
Hydraulic
nut splitters
• Suitable for nuts up to
HRC 44 hardness and
sizes up to 75 mm
hexagonal
• Working pressure 700 bar
• 360° positional swivel
coupling
• Angled body design
• Compact and easy to use
Type Capacity Hexagon Thread sizes Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

in kN AF sizes in kg
A B C D E F
NS 75 49 10-19 M6-M12 40 49 7,5 19,5 122 30 1,5 78NS.00.75

NS 95 98 19-24 M12-M16 54 63 10 24 151 41 2,3 78NS.00.95
NS 126 147 24-32 M16-M22 64 76 12,5 30 189 51,5 4,0 78NS.01.26
NS 161 196 32-41 M22-M27 78 88 20 37 217 69 6,5 78NS.01.61
NS 197 343 41-50 M27-M33 94 108 21 45 271 78 10,6 78NS.01.97
NS 236 490 50-60 M33-M39 105 127 24 54 313 91 14,6 78NS.02.36
NS 296 883 60-75 M39-M48 156 169 27 75 356 110 33,5 78NS.02.96
78HMNS.
Hydraulic nut splitters
with integral hand pump
Type Capacity Hexagon Thread sizes Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.

in kN AF sizes in kg
in mm A B C D E F
HMNS126 147 24-32 M18-M22 64 93 12,5 30 328 447 5,5 78HM.NS.126

HMNS161 196 38-41 M22-M27 78 103 20 37 357 465 7,0 78HM.NS.161
HMNS197 343 41-50 M27-M33 94 120 21 45 410 540 13,4 78HM.NS.197
78SCP. Self-contained
hydraulic pullers
• Handle rotates through 360°
• Operates in any position
• Safe and easy to use
• Quick set-up time
• Supplied in handy transport
and storage case
Type Capacity Type of puller Stroke in mm Ø in mm Weight Item no.

in t min. max. in kg
SCP103 10 3-way jaw puller 82-130 30 250 11,6 78SC.P1.03
SCP203 20 3-way jaw puller 82-180 50 360 23,7 78SC.P2.03
SCP303 30 3-way jaw puller 110-260 100 410 50 78SC.P3.03
Hydraulic Tools
78HSWC. Self-contained
hydraulic wire rope cutters
• Strong rigid steel construction
• Also suitable for underwater use
• Easy to use with minimum operator effort
Type Cutting capacity Length Width Height Weight Item no.

wire rope ø in mm in mm in mm in mm in kg
HSWC19 19 305 92 153 9,5 78HS.WC.19
HSWC28 28 355 105 178 15,5 78HS.WC.28
HSWC44 44 470 178 203 30 78HS.WC.44
78CT. Self-contained hydraulic cutters

Cutting capacity depends on material specification
Type Cutting force Cutting capacity ø in mm Length Weight Item no.

in t Rope Round bar Wire strands in mm in kg
CT20 6 20 20 20 390 2,8 78CT.00.20
CT40 6 25 25 40 630 6,0 78CT.00.40
78HCH. Hydraulic cutter heads

Cutting capacity depends on material specification
Type Cutting force Cutting capacity ø in mm Length Weight Item no.

in t Rope Round bar Wire strands in mm in kg
HCH40 6 25 25 - 247 2,8 78HC.H0.40
HCH120 15 30 35 125 600 14 78HC.H1.20
78JS. Hydraulic spreaders
JS15
JS4
Type Capacity Oil capacity Initial height Max. spread Length Weight Item no.
in t in cm3 in mm in mm in mm in kg
JS4 0,9 10,0 9,7 94 223 2,2 78JS.00.04
JS15 0,68 64,1 32,0 292 550 11,3 78JS.00.15
Hydraulic Torque Wrenches
78TWSN. Hydraulic 78TWHN. Hydraulic torque wrench –

torque wrenches – drive cylinders
square drive • Working pressure 700 bar
• Working pressure 700 bar • Easy handling and low
• Easy handling, compact clearance design
and lightweight aluminium • Accuracy ± 3%
construction • Interchangeable cassette with
• Accuracy ± 3% minimum radius
• Multi position reaction foot • Fitted with 360° Uni-Swivel
with safety lock feature quick release coupler Photo shows complete
• Reversible square drive unit consisting of drive
• Fitted with 360° Uni-Swivel cylinder and interchan-
quick release coupler geable ratchet head
Important: To order a complete hydraulic torque wrench of the TWH-N
Type Suitable Torque Square Minimum Weight Item no. series both components must be indicated with your order. Example: A
pump capacity drive size radius in kg TWH-N54N with 60 mm cassette consists of the item numbers TWH54N
in Nm in mm + TWH54NRH-60
TWS 17N HTWP214*P 1.700 3/4’’ 25 1,9 78TW.S0.017
Type Torque Suitable up Suitable Weight* Item no.
TWS 45N HTWP214*P 4.500 1’’ 34 4,8 78TW.S0.045
capacity to hexagon Pump in kg drive cylinder
TWS 100N HTWP214*P 10.000 1,1/2’’ 46 9,0 78TW.S0.100 in Nm AF size
TWS 150N HTWP314*P 15.000 1,1/2’’ 50 14,8 78TW.S0.150
TWH27N 2.700 60 HTWP214*P 3,0 78TW.H0.027
TWS 370N HTWP314*P 37.000 2,1/2’’ 66 32,5 78TW.S0.370
TWH54N 5.400 80 HTWP214*P 6,0 78TW.H0.054
TWH120N 12.000 100 HTWP214*P 11,5 78TW.H0.120
TWH210N 21.000 115 HTWP314*P 16,0 78TW.H0.210
TWH430N 43.000 145 HTWP314*P 28,0 78TW.H0.430
* Approximate weight including cassette
78HTWP. 78TWHNRH. Interchangeable cassettes (ratchet heads)

Hydraulic for hydraulic torque wrench drive cylinderss
torque wrench pumps
Type Hexagon nut size Min. Item no.
• Working pressure 700 bar min. max. Min. Max. radius ratchet head
• Internal safety valve against mm mm inches inches in mm
overload
TWH27NRH-** 24 60 1.1/16’’ 2.3/8’’ 10-15 78TW.H2.7NRH
• Externally adjustable torque set-
ting pressure relief valve TWH54NRH-** 30 80 1.1/16’’ 3.1/8’’ 11-24 78TW.H5.4NRH
• Dual scale glycerine filled pres- TWH120NRH-** 50 100 2.3/16’’ 3.7/8’’ 14-21 78TW.H1.20NRH
sure gauge TWH210NRH-** 70 115 2.3/4’’ 4.5/8’’ 18-23 78TW.H2.10NRH
• Complete with pendant control TWH430NRH-** 80 145 3.1/8’’ 6.7/8’’ 26-32 78TW.H4.30NRH
• Air powered pumps with air pres-
sure gauge and filter-regulator- ** Please indicate internal hexagon nut size either in mm (metric) or in inches (imperial)
lubricator unit
Type Motor Displacement Displacement Weight Item no.

voltage 1st stage 2nd stage in kg
HTWP 2140P 7 bar (air) 7,9 l/min 0,7 l/min 25,0 78HT.WP.2140
HTWP 2142P 240 V 3,9 l/min 0,36 l/min 25,0 78HT.WP.2142
HTWP 3140P 7 bar (air) 14,4 l/min 2,4 l/min 43,0 78HT.WP.3140
HTWP 3142P 240 V 7,2 l/min 1,2 l/min 43,0 78HT.WP.3142
78HTWH. Hydraulic hoses
78CFM. Quick
Type Length Item no.
connect couplers
in m
HTWH 4 4 78HT.WH.04
HTWH 5 5 78HT.WH.05 Type Thread Designation Item no.
HTWH 6 6 78HT.WH.06 in inches
HTWH 8 8 78HT.WH.08 CF 4F 1/4“ NPT IG Female half coupler 78CF.4F
HTWH 10 10 78HT.WH.10 CM 4F 1/4“ NPT IG Male half coupler 78CM.4F
Detachable carrying handle

New and with model JH 5 G plus
7830. Machine jack ht!
lightweig
JH-G plus series
Extreme weight reduction
Safe working and moving due to optimised construc-
of the lifting device with tion and new design
the patented safety lifting
t-
ve – ligh claw system (Patent
Innovati d y – no.4413478)
han
weight – Simple and cost-saving mainte-
ful. A class nance due to easily detachable
power pump unit. Enhanced safety
n!
of its ow thanks to integral pressure relief
valve with dirt filter.
Enhanced performance due to reduced friction

in the guides of the patented slide shoe system
G 295 04271.0
Safety lifting claw swivels ±6° for continuous

Support feet are slewable through
adjustment to the load
For suitable pumps see 180° for easy and safe positioning
page 394 under all space conditions
6° 6°
Advantages in detail:
Reduced friction due to slide shoes with movable seat. Compared to

conventional jacks the load is distributed over a much bigger surface in
all operating conditions (see figure right) which results in less wear on the
guides and a higher efficiency.
Low maintenance cost due to detachable pump unit and exchangeable

slide shoes.
High performance but extremely lightweight due to high grade materials

and innovative construction.
Ideal adaption to the load thanks to movable safety lifting claw. High sta-
bility especially in elevated position.
Item no. 7830.10.55 7830.11.00 7830.21.00 7830.11.50 7830.12.00

Type JH 5 G plus JH 10 G plus JH 10 G plus short JH 15 G plus JH 20 G plus
Load capacity on top plate in kg 5500 10000 10000 15000 20000
Stroke in mm 140 150 108 175 190
Minimum lifting claw height h1 in mm 12 15 15 20 20
Maximum lifting claw height h2 in mm 157 180 138 205 225
Adjustment range of lifting claw V in mm 6 x 29 5 x 41 4 x 41 5 x 46 5 x 51
Top plate height H1 in mm 245 275 233 310 340
Claw width front Lb in mm 50 60 60 70 80
Usable claw length nL in mm 50 55 55 70 66
Foot length straight L2 in mm 326 346 346 410 425
Foot length swung sideways L1 in mm 311 330 330 401 405
Width B in mm 233 247 247 322 322
Overall height H2 in mm 280 310 235 310 340
Cylinder volume in l 0,18 0,3 0,21 0,5 0,73
Weight in kg 23 29 26 48 60
rful:
ly powe
Extreme lifting
7850. Hydraulic lifting set JSET, tweight
The ligh u mp
load capacity up to 20 t hand p
set with
Directions for use:
2 lifting jacks are connected to a pump by hydraulic hoses with non-drip
quick couplers. The 2 lifting jacks are controlled by the external pump.
Thus it is made sure that the jacks are not unintentionally overloaded
during lowering.
JSET 10/2
• Lifting claw rotates through 180° to lift with or without supporting feet
• High capacity at low weight
• Pump and jacks are separate units and can therefore be used flexibly
in confined spaces. Horizontal operation is also possible.
Item no. 7850.00.50 7850.01.00 7850.01.00

Lifting set JSET 10/2 JSET 20/3 JSET 20/3 ku
Max. capacity in kg 10000 20000 20000
Lifting set consisting of:
nefit:
JSET 20/3
Your be
2 x Hydraulic jack JHS 5 JHS 10 JHS 10 ku
pacity,
High ca
2 x Hydraulic hose JS 2 JS 3 JS 2
ight
little we
1 x Hand pump JP 16 JP 26 JP 16
ansport
during tr
Technical data for hydraulic jacks JHS 5 and JHS 10

Type JHS 5* JHS 10* JHS 10 ku V
H2
h2
Minimum lifting claw height h1 in mm 15 20 20
Maximum lifting claw height h2 in mm 245 260 288
Top plate height H2 in mm 580 630 373
h1
Claw width front Lb in mm 45 60 60
B
Usable claw length nL in mm 40 55 55
Adjustability of claw V in mm - - 4x41
ø d top plate in mm 55 80 80
Claw rotates through 180°
Length L2 with claw supported in mm 170 205 205
Length L1 with claw exposed in mm 220 260 260
Width B in mm 145 200 265
Cylinder volume in l 0,22 0,51 0,21
Claw supported Claw exposed
*patented provisionally no. G 93 12 940.B
9107. Transport skate sets JKB

Your advantages in detail:
• Alignment bar can be fixed to the carrying handle by eccentric disc
without tools (only JKB 1)
• Low self weight at high load capacity
• 360° rotation due to ball bearing castors
• Height matches the K-series
• Unrivalled: The double roller system of the JKB 3 and JKB 4 reduces
rolling and turning resistance to a minimum. JKB 1 JKB 3
• Types JKB 3 and 5 can be attached to the load with standard ratchet
straps
Item no. 9107.00.10 9107.00.30 9107.00.40 9107.00.50

Type JKB1 Set JKB3 Set JKB4 Set JKB5 Set
Number of rollers 3x3 3x8 3 x 12 3 x 12
Roller dimensions ø x width in mm 75 x 60 85 x 40 x 25 85 x 40 x 25 85 x 43 x 25
Overall height in mm 110 110 110 125
Turntable ø in mm 215 250 250 250 JKB 4 JKB 5
Skate size in mm 390 x 340 575 x 460 690 x 640 760 x 760
Weight JUWAmid in kg 30 96 174 144 All JKB sets consist of 3 skates.
Steering handles and alignment bars are available as accessories.
7850. Hydraulic lifting set JH-P JSET

consisting of lifting jack type Primus, hydraulic hose,
and retraction/transport truck (only JSET 30/2
and JSET 50/3), load capacity up to 50 t
Item no. 7850.13./2 7850.30./2 7850.50./3
Lifting set JSET 13/2 JSET 30/2 JSET 50/3
Hydraulic jack 1 x JH 13 P 1 x JH 30 P 1 x JH 50 P
Hydraulic hose 1 x JS 2 2 x JS 2 2 x JS 3
Hydraulic Pump 1 x JP 16 1 x JPE 30 NVR 1 x JPE 55 NVR
Retraction/transport truck - 1 x JRS 1 1 x JRS 1
Retraction/
transport truck
JSET 13/2
JSET 30/2 JSET 50/3

For suitable pumps see
page 394.
7830. Hydraulic jack Primus
Advantages of the hydraulic jack Primus:

• High performance at low weight
• Slewable feet for optimised positioning
• Equal load distribution and adaption of the jack to the load by
integrated twin cylinder system
• Jacks and pump as separate units for high flexibility
• Effortless transport and retraction of the cylinder with the included
retraction/transport truck (only JSET 30/2 and JSET 50/3)
Item no. 7830.23.13 7830.23.00 7830.25.00

Type JH 13 P** JH 30 P** JH 50 P**
Load capacity on top plate in kg 13000 30000 50000
Stroke in mm 160 200 250
Minimum lifting claw height h1 in mm 18 25 35
Maximum lifting claw height h2 in mm 135 185 275
Minimum Top plate height H1 in mm 303 455 542
Maximum Top plate height H2 in mm 463 655 792
Claw width front Lb in mm 60 105 100
Usable claw length nL in mm 50 70 85
Length L2 with feet in front in mm 170 255 350
Width B in mm 210 305 380
Cylinder volume in l 0,4 1,13 2,51
** Patent-No. P 102 00 94, Patent-No. 103 49 389, Eur. Patent-No. 132 58 82
7851. Hydraulic pumps type JP Item no. 7851.01.50 7851.02.50

When loads are lifted from one side with 2 Type JP 16 JP 26
hydraulic jacks, it is advisable to work with Total/useful oil capacity in l 1,1 / 1,0 2,1 / 2,0
the external pumps types JP16 – JP26. Working pressure in bar 520 520
Number of connections 2 2
Dimensions L x W x H in mm 780 x 230** x 150 840 x 230** x 170
Hose length in mm variable* variable*
Weight in kg 7 11
* Up to 15 m ** Wide foot plate
Possible fields of application
Hydraulic jacks JP16 JP26 Hydraulic jacks JP16 JP26

JH 5 G plus 2x 2x JH 13 P 2x 2x
JH 10 G plus 2x 2x JH 30 P - -
JH 15 G plus 1x 2x JH 50 P - -
JH 20 G plus 1x 2x JHS 5 2x 2x
JH 10 G plus ku 2x 2x JHS 10 1x 2x
JHS 10 G ku 2x 2x
7852. Electric pumps type JPE Item no. 7852.03.00 7852.03.55
These electric pumps are very easy to Type JPE 30 NVR JPE 55 NVR
operate. They offer the best possible Total/useful oil capacity in l 7,6 / 4,8 9,5 / 8,4
weight/flow rate ratio. Working pressure in bar 520 520
Number of connections 2 2
Flow rate low pressure in l/min 3,9 at 7 bar 7,1 at 50 bar
Flow rate high pressure in l/min 0,33 at 520 bar 0,95 at 520 bar
Motor data 230 V, 50 Hz, 5 A 230 V, 50 Hz, 13 A
Dimensions L x W x H in mm 530 x 300 x 560 530 x 300 x 560
Hose length in mm variable variable
Weight including oil in kg 40 40
JPE 30 NVR JPE 55 NVR
7853. Hydraulic hoses type JS
Item no. 7853.00.20 7853.00.30 7853.00.40 7853.00.60

Type JS 2 JS 3 JS 4 JS 6
Number of non-drip couplers 2 2 2 2
Length in mm 2000 3000 4000 6000
9102/9101. Adjustable and steerable

transport skates type K, load capacity
6-24 t, overall height 110 mm
Advantages in detail: Example for load
• Galvanised axles and safety clip ring for improved distribution of a 24 t
corrosion resistance
• Fitted with top quality rollers as standard transport set:
• Reduced weight due to optimised cassette design
• All transport skates are immediately ready for use. The Steerable skate JL
steerable skate is equipped with a roller bearing turntable
and the pictured steering handle. The fixed skates can be
connected with the included alignment bar as pictured on 12 to.
the right
All skates are equipped with

JUWAthan® plus rollers.
For details see following page
6 to.
Fixed skates JF
6 to.
Item no. 9102.20.30 9101.20.30 9102.20.60 9101.20.60 9102.20.90 9101.20.90 9102.21.20 9101.21.20
Type JLB 3 K JFB 3 K JLB 6 K JFB 6 K JL 9 K JFB 9 K JL 12 K JFB 12 K
Load capacity in kg 3000 3000 6000 6000 9000 9000 12000 12000
Number of rollers 4 4 8 8 12 12 16 16
Dimensions of rollers in mm 85 x 85 85 x 85 85 x 85 85 x 85 85 x 85 85 x 85 85 x 85 85 x 85
Overall height in mm 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110
Load surface fixed skates in mm 120 x 80 175 x 170 175 x 170 175 x 170
Dimensions of fixed skates 190 x 125 325 x 200 325 x 390 325 x 390
Length of alignment bar in mm 1000** 1230 1230 1230
Adjustment range of skates in mm 125-880 400-1030 400-1030 400-1030
Turntable ø in mm 150 150 170 170
Dimensions of steerable skates in mm 225 x 280 445 x 590 580 x 820 580 x 1000
Length of steering handle in mm 990* 1120 1120 1120
Weight JUWAthan plus in kg 12 11 33 25 54 32 64 35
* Without towing eye ** Non articulated alignment bar
Tough rollers for all applications
JUWAthan® rollers JUWAthan® plus rollers JUWAthan® Professional rollers
The coating is moulded A polyurethane coating is moulded Advantages:

around a steel core. around an aluminium core. • Higher load capacity compared to
2 precision ball bearings are JUWAthan® plus rollers due to partition
pressed into the steel core. Advantages: of rollers and bearings (2x2 ball bearings)
• Due to optimised coating the rolling • Considerably reduced friction between
resistance is reduced by almost 30% flooring and rollers as the double rollers
• Due to use of aluminium instead of steel can rotate in opposite directions.
the weight is reduced by 35% • Reduced turning effort
• More directional stability due to reduced
friction also for the trailing axles
9102. / 9101. Adjustable and steerable

transport skates type K Professional, Example for load distribution
load capacity 14-28 t, overall height 110 mm of a 14 t transport set:
• Galvanised axles and safety clip ring for improved corrosion resistance
• Less turning effort due to divided rollers. Considerably reduced friction
when negotiating curves. The drastically lower friction also provides
enhanced directional stability for the trailing axles.
• Higher load capacity at identical dimensions compared to K series.
• All transport skates are immediately ready for use. The steerable skate
is equipped with a roller bearing turntable and a drawbar. The fixed
skates can be connected with the included alignment bar. 7 to.

JUWAthan® Professional rollers.
See above for details. 14 to.
3,5 to.
3,5 to.
Item no. 9102.30.70 9101.30.70 9102.31.00 9101.31.00 9102.31.40 9101.31.40

Type JLB 7 K JFB 7 K JL 10 K JFB 10 K JL 14 K JFB 14 K
Load capacity in kg 7000 7000 10000 10000 14000 14000
Number of rollers 8 8 12 12 16 16
Dimensions of rollers in mm 85 x 85 85 x 85 85 x 85 85 x 85 85 x 85 85 x 85
Overall height in mm 110 110 110 110 110 110
Load surface fixed skates in mm 175 x 170 175 x 170 175 x 170
Dimensions of fixed skates 325 x 200 325 x 390 325 x 390
Length of alignment bar in mm 1230 1230 1230
Adjustment range of skates in mm 400-1030 400-1030 400-1030
Turntable ø in mm 150 170 170
Dimensions of steerable skates in mm 445 x 590 580 x 820 580 x 1000
Length of drawbar in mm 1120 1120 1120
Weight JUWAthan Professional in kg 36 27 56 35 68 39
9103./9104. Adjustable and steerable Example for load distribution

transport skates type G, load capacity 30-60 t, of a 30 t transport set:
overall height 180 mm
• The rollers are mechanically pivoted. Therefore equal load distribution Steerable skate JLB
on all wheels and the floor. No elaborated and failure-prone hydraulic
compensation needed.
• All transport skates are immediately ready for use. The steerable skate
11,25 to
is equipped with a roller bearing turntable and the pictured drawbar.
The fixed skates can be connected with the included alignment bars as
pictured on the right.

JUWAthan® plus rollers. 5,625 to
For details see opposite page
Fixed skates JFB
5,625 to
Item no. 9103.01.50 9104.01.50 9103.02.20 9104.02.20 9103.33.00 9104.33.00

Type JLB 15 G JFB 15 G JLB 22 G JFB 22 G JL 30 G JFB 30 G
Number of rollers 8 8 8/8 12 16 16
Dimensions of rollers in mm 140 x 120 140 x 120 140 x 120/59 140 x 120 140 x 120 140 x 120
Overall height in mm 180 180 180 180 180 180
Load surface fixed skates in mm 220 x 200 220 x 200 220 x 200
Dimensions of fixed skates in mm 460 x 285 460 x 528 460 x 528
Length of alignment bar in mm 2 x 1540 2 x 1540 2 x 1540
Adjustment range of skates in mm 475 - 1300 530 x 1300 530 x 1300
Turntable ø in mm 215 215 250
Dimensions of steerable skates in mm 565 x 741 565 x 981 750 x 1550
Length of steering handle in mm 1230 1450 1590
Weight JUWAthan plus in kg 97 83 120 105 290 128
9103./9104. Adjustable and steerable Example for load distribution

transport skates type H, load capacity 70-120 t, of a 70 t transport set:
overall height 230 mm Steerable skate JLB
• In comparison to the capacity unequalled compact and lightweight 35 to.
construction.
• Mechanically pivoted rollers for equal load distribution on all
wheels and the floor.
• All transport skates are immediately ready for use. The steerable
skate is equipped with a roller bearing turntable and a drawbar.
The fixed skates can be connected with the included alignment bars.
17,5 to.
JUWAthan® rollers Fixed skates JFB
For details see opposite page
17,5 to.
Item no. 9103.03.50 9104.03.50 9103.06.00 9104.06.00

Type JLB 35 H JFB 35 H JLB 60 H JFB 60 H
Number of rollers 8 8 8/8 8/8
Dimensions of rollers in mm 200 x 170 200 x 170 200 x 170 / 85 200 x 170 / 85
Overall height in mm 230 230 230 230
Load surface fixed skates in mm 395 x 260 395 x 260
Dimensions of fixed skates in mm 740 x 395 740 x 580
Length of alignment bar in mm 2 x 1540 2 x 1540
Adjustment range of skates in mm 585-1155 700-2800
Turntable ø in mm 250 250
Dimensions of steerable skates in mm 650 x 1060 650 x 1400
Length of steering handle in mm 1590 1590
Weight JUWAthan in kg 320 289 450 410
Industrial Trucks: Pallet Trucks
Pallet Trucks
High Quality Standard Versions
Special Fork Lengths
Pallet Trucks with low Underrunning Height
Stainless Steel Pallet Trucks
Pallet Trucks with Scale
7785. hand pallet truck

type CS 23, load capacity 2300 kg
Steering wheels of polyurethane
Load rollers of nylon
Available with single or tandem load rollers
• Lifetime guarantee: 99 years on the frame!

• 5 years guarantee on the pump unit and the handle bar
• 10 (12) lubricating nipples for easy maintenance and long service life
• Precision ball bearings in all wheels and rollers
• Premium quality high strength steel
• Corrosion protected stainless steel lowering valve
• Controlled and smooth lowering
• Powder coated
• Angled high-strength polymer handle for best ergonomic grip
• Welded handle bar connection provides stability and safe handling
• Extremely lightweight – only 65 kg!
Load capacity Fork width Fork length Lifting height Steering wheels Load rollers Weight Item no.
2300 520 1150 200 Polyurethane Nylon/single 65 7785.60.23
2300 520 1150 200 Polyurethane Nylon/Tandem 65 7785.60.23T
7785.
I=1150
Hand pallet truck
complying with European I 4 =977 K2=1750
standards. Tested import cost

The low !
1220
600
quality. ative
altern
Steering wheels
410
85,74
I 4 =850 327
of abrasion-resistant polyurethane
Tandem load rollers of polyamide
200
I 2 =800
115
35
400 k1=121
Load capacity 2500 kg I1=1029
1429
Load capacity Steering wheel ø Load roller ø in Weight Item no. D=1550
in kg in mm mm in kg
2500 200 80 80 7785.60.25B
110ϒ
160
540,680
with entry rollers

160
110ϒ
350
wa1
rounded
Similar to photo fork tips
778. Hand pallet trucks

in special versions
Other special versions like:
- Fork width 680 mm
- Clearance height 58 mm
on request.
7786. Hand pallet trucks with special fork lengths, steering wheels of polyurethane, tandem load rollers of polyamide
Item no. 7786.08.00 7786.09.50 7786.13.50 7786.15.00 7786.18.00 7786.20.00
Type CS PS 800 T CS PS 950 T CS PS 1350 T CS PS 1500 T CS PS 1800 T CS PS 2000 T
Number of wheels front/back 2/4 2/4 2/4 2/4 2/4 2/4
Lifting height h3 in mm 120 120 120 120 120 120
Lowered height (H13) in mm 80 80 80 80 80 80
Overall length (l1) in mm 1175 1275 1725 1875 2175 2375
Prong dimensions (s x e x l = fork length) in mm 51 x 150 x 800 51 x 150 x 950 51 x 150 x 1350 51 x 150 x 1500 51 x 150 x 1800 51 x 150 x 2000
Overall width (b5) in mm 520 520 520 520 520 520
Weight in kg 67 68 75 80 85 88
7785. Scissor pallet truck type CS10X

Load capacity 1000 kg
Load rollers and steering wheels of polyurethane
Load Lifting height Clearance height Fork length Fork width Steering wheel ø Load roller ø Weight Item no.
capacity in kg in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in kg
1000 800 85 1170 540 160 x 50 78 x 60 127 7785.85.10BS
7781. Stainless steel

pallet truck type CS 20 TE
Load rollers and steering wheels
of polyurethane
All parts of stainless steel,
load capacity 2000 kg.
for a
Ideal for the food industry and for s steel,
use in aggressive environments. Stainles life!
ervice
longer s
Load capacity Q Steering wheel ø Load roller ø Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.
in kg in mm in mm h3 h13 l1 s e l b5 in kg
2000 200 x 50 80 x 60 (Tandem) 120 85 1550 50 150 1150 520 69 7781.E0.20
7781. Hand pallet truck

with scale
type CS PW 20 TA
Steering wheels of polyurethane
Load rollers of polyamide
Load capacity 2000 kg
• Based on high quality model with
clearance height of only 85 mm
• Sturdy construction for standard
weighing tasks
• Measuring range 0-2000 kg in
1 kg intervals
• LCD display with 6 digits, digit
height 30 mm
• Weighing functions: Tare
(gross/net), counting, adding,
automatic zero
• Accuracy ± 0,1% of the result
• Minimum weight 1 kg (intervals
adjustable)
• Battery capacity 25 hours
• All systems are factory calibra-
ted
• Complete with battery and
external charger
Calibratable version on
request
Load capacity in Steering wheel Load roller ø Dimensions in mm Weight Item no.
kg ø in mm in mm h3 h13 h14 l1 l2 s e l b5 in kg
2000 194 x 50 80 x 63 115 85 1230 1525 375 60 165 1140 535 135 7781.DW.21
Load Restraint Systems
Load Restraint Systems
Lashing Straps
Lashing Chains
Anti-slip Mats
Accessories (Edge Protectors,
Protective Sleeves etc.)
Load Restraint Systems: Lashing Straps
Selection of the correct cargo strap:

Laws, regulations, and guidelines
1. Inertial mass (F) = m · a
Within the transport chain shipper, vehicle owner and driver all have their m = mass/weight of the load (kg)
clearly defined responsibilities. They include compliance with all regula- a = acceleration when starting, braking
tions regarding loading and unloading, proper and safe transport as well or driving through curves (m/s²)
as roadworthiness of the vehicle.
In other words: Shipper, vehicle owner and driver must adhere to road To simplify the calculations the gravitational acceleration can be rounded
traffic regulations, applicable standards and guidelines. up to 10 m/s² (actually 9,81 m/s²) and the forces indicated in daN (1 daN =
10 N). A load weighing 4000 kg then has a gravitational mass of approx.
4000 daN.
When calculating the inertial mass also the sway factor and the friction
value have to be considered.
The sway factor is a constant to be considered when calculating the iner-

tial mass of top-heavy or unstable loads. The frictional force works against
Basic rules:
2. the movement of the load and depends on the material of the load and the
deck.
2.1 Basic vehicle requirements for safe transport Anti-slip mats increase the friction value and reduce the tiedown forces.
The result: Fewer straps are needed – you save time and money.
The basic requirement for safe transport is the correct vehicle with a
suitable platform and the necessary load restraint devices.
2.2 Load behaviour and calculation of forces

Gravitational mass (G) = (m · g) · w
Loads during transport are subjec- w = 0,2 (sway factor)
1,0 G ted to G forces when cornering, m = mass/weight (kg)
0,5 G
stopping, accelerating, and in g = gravitational acceleration (m/s²)
0,5 G
emergencies.
0,5 G
This can lead to various movements
0,8 G
of the load, which may create
0,3 G serious hazards to both the driver Frictional force (Fw) = μ · G
4,0 G
and other road users. Shifting loads μ = friction value
0,5 G
can cause serious destabilisation of G = gravitational mass
the vehicle, or penetration of the
0,5 G
load through the cab, particularly in
4,0 G
emergency braking situations.
2,2 G These G forces must be taken into The use of anti-slip mats (RH mats) is described in VDI (Association of
0,2 G account when specifying load German Engineers) guidelines. It has become common practise to use
0,7 G
restraint equipment. Therefore it is anti-slip mats to increase the friction value. They are manufactured from
essential to define the terms weight recycled rubber granulate which is pressed into mats. Be aware that not
0,7 G any piece of rubber will result in a higher friction value. Only genuine pro-
2,2 G and mass on one side and gravita-
0,2 G
tional mass and inertial mass on the ducts with certified coefficients of friction guarantee high μ-values.
Forces on the load other.
during transport
Material pair dry wet

The weight or mass is stated in the transport documents and can be
determined by weighing. It is indicated in kg. wood/wood 0,20 - 0,50 0,20 - 0,25
Friction values
metal/wood 0,20 - 0,50 0,20 - 0,25 for different
The inertial mass (F) is the force that affects the load in curves, during material pairs
acceleration and braking contrary to the direction of motion. The gra- metal/metal 0,10 - 0,25 0,10 - 0,20
vitational mass (G) is the force that presses the load on the platform. concrete/wood 0,30 - 0,60 0,30 - 0,50
Both forces are indicated in Newton (N).
RH mat 0,6 0,6
Gravitational mass (G) and inertial mass (F) are calculated according to the
following formulas: 2.3 Fields of application and surface conditions
Caution: Do not knot textile straps as they will lose their tensile
Gravitational mass (G) = m · g strength
m = mass/weight (kg) To protect your straps from sharp edges and rough surfaces we offer a
g = gravitational acceleration (m/s²) wide range of protective sleeves and edge protectors.
Protective sleeves also allow high pretensioning forces which are neces-
sary for load tiedown. As the tubing will adhere to the load the strap can
slide inside during tensioning.
Direct lashing is completely different from tying down. Here the straps
are used to keep the load in its position. Therefore they have to be applied
to restrain the load equally in all directions of the occurring forces. The
lashing points on the load and the deck must be suitable to absorb these
forces.
All straps must be evenly tightened! There is no need for a high pretension
Edge Protector UWI
force. For selection and calculation of the suitable straps the angles α and
β have to be considered.
When applying the straps make sure that they are not twisted and have full
surface contact with the load. Tensioning elements (ratchets etc.) and other
hardware must be protected from damage and must not rest on edges. It is
not allowed to use any ratchet extensions to increase the pretension forces Direct lashing considering the
as this will cause damage to the tensioning element. occurring angles. Please keep the
α following in mind:
β
- The load must be stable

- The 4 straps must be within an angle α of 0°-60° and β of 20°-45°
Determination of the necessary securing forces
3. Restraint methods
-
-
The 4 straps must only be hand-tightened
Top-heavy loads must be secured form-locking at their base
Friction-locked load restraint in most cases is effected by ratchet straps.

Two restraint methods can be distinguished:
• Tiedown
• Direct lashing
G[daN] · (0,8 - μ)
LC =
Tiedown is the most commonly used restraint method in road transporta- nw (μ · sin α + cos α · cos β)
tion. A force closure by tying down is ensured, if pretension force (Fv) and
friction are high enough to compensate the forces affecting the load. LC = lashing capacity
G = load mass [daN]
0,8 = acceleration coefficient in the
direction of motion
nw = number of straps
μ = friction value
Friction-locked load restraint

by tying down
Composition and maintenance of textile straps
4.
In Germany and all other CEN countries since 01/05/2001 textile straps,
also called ratchet straps, have to be manufactured according to DIN EN
12195-2. Since then only these ratchet straps may be used for road trans-
For calculation the following simplified formula can be used: port load restraint; proper straps according to DIN 60060 or VDI 2701 may
be applied until they are fit for disposal or have become unusable.
(0,8 - μ)
Fv = G ·
μ Ratchet straps according to DIN EN 12195-2 are marked
Fv = pretension force with the LC (Lashing Capacity) on the label. This term defines
G = gravitational mass the allowable load for direct lashing. Additionally the preten-
0,8 = acceleration sion force STF (standard tension force) is indicated on the
μ = friction value label. The STF can be safely reached applying a hand force of
50 daN. The pretension forces (STF) of the single straps must
add up at least to the total required pretension force neces-
For a weight of 4000 kg and a friction value of μ = 0,4 (wood on wood) the sary to secure the load. Thus also the number of straps is
calculation will be as follows: determined.
Ratchet straps have to be inspected at least once a year

(0,8 - 0,4) by a technical expert.
F = 4.000 · = 4.000 daN
v
0,4 Apart from that ratchet straps have to be inspected for
obvious defects before use. Repairs may only be carried out by the
The necessary pretension force for the strap will be 4000 daN
manufacturer. Ratchet straps with missing information regarding the
Please note that all ratchet straps have to be evenly tightened. After
manufacturer, the LC or the STF cannot be repaired any more. After a
a short driving distance the pretension force should be checked.
proper repair the ratchet straps can be used with their original LC or STF
If there is an angle in the strap between load and lashing point it has to be
considered when calculating the pretension forces. For detailed information
consult the VDI guidelines.
4155.
Polyester strap with
cambuckle according to
DIN EN 12195-2
Width 25 mm LC Length Max. elongation Item no.
Endless in daN in m at LC in %
For light load restraint and in-house 250 4 <7 41550100.004000
storage.
250 6 <7 41550100.006000
Other lengths available on request.
4802.
Polyester ratchet strap
according to
DIN EN 12195-2
Width 25 mm
Endless or two-part, with double J
or snap hook. Specially suitable for
use with roof racks and auto trailers
for light duty.
LC Length Max. elongation Item no. Polyester ratchet strap,

in daN in m at LC in % width 25 mm, endless
500 4 <7 48020100.004000

500 6 <7 48020100.006000
LC Length Max. elongation Item no. Polyester ratchet strap, width 25 mm,
in daN in m at LC in % two-part with double J hook
250 / 500 4 <7 48020212.004000

250 / 500 6 <7 48020212.006000
LC Length Max. elongation Item no. Polyester ratchet strap, width 25 mm,
in daN in m at LC in % two-part with snap hook
250 / 500 4 <7 48020209.004000

250 / 500 6 <7 48020209.006000
4804.P Polyester ratchet straps

Width 35 mm
With extra wide ratchet handle, for medium duty,
suitable as load restraint according to DIN EN 12195-2.
Polyester ratchet strap, LC Length ST

F
Max. elongation Item no.
width 35 mm, endless in daN in m in daN at LC in %
2000 4 440 <7 4804P100.004000

2000 6 440 <7 4804P100.006000
Polyester ratchet strap, LC Length STF Max. elongation Item no.

width 35 mm, two-part, with snap hook in daN in m in daN at LC in %
1000 / 2000 4 440 <7 4804P209.004000

1000 / 2000 6 440 <7 4804P209.006000

F
width 35 mm, two-part, with claw hook in daN in m in daN at LC in %
1000 / 2000 4 440 <7 4804P206.004000

1000 / 2000 6 440 <7 4804P206.006000

F
width 35 mm, two-part, with double J hook in daN in m in daN at LC in %
1000 / 2000 4 440 <7 4804P211.004000

1000 / 2000 6 440 <7 4804P211.006000
4803.P Polyester ratchet strap Tiedown-Controller

Width 50 mm (German)
According to DIN EN 12195-2 Item no. 4000.ZC.00

width 50 mm, two-part, with flat hook in daN in m in daN at LC in %
500 / 1000 4 210 <7 4803P244.004000

500 / 1000 6 210 <7 4803P244.006000
LC Length STF Max. elongation Item no.

Polyester ratchet strap, in daN in m in daN at LC in %
width 50 mm, two-part, with snap hook
500 / 1000 4 210 <7 4803P209.004000

500 / 1000 6 210 <7 4803P209.006000

width 50 mm, two-part, with double J hook in daN in m in daN at LC in %
500 / 1000 4 210 <7 4803P212.004000

500 / 1000 6 210 <7 4803P212.006000
487B. 5 ton ratchet strap with TFI according to

DIN EN 12195-2, impregnated* version, width 50 mm,
standard length 8 m, fixed end 0,5 m
More safety with the
+ Tension Force Indicator
Powerful and ergonomic tightening –

nal
l: additio
safe and controlled releasing
Optiona os end
e .
• Controlled release reduces the risk of accidents at the lo
• The double latch brings more tension
in less time! More tension through smaller
steps
• The self-securing ratchet handle:

Tightening – pull the function slider –
lock the ratchet – let the function
slider engage in the toothed ring.
Subsequent unintentional unlocking of
the ratchet is excluded. The system even
resists strongest vibrations and jolts!
* Straps without impregnation and other lengths are available on request.
LC Width Thickness Item no. Polyester ratchet strap,

in daN in mm impregnated* width 50 mm, endless
in mm
5000 50 2,9 487B5100.008000
LC STF STF Width Thickness Item no. Polyester ratchet strap,

in daN in daN with TFI in mm impre-
width 50 mm, two-part, with claw hook
in daN gnated*
in mm
2500/5000 500 750 50 2,9 487B5204.008000

in daN in daN with TFI in mm impre- width 50 mm, two-part, with snap hook
in daN gnated*
in mm
2500/5000 500 750 50 2,9 487B5215.008000

in daN in daN with TFI in mm impre- width 50 mm, two-part, with double J hook
in daN gnated*
in mm
2500/5000 500 750 50 2,9 487B5201.008000

in daN in daN with TFI in mm impre- width 50 mm, two-part, with triangle and snap hook
in daN gnated*
in mm
2500/5000 500 750 50 2,9 487B5253.008000
ten
ebbi n het: Tigh
ABS ratc rfully and
w
ss tha we
more po
g
4840. 5 ton ratchet strap according to y.
le
graduall
n
DIN EN 12195-2, not impregnated, width 50 mm, 4% release
elo
on
standard length 8 m, fixed end 0,5 m ng ati
The unmatched ratchet strap with the unique feature:
Step-By- Gradual release reduces the

Step- risk of accidents!
Tension release
The pretension force is released
gradually, whereas conventional
ratchets will release the webbing
Lock tension all at once. This is parti-
Free wheel
cularly dangerous if the load is
not properly balanced. The ABS
ratchet is released gradually.
Thus the risk is avoided that
shifted load will tip over when
loosening the ratchet and
endangers man and material.
* less than 4% webbing elongation
Polyester ratchet strap, LC Width Thickness Item no.

width 50 mm, endless in daN in mm not impregnated*
in mm
5000 50 2,9 48405100.008000
Polyester ratchet strap, LC STF Width Thickness Item no.

width 50 mm, two-part with claw hook in daN in daN in mm not impregnated*
in mm
2500/5000 450 50 2,9 48405204.008000

width 50 mm, two-part with double J snap hook in daN in daN in mm not impregnated*
in mm
2500/5000 450 50 2,9 48405215.008000

width 50 mm, two-part with double J hook in daN in daN in mm not impregnated*
in mm
2500/5000 450 50 2,9 48405201.008000

width 50 mm, two-part with triangle and snap hook in daN in daN in mm not impregnated*
in mm
2500/5000 450 50 2,9 48405253.008000
l
powerfu
4815. 10 ton ratchet strap according to Fast and
DIN EN 12195-2, not impregnated, width 50 mm, lashing!
standard length 4 m, fixed end 0,5 m
• The double-layer belt material together
with high-strength hooks and the ABS
ratchet ensure a reliable lashing capacity
of up to 10000 daN
• Ideal for direct lashing of vehicles

and machinery
ebbi n
• Also available with woven logo
or individual print
w
ss tha
g
le
n
4%
elo
on
ng ati
tem
LC Width Thickness not Item no. Polyester ratchet strap, ABS-sys
in daN in mm impregnated* width 50 mm, two-part, with triangle
in mm
5000/10000 50 2,8 48151238.004000
em
LC Width Thickness not Item no. Polyester ratchet strap, A BS-syst
in daN in mm impregnated* width 50 mm, two-part, with safety hook
in mm
5000/10000 50 2,8 48151275.004000
Other lengths on request
4815. 20 ton ratchet strap according to

DIN EN 12195-2, not impregnated, width 75 mm
• Ideal for direct lashing of heavy vehicles and machinery
• Also available with individual print
• Reliable tiedown lashing capacity of 20000 daN due to double-layer
belt material
LC Width Thickness not Item no. Polyester ratchet strap, AB S-system

in daN in mm impregnated* width 75 mm, two-part, with safety hook
in mm
10000/20000 75 4,2 48152275.004000
AB S-system
LC Width Thickness not Item no. Polyester ratchet strap,
in daN in mm impregnated* width 75 mm, two-part, with triangle
in mm
10000/20000 75 4,2 48152205.004000
Other lengths on request
ort –
Less eff
fety!
4806. Ergo ratchet strap according to DIN EN 12195-2, more sa
standard length 8 m
• The required pretension
The highest performing ratchet assembly available is a reverse is reached without effort
action type which maximises ergonomic efficiency and utilises an • Lower purchasing costs
extended handle for greater leverage. The pretension forces are • Less tiedown effort
50% higher than with conventional ratchets! • Easy handling
• Spine-friendly
• Sturdy design !
pushing
Also available is better than
with Pulling
More safety with the
Tension Force Indicator
LC STF Width Thickness not Item no. Reverse action ergo ratchet strap,
in daN in daN in mm impregnated width 50 mm, two-piece with double J hook
in mm
2500/5000 500 50 2,8 48065201.008000
in daN in daN in mm impregnated width 50 mm, two-piece with double J snap hook
in mm
2500/5000 500 50 2,8 48065215.008000
in daN in daN in mm impregnated width 50 mm, two-piece with claw hook
in mm
2500/5000 500 50 2,8 48065204.008000
4829. Winch with worm gear and strap storage

according to VBG 12, 4 ton winch strap according
to DIN EN 12195-2, standard length 8 m
• Less than 4% elongation under full tension.
• The tensioning element is theft-proof as it is welded to the vehicle.
In case of damage the strap can be replaced easily. Simple handling,
no loose strap ends that have to be stored.
Crank handle
• Only one crank handle is required for tensioning of all winches on Item no.
the vehicle. 4829.21.00
• Special crank handle for easy turning.
Double J snap hook Flat triangle
LC STF Width Thickness Item no. LC STF Width Thickness Item no.
in daN in in mm not impreg- in daN in in mm not impreg-
daN nated daN nated
in mm in mm
2000/4000 600 50 2,4 48291215.008000 2000/4000 600 50 2,4 48291218.008000
Double J hook Claw hook
LC STF Width Thickness Item no. LC STF Width Thickness Item no.
in daN in in mm not impreg- in daN in in mm not impreg-
daN nated daN nated
in mm in mm
2000/4000 600 50 2,4 48291201.008000 2000/4000 600 50 2,4 48291204.008000
Load Restraint Systems: Disposable Lashings
4108. EasyLashtex -
Disposable load securing
Many industrial goods are moved by rail today. Easy Lashtex has been
developed to comply with the strict requirements of the German rail stan-
dard BN 918090. The most important criteria are:
Only woven or composite strappings (filament structure) must be used for

load restraint.
The load securing straps must be suitable for a temperature range bet-
ween -25°C (-13°F) and +70°C (+158°F).
Maximum elongation must not exceed 7% at a load of 50% of the system
strength of pre-defined strap-buckle combinations.
According to loading directives all straps must have a minimum system
strength of 500 daN.
Marking requirements: The straps must have a durable print indicating
manufacturer, lot number and system strength.
After a 100 cycle-stress test up to 50% of the breaking load the belt slip
at the fittings must not exceed 20 mm.
Easy Lashtex offers a wide range of combinations with different buckles

and tensioners. Handy dispenser carts and pallet needles are also availa-
ble.
Straps up to 50 mm width may also be

tensioned with a special Ergo ratchet.
Buckle types Tensioners Dispenser carts
BC-16 BC-13
manual tensioner pneumatic tensioner

for straps for straps
up to 19 mm up to 38 mm
BC-14 BC-15 Dispenser cart Dispenser cart

EL 25 EL 50
manual tensioner manual tensioner

for straps for straps
BC-4 / BC-7 / BC-12 BC-10 up to 40 mm up to 50 mm
Strap width Strap thickness Strap strength Tiedown system Type with buckle type Packing unit Weight per Roll length
in mm in mm in daN strength in daN packing unit in kg in m
16 0,8 600 900 tex 16-0900 BC-4 2 rolls 14,0 600
25 1,0 1100 1500 tex 25-1500 BC-13 sack 13,5 500
25 1,2 1400 2100 tex 25-2100 BC-12 2 rolls 16,4 300
35 1,4 3000 3800 tex 35-3800 BC-14 sack 17,1 300
38 1,0 2000 3000 tex 38-3000 BC-7 4 rolls 28,0 100
50 0,9 1900 2500 tex 50-2500 BC-15 sack 12,0 300
50 1,8 4900 5000 tex 50-5000 BC-15 sack 17,6 200
50 2,1 6000 7500 tex 50-7500 BC-16 sack 19,7 150
50 2,1 6000 8000 tex 50-8000* BC-10 sack 19,7 150
*This item does not comply with German rail standard BN 918090
Load Restraint Systems: Disposable Lashings
s steel –
Stahltex - System
® Strong a textile!
as
The versatile strapping and flexible
tiedown system off the reel
Soft: The flexible straps prevent load damage, fit all shapes and involve
no risk of injury. They do not burst open and have no sharp edges.
Fast: The self-closing buckles allow fast and safe tightening according to
the belt principle.
Advertising: Have your company name printed on the Stahltex ® strap
and it will advertise for you by its durability, strength and clean looks.
and... Stahltex ® can be retightened, leaves no rust stains, is absolutely
weather-proof, resistant to chemicals, reusable and can be adapted to
your individual requirements by our sales team.
Stahltex ® - System
Disposable polyester straps, elastic to impacts and jolts, weather-proof,
for extreme loads of 300-4000 kg, simple and safe buckle lock.
Straps Buckles* Pallet needle Dispenser Tensioner Complete system
Strap Breaking Reel Item no. Item no. Item no. Item no. Item no. Content: 1 strap reel (see below), Item no.
width strength length 1000 buckles, 1 tensioner,
in mm in kg in mm pallet needle, dispenser
13 610 1100 4013.05.04 4013.03.04 4015.04.00 4015.02.00 4015.01.00 1 strap reel 13 mm of 1100 m 4013.00.04
16 790 850 4016.05.05 4016.03.05 4015.04.00 4015.02.00 4015.01.00 1 strap reel 16 mm of 850 m 4016.00.05
19 880 600 4019.05.06 4019.03.06 4015.04.00 4015.02.00 4015.01.00 1 strap reel 19 mm of 600 m 4019.00.06
* Package of 1000 pcs, for strap width 19 mm: 500 pcs
Multitex – the low cost alternative

The alternative for 95% of all possible applications.
Caution: Strap and dispenser of this alternative programme
are not compatible with the Stahltex® system.
Straps Buckles* Pallet needle Dispenser Tensioner Complete system
Strap Breaking Reel Item no. Item no. Item no. Item no. Item no. Content: 1 strap reel (see below), Item no.
width strength length 1000 buckles, 1 tensioner,
in mm in kg in mm pallet needle, dispenser
13 400 1100 4013.F5.04 4013.F3.04 4015.04.00 4015.F2.00 4015.F1.00 1 strap reel 13 mm of 1100 m 4013.F0.04
* Package of 1000 pcs
Load Restraint Systems: Accessories
4801. 4801.
Ratchet pads Abrasion protection sliP
Length: 50 cm
Suitable Item no.

Suitable Item no.
for strap width
for a max. strap width
in mm
of (mm)
up to 36 4801.16.20
35 4801.SP.35
50 4801.16.21
50 4801.SP.50
75 4801.16.22
e
ewn to th
Firmly s 4801. 4801.
d thus
strap an ble!!! Velcro® fastener Protective sleeve Clip SC
ha
undetac at fixed end
Available from a minimum quantity
of 30 ratchet straps
Suitable Item no. Suitable Item no.

for strap width for strap width
in mm in mm
50 4801.17.00 50 4801.SC.50
75 4801.SC.75
4801. 4801.
Protective sleeve SF-LSP Edge protector KaSi
Suitable Item no. Suitable Item no.

for strap width for a max. strap width
in mm of (mm)
35 4SFL.00.35 50 4801.16.30
50 4SFL.00.50 Get a reduced price if you buy a complete

75 4SFL.00.75 packing unit (96 pcs) – item no. 48011630P
5087.
Edge protectors
NEW! 4801.
Edge protector UWI
made of quality leather
• As tubing or single layer
• Suitable for strap width 30 and Suitable Item no.
50 mm for a max. strap width
• Tightly sewn, therefore no sliding of (mm)
on the strap
• Other sizes available 50 4801.16.31
Type Suitable for Item no. Packing

strap size unit
Protective tubing 50 x 300 5087.00.50000300 1
50 x 200 5087.00.50000200 1
35 x 300 5087.00.35000300 1
35 x 200 5087.00.35000200 1
Single layer 50 x 200 5087.01.050000200 12
50 x 140 5087.01.050000140 12
35 x 200 5087.01.035000200 12
For other edge protec-
tors see page 294
35 x 140 5087.01.035000140 12
Load Restraint Systems: Anti-Slip Mats
-CAT“:
“BLACK
48BC. Anti slip mat “BLACK-CAT“ inal!
The Orig
A product for thousands of applications!
• Once placed the mat will firmly adhere to the surface –

even on inclinations of up to 60°. Usable everywhere where nothing
must shift – on almost any material without sticking!
• Washable up to 60°C (140°F) with any standard laundry detergent.
• Prototype tested by German TÜV
• High resistance against acids and leaches
• Very high biological resistance
• Resistant against oil, petrol and diesel
• Can be scissored to the desired size
Possible fields of application for “BLACK-CAT“:
Commerce, industry and transport:

E.g. for allocation and transport of sensitive parts: Considerable simplifi-
cation of production and picking in workshops, industry and commerce.
E.g. for reliable tidiness und safe storage in drawers
E.g. for fixing of items for automatic or semi-automatic workpiece hand-
ling: On conveyor belts, turntables and feeders metal parts, glass, die cast
components and galvanised parts can be fixed, transported, picked up
and returned again – without any gripping, plugging, magnetic or positio-
ning devices.
Car, home and hobby:

E.g. for anti-slip transport of sensitive parts: Holds mirrors, equipment of
all kind, tool boxes and bags at their place
Small trade:
E.g. safe grip and transport of any item on clean surface: Original “Black
Cat” anti-slip mats ensure hassle-free work in many fields without use of
holding tongs, grippers or clamps. (Planing, sanding, sawing, drilling etc.)
Standard sizes for different applications
Description Size Item no.

in mm
Mini tool mat 300 x 1800 48BC.31.50
Midi tool mat 450 x 1800 48BC.42.00
Maxi tool mat 600 x 2400 48BC.62.40
Car mat 900 x 1200 48BC.91.20
Work mat 600 x 1200 48BC.61.20
Uni-Car 450 x 600 48BC.45.60
Cell phone mat 200 x 250 48BC.00.25
Rolls
“BLACK-CAT“ anti-slip mats keep everything
Description Roll width Item no.
at its place.
in mm
Rolls of 10 m length 200 48BC.10.20
250 48BC.10.25
300 48BC.10.30
350 48BC.10.35
430 48BC.10.43
450 48BC.10.45
500 48BC.10.50
600 48BC.10.60
1000 48BC.11.00
Any roll width from 0,20 m to 0,99 m is available in lengths of 10 m or 20

m from a minimum quantity of 10 pcs.
Bigger roll widths from 1,00 m to 2,40 m in lengths of 10 m or 20 m only
require a minimum quantity of 6 pcs. Special lengths from 2 to 9 m, as
well as 25, 50 or 100 m are also possible!
Please contact us for the respective minimum order quantities.
tructible
48BC.P Anti-slip mat
“BLACK-CAT“-Panther
NEW! Strong
... The
..
N
.
o
sa
.1
fe
o
... indes
n the ma
rket
Ideal for industry and trade

• Safe and slip-proof standing. Noise- and shock-absorbing
• Highly elastic permanent floor mat, slip-free surface guarantees high
work safety – adheres immovably to the ground.
• Excellent cold insulation on concrete, tile and other industrial floors.
• Extremely sturdy, abrasion- and deformation-resistant, compensates
floor unevenness by its flexibility.
• Durable – for in- and outdoor use. Suitable for forklift and pallet truck
traffic.
• Resistant against most acids, leaches and gasoline and diesel. Can be
easily cleaned with water and solvent-free cleaning agents.
• Material thickness 4,5 mm
• Special sizes are available in widths from 20 to 1600 mm and lengths
up to 60 m.
Minimum quantities apply.
Standard sizes for „BLACK-CAT“ - Panther anti-slip mats
Designation Weight in kg Size in m Item no.
„BLACK-CAT“-Panther
BCP 1,20 x 0,8 m 2,00 1,20 x 0,80 48BC.P0.812 has been tested and
BCP 1,00 x 4,0 m 8,20 1,00 x 4,00 48BC.P1.004 certified by
BCP 1,00 x 8,0 m 16,40 1,00 x 8,00 48BC.P1.008
BCP 1,20 x 4,0 m 9,80 1,20 x 4,00 48BC.P1.204
BCP 1,20 x 8,0 m 19,70 1,20 x 8,00 48BC.P1.208
BCP 1,60 x 4,0 m 12,80 1,60 x 4,00 48BC.P1.604 Dortmund University
BCP 1,60 x 8,0 m 25,80 1,60 x 8,00 48BC.P1.608 Logistics Faculty
„BLACK-CAT“-Panther has countless applications:
For load restraint in transport, logistics and industry

Versatile for all load restraint measures in vans, trucks or railcars, for
sea- and airfreight. Many logistics providers already rely on the durability
and longevity of “BLACK CAT” – Panther anti-slip mats.
As pallet overlay for shippers, transport companies or courier

services
„BLACK-CAT“ – Panther mats on pallets avoid shifting of loads during
transport. They are the perfect load restraint complying with German
Highway Code § 22 StVO and VDI 2700 and following.
any
vince d of the m ct! „BLACK-CAT“- Panther can be used hundreds of times without notewor-
Be con is produ
thy wear.
dv anta ges of th
a As floor cover in industry, trade and production
Make work more productive by using this safe and healthy stand
underlay. Long standing at workbenches, assembly lines or in laboratories
puts a high strain on muscles and joints. Due to its elasticity „BLACK-
CAT“-Panther can be used hundreds of times without noteworthy wear.
As boot or trunk insert (1,20 x 0,80 m) for all sedans, station wagons,
small and big vans and trailers
„BLACK-CAT“-Panther is the new all-rounder for versatile use in all lugga-
ge and cargo areas. For easy securing of parcels, crates or cages in diffe-
rent vehicles.
nds
d your load sta
- an
4825. Anti-slip mat -Grip safely!
firm and
The friction between platform and load is of decisive importance for
correct load securing. Generally it can be said that with increasing
smoothness of the platform/load also the securing forces have to be
higher to ensure a force-locking load restraint with ratchet straps.
The new SpanSet Grip anti-slip mat offers the following advantages
compared to conventional rubber granule mats:
• By its certified friction value of μ > 0,6 and its high performance only
SpanSet Grip ensures top transport safety for your load!
• Sturdy, vulcanised solid rubber mat.
• Excellent indentation and tearing resistance.
The new -Grip mat ensures safe transport
If wood is transported on a Extra securing effort is necessary

smooth platform, load securing if round concrete parts have to be
requires special attention. transported. In addition to suita-
SpanSet Grip simplifies cargo ble wedges SpanSet Grip anti-
restraint to a great extent and slip mats add to load safety while
ensures controlled load safety. reducing the tiedown effort.
If sheet metal packages have to Standing paper reels can also be

be transported, two extremely secured with the new SpanSet
smooth surfaces will coincide. Grip anti-slip mat. The reels are
®®
Additionally their high weight just placed on the mats; this

requires a particularly careful load ensures a safe load restraint with
restraint. The use of SpanSet Grip reduced tiedown effort.
mats also between the sheets is
indispensible in this case.
Thickness Type Dimensions Weight Item no.

in mm in mm in kg
2,0 RH-200x200x2/C 200 x 200 0,01 4825.02.0020
2,0 RH-5000x266x2/C 5000 x 266 3,18 4825.02.0500
2,0 RH-20000x150x2/C 20000 x 150 7,17 4825.02.2000
9,5 RH-200x200x9/C 200 x 200 0,59 4825.09.0020
9,5 RH-5000x266x9/C 5000 x 266 19,50 4825.09.0500
Load Restraint Systems: Edge Protectors
ds –
4716. void sh ifting loa packages
A ne
lly of sto
Edge protector “Paletto”, ideal for palletised loads especia
Sturdy, L-shaped edge protector for ideal securing of precast concrete
parts, paving stones, or beverage cases with ratchet straps. This new
SpanSet edge protector deflects the tiedown pressure away from the edge
by its rounded shape and thus avoids damage to the load. The wide L-sha-
pe ensures optimal distribution of the contact pressure. Additionally the
ratchet straps slides easily over the rounded edges allowing high and even-
ly distributed pretension forces.
This new edge protector is ideally suited for tying down palletised goods
like concrete parts or for the beverage industry.
• High flexibility, deformation under pressure, returns to its initial shape

by itself
• High impact resistance
• Usable for a wide temperature range -30°C to +80°C (-22°F to +176°F)
Type Length Dimensions in mm Colour Weight Item no.

in cm Height Width Thickness in kg
Paletto 12 120 207 165 8 black 3,0 4716.00.12
Paletto 24 240 207 165 8 black 5,8 4716.00.24
Load Restraint Systems: Inflatable Stowage Cushions
ets to
b etw een pall
AIRflex inflatable
Fill the g
a p s trans-
ty ris ks during
stowage cushions fe
avoid sa
• Ideal load restraint for containers, po rt!
on vessels, for rail and road trans-
port
• Perfect stabilisation of the load
by large-area contact and form-
locking filling of stowage gaps -
what cannot shift will not be
damaged.
• High strength due to specially
strong kraft paper
• Quick filling
for road
transport
...by rail...
...for containers
AIRflex inflatable stowage cushions, 2-ply, with PE inlay

Designation Size Max. stowage gap in Filling pressure Bursting pressure in Quantity per pallet Weight per pallet in Item no.
in mm mm in bar bar in pcs kg
STP-2-120P 900 x 1200 400 0,2 0,6 250 220 48ST.P2.12
STP-2-150P 900 x 1500 400 0,2 0,6 250 285 48ST.P2.15
STP-2-180P 900 x 1800 400 0,2 0,6 200 250 48ST.P2.18
STP-2-210P 900 x 2100 400 0,2 0,6 175 255 48ST.P2.21
For purchase of complete pallets please ask for special prices!

STP-4-120P 900 x 1200 400 0,4 1,2 175 255 48ST.P4.12
STP-4-150P 900 x 1500 400 0,4 1,2 150 260 48ST.P4.15
STP-4-180P 900 x 1800 400 0,4 1,2 150 300 48ST.P4.18
STP-4-210P 900 x 2100 400 0,4 1,2 125 310 48ST.P4.21

STP-6-120P 900 x 1200 400 0,6 1,8 150 275 48ST.P6.12
STP-6-150P 900 x 1500 400 0,6 1,8 150 275 48ST.P6.15
STP-6-180P 900 x 1800 400 0,6 1,8 125 340 48ST.P6.18
STP-6-210P 900 x 2100 400 0,6 1,8 100 325 48ST.P6.21
Load Restraint Systems: TRUXAFE System
TRUXAFE System
for curtainsiders
Curtainsiders (also called Taut-
liners) have one main problem: The
insufficient stability of their side
walls to secure heavy or high loads
by form-lock.
The new TRUXAFE system for cur-

tainsiders offers a solution to these
problems. This new modular
system meets the tightened requi-
rements in force since 2006 to
100%.
Load restraint according to the Highly efficient Certified by German DEKRA appreciate TRUXAFE not only as
regulations a law-compliant but also as a very
Practical, lightweight, and robust – Be on the safe side with TRUXAFE cost-effective solution. The system
TRUXAFE offers a fast and econo- these are the features of the as it meets all current traffic laws components are quickly compiled,
mic solution when it comes to TRUXAFE system components. and regulations. This is guaranteed easily assembled and will resist
compliance with current German They comprise side slats, shoring by tests which have been carried many years of heavy usage.
regulations. The vehicle owner, beams, and ratchet straps. With out under realistic conditions by
driver, and shipper now have a these 3 components it is possible the German DEKRA (German Safety for man and material
higher responsibility. DIN EN to secure almost any cargo like Vehicle Inspection Association)
12642 (January 2007) only deter- barrels, big bags, or hygienic followed by the certification of the As TRUXAFE enhances the stabi-
mines the strength of the vehicle paper rolls. Thanks to the reinfor- system. lity of your curtainsider, you can
superstructure but says nothing ced sideboards this can be done expect improved handling charac-
about load restraint. Get the com- form-locking. To further enhance An economic solution for your teristics of your vehicles and thus
plete package with TRUXAFE. the efficiency we recommend transports additional safety. Furthermore
using additional safety elements maintenance costs for the sliding
like our stowage cushions or the If you already have experience tarpaulins and the rear door por-
anti-slip mat SpanSet Grip. with unreliable and expensive load tals will be reduced.
restraint equipment, you will
The TRUXAFE system consists of 3 different

components which build on each other:
1. Reinforced side slat with perforation

2. Shoring beam with hooked ends
1
3. Diagonal straps 2
48TS3050. Truxafe side slat

This high strength side slat improves lateral stability and can absorb up to
4 times the load compared to a conventional side slat i.e. 400 daN point
load and 800 daN distributed load. With its weight of only 11,7 kg this slat
is easy to handle and can be adapted to the length of the trailer by the
adjustable head piece.
Head piece Head piece
Standard length
Standard length Height Width Weight Point load Distributed load Head piece Item no.
in mm in mm in mm in kg in daN in daN length
in mm
3050 175 35 11,7 400 800 275 48TS.30.50
48TS2540. Truxafe shoring beam

In addition to the reinforced side slats these shoring beams help keeping
the load in its place. Weighing slightly less than 12 kg these beams can
take distributed loads up to 2500 daN. The hooked ends are simply
inserted into the anchoring holes of the side slat. Apart from the regular
version there is also a slim one with a distributed load of 1000 daN and a
height of 175 mm which is specially suitable for sensitive goods.
Hooked end Hooked end
Lashing eye Lashing eye
Standard length in mm
Standard length Height Width Weight Distributed load Item no.

in mm in mm in mm in kg in daN
2540 127 80 11,8 2500 48TS.25.402500
2540 175 35 10,3 1000 48TS.25.401000
48TS. Truxafe diagonal straps

The 3rd step to optimize load restraint in curtainsiders are the Truxafe dia-
gonal ratchet straps. On the top they are inserted in the standard lashing
eyes of the shoring beam, on the bottom in the lashing points of the plat-
form. This diagonal strapping deflects the lateral forces to the platform
floor and relieves the stanchions and side slats.
Connecting element (VE) Tensioning element Connecting element (VE)
Fixed end (FE) Loose end (LE)
Standard length
Connecting element
A = Double J hook B = Claw hook
Standard length * Weight in End fittings (VE)** Impregnated Lashing Capacity LC Standard length FE Strap width Item no.
in mm standard length surface in daN in mm in mm
in kg s
3,5 1,8 A s 1.500 0,3 35 48TS1500A.003500

3,5 1,5 A+B s 1.500 0,3 35 48TS1500AB.003500
3,5 3,4 A s 2.500 0,5 50 48TS2500A.003500
3,5 3,0 A+B s 2.500 0,5 50 48TS2500AB.003500
* Special lengths are available on request
** For dimensions and details of all end fittings go to www.spanset.de
48TS2500. Truxafe Pro ratchet strap

The ratchet strap for increased stanchion stability. With some new
vehicles tested according to DIN EN 12642 Code XL, the strength of the
stanchions is not sufficient for lateral load support. That’s exactly what
Truxafe Pro does: This special strap embraces 2 opposing stanchions and
ties them together. The effect: Transverse loads on one stanchion are
deflected to the opposing one.
Tensioning element
Stanchion Stanchion
Fixed end (FE) Loose end (LE)

Standard length
Standard length complete Lashing Capacity Total weight Strap width Item no.
in mm LC in daN in mm in mm
4.200 2.500 5,0 50 48TS2500.004200
Load Restraint Systems: Cargo Nets
e to
ets mad
Cargo n n ts!
4801. Pack-Net: uireme
your req
The safety network
The best way to secure general
cargo like packages and parcels is
the SpanSet PackNet! PackNet
holds the load in its place without
crushing the boxes by strong tie-
downs or causing other damage.
Safety made to measure. One

end of the PackNet webbing net is
anchored in the perforated side-
boards the other end is secured by
a selection of tensioning elements.
In between is the whole variety of
different box bodies and cargo
compartments. Contact us and we
will offer you the ideal combination
of webbing width, mesh width, end
fittings and tensioning elements to
suit your application.
Selection of tensioning
Tensioning element Item no.
and connecting elements
(SE)
for webbing width 50 mm
4803.P1.01
Connecting element Item no.
(VE)
B
4801.12.44
4801.12.62 4154.01.01
H
4801.12.65
Mw2 4146.01.01
4801.12.66
Mw1 SE VE
4801.12.67
Ordering example:
Width B Height H Mesh width MW1 Mesh width MW2 Tensioning Connecting
in cm in cm in cm in cm element SE element VE
Other webbing widths,
tensioning and connec-
237 205 26 26 2 pcs 2 pcs ting elements are availa-
ble on request.
Please contact us with your requirement.
Load Restraint Systems: Cargo Nets
g
verythin
Cargo nets for sedans, station wagons Keeps e !
ce
and pick-ups in its pla
Station wagons for service and repair duties are transporting many
different items ranging from heavy tool boxes to various spare parts.
And so far the driver neither had the time nor the possibility to secure
everything properly.
Our well proven auto cargo net ensures safe and quick load
restraint for all packaged goods.
Component 1: An anti-slip mat for safe stowage of the load

Component 2: A close meshed polyester net quickly drawn over the
load and fixed to the anchoring points of the vehicle is tightened with
2 ratchets. That’s it! A perfect load restraint according to VDI.
A very similar version is available for pick-ups:

Component 1: An anti-slip mat
Component 2: A close meshed polyester net fixed to the
anchoring points of the vehicle is tightened with 2 ratchets! A perfect
load restraint according to VDI..
VE B1 SE VE
Ordering example for sedans or station wagons Ordering example for pick-ups
Width B Height H Car type, manufacturer, Tensioning Connecting Anti slip Width Height Height Car type, Tensioning Connecting Anti
in cm in cm model, year element (SE) element VE mat B in H1 H2 manufacturer, element element VE slip
148 80 VW-Passat Variant 06 2 pcs 4 pcs 1 pce cm in cm in cm model, year (SE) mat
105 210 160 Mercedes Sprinter 06 2 pcs 6 pcs 1 pce

Please contact us with your requirement.
Ownership protection and promotion on your

ratchet straps – available for strap widths 25-50 mm
One-off print
+ typesetting costs
Continuous print
(minimum length 250 m)
One-off typesetting costs

for continuous print
Woven marking for Ergo

and Ergo ABS 5 t
(minimum length 250 m)
Load Restraint Systems: Lashing Chains Grade 120
Use the world’s strongest lashing chain!

RUD is the first manufacturer to receive the D-approval stamp for grade
120 from the German BG (Employers’ Liability & Insurance Association).
This is documented on the ice chains and fittings by the newly created
approval stamp D1-12. For a detailed description of all advantages of ICE
120 compared to grade 80 see page 235 and following. They apply for
both lifting and lashing chains.
Compared to a conventional grade 80 lashing chain, ICE 120 offers an

up to 60% higher lashing capacity or tiedown force. The ICE 120 lashing
chain fulfils the requirements of EN 12195-3 in all aspects and even sur-
passes them in some decisive points.
The completely new ratchet tensioner ICE-T Snappy with integrated

shortener offers the following additional advantages:
12
- Easy and fast shortening
- Movable on the chain strand
- Nearly no dead adjustment
- Reduced tightening effort
= Innovative
- Sealed body (no penetration of water or dirt)
In average grade 80 lashing chains are 60% heavier than ICE 120. This
offers unbeatable ergonomics and easier work for the operator.
= Chain
= Evolution
d
mounte ably
ch
undeta
617SC0.
ICE lashing chain VSK
with ratchet tensioner
ICE-T Snappy, rigid lever,
mounted on chain strand,
00
movable and undetacha- length 35
Standard
ble.
Chain size Chain type Lashing capacity Ratchet tensioner type Pretension force L Weight Item no.
min
in mm LC in daN STF in daN in mm in kg
8 ICE-VSK-8-C-ICE-T 6000 ICE-T-8-SNAPPY 2800 760 11,0 617S.C0.08

617SC1. d
mounte ably
ch
ICE lashing chain VSK undeta

ICE-T Snappy-U, foldable
lever, mounted on chain
strand, movable and 00
length 35
undetachable. Standard
Chain Chain type Lashing capacity Ratchet tensioner type Pretension force Lmin Weight Item no.
size LC in daN STF in daN in mm in kg
in mm
8 ICE-VSK-8-C-ICE-T-U 6000 ICE-T-8-SNAPPY-U 2800 760 11,1 617S.C1.08

Also ideal
for tying down
due to high pre- Lashing chain type C
tension force! with ratchet tensioner
Snappy
Mounted undetachably
Which lashing chain for which load?

Direct lashing
RUD LC Max. load weight in t (horizontal angle β: 20°-45°; 2 chains in each direction)
chain type in daN vertical angle α: 0°-30° vertical angle α: 30° - 60°
μ = 0,1 μ = 0,2 μ = 0,3 μ = 0,4 μ = 0,5 μ = 0,6 μ = 0,1 μ = 0,2 μ = 0,3 μ = 0,4 μ = 0,5 μ = 0,6
VIP-VSK 6 3000 5,2 7,0 8,7 10,9 14,5 21,9 3,8 5,3 7,5 10,7 16,0 26,7
ICE-VSK 8 6000 10,5 14,0 17,4 21,8 29,1 43,9 7,6 10,7 15,0 21,4 32,0 53,4
ICE-VSK 10 10000 17,5 23,4 29,0 36,4 48,6 73,1 12,8 17,9 25,0 35,6 53,4 89,0
ICE-VSK 13 16000 28,0 37,5 46,4 58,2 77,8 117,0 20,5 28,6 40,0 57,1 85,5 142,4
VIP-VSK 16 20000 35,0 46,9 58,1 72,8 97,3 146,3 25,6 35,8 50,0 71,3 106,9 178,0
vertical angle α Horizontal angle β
Tiedown
RUD STF Necessary number of VIP or ICE lashing chains for tiedown
chain type in daN (Number of lashing chains = factor from chart x load weight in t)
vertical angle α: 60° - 90° vertical angle α: 30° - 60°
μ = 0,1 μ = 0,2 μ = 0,3 μ = 0,4 μ = 0,5 μ = 0,6 μ = 0,1 μ = 0,2 μ = 0,3 μ = 0,4 μ = 0,5 μ = 0,6
VIP-VSK 6 1500 3,6 x 1,6 x 0,9 x 0,6 x 0,4 0,2 6,3 2,7 1,5 0,9 0,6 0,3
VIP-VSK 8 2500 2,2 x 1,0 x 0,6 x 0,4 x 0,2 0,2 3,8 1,6 0,9 0,6 0,4 0,2
VIP-VSK 10 2800 2,0 x 0,9 x 0,5 x 0,3 x 0,2 0,1 3,4 1,5 0,8 0,5 0,3 0,2
ICE-VSK 8/10/13 2800 2,0 x 0,9 x 0,5 x 0,3 x 0,2 0,1 3,4 1,5 0,8 0,5 0,3 0,2
VIP-VSK 16 3600 1,5 x 0,7 x 0,4 x 0,3 x 0,2 0,1 2,6 1,2 0,7 0,4 0,3 0,2
Values of both charts are valid for: stable load, road transport, no combined load restraint.
Friction values μ according to VDI 2700-2 Should there be a considerable deviation from the indicated lashing
Material pair dry wet greasy
angles, additional load securing measures are necessary (e.g. bigger
chain size and/or chocks – friction increasing pads).
wood/wood 0,20-0,50 0,20-0,25 0,05-0,15
metal/wood 0,20-0,50 0,20-0,25 0,02-0,10 When it comes to transporting heavy construction machinery the
metal/metal 0,10-0,25 0,10-0,20 0,01-0,10 bucket should rest on the platform of the low loader. Apply hand brake
and engage gear.
617V.A
VIP-VSK-KZA
VIP lashing chain type A –
VCGH VMVK VKSPS VCGH
with VIP Multi shortening claw VMVK
and compact tensioner
with axial lever VKSPS
Complies with DIN EN 12195-3
standard length 3,5 m
Chain type Chain size Lashing capacity Type Pretension force Lmin Weight item no.
VIP-VSK-6-A-VKSPS 6 3000 VKSPS-6 1500 609 4,3 617V.A0.06

VIP-VSK-KZA
617V.A
VCGH VCGH
VMVK** VKSPS-R VIP lashing chain type A –
with VIP Multi shortening claw VMVK
with ratchet lever VKSPS-R
foldable
lever
Complies with DIN EN 12195-3
Standard length 3,5 m
In case VMVK is not permanently mounted – shortening is possible at any point as the
shortening claw can be moved along the chain strand.
Chain type Chain size Lashing capacity Type Pretension force Lmin Weight item no.
VIP-VSK-6-A-VKSPS-R 6 3000 VKSPS-R-6 1500 605 4,5 617V.A1.06

Skip bin lashing chains in grade 100 VIP pink for skip trucks
according to DIN 30720.
*Preconditions: 2 lashing chains in each

direction; μ = 0,1
Values refer to load restraint in direction of
motion. For securing against direction of motion
the next smaller chain size can be used. For
lateral securing edge guides are necessary.
The lashing capacity can be increased

using 2 parallel VIP chain strands with
pulleys. Ideal for heavy duty lashing.
LC = 40000 daN
with chain size 16 mm
LC = 26800 daN
with chain size 13 mm
617V.B VIP-VSK-KZA
VIP lashing chain type B – VCGH
VKSPS VCGH
with VIP Multi shortening hook VVH
with axial lever VKSPS VVS
Complies with DIN EN 12195-3 VVH

Standard length 3,5
Chain type Chain size Lashing Type Pretension force Lmin Weight Item no.
in mm capacity LC STF in daN in mm in kg
in daN
VIP-VSK-6-B-VKSPS 6 3000 VKSPS-6 1500 669 4,0 617V.B0.06

617V.B
VIP lashing chain type B – VIP-VSK-KZA
with VIP Multi shortening hook VVH VCGH VCGH

VKSPS-R
with ratchet lever VKSPS-R VVS
Complies with DIN EN 12195-3 VVH foldable

lever
Standard length 3,5 m
Chain type Chain size Lashing Type Pretension force Lmin Weight Item no.
in mm capacity LC STF in daN in mm in kg
in daN
VIP-VSK-6-B-VKSPS-R 6 3000 VKSPS-R-6 1500 665 4,2 617V.B1.06

VIP lashing chain type C

– example
VVH VKSPS-R VMVK
Other type C versions according to the modular VIP
system are possible: VIP-VSK with shorteners VMVK +
VVH fixed to the tensioner. Thus the tensioner and the
shorteners can be moved over the whole chain length
and can be connected captively!
5564. SMILEY - The RoRo lashing point

NEW!
• Lashing and fastening point for road vehicles and sea transport on
RoRo ships
• Forged from one piece – therefore silent
• 100% crack-tested
• Complies with DIN 29367-2
Tensile properties with a proof load of 120 kN and a breaking load of
200 kN
• Easy fixing with only 3 screws M12 property class 10.9
• Galvanised surface
• Sleek and practical design
• Lightweight construction us
ab
• Suitable for all common lashing means le ns
• The point of load incidence to the frame has been chosen in a way that in al l direct io
the direction of force lies in the centroid of the screw triangle. The ad-
vantage: Stress on the screws is minimised, a smaller screw size can be
used
Lashing capacity Designation Dimensions in mm Screw specs Weight Item no.

in daN A B C D E in kg including screws
6000 SMILEY 160 160 50 75 72 M12x30 Fk. 10.9 1,8 5564.06.00
5564. SMILEY BI Combined lifting and lashing point

NEW!
• Absolutely innovative shape
• Forged from one piece
• Silent – no rattling of the lugs
• Galvanised surface
• Body and screws 100% crack-tested
• Easy fixing with only 3 screws M12 property class 10.9
• Load capacity indication for lifting WLL in t
• Lashing capacity for lashing LC in daN
• Safety factor 4 for lifting and lashing
• Patent application filed for shape
Lashing capacity Load capacity Designation Dimensions in mm Screw specs Weight Item no.
in daN WLL in t A B C D E F G in kg including screws
3000 3,0 SMILEY BI 163 244 50 75 116 19 12 M12x30 Fk. 10.9 3,7 5564.03.00
6571. VKSPS VIP compact tensioner 6571. VKSPS-R VIP compact tensioner
with axial lever with ratchet lever
foldable
lever
L - open L - closed
VKSPS VKSPS-R
Chain size Lifting Lashing Designation L L Adjustment Pretension force Weight Item no.
in mm capacity capacity open closed range STF in daN (kp) in kg
WLL in t in daN in mm in mm in mm
6 1,5 3000 VKSPS-6 323 204 120 1500 0,9 6571.V3.06

6 1,5 3000 VKSPS-R-6 323 204 120 1500 0,95 6571.V4.06
8 2,5 5000 VKSPS-8 518 308 210 2500 2,8 6571.V3.08
8 2,5 5000 VKSPS-R-8 518 308 210 2500 3,2 6571.V4.08
10 4,0 8000 VKSPS-10 533 324 210 2800 3,1 6571.V3.10
10 4,0 8000 VKSPS-R-10 533 324 210 2800 3,6 6571.V4.10
13 6,7 13400 VKSPS-13 787 487 300 3600 7,6 6571.V3.13
13 6,7 13400 VKSPS-R-13 787 487 300 3600 8,0 6571.V4.13
16 10,0 20000 VKSPS-16 807 507 300 3600 8,8 6571.V3.16
16 10,0 20000 VKSPS-R-16 807 507 300 3600 9,3 6571.V4.16
Load Restraint Systems: Lashing Chains Grade 80 and 100
0 % higher
NEW! Up to 5 !
5563. VIP weld-on lashing point capacity
lashing
type LPW with LC-marking
• Manufactured from VIP material (grade 100),
up to 50% higher lashing capacity than grade 80
• Sleek design, zinc-phosphated
• Welding block is marked with LC in daN
• Also available with spring for noise reduction
• Patented distance lugs as spacers for the required
air gap for the root weld
• Optimised 90° load support
LC Type Dimensions in mm Weld seam Weight Item no.

in daN A B C D E G I F T HV + Δa in kg/pce.
3000 LPW-U 3000 33 66 38 25 40 33 14 13,5 65 HV 5 + 3 0,35 5563.60.30
5000 LPW-U 5000 36 77 45 27 48 40 16 13,5 75 HV 7 + 3 0,5 5563.60.50
8000 LPW-U 8000 42 87 51 31 52 46 18 16,5 83 HV 8 + 3 0,8 5563.60.80
13400 LPW-U 13400 61 115 67 44 73 60 24 22,5 117 HV 12 + 4 1,9 5563.61.34
20000 LPW-U 20000 75 129 67 55 71 60 26,5 26,5 126 HV 16 + 4 2,9 5563.62.00
higher
NEW! Up to 3 0 %
!
capacity
5563. VIP weld-on lashing point lashing
type LRBS with LC-marking
• Manufactured from VIP material (grade 100),
up to 30% higher lashing capacity than grade 80
• Sleek design, zinc-phosphated
• Ring latch marked with LC in daN
Distance
• Patented distance lugs as spacers for the required Lugs
air gap for the root weld
LC Type Dimensions in mm Weld seam Weight Item no.

in daN A B C D E F T HV + Δa in kg/pce.
8000 LRBS 8000 62 16 28 48 135 71 65 HV 4 + 3 0,8 5563.70.80
13400 LRBS 13400 88 20 39 60 170 92 84 HV 5,5 + 3 1,6 5563.71.34
20000 LRBS 20000 100 22 46 65 195 100 95 HV 6 + 4 2,8 5563.72.00
32000 LRBS 32000 130 30 57 90 266 134 127 HV 8,5 + 4 6,6 5563.73.20
5R25. Ratchet tensioner

According to DIN EN 12195-3, grade 80.
• Shortening hook can be connected to any chain link • All load-bearing and structural parts are of forged steel
• Hook is welded to threaded eye by connecting link • Hooks are of tempered alloy steel and equipped with support bulges
• Corrosion resistant ratchet springs • Safe and smooth-running ratchet
• With end stop
For lashing only! Must

5R25. Ratchet tensioner with 2 shortening hooks 5R10. Ratchet tensioner with 2 eyes
Suitable Lashing Pretension Lever Adjustment Item no. Suitable Lashing Pretension Lever Adjustment Item no.
for chain size Capacity LC force STF length range for chain size Capacity LC force STF length range
in mm in daN in daN in mm in mm in mm in daN in daN in mm in mm
8 4000 1000 390 140 5R25.60.08 8 4000 1000 390 140 5R10.L1.20
10 6300 1575 390 130 5R25.60.10 10 6300 1575 390 130 5R10.L1.30
13 10000 1500 390 130 5R25.60.13 13 10000 1500 390 130 5R10.L1.40
6132.
Lashing chain
Both ends with safety hooks, one
end can be shortened. Standard
length 3500 mm, tensioner with end
stop, other lengths are available at
short notice.
Lashing chains according

to VDI 2701 have to be
inspected at regular intervals. For lashing only! Must
Chain size Lashing Capacity LC Pretension force Adjustment range Item no.
in mm in daN STF in daN in mm
8-8 4000 1000 140 6132.00.08

10 - 8 6300 1575 130 6132.00.10
13 - 8 10000 1500 130 6132.00.13
6133.
Lashing chain consisting
of ratchet tensioner
and chain piece
According to DIN EN 12195-3,
with high strength components
according to grade 80.
Standard length 3,5 m.
For lashing only! Must

Chain size Lashing Capacity LC Pretension force STF Adjustment range Item no.
in mm in daN in daN in mm
8 4000 1000 203 6133.00.08
10 6300 1575 203 6133.00.10
13 10000 1500 203 6133.00.13
610R.
Chain piece
for lashing chain
According to DIN EN 12195-3,
standard length 3,5 m
Chain size Lashing Capacity LC Item no.

in mm in daN
8 4000 610R.00.08
10 6300 610R.00.10
13 10000 610R.00.13
Load Restraint Systems, Fall Protection
on
protecti
Perfect
sy
made ea 2525. Container nets
When it comes to securing loaded
open-top containers during trans-
port or storage nets are the ideal
solution regarding handling and
price. Our container nets are avai-
lable in all sizes; standard sizes are
available immediately from stock.
The nets are knotless and fabrica-
ted from high strength polypropyle-
ne and have a hemmed border line
of 5-7 mm width.
Standard size Mesh width in mm Rope ø Item no.

in m (square) in mm
3,5 x 5 45 x 45 3 2525.01.30
3,5 x 6 45 x 45 3 2525.02.30
3,5 x 7 45 x 45 3 2525.03.30
3,5 x 8 45 x 45 3 2525.04.30
Other sizes and quality grades are available on request.
2550. Air permeable Standard size Item no.

container tarpaulin in m
3,5 x 5 2550.51.00
Depending on the nature of the
3,5 x 6 2550.52.00
load, in some cases a close meshed
PE knitted fabric (200 g/m²) may be 3,5 x 7 2550.53.00
more suitable as cover than a net. 3,5 x 8 2550.54.00
Our container tarpaulins are made
of sturdy, air permeable, green ban- Other sizes and quality grades
ded fabric which is UV resistant and are available on request.
rot-proof. They have extra wide rein-
forced edges with strong metal eyes
every 50 cm.
Side protection nets

As side protection on scaffoldings or as safety barrier during work on flat
roofs or bridges these protection nets offer clear advantages: They are
lightweight, easy to assemble and remove, and need little storage space.
They serve as fall protection for persons and protect the people below
from falling objects.
Both standard and special sizes are manufactured according to BG
(German Employers’ Liability and Insurance Association) requirements
and comply with EN 1263-1. They come with a fastening cable all around.
Alternatively they can also be delivered with sewn quick-release fasteners.
The “Isilink”–clips or strap buckles guarantee easy mounting even with
work gloves on.
2500.
Side protection net according to DIN EN 1263-1 type U
Made from high strength polypropylene ø 4,5 mm, green colour, mesh
width 100 mm, with stitched on fastening cable all around.
Standard size Item no.

in m
2x5 2500.20.05
2 x 10 2500.20.10
Fall Protection
Safety nets
Falls leading to severe injury or
death or danger caused by falling
objects e.g. at construction sites,
during power line assembly or buil-
ding construction can be avoided
by the use of safety nets. Mounted
horizontally they ensure effective
accident prevention in accordance
with German BG (Employers’ Liabili-
ty and Insurance Association) requi-
rements. The nets are fabricated
according to EN 1263-1 what is
demonstrated by the German GS-
mark (tested safety).
Please note that safety nets have

to be inspected every year!
2511. Safety net Standard size Item no.

in m
According to DIN EN 1263-1, type
S, made from high strength poly-
propylene ø 4,75 mm, green colour, 5x5m 2511.27.45
mesh width approx. 100 mm (squa- 5 x 10 m 2511.25.45
re), with fastening cable all around
10 x 10 m 2511.28.45
30 kN.
Other sizes available on request.
2548. Overlay net Standard size Item no.

in m
To catch falling objects, made from
high strength polypropylene ø
1,8 mm, mesh width approx. 5x5m 2548.27.13
20 mm, with integrated snap hooks 5 x 10 m 2548.25.13
every 75 cm. 10 x 10 m 2548.28.13
Other sizes available on request.
Load Restraint Systems: Big Bags
Flexible intermediate bulk containers

(FIBC’s or Big Bags) for transport and storage
of bulk goods
BIG-BAGS are the cost-saving alternative for transport of bulk goods
BIG-BAGS are suitable for space-saving transport of and economic

storage of:
- Gravel
- Sand
- Paving stones
- Refuse or recycling material
BIG-BAGS suit standard pallet sizes and can be picked up by forklifts or

transported using special cross beams.
Carl Stahl BIG-BAGS are made from sturdy pp (polypropylene) banded

fabric, which is impregnated against moisture. They are fitted with 4 strong
lifting loops (loop length 30 cm). Load capacity (SWL) 1000/1500 kg
Manufactured according to DIN 55461.
For big bag lifting beams

see page 132
Typ A, B - Duffle top Typ C - Open top Type B - Discharge spout Type A,C - Plain bottom
Type A: With duffle top and lacing Type C: For granite or paving stones, not impregnated
Plain bottom Open top
Size 90 x 90 x 110 cm Plain bottom
SWL 1000 kg SF 5:1 Size 90 x 90 x 90 cm
SWL 1500 kg SF 5:1
Type B: With duffle top and lacing
Bottom with discharge spout ø 35 cm, length 50 cm
Size 90 x 90 x 110 cm
SWL 1000 kg SF 5:1
Item Item no.

Other sizes and versions on request. For quantities of 100 pcs or
more please contact us for special prices. Type A 2590.12.0A
Type B 2590.12.0B
Type C 2590.09.0C
Sand bags Item Item no.

(banded fabric bags)
Sand bag 2589.40.60
• Size 40 x 60 cm
• Duffle top with lacing Please contact us for larger quantities.
• White colour
Load Restraint Systems: Accessories
Elastic cords – fast, flexible and economic.

For securing small loads and easy fastening
of tarpaulins and nets on vehicles and containers.
2810. Rubber cord for 2811. Rubber cord –

tensioning and easy extra strong
fastening of nets and
tarpaulins These 8 mm rubber cords are a
quick and effective way to fasten
Diameter 4 mm cargo nets. They come with a
strong stainless steel hook at both
Top Quality, core of high grade la- ends. Elongation approx. 220%,
tex, cover of high strength, abrasi- cover of high strength BIROLEN
on and UV resistant BIROLEN (po- (polyester).
lyester). Elongation approx. 200%, Sold in bundles of 6 pcs
with strong plastic hook. (packing unit).
Packing unit 25 pcs
Length Item no. Length Item no.

in cm in cm
20 2810.0004.000200 50 2811.0008.000500
30 2810.0004.000300 100 2811.0008.001000
40 2810.0004.000400 200 2811.0008.002000
50 2810.0004.000500 500 2811.0008.005000
60 2810.0004.000600
70 2810.0004.000700
80 2810.0004.000800
Please contact us for

your net requirements.
2800. Ideal lashing cord 2850. Stainless steel

for container nets, canvas hooks for rubber cords
covers and tarpaulins
For assembly of your own rubber
Rubber cord as bulk, elongation cords
approx. 220%. Cover made from Packing Unit: 20 pcs
abrasion resistant textile filament,
white with spots.
Sold on 100 m spools
For rope ø Item no. For rope ø Item no.

in mm
6 2800.00.06 6 2850.00.06
8 2800.00.08 8 2850.00.08
10 2800.00.10 10 2850.00.10
12 2800.00.12
Carl Stahl Inspection and Repair Service
On the road for your safety:

The Carl Stahl experts with their
mobile inspection service*
*Service only available within Germany
Trading Terms and Conditions
1. Scope: 7. Period of Limitation:

All service agreements made with us are subject to our general terms of business as 7.1 Insofar as no individual period of limitation has been agreed between the contractual parties
listed below. We do not recognize buyer’s terms that contradict or differ from our the guarantee period for claims regarding defects in newly manufactured goods will be two
conditions of sale insofar as we have not expressly agreed to the same. Our terms of years. This is not valid for the period of limitation for compensations claims following injury
business are also valid for all future transactions with the buyer. to life, limb or health insofar as this damage is a result of accountable and provable grossly
negligent or intentional breach of duty on our part. This period of limitation is also not valid
2. Conclusion of a Contract: for claims for reimbursement for other damage caused by accountable grossly negligent or
Any orders that are placed with us or any changes or additions to the contract or intentional breach of duty on our part.
supplementary agreements must be made in writing. Orders placed by phone or in 7.2 In the case of the sale of consumer goods the limitation period for claims regarding
another form are only considered to have been accepted following our confirmation, defects is two years for newly manufactured goods and one year for used good.
shipping or delivery of the goods and issuance of the invoice.
8. Sale of Consumer Goods:
3. Prices / Packaging Costs: The regulations in figure 6, above, are not valid when based on the sale of consumer goods.
Prices are valid as at the time the order was placed. Insofar as no agreement to the However claims for compensation are also not permissible in this case except if they are
contrary is made in the order confirmation our prices are valid per delivered unit, net, caused by intentional or grossly negligent breach of duty on our part or from injury to life,
ex works excluding packaging and including statutory value-added tax, which is stated limb or health resulting from intentional or grossly negligent breach of duty.
separately in the invoice.
9. Reservation of Proprietary Rights:
We will carry out shipping and packaging at our discretion. Any goods accepted by the 9.1 We reserve the proprietary rights to the delivered goods until all payments from the delivery
shipper, carrier or recipient without dispute are considered to have been packaged contract are paid. In the event of behaviour by the buyer that contradicts the contract,
correctly. particularly payment arrears, we are entitled to recover the delivered goods. This recu-
peration does not represent withdrawal from the contract insofar as we do not state this
4. Conditions of Payment / Compensation: expressly in writing.
4.1 Our invoices are payable within 30 days of invoice date insofar as no other agreement 9.2 If we have a continuous business relationship with the buyer then the reservation of
has been reached in the order confirmation. In the event of a delay in payment we are proprietary rights to the delivery goods also extends to delivery goods in all previously
entitled to charge interest on arrears at a rate 8% p.a. above the basic interest rate in unpaid claims.
accordance with §1 of the bank rate law, whereby we reserve the right to also assert the 9.3 The buyer is entitled to dispose of and process the delivered goods within orderly business
right to damages for arrears at a higher rate. processes. He does, however, immediately transfer all claims he incurs resulting from the
4.2 The buyer may only offset charges against our claims for payment if his counterclaim disposal to his customers or third parties to us up to the total of all unpaid claims. The
is found to be legally binding, undisputed or expressly recognized by us. buyer retains his authorization to collect the claim himself; this does not affect our authori-
ty to collect claims. We are, however, obliged not to report transfer in relation to customers
5. Delivery and Delivery Delays: or third parties as long as the buyer fulfils his payment obligations to us and no application
5.1 The start date for a delivery deadline or delivery period that has been confirmed by us has been made for the initiation of process of bankruptcy or settlement or payments are
presumes the clarification of all technical and business-related questions. otherwise stopped. The buyer is obliged to provide us with all necessary information on the
5.2 Our delivery obligations exist on condition of complete and correct availability of transferred claims on demand and to submit the corresponding documentation to us.
supplies to us, except if we are responsible for the non-delivery or delay. 9.4 In the event that the buyer processes or converts the goods delivered by us then we have
5.3 In the event of a delay in delivery the buyer is entitled to set a reasonable extension, partial proprietary rights to the new object in proportion to the value of our goods in com-
which must be at least 2 weeks, in connection with the threat of refusal and may parison to the value of the other processed objects at the time of processing. The above
withdraw from the contract following expiry of this extended deadline. In the event of regulations apply to the new object created by this process in the same way.
unforeseeable events that are beyond our control, such as strike, lockout, stoppage, 9.5 The buyer will also transfer to us those claims on third parties in accordance with the
delays in the supply or advance materials, we do not accept responsibility if we are in above regulations that are created by the combination of our delivered goods with a piece
arrears, irrespective of whether these hindrances occur with us or with our suppliers. of land.
5.4 Claims for compensation due to the violation of service obligations or non service- 9.6 Insofar as the value of all securities exceeds our claims by more than 20% because of the
related auxiliary obligations can only be made if we are guilty of intent or gross agreed reservation of proprietary rights, we are obliged to release securities to the excess
negligence and this is proven. We do not rule out our liability for damages resulting value as we wish when requested by the buyer to do so.
from injury to life, limb or health as a proven consequence of negligent breach of duty
on our part. 10. Place of Fulfilment / Court of Jurisdiction / Choice of Law:
5.5 For specially manufactured goods delivery quantities can vary by up to 10% plus or 10.1 The place of fulfilment for all obligations resulting from the contractual relationship is
minus. This discrepancy will be taken into account in the invoice. Suessen and/or the location of a affiliated company or branch insofar as no other
5.6 For all delivered goods we reserve the right to allow industry-standard discrepancies in regulation is contained in the order confirmation.
dimensions are other technical specifications except where we have expressed 10.2 If the buyer is a merchant in the German commercial register then we will agree Suessen
assured adherence to dimensions. and/or the location of an affiliated company or branch as the court of jurisdiction. We do,
5.7 We are entitled to make deliveries in reasonable partial quantities. however, retain the right to taken the buyer to court at his general court of jurisdiction.
5.8 In the event that the buyer delays his acceptance of the goods or if he violates other 10.3 The law of the Federal Republic of Germany is valid for our contractual relationships under
cooperation obligations we are entitled to claim for damage we have incurred, including exclusion of the UN Convention on the International Sale of Goods.
any additional costs.
5.9 In the event that the buyer delays his acceptance of the goods the risk of chance 11. Partial Invalidity:
destruction or chance deterioration of the ordered goods is transferred to the buyer as If any contractual regulation is invalid this will not affect the validity of the remaining
of the time the buyer delays the acceptance. regulations.
5.10 Responsibility for transportation Once goods are transferred to the carrier transfer of
risk is also determined by the statutory regulations
© Copyright by Carl Stahl GmbH Süßen, December 2006.
6. Claims for Defects / Liability:
6.1 In the event that the newly manufactured goods delivered by us are defective then the
buyer is entitled to demand subsequent fulfilment. We reserve the right to choose
between repair of the defect and subsequent delivery of non-defective goods.
6.2 Further claims for withdrawal, reduction in costs or compensation are not possible
except if the subsequent fulfilment is not successful. In this event the buyer can
reduce the purchase price or, as long as the defect is not a construction service, with-
draw from the contract if he so chooses. Claims for compensation based on accoun-
table and provable intentional or grossly negligent breach of duty or claims for
compensation that result from injury to life, limb or health are not excluded.
6.3 The buyer is not permitted to claim for withdrawal or compensation in the case of
insignificant defects.
6.4 We are not liable to the buyer for properties that he expects in accordance with public
statements by the seller or the manufacturer or their agents, particularly in advertise-
ments, except if these statements explaining properties are expressly confirmed by us
in writing.
6.5 We do not guarantee any property or durability where this is not expressly agreed in
writing.
6.6 We do not accept liability for defective installation instructions from suppliers and other
companies except if grossly negligent breach of duty is proven against us in this
regard.
6.7 The statutory regulations are valid for required examination and notice. We expressly
contradict the commercial requirement for examination and notice by the buyer in
accordance with § 377 HGB. The buyer must subject the goods to a comprehensive
check of incoming goods.
Fax Order Form
Please fax to +49 7162 4007 8820
CSD 2009 Int.
Sender:
Contact name:
We hereby order according

to your trading terms and conditions:
Item no. Quantity Item description Unit price
Free Catalogue Please send me a free copy of the Carl Stahl Direct Catalogue
Minimum order value 250 €

All prices are net EXW excluding VAT
Carl Stahl GmbH, PO Box 13 29, 73075 Suessen, Phone +49 7162 4007 1000
Date Stamp/Signature
437
Fax Order Form
Please fax to +49 7162 4007 8820
7 Please tick box for requested catalogue! CSD 2009 Int.
Company Equipment* Load Suspension Equipment TechnoCables Stainless

Transport, storage, marking, Tongs, lifting beams, grabs, Wire ropes and strands, Stainless steel products,
work safety, environmental C-hooks, advice, design, coated cables, swage and special products for yachting
protection, factory and office production injection-mould terminals, and boating
equipment pulleys, flat and round wire
spirals, accessories
I-SYS X-TEND POSILOCK Façade Greenery

The innovative stainless steel The stainless steel net system The functional cable suspen-
cable system for architectural for creative solutions in archi- sion system for innovative
and structural applications. tecture and design. solutions in architecture.
Premium Product Range Retractors & Balancers Fall Protection/Personal VENTZKI

CondorLift Protective Equipment* Handling Systems*
CondorGrip
CondorMove
Trainings System Nokon Woven Wire Rope Slings,

and Seminars* Leadership Energy* The innovative Bowden cable Edge Protectors*
system to shift faster and brake
more precisely. Designed for
the world’s best cyclists.
Your address:
Contact Person:
AURAS Life by Carl Stahl*
Submersible Pumps A most unusual selection of
jewellery and accessories
7
Date/Signature
* Available in German only
438
Our successful Products
Wire Rope Slings Chain Slings Webbing Slings Lifting Points
Special Wire Ropes Load Suspension Equipment Manual Hoists Crane Systems
Grummet Slings Load Restraint Accessories TechnoCables
Stainless Steel Cable System Stainless Steel Net Cable Suspension System Fall Protection Systems
I-SYS X-TEND POSILOCK Personal protective equipment
VENTZKI Bowdencable system nokon Inspection and repair service Training and seminars
Handling systems
Company Equipment Jewellery and Accessories
You can reach us by: Your contact:
Phone
+49 7162 4007 1000
Fax
+49 7162 4007 8820
E-Mail:
carlstahl@carlstahl.com
www.carlstahl.com

Carlstahl Equipment

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Carlstahl Equipment

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DIRECT

Dear Customers and Friends of Carl Stahl,

Warm regards from Suessen!

Special Requests Returns

You can reach us by: How to use this

Carl Stahl was founded in 1880 and

The profound knowledge and moti-

We are guided by the expectations of our customers, the applicable laws

Our management system is based on DIN EN ISO 9001:2000 and DIN

The continuous improvement of our quality and environmental manage-

What we take pride in …

Austria Finland Norway

Süßen (Company headquarters)

Berlin Mannheim Schwerin

Dresden Munich Singen

Düsseldorf Neckarsulm Stuttgart

3-arm internal grab ..............................................................................141 Closed spelter socket ..........................................................................338

Fork shackles ......................................................................................355 Lashing chains ..............................................................................424-430

Pallet trucks (special versions) ............................................................400 Ropes of stainless steel ................................................................226-227

Starpoint eye bolt ................................................................................364 Wall-mounted winches ................................................................100-103

Universal swivel (VIP)............................................................................255

Vacuum lifting devices ................................................................183-187

Wall bracket (for wall jib crane) ..............................................................35

A tight grip on safety – Your advantages:

Now available: Our Pre-

Contact us to order your

Carl Stahl Premium Products at a glance

Retractors / Balancers page 95 ff.

Lifting Magnets KLT Grabs page 140 Beam Clamps page 94

Double Eye Hooks

Edge Protectors page 295

Personal fall protection in the industrial sector

Accident prevention has become an increasingly important issue in recent

The field of “Personal Protective Equipment” which used to be an

Contact us now to order

Applications in the industrial sector rollgliss product line

PROTECTA product line PETZL product line

DBI-SALA product line

AC3000 Cabloc Set - Stainless steel wire rope ø 8 mm with already

Type Length Rope Ø Weight Users Item no.

Type Length Rope Users Weight Rope guide/ Item no.

AN 5000/10 10 8 2 8,2 optional 49FIRS10

Outer-Ø 56 mm Single attachment point

CS crane system Vacuum lifter ICE self-locking

Magnetic lifting beams Lifting

Crane Systems / Page 20-81

Manual Lifting Equipment Page 82-119

Load Suspension Equipment Page 120-193

Slings / Stainless Steel Items

Wire Ropes Page 305-323

Cargo Lashing Page 402-434

Wire Rope Grips | Thimbles | Turnbuckles | Hooks | Shackles | Lifting Points

Single Girder Overhead Crane

Delivery Term EXW Type Load capacity* Max. span*

*Higher load capacities and

wider spans on request

Main girder connection versions to suit factory conditions

Version 1 Version 2 Version 3 Version 4 Version 5

Version 1 Version 2 Version 3 Standard main girder Version 4

Double Girder Overhead Crane

Delivery Term EXW Type Load capacity* Max. span*

*Higher load capacities and

wider spans on request

Main girder connection versions to suit factory conditions